7452 - ADDENDUM 4 - Spec Book Corrected TOC 9-25-2020
City of Denton
Standard Construction Specification
Documents
00 00 00 - 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 00 00 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Division 00 - General Conditions
00 05 10 Construction Contract Ordinance
00 05 15 Addenda
00 11 13 Invitation to Bidders
00 21 13 Instructions to Bidders
00 35 13 Conflict of Interest Affidavit
00 41 00 Bid Form
00 42 43 Proposal Form Unit Price
00 43 13 Bid Bond
00 43 36 Proposed Subcontractors Form
00 43 37 Vendor Compliance to State Law Nonresident Bidder
00 45 13 Bidder’s Minimum Qualification Statement
00 45 26 Contractor Compliance with Workers' Compensation Law
00 45 43 Corporate Resolution of Authorizing Signatories
00 52 43 Agreement
00 61 13 Performance Bond
00 61 14 Payment Bond
00 61 19 Maintenance Bond
00 61 25 Certificate of Insurance
00 72 00 General Conditions
00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions
00 73 73 Form 1295 – Certificate of Interested Parties
Division 01 - General Requirements
01 11 00 Summary of Work
01 25 00 Substitution Procedures
01 31 19 Preconstruction Meeting
01 31 20 Project Meetings
01 32 16 Construction Progress Schedule
01 32 33 Preconstruction Video
01 33 00 Submittals
01 35 13 Special Project Procedures
01 45 23 Testing and Inspection Services
01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls
01 57 13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
01 58 13 Temporary Project Signage
01 66 00 Product Storage and Handling Requirements
01 70 00 Mobilization and Remobilization
01 71 23 Construction Staking and Survey
01 74 23 Cleaning
01 77 19 Closeout Requirements
01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data
01 78 39 Project Record Documents
00 00 00 - 2
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Division 02 – Existing Conditions
02 41 13 Selective Site Demolition
02 41 14 Utility Removal/Abandonment
02 41 15 Paving Removal
Division 03 – Concrete
03 00 00 Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing
03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete
03 80 00 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures
Division 26 – Electrical
26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical
26 05 26 Grounding Conductors, Ground Rods, and Power Lead-in Cable
26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
26 05 35 Ground Boxes
26 56 00 Roadway Illumination Assemblies
Division 31 – Earthwork
31 10 00 Site Clearing
31 23 16 Unclassified Excavation
31 24 00 Embankment
31 25 14 Erosion and Sediment Control Revised
Division 32 – Exterior Improvements
32 01 29 Concrete Repair
32 05 16 Aggregates for Exterior Improvements
32 11 23 Flexible Base Courses
32 11 29 Lime Treated Base Courses
32 12 16 Asphalt Paving
32 13 13 Concrete Paving
32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants
32 16 00 Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways Revised
32 17 23 Pavement Markings
32 84 00 Irrigation Installation and Restoration
32 93 00 Plantings
Division 33 – Utilities
33 01 50 Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures to Grade
33 05 05 Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill
33 42 11 Stormwater Pipe and Boxes
33 42 33 Stormwater Curb Inlets and Drop Inlets Revised
Division 34 – Transportation
34 41 24 Drilled Shaft Foundations
34 41 50 Aluminum Signs and Signposts
34 71 13 Traffic Control
Division 41 – Bulk Material Processing Equipment
00 00 00 - 3
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
41 14 00 Batching Equipment
Non-standard Specifications
NS 1 Sidewalk Concrete Pavers
NS 2 Concrete Wheel Stop
NS 3 Landscaping Boulders
Appendix
GC-4.01 Availability of Lands
GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
GC-4.04 Underground Facilities
GC-4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site
GC-6.09 Permits and Utilities
END OF SECTION
00 05 10 - 1
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ORDINANCE
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 05 10 1
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ORDINANCE 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
END OF SECTION 23
00 05 15 - 1
ADDENDA
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 05 15 1
ADDENDA 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
END OF SECTION 23
00 11 13 - 1
INVITATION TO BIDDERS
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 11 13 1
INVITATION TO BIDDERS 2
3
RECEIPT OF BIDS 4
Sealed bids for the construction of Denton Development Services Center Parking Lot 5
Improvements will be received by the City of Denton Purchasing Office: 6
7
as outlined on http://dentontx.ionwave.net/CurrentSourcingEvents.aspx 8
9
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK 10
The major work will consist of the (approximate) following: Parking lot pavement removal and 11
construction of new parking lot pavement and landscaping. 12
13
DOCUMENT EXAMINATION AND PROCUREMENTS 14
The Bidding and Contract Documents may be examined or obtained on-line by logging in the 15
City of Denton’s Purchasing Division solicitation website at http://dentontx.ionwave.net. The 16
Contract Documents may be downloaded, viewed, and printed by interested contractors and/or 17
suppliers. The contractor is required to fill out the Certificate of Interested Parties Form 18
1295 and the form must be submitted to the Project Manager before the contract will be 19
presented to the City Council. The form can be obtained at 20
https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/tec/1295-Info.htm . 21
22
23
PREBID CONFERENCE 24
A virtual prebid conference may be held as described in Section 00 21 13 - INSTRUCTIONS TO 25
BIDDERS at the date, and time outlined in the City’s solicitation website. To view pre-bid 26
invitation details log-in to your account at http://dentontx.ionwave.net, and click the ‘Activities’ 27
tab of this solicitation. 28
29
CITY'S RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT BIDS 30
City reserves the right to waive irregularities and to accept or reject bids. 31
32
33
INQUIRIES 34
All inquiries relative to this procurement should be addressed in the City’s solicitations website. 35
To submit and view questions log-in to your account at http://dentontx.ionwave.net, and click the 36
‘Questions’ tab of this solicitation. 37
38
END OF SECTION 39
00 21 13 - 1
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 21 13 1
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2
3
1. Defined Terms 4
5
1.1. Terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, which are defined in Section 00 72 6
00 - GENERAL CONDITIONS. 7
8
1.2. Certain additional terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS have the 9
meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. 10
11
1.2.1. Bidder: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or corporation acting 12
directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a bid for performing 13
the work contemplated under the Contract Documents. 14
15
1.2.2. Nonresident Bidder: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or 16
corporation acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a 17
bid for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents whose 18
principal place of business is not in the State of Texas. 19
20
1.2.3. Successful Bidder: The lowest responsible and responsive Bidder to whom City 21
(on the basis of City's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. 22
23
1.2.4. Purchasing Agent: City designated representative to assist in solicitation of bids 24
from vendors for City contracts. 25
26
2. Copies of Bidding Documents 27
28
2.1. Neither City nor Engineer shall assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations 29
resulting from the Bidders use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 30
31
2.2. City and Engineer in making Bidding Documents available do so only for the purpose of 32
obtaining Bids for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license or grant for any 33
other use. 34
35
3. Minimum Qualifications 36
37
3.1. The following minimum requirements must be demonstrated in order for the submission 38
to be considered responsive. The form can be found in Section 00 45 13 – Bidder’s 39
Minimum Qualification Statement. 40
41
3.1.1. Bidder shall provide documentation demonstrating three (3) years minimum 42
experience providing services similar to those indicated in Section 00 11 13 – 43
Invitation to Bidders. 44
45
3.1.2. Bidder shall provide documentation of three (3) references from governmental 46
entities for which Bidder has performed similar services to those indicated in 47
Section 00 11 13 – Invitation to Bidders. 48
49
00 21 13 - 2
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
3.1.3. Bidder shall fill out provided safety record questionnaire. 1
2
4. Examination of Bidding and Contract Documents, Other Related Data, and Site 3
4
4.1. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall: 5
6
4.1.1. Examine and carefully study the Contract Documents and other related data 7
identified in the Bidding Documents (including "technical data" referred to in 8
Paragraph 4.2. below). No information given by City or any representative of the 9
City other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially 10
promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the City. 11
12
4.1.2. Visit the site to become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, local and 13
site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the 14
Work. 15
16
4.1.3. Consider federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, 17
progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 18
19
4.1.4. Study all: (i) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or 20
contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing 21
surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) that 22
have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing reliable "technical 23
data" and (ii) reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, 24
at the Site that have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing 25
reliable "technical data." 26
27
4.1.5. Be advised that the Contract Documents on file with the City shall constitute all of 28
the information which the City will furnish. All additional information and data 29
which the City will supply after promulgation of the formal Contract Documents 30
shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract 31
Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original 32
Contract Documents. No information given by the City other than that contained in 33
the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be 34
binding upon the City. 35
36
4.1.6. Perform independent research, investigations, tests, borings, and such other means 37
as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which will be 38
encountered during the construction of the project. On request, City may provide 39
each Bidder access to the site to conduct such examinations, investigations, 40
explorations, tests and studies as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a 41
Bid. Bidder must fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former 42
conditions upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests and studies. 43
44
00 21 13 - 3
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
4.1.7. Determine the difficulties of the Work and all attending circumstances affecting the 1
cost of doing the Work, time required for its completion, and obtain all information 2
required to make a proposal. Bidders shall rely exclusively and solely upon their 3
own estimates, investigation, research, tests, explorations, and other data which are 4
necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based. 5
It is understood that the submission of a proposal is prima-facie evidence that the 6
Bidder has made the investigation, examinations and tests herein required. Claims 7
for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually 8
encountered in construction and as indicated in the Contract Documents will not be 9
allowed. 10
11
4.1.8. Promptly notify City of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies in or 12
between the Contract Documents and such other related documents. The Contractor 13
shall not take advantage of any gross error or omission in the Contract Documents, 14
and the City shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may 15
be deemed necessary for fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents. 16
17
4.2. Reference is made to Section 00 73 00 – Supplementary Conditions for identification of: 18
19
4.2.1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to 20
the site which have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. 21
The logs of Soil Borings, if any, on the plans are for general information only. 22
Neither the City nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is representative of 23
conditions which actually exist. 24
25
4.2.2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and 26
subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to 27
the site that have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. 28
29
4.2.3. copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by City to any Bidder 30
on request. Those reports and drawings may not be part of the Contract 31
Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled 32
to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02. of the General Conditions has been identified 33
and established in Paragraph SC 4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is 34
responsible for any interpretation or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or 35
any other data, interpretations, opinions or information. 36
37
4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder (i) 38
that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Paragraph 4, (ii) that without 39
exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the 40
Contract Documents and applying the specific means, methods, techniques, sequences or 41
procedures of construction (if any) that may be shown or indicated or expressly required 42
by the Contract Documents, (iii) that Bidder has given City written notice of all 43
conflicts, errors, ambiguities and discrepancies in the Contract Documents and the 44
written resolutions thereof by City are acceptable to Bidder, and when said conflicts, 45
etc., have not been resolved through the interpretations by City as described in 46
Paragraph 6., and (iv) that the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate 47
and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the 48
Work. 49
50
00 21 13 - 4
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
4.4. The provisions of this Paragraph 4, inclusive, do not apply to Asbestos, Polychlorinated 1
biphenyls (PCBs), Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material covered by 2
Paragraph 4.06. of the General Conditions, unless specifically identified in the Contract 3
Documents. 4
5
4.5. The Bidder acknowledges and agrees to comply with the requirements of City Ethics 6
Ordinance No. 18-157. 7
8
5. Availability of Lands for Work, Etc. 9
10
5.1. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for 11
access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work 12
are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto 13
required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment or storage of 14
materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for 15
by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing 16
facilities are to be obtained and paid for by City unless otherwise provided in the 17
Contract Documents. 18
19
5.2. Outstanding right-of-way, easements, and/or permits to be acquired by the City are listed 20
in Paragraph SC 4.01 of the Supplementary Conditions. In the event the necessary right-21
of-way, easements, and/or permits are not obtained, the City reserves the right to cancel 22
the award of contract at any time before the Bidder begins any construction work on the 23
project. 24
25
5.3. The Bidder shall be prepared to commence construction without all executed right-of-26
way, easements, and/or permits, and shall submit a schedule to the City of how 27
construction will proceed in the other areas of the project that do not require permits 28
and/or easements. 29
30
6. Interpretations and Addenda 31
32
6.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be directed to 33
City in writing on or before the deadline advertised on this solicitation’s page at 34
http://dentontx.ionwave.net. Questions received after this day WILL NOT be 35
responded to. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by City in response 36
to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered to all parties recorded by City as 37
having received the Bidding Documents or by responding to individual questions via this 38
solicitation’s page in dentontx.ionwave.net. Only questions answered by formal written 39
Addenda or via ionwave.net will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or 40
clarifications will be without legal effect. 41
42
Address questions in this solicitation’s IONWAVE page in the ‘Questions’ tab 43
(dentontx.ionwave.net). 44
45
Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by 46
City. 47
48
00 21 13 - 5
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
6.2. Addenda or clarifications may be posted via the City’s online hosting site, which can be 1
located by visiting and logging-in the City of Denton’s Purchasing solicitation website at 2
http://dentontx.ionwave.net and clicking on this solicitation’s link. 3
4
6.3. A prebid conference may be held at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or 5
INVITATION TO BIDDERS. Representatives of City will be present to discuss the 6
Project. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. City will 7
transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as City considers necessary 8
in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied 9
upon and will not be binding or legally effective. 10
11
7. Bid Security 12
13
7.1. Each Bid for projects over $100,000, must be accompanied by Bid Bond made payable to 14
City in an amount of five (5) percent of Bidder's maximum Bid price on form attached, 15
issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01 of the General 16
Conditions, and in accordance with Texas Local Government Code 262.032. 17
18
7.2. The Bid Bond of all Bidders will be retained until the conditions of the Notice of Award 19
have been satisfied. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the complete 20
Agreement within 10 days after the Notice of Award, City may consider Bidder to be in 21
default, rescind the Notice of Award, and the Bid Bond of that Bidder will be forfeited. 22
Such forfeiture shall be City's exclusive remedy if Bidder defaults. The Bid Bond of all 23
other Bidders whom City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award 24
will be retained by City until final contract execution. 25
26
8. Contract Times 27
The number of days within which, or the dates by which, Milestones are to be achieved in 28
accordance with the General Requirements and the Work is to be completed and ready for 29
Final Acceptance is set forth in the Agreement or incorporated therein by reference to the 30
attached Bid Form. 31
32
9. Liquidated Damages 33
Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement. 34
35
10. Substitute and "Or-Equal" Items 36
The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment described in the 37
Bidding Documents without consideration of possible substitute or "or-equal" items. 38
Whenever it is indicated or specified in the Bidding Documents that a "substitute" or "or-39
equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to 40
City, application for such acceptance will not be considered by City until after the Effective 41
Date of the Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor 42
and consideration by City is set forth in Paragraphs 6.05A., 6.05B. and 6.05C. of the General 43
Conditions and is supplemented in Section 01 25 00 of the General Requirements. 44
45
11. Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others 46
47
11.1. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, other person 48
or organization against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. 49
50
00 21 13 - 6
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
12. Bid Form 1
2
12.1. The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents; additional copies may be 3
obtained from the City. 4
5
12.2. All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed and the Bid Form signed. Erasures or 6
alterations shall be initialed by the person signing the Bid Form. A Bid price shall be 7
indicated for each Bid item, alternative, and unit price item listed therein. In the case 8
of optional alternatives, the words "No Bid," "No Change," or "Not Applicable" may 9
be entered. Bidder shall state the prices, in both words and numerals, for which the 10
Bidder proposes to do the work contemplated or furnish materials required. If 11
handwritten, all prices shall be written legibly. In case of discrepancy between price 12
in written/typed words and the price in written/typed numerals, the price in 13
written/typed words shall govern. 14
15
12.3. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a 16
vice-president or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to 17
sign, as provided herein, Section 00 45 43 – Corporate Resolution of Authorizing 18
Signatories. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below 19
the signature. 20
21
12.4. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a 22
partner, whose title must appear under the signature accompanied by evidence of 23
authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown below the 24
signature. 25
26
12.5. Bids by limited liability companies shall be executed in the name of the firm by a 27
member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of 28
the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown. 29
30
12.6. Bids by individuals shall show the Bidder's name and official address. 31
32
12.7. Bids by joint ventures shall be executed by each joint venturer in the manner 33
indicated on the Bid Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be shown. 34
35
12.8. All names shall be typed below the signature. 36
37
12.9. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of 38
which shall be filled in on the Bid Form. 39
40
12.10. Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the 41
Bid shall be shown. 42
43
12.11. Evidence of authority to conduct business as a Nonresident Bidder in the state of 44
Texas shall be provided in accordance with Section 00 43 37 – Vendor Compliance 45
to State Law Non Resident Bidder. 46
47
13. Submission of Bids 48
49
00 21 13 - 7
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
13.1. Bids may be submitted electronically. Electronic submittals must be submitted using 1
this solicitation’s page in http://dentontx.ionwave.net. Electronic submittals will not 2
be accepted via email. Hard copy bid submissions will not be accepted. 3
4
13.2. Hard copies of bid bonds shall be submitted. Bonds must be submitted in a sealed 5
envelope before the due date and time as indicated in this solicitation’s IONWAVE 6
page. 7
8
13.3. Bids shall be submitted on the prescribed Bid Form, provided with the Bidding 9
Documents, at the time indicated in the Advertisement or INVITATION TO 10
BIDDERS. All bids must be submitted in IONWAVE (no emails or hard copies 11
allowed). All required documents, as indicated in Section 00 41 00 – Bid Form, must 12
be attached and submitted via IONWAVE with the exception of the Bid Bond. Bid 13
Bond must be submitted by the deadline to the address indicated in this solicitation’s 14
IONWAVE page, attributes tab. 15
16
17
00 21 13 - 8
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
Modification and Withdrawal of Bids 1
2
13.4. Bids addressed to the Purchasing Agent and filed with the Purchasing Division may 3
be withdrawn prior to the time set for bid opening. A request for withdrawal must be 4
made in writing by an appropriate document duly executed in the manner that a Bid 5
must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any 6
time prior to the opening of Bids. After all Bids not requested for withdrawal are 7
opened and publicly read aloud, the Bids for which a withdrawal request has been 8
properly filed may, at the option of the City, be returned unopened. 9
10
13.5. Bidders may modify their Bid by electronic communication at any time prior to the 11
time set for the closing of Bid receipt. 12
13
14. Opening of Bids 14
Bids will be opened and read aloud publicly in a virtual meeting as indicated in this 15
solicitation’s IONWAVE page. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major 16
alternates (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids. 17
18
15. Bids to Remain Subject to Acceptance 19
All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the time period specified for Notice of Award 20
and execution and delivery of a complete Agreement by Successful Bidder. City may, at 21
City's sole discretion, release any Bid and nullify the Bid security prior to that date. 22
23
16. Evaluation of Bids and Award of Contract 24
25
16.1. City reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation the rights 26
to reject any or all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids 27
and to reject the Bid of any Bidder if City believes that it would not be in the best 28
interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is 29
not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to 30
meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by City. City also reserves 31
the right to waive informalities not involving price, contract time or changes in the 32
Work with the Successful Bidder. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units 33
of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies 34
between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will 35
be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words and figures 36
will be resolved in favor of the words. 37
38
16.1.1. Any or all bids will be rejected if City has reason to believe that collusion exists 39
among the Bidders, Bidder is an interested party to any litigation against City, 40
City or Bidder may have a claim against the other or be engaged in litigation, 41
Bidder is in arrears on any existing contract or has defaulted on a previous 42
contract, Bidder has performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner, or 43
Bidder has uncompleted work which in the judgment of the City will prevent or 44
hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. 45
46
00 21 13 - 9
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
16.2. City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and 1
other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which 2
the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations must 3
be submitted as provided in the Contract Documents or upon the request of the City. 4
City also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance 5
data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for 6
incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the 7
Notice of Award. 8
9
16.3. City may conduct such investigations as City deems necessary to assist in the 10
evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial 11
ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and 12
organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract 13
Documents to City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 14
15
16.4. Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a value not less than 16
35% of the value embraced on the Contract, unless otherwise approved by the City. 17
Contractor shall complete and submit Section 00 43 36 – Proposed Subcontractors 18
Form. 19
20
16.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to lowest responsible and 21
responsive Bidder whose evaluation by City indicates that the award will be in the 22
best interests of the City. The City has the right to award only the base bid to the 23
lowest responsible bidder, or to award the base bid and any combination of 24
alternates to the lowest responsible bidder for the chosen combination 25
(whichever is more advantageous to the City). 26
27
16.6. Pursuant to Texas Government Code Chapter 2252.001, the City will not award 28
contract to a Nonresident Bidder unless the Nonresident Bidder’s bid is lower than 29
the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas Bidder by the same amount that a 30
Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a Nonresident Bidder to obtain a 31
comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident’s principal place of 32
business is located. 33
34
16.7. A contract is not awarded until formal City Council authorization. If the Contract is 35
to be awarded, City will award the Contract within 120 days after the day of the Bid 36
opening unless extended in writing. No other act of City or others will constitute 37
acceptance of a Bid. Upon the contractor award a Notice of Award will be issued by 38
the City. 39
40
16.8. Failure or refusal to comply with the requirements may result in rejection of Bid. 41
42
16.9. Contractor is required to fill out the Certificate of Interested Parties Form 1295 and 43
the form must be submitted to the City Project Manager before the contract will be 44
presented to the City Council. The form can be obtained at 45
https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/tec/1295-Info.htm. 46
47
48
00 21 13 - 10
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
17. Signing of Agreement 1
When City issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the 2
required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement. Within 14 days thereafter 3
Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement to 4
City with the required Bonds, Certificates of Insurance, and all other required documentation. 5
City shall thereafter deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. 6
7
END OF SECTION 8
00 35 13 - 1
CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 35 13 1
CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT 2
END OF SECTION 3
CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE - FORM CIQ
For vendor or other person doing business with local governmental entity
This questionnaire reflects changes made to the law by H.B. 23, 84th Leg., Regular Session.
This questionnaire is being filed in accordance with Chapter 176, Local Government Code, by a vendor who has a business relationship as
defined by Section 176.001(1-a) with a local governmental entity and the vendor meets requirements under Section 176.006(a).
By law this questionnaire must be filed with the records administrator of the local government entity not later than the 7th business day after
the date the vendor becomes aware of facts that require the statement to be filed. See Section 176.006(a-1), Local Government Code.
A vendor commits an offense if the vendor knowingly violates Section 176.006, Local Government Code. An offense under this section is a
misdemeanor.
1 Name of vendor who has a business relationship with local governmental entity.
2
Check this box if you are filing an update to a previously filed questionnaire.
(The law requires that you file an updated completed questionnaire with the appropriate filing authority not later than the 7th business day after the
date on which you became aware that the originally filed questionnaire was incomplete or inaccurate.)
3 Name of local government officer about whom the information in this section is being disclosed.
Name of Officer
This section, (item 3 including subparts A, B, C & D), must be completed for each officer with whom the vendor has an employment or other business relationship
as defined by Section 176.001(1-a), Local Government Code. Attach additional pages to this Form CIQ as necessary.
A. Is the local government officer named in this section receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income, from the vendor?
Yes No
B. Is the vendor receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income, from or at the direction of the local government officer
named in this section AND the taxable income is not received from the local governmental entity?
Yes No
C. Is the filer of this questionnaire employed by a corporation or other business entity with respect to which the local government officer serves as an
officer or director, or holds an ownership of one percent or more?
Yes No
D. Describe each employment or business and family relationship with the local government officer named in this section.
4
I have no Conflict of Interest to disclose.
5
Signature of vendor doing business with the governmental entity Date
00 41 00 - 1
BID FORM
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 41 00 1
BID FORM 2
TO: Laura Hermosillo 3
c/o: Purchasing Division 4
901-B Texas Street 5
Denton, Texas 76209 6
7
FOR: Denton Development Services Center Parking Lot Improvements 8
9
1 Enter Into Agreement 10
11
The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement 12
with City in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform and furnish all Work as 13
specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Bid Price and within the Contract Time 14
indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract 15
Documents. 16
17
2 BIDDER Acknowledgements and Certification 18
19
2.1 In submitting this Bid, Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the INVITATION 20
TO BIDDERS and INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, including without limitation those 21
dealing with the disposition of Bid Bond. 22
2.2 Bidder is aware of all costs to provide the required insurance, will do so pending contract 23
award, and will provide a valid insurance certificate meeting all requirements within 14 24
days of notification of award. 25
2.3 Bidder certifies that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any 26
undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive 27
agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation. 28
2.4 Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false 29
or sham Bid. 30
2.5 Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding. 31
2.6 Bidder has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing 32
for the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph: 33
a. "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing 34
of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process. 35
36
b. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to 37
influence the bidding process to the detriment of City (b) to establish Bid prices 38
at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive City of the benefits of free 39
and open competition. 40
41
c. "collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more 42
Bidders, with or without the knowledge of City, a purpose of which is to 43
establish Bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels. 44
45
d. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, 46
persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or 47
affect the execution of the Contract. 48
49
00 41 00 - 2
BID FORM
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
2.7 The Bidder acknowledges and agrees to comply with the requirements of City Ethics 1
Ordinance No. 18-757. 2
3
3 Time of Completion 4
5
3.1 The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 180 days after the date when the 6
Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions. 7
3.2 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of 8
failure to complete the Work {and/or achievement of Milestones} within the times 9
specified in the Agreement. 10
11
4 Attached to this Bid 12
13
The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Bid: 14
a. This Bid Form 15
b. Required Bid Bond, Section 00 43 13 issued by a surety meeting the requirements of 16
Paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions. (Hard copy submitted prior to bid 17
opening) 18
c. Proposal Form Section – Electronic Copy submitted prior to bid opening via 19
http://dentontx.ionwave.net) 20
d. Vendor Compliance to State Law Non-Resident Bidder, Section 00 43 37 21
e. Conflict of Interest Affidavit, Section 00 35 13 22
f. Proposed Subcontractors Form, Section 00 43 36 23
g. Bidders Minimum Qualification Statement, Section 00 45 13 24
h. Corporate Resolution of Authorized Signatories, Section 00 45 43 25
i. Any additional documents that may be required by Section 12 of the Instructions to 26
Bidders 27
28
5 Total Bid Amount 29
30
5.1 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the 31
following bid amount. In the space provided below, please enter the total bid amount for 32
this project. Only this figure will be read publicly by the City at the bid opening. 33
5.2 It is understood and agreed by the Bidder in signing this proposal that the total bid amount 34
entered below is subject to verification and/or modification by multiplying the unit bid 35
prices for each pay item by the respective estimated quantities shown in this proposal and 36
then totaling all of the extended amounts. 37
5.3 The City has the right to award only the base bid to the lowest responsible bidder, or 38
to award the base bid and any combination of alternates to the lowest responsible 39
bidder for the chosen combination (whichever is more advantageous to the City). 40
5.4 Evaluation of Alternate Bid Items 41
42
Base Bid Amount: $____________________________ 43
Alternate Bid “A” Amount: $____________________________ 44
Alternate Bid “B” Amount: $____________________________ 45
Alternate Bid “C” Amount: $____________________________ 46
Alternate Bid “D” Amount: $____________________________ 47
Alternate Bid “E” Amount: $____________________________ 48
Total Bid Amount: $____________________________ 49
50
51
00 41 00 - 3
BID FORM
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
6 Bid Submittal 1
2
This Bid is submitted on _____________________________, 20___ by the entity named below. 3
4
5
Respectfully submitted, 6
7
By: ______________________________ 8
(Signature) 9
10
_________________________________ 11
(Printed Name) 12
13
Title: _____________________________ 14
15
Company: _________________________ 16
17
Address: __________________________ 18
___________________________ 19
State of Incorporation: _______________ 20
Email: ____________________________ 21
Phone: ____________________________ 22
Receipt is acknowledged of
the following Addenda: Initial
Addendum No. 1:
Addendum No. 2:
Addendum No. 3:
Addendum No. 4:
00 42 43
BID PROPOSAL
Page 1 of 3
1 Mobilization 01 70 00 LS 1
2 Capital Improvement Signs 01 58 13 EA 1
3 Erosion Control SWPPP 01 57 13 LS 1
4 Remove Mailbox 02 41 13 EA 1
5 Remove 18" Utility Line 02 41 14 LF 108
6 Utility Line Plugging 02 41 14 LS 1
7 Remove Stormwater Inlet 02 41 14 EA 3
8 Remove Concrete Pavement 02 41 15 SY 7365
9 Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter 02 41 15 LF 465
10 Remove Sidewalk 02 41 15 SF 3290
11 Remove Curb Ramp 02 41 15 EA 1
12 Remove Asphalt Pavement 02 41 15 SY 7512
13 Remove Driveway 02 41 15 SF 815
14 Furnish and Install Electrical Service 26 05 00 EA 1
15 NO 8 Insulated Elec Condr 26 05 26 LF 2420
16 NO 8 Bare Elec Condr 26 05 26 LF 1210
17 2" CONDT PVC SCH 40 (T)26 05 33 LF 1110
18 Ground Box Type B, w/Apron 26 05 35 EA 1
19 Furnish and Install Roadway Illumination Assembly 26 56 00 EA 10
20 Site Preparation 31 00 00 LS 1
21 Unclassified Excavation 31 23 16 CY 379
22 Embankment 31 24 00 CY 171
23 Triangular Sediment Filter Dike 31 25 14 LF 1195
24 Silt Fence 31 25 14 LF 1195
25 Inlet Protection 31 25 14 EA 3
26 Stabilized Construction Exit 31 25 14 SY 192
27 Concrete Paving Repair, Commercial Collector 32 01 29 SY 19
28 6" Concrete Curb and Gutter 32 16 13 LF 200
29 4" Concrete Sidewalk 32 16 13 SY 164
30 5" Concrete Sidewalk 32 16 13 SY 210
31 Curb Ramp, TY IA 32 16 13 EA 2
32 Curb Ramp, TY IB 32 16 13 EA 2
33 8" Concrete Driveway Approach 32 16 13 SY 324
34 Miscellaneous Structure Adjustment (Water Meter Can)33 01 50 EA 1
35 Trench Safety 33 05 05 LF 370
36 12" Reinforced Concrete Pipe, Class IV 33 42 11 LF 349
37 18" Reinforced Concrete Pipe, Class IV 33 42 11 LF 25
38 10' Standard Curb Inlet 33 42 33 EA 1
39 3' Drop Inlet 33 42 33 EA 1
40 2' Drop Inlet 33 42 33 EA 2
41 Furnish and Install Ground Mounted Sign and Post Assembly 34 41 50 EA 3
42 Traffic Control 34 71 13 MO 3
43 Sidewalk Concrete Pavers NS 1 SY 46
44 Metal Commercial Access Ramps Manufacturer LS 1
45 Bike Rack Manufacturer EA 2
Bidlist
Item No.
Bid
Quantity Unit Price Extended Price
Project Item Information
SECTION 00 42 43
PROPOSAL FORM
Bidder's Proposal
Description
UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application
Specification
Section No.
Unit of
Measure
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
IFB No. 7452
Project # 200004
00 42 43
BID PROPOSAL
Page 2 of 3
Bidlist
Item No.
Bid
Quantity Unit Price Extended Price
Project Item Information
SECTION 00 42 43
PROPOSAL FORM
Bidder's Proposal
Description
UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application
Specification
Section No.
Unit of
Measure
46 4" SLD Pvmt Marking HAS (W)32 17 23 LF 4755
47 Lane Legend Arrow 32 17 23 EA 2
48 Parking Lot Legend HC 32 17 23 EA 6
49 Fire Lane Marking 32 17 23 LF 753
50 Commercial Lime Slurry 32 11 29 TN 142
51 6" Lime Treatment 32 11 29 SY 6954
52 6" Concrete Pavement 32 13 13 SY 6954
53 Asphalt Level‐Up, TY C, SAC‐A, PG64‐22 32 12 16 TON 5
54 Wheel Stops NS 2 EA 80
55 6" Flexible Base, Type A, GR‐1 32 11 23 SY 6742
56 Asphalt Pavement (SY), TY C, SAC‐A, PG64‐22, 2"32 12 16 SY 6742
57 Asphalt Pavement (SY), TY B, PG64‐22, 4"32 12 16 SY 6742
58 Asphalt Level‐Up, TY C, SAC‐A, PG64‐22 32 12 16 TON 5
59 6" Concrete Curb and Gutter 32 16 13 LF 1178
60 Sawtooth 6" Concrete Curb and Gutter 32 16 13 LF 307
61 Wheel Stops NS 2 EA 46
62 Plant 3" Tree 32 93 00 EA 32
63 Plant 1 Gallon Shrub 32 93 00 EA 337
64 Plant 3 Gallon Shrub 32 93 00 EA 176
65 Plant 5 Gallon Shrub 32 93 00 EA 116
66 3293.010 ‐ Plant 15 7 Gallon Shrub 32 93 00 EA 6
67 3293.010 ‐ Plant 15 45 Gallon Shrub Tree 32 93 00 EA 13
68 Landscaping Boulders NS 3 LS 1
69 Ground Cover 32 93 00 SF 1481
70 3284.001 ‐ Irrigation System Installation 32 84 00 LS 1
Total Bid
Additive Alternate Bid "B" Concrete Pavement
Total Additive Alternate Bid
Additive Alternate Bid "C" Asphalt Pavement
Total Additive Alternate Bid
Additive Alternate Bid "D" Landscaping
Total Additive Alternate Bid
Additive Alternate Bid "A" Pavement Markings
Total Additive Alternate Bid
Total Additive Alternate Bid
Additive Alternate Bid "A" Pavement Markings
Total Base Bid
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
IFB No. 7452
Project # 200004
00 42 43
BID PROPOSAL
Page 3 of 3
Bidlist
Item No.
Bid
Quantity Unit Price Extended Price
Project Item Information
SECTION 00 42 43
PROPOSAL FORM
Bidder's Proposal
Description
UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application
Specification
Section No.
Unit of
Measure
END OF SECTION
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
IFB No. 7452
Project # 200004
00 43 13 - 1
BID BOND
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 43 13 1
BID BOND 2
3
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 4
That we, (Bidder Name)___________________________________________________, 5
known as “Principal” herein, and (Surety Name)_____________________________________, a 6
corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as “Surety” herein, 7
are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a municipal corporation created pursuant to 8
the laws of Texas, known as “City” herein, in the penal sum of five percent (5%) of Bidder’s 9
maximum bid price, in lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton County, 10
Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, 11
executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. 12
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a proposal to perform work for the following 13
project designated as 14
Denton Development Services Center Parking Lot Improvements. 15
16
NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the City shall 17
award the Contract for the foregoing project to the Principal, and the Principal shall satisfy all 18
requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Contract and shall enter into the 19
Contract in writing with the City in accordance with the terms of such same, then this obligation 20
shall be and become null and void. If, however, the Principal fails to execute such Contract in 21
accordance with the terms of same or fails to satisfy all requirements and conditions required for 22
the execution of the Contract, this bond shall become the property of the City, without recourse of 23
the Principal and/or Surety, not to exceed the penalty hereof, and shall be used to compensate 24
City for the difference between Principal’s total bid amount and the next selected bidder’s total 25
bid amount. 26
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 27
Denton County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, 28
Sherman Division. 29
30
00 43 13 - 2
BID BOND
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED 1
this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the _______ day of 2
____________________, 20___. 3
4
5
By: ___________________________________________________________________________ 6
(Principal Name) 7
8
______________________________________________________________________________ 9
(Signature and Title of Principal) 10
11
*By: __________________________________________________________________________ 12
(Surety Name) 13
14
______________________________________________________________________________ 15
(Signature of Attorney-in-Fact) 16
17
*Attach Power of Attorney (Surety) for Attorney-in-Fact 18
END OF SECTION 19
Impressed
Surety Seal
Only
00 43 36 - 1
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 43 36 1
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM 2
3
Each Bidder for a City procurement is required to complete the information below by identifying 4
the proposed subcontractors whom they intend to utilize and the approximate percentage of the 5
overall contract that will be allocated to each entity. Bidder is reminded that a minimum of 35% 6
of the Contract must be performed by Bidder’s company. 7
8
Company Name Type of Work to be Performed
Overall
Contract
Percentage (%)
General Contractor:
Subcontractors:
9
10
The undersigned hereby certifies that the subcontractors described in the table above will 11
be utilized for this project at the approximate percentage levels indicated above. 12
13
BIDDER: 14
15
_____________________________________ By: ___________________________________ 16
Company (Please Print) 17
18
_____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________ 19
Address 20
21
_____________________________________ Title: __________________________________ 22
City/State/Zip (Please Print) 23
24
Date: __________________________________ 25
26
END OF SECTION 27
00 43 37 - 1
VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 43 37 1
VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW NON- RESIDENT BIDDER 2
3
Texas Government Code Chapter 2252 was adopted for the award of contracts to nonresident 4
bidders. This law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, nonresident 5
bidders (out-of-state contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside 6
the State of Texas) bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at 7
an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident 8
bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder in order to obtain a comparable 9
contract in the State which the nonresident’s principal place of business is located. 10
The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order for your 11
bid to meet specifications. The failure of nonresident bidders to do so will automatically 12
disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in Section B. 13
A. Nonresident bidders in the State of ______________________, our principal place of 14
business, are required to be ________________ percent lower than resident bidders by State 15
Law. A copy of the statute is attached. 16
Nonresident bidders in the State of _____________________, our principal place of business, 17
are not required to underbid resident bidders. 18
B. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is 19
in the State of Texas. 20
21
BIDDER: 22
23
_____________________________________ By: ___________________________________ 24
Company (Please Print) 25
26
_____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________ 27
Address 28
29
_____________________________________ Title: __________________________________ 30
City/State/Zip (Please Print) 31
32
Date: __________________________________ 33
34
END OF SECTION 35
00 45 13 - 1
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 45 13 1
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT 2
3
List three (3) Government references, other than the City of Denton, who can verify the quality of service 4
your company provides. The City prefers customers of similar size and scope of work to this solicitation. 5
6
REFERENCE ONE
7
GOVERNMENT/COMPANY NAME: 8
LOCATION: 9
CONTACT PERSON AND TITLE: 10
TELEPHONE NUMBER: 11
SCOPE OF WORK: 12
CONTRACT PERIOD: 13
14
REFERENCE TWO
15
GOVERNMENT/COMPANY NAME: 16
LOCATION: 17
CONTACT PERSON AND TITLE: 18
TELEPHONE NUMBER: 19
SCOPE OF WORK: 20
CONTRACT PERIOD: 21
22
REFERENCE THREE
23
GOVERNMENT/COMPANY NAME: 24
LOCATION: 25
CONTACT PERSON AND TITLE: 26
TELEPHONE NUMBER: 27
SCOPE OF WORK: 28
CONTRACT PERIOD: 29
30
31
32
33
00 45 13 - 3
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
PROJECT INFORMATION FORM 1
2
Detail three (3) of the most recent projects Bidder’s firm has completed providing 3
services similar to this project: 4
5
Project #1 6
Name of Project: 7
8
Project Owner Name, Address and Phone Number: 9
10
Original Contract Amount: 11
12
Final Contract Amount: 13
14
Contract Time Allotted (Calendar Days): 15
16
Start Date for Project: 17
18
Final Completion Date for Project: 19
20
Number of Days to complete (calendar days): 21
22
23
Detail the project, including size, length, and materials used. Also describe any known contractual issues, 24
successes, or potential problems and solutions encountered. 25
26
_________________________________________________________________________________________27
_________________________________________________________________________________________28
_________________________________________________________________________________________29
_________________________________________________________________________________________30
_________________________________________________________________________________________31
_________________________________________________________________________________________32
_________________________________________________________________________________________33
_________________________________________________________________________________________34
_________________________________________________________________________________________35
_________________________________________________________________________________________36
_________________________________________________________________________________________37
_________________________________________________________________________________________ 38
39
00 45 13 - 4
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1
PROJECT INFORMATION FORM 2
3
4
5
6
Project #2 7
Name of Project: 8
9
Project Owner Name, Address and Phone Number: 10
11
Original Contract Amount: 12
13
Final Contract Amount: 14
15
Contract Time Allotted (Calendar Days): 16
17
Start Date for Project: 18
19
Final Completion Date for Project: 20
21
Number of Days to complete (calendar days): 22
23
24
Detail the project, including size, length, and materials used. Also describe any known contractual issues, 25
successes, or potential problems and solutions encountered. 26
27
_________________________________________________________________________________________28
_________________________________________________________________________________________29
_________________________________________________________________________________________30
_________________________________________________________________________________________31
_________________________________________________________________________________________32
_________________________________________________________________________________________33
_________________________________________________________________________________________34
_________________________________________________________________________________________35
_________________________________________________________________________________________36
_________________________________________________________________________________________37
_________________________________________________________________________________________38
_________________________________________________________________________________________39
_________________________________________________________________________________________40
__ 41
42
00 45 13 - 5
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1
PROJECT INFORMATION FORM 2
3
4
5
Project #3 6
Name of Project: 7
8
Project Owner Name, Address and Phone Number: 9
10
Original Contract Amount: 11
12
Final Contract Amount: 13
14
Contract Time Allotted (Calendar Days): 15
16
Start Date for Project: 17
18
Final Completion Date for Project: 19
20
Number of Days to complete (calendar days): 21
22
23
Detail the project, including size, length, and materials used. Also describe any known contractual issues, 24
successes, or potential problems and solutions encountered. 25
26
_________________________________________________________________________________________27
_________________________________________________________________________________________28
_________________________________________________________________________________________29
_________________________________________________________________________________________30
_________________________________________________________________________________________31
_________________________________________________________________________________________32
_________________________________________________________________________________________33
_________________________________________________________________________________________34
_________________________________________________________________________________________35
_________________________________________________________________________________________36
_________________________________________________________________________________________37
_________________________________________________________________________________________38
_________________________________________________________________________________________39
__ 40
41
00 45 13 - 6
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE 1
2
The City of Denton desires to avail itself of the benefits of Section 252.0435 of the Local 3
Government Code, and consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to award of City 4
contracts. Pursuant to Section 252.0435 of the Local Government Code, the City of Denton has 5
adopted the following written definition and criteria for accurately determining the safety record 6
of a respondent prior to awarding City contracts. 7
8
The definition and criteria for determining the safety record of a respondent for this consideration 9
shall be: 10
11
The City of Denton shall consider the safety record of the respondent in determining the 12
responsibility thereof. The City may consider any incidence involving worker safety or 13
safety of the citizens of the City of Denton, be it related or caused by environmental, 14
mechanical, operational, supervision or any other cause or factor. Specifically, the City 15
may consider, among other things: 16
A. Complaints to, or final orders entered by, the Occupational Safety and Health 17
Review Commission (OSHRC), against the respondent for violations of OSHA 18
regulations within the past three (3) years. 19
B. Citations (as defined below) from an Environmental Protection Agency (as 20
defined below) for violations within the past five (5) years. Environmental 21
Protection Agencies include, but are not necessarily limited to, the U.S. Army 22
Corps of Engineers (USACOE), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), the 23
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Texas Commission on 24
Environmental Quality (TCEQ), the Texas Natural Resource Conservation 25
Commission (TNRCC) (predecessor to the TCEQ), the Texas Department of 26
Health (TDH), the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department (TPWD), the Structural 27
Pest Control Board (SPCB), agencies of local governments responsible for 28
enforcing environmental protection or worker safety related laws or regulations, 29
and similar regulatory agencies of other states of the United States. Citations 30
include notices of violation, notices of enforcement, suspension/revocations of 31
state or federal licenses or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal 32
complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final 33
orders, and judicial final judgments. 34
C. Convictions of a criminal offense within the past ten (10) years, which resulted in 35
bodily harm or death. 36
D. Any other safety related matter deemed by the City Council to be material in 37
determining the responsibility of the respondent and his or her ability to perform 38
the services or goods required by the solicitation documents in a safe 39
environment, both for the workers and other employees of respondent and the 40
citizens of the City of Denton. 41
42
In order to obtain proper information from respondents so that City of Denton may consider the 43
safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding bids on City contracts, City of Denton 44
requires that respondents answer the following three (3) questions and submit them with their 45
submissions: 46
47
48
00 45 13 - 7
BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
QUESTION ONE 1
2
Has the respondent, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the 3
respondent, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received 4
citations for violations of OSHA within the past three (3) years? 5
6
YES NO 7
8
If the respondent has indicated YES for question number one above, the respondent must provide 9
to City of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each such 10
citation: 11
12
Date of offense, location of establishment inspected, category of offense, final disposition of 13
offense, if any, and penalty assessed. 14
15
QUESTION TWO 16
17
Has the respondent, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the 18
respondent, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received 19
citations for violations of environmental protection laws or regulations, of any kind or type, 20
within the past five years? Citations include notice of violation, notice of enforcement, 21
suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses, or registrations, fines assessed, pending 22
criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, 23
and judicial final judgments. 24
25
YES NO 26
27
If the respondent has indicated YES for question number two above, the respondent must provide 28
to City of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each such 29
conviction: 30
31
Date of offense or occurrence, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition 32
of offense, if any, and penalty assessed. 33
34
QUESTION THREE 35
36
Has the respondent, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by respondent, 37
or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership, or institution, ever been convicted, 38
within the past ten (10) years, of a criminal offense which resulted in serious bodily injury or 39
death? 40
41
YES NO 42
43
If the respondent has indicated YES for question number three above, the respondent must 44
provide to City of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each 45
such conviction: 46
Date of offense, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, if 47
any, and penalty assessed. 48
END OF SECTION 49
00 45 26 - 1
CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 45 26 1
CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW 2
3
Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certifies that it 4
provides worker’s compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on Denton 5
Development Services Center Parking Lot Improvements. Contractor further certifies that, 6
pursuant to Texas Labor Code, Section 406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its 7
subcontractor’s certificates of compliance with worker’s compensation coverage. 8
9
CONTRACTOR: 10
11
_____________________________________ By: ___________________________________ 12
Company (Please Print) 13
14
_____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________ 15
Address 16
17
_____________________________________ Title: __________________________________ 18
City/State/Zip (Please Print) 19
20
21
THE STATE OF TEXAS § 22
23
COUNTY OF DENTON § 24
25
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared 26
___________________________________, known to me to be the person whose name is 27
subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as 28
the act and deed of ____________________________________ for the purposes and 29
consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. 30
31
GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this ____________day of 32
_______________________, 20__. 33
34
35
__________________________________ 36
Notary Public in and for the State of Texas 37
38
END OF SECTION 39
40
00 45 43 - 1
CORPORATE RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING SIGNATORIES
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 45 43 1
CORPORATE RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING SIGNATORIES 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
END OF SECTION 23
00 52 43 - 1
Agreement
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 52 43 1
AGREEMENT 2
3
THIS AGREEMENT, authorized on ______________is made by and between the City of Denton, 4
a Texas home rule municipality, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager, (“City”), 5
and ______________________________________________________________, authorized to 6
do business in Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized representative, (“Contractor”). 7
City and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: 8
Article 1. WORK 9
Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the 10
Project identified herein. 11
Article 2. PROJECT 12
The project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is 13
generally described as follows: 14
Denton Development Services Center Parking Lot Improvements ______________ 15
Project # 200004______________________________________________________ 16
Article 3. CONTRACT PRICE 17
City agrees to pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract 18
Documents an amount, in current funds, of __________________________________Dollars 19
($___________________). 20
Article 4. CONTRACT TIME 21
4.1 Final Acceptance. 22
The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 180 days after the date when the 23
Contract Time commences to run, as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions, 24
plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. 25
4.2 Liquidated Damages 26
Contractor recognizes that time is of the essence for completion of Milestones, if any, and 27
to achieve Final Acceptance of the Work and City will suffer financial loss if the Work is 28
not completed within the time(s) specified in Paragraph 4.1 above. The Contractor also 29
recognizes the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding, 30
the actual loss suffered by the City if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, 31
instead of requiring any such proof, Contractor agrees that as liquidated damages for delay 32
(but not as a penalty), Contractor shall pay City five hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each 33
day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 4.1 for Final Acceptance until the 34
City issues the Final Letter of Acceptance. 35
Article 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 36
5.1 CONTENTS: 37
A. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between City and 38
Contractor concerning the Work consist of the following: 39
1. This Agreement. 40
00 52 43 - 2
Agreement
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
2. Attachments to this Agreement: 1
a. Bid Form 2
1) Proposal Form 3
2) Vendor Compliance to State Law Non-Resident Bidder 4
3) State and Federal documents (project specific) 5
b. Current Prevailing Wage Rate Table 6
c. Insurance ACORD Form(s) 7
d. Payment Bond 8
e. Performance Bond 9
f. Maintenance Bond 10
g. Power of Attorney for the Bonds 11
h. Worker’s Compensation Affidavit 12
i. Form 1295 – Certificate of Interested Parties 13
3. General Conditions. 14
4. Supplementary Conditions. 15
5. Specifications specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, 16
if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of Contents 17
of the Project’s Contract Documents. 18
6. North Central Texas Council of Governments Standard Specifications for Public 19
Works Construction – Fourth Edition, Divisions 200-800, and as amended by City, 20
as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of Contents of the Project’s 21
Contract Documents. 22
7. Drawings. 23
8. Addenda. 24
9. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. 25
10. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the 26
Agreement and, if issued, become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents: 27
a. Notice to Proceed. 28
b. Field Orders. 29
c. Change Orders. 30
d. Letter of Final Acceptance. 31
32
33
00 52 43 - 3
Agreement
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
Article 6. INDEMNIFICATION 1
6.1 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own 2
expense, the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all 3
claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed 4
by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees 5
under this contract. This indemnification provision is specifically intended to operate 6
and be effective even if it is alleged or proven that all or some of the damages being 7
sought were caused, in whole or in part, by any act, omission or negligence of the city. 8
This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for any 9
and all costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the city in defending against such 10
claims and causes of actions. 11
12
6.2 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, 13
the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss of, 14
damage to, or destruction of, property of the city, arising out of, or alleged to arise out 15
of, the work and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, 16
employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this contract. This 17
indemnification provision is specifically intended to operate and be effective even if it is 18
alleged or proven that all or some of the damages being sought were caused, in whole or 19
in part, by any act, omission or negligence of the city. 20
21
Article 7. MISCELLANEOUS 22
7.1 Terms. 23
Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions will 24
have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 25
7.2 Assignment of Contract. 26
This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the 27
Contractor without the advanced express written consent of the City. 28
7.3 Successors and Assigns. 29
City and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal 30
representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and 31
obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 32
7.4 Severability. 33
Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be unconstitutional, void or 34
unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all 35
remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon City and Contractor. 36
7.5 Governing Law and Venue. 37
This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents is performable in the State of 38
Texas. Venue shall be Denton County, Texas, or the United States District Court for the 39
Eastern District of Texas, Sherman Division. 40
00 52 43 - 4
Agreement
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
7.6 Authority to Sign. 1
Contractor shall attach evidence of authority to sign Agreement if signed by someone other 2
than the duly authorized signatory of the Contractor. 3
4
7.7 Prohibition On Contracts With Companies Boycotting Israel. 5
Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2270 of the Texas Government 6
Code, the City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or 7
services unless the contract contains a written verification from the company that it: (1) 8
does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. 9
The terms “boycott Israel” and “company” shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms 10
in Section 808.001 of the Texas Government Code. By signing this contract, Contractor 11
certifies that Contractor’s signature provides written verification to the City that 12
Contractor: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of 13
the contract. 14
15
7.8 Immigration Nationality Act. 16
Contractor shall verify the identity and employment eligibility of its employees who perform 17
work under this Agreement, including completing the Employment Eligibility Verification 18
Form (I-9). Upon request by City, Contractor shall provide City with copies of all I-9 forms 19
and supporting eligibility documentation for each employee who performs work under this 20
Agreement. Contractor shall adhere to all Federal and State laws as well as establish 21
appropriate procedures and controls so that no services will be performed by any Contractor 22
employee who is not legally eligible to perform such services. CONTRACTOR SHALL 23
INDEMNIFY CITY AND HOLD CITY HARMLESS FROM ANY PENALTIES, 24
LIABILITIES, OR LOSSES DUE TO VIOLATIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH BY 25
CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR’S EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS, 26
AGENTS, OR LICENSEES. City, upon written notice to Contractor, shall have the right 27
to immediately terminate this Agreement for violations of this provision by Contractor. 28
29
7.9 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. 30
This Agreement gives no rights or benefits to anyone other than the City and the Contractor 31
and there are no third-party beneficiaries. 32
33
34
00 52 43 - 5
Agreement
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
7.10 No Cause of Action Against Engineer. 1
Contractor, its subcontractors and equipment and materials suppliers on the Project or their 2
sureties, shall maintain no direct action against the Engineer, its officers, employees, and 3
subcontractors, for any claim arising out of, in connection with, or resulting from the engineering 4
services performed. Only the City will be the beneficiary of any undertaking by the Engineer. 5
The presence or duties of the Engineer's personnel at a construction site, whether as on-site 6
representatives or otherwise, do not make the Engineer or its personnel in any way 7
responsible for those duties that belong to the City and/or the City's Contractors or other 8
entities, and do not relieve the Contractors or any other entity of their obligations, duties, and 9
responsibilities, including, but not limited to, all construction methods, means, techniques, 10
sequences, and procedures necessary for coordinating and completing all portions of the 11
construction work in accordance with the Contract Documents and any health or safety 12
precautions required by such construction work. The Engineer and its personnel have no 13
authority to exercise any control over any construction contractor or other entity or their 14
employees in connection with their work or any health or safety precautions. 15
16
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW 17
18
00 52 43 - 6
Agreement
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, City and Contractor have each executed this Agreement to be effective 1
as of the date subscribed by the City’s designated City Manager (“Effective Date”). 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
ATTEST: 37
JENNIFER WALTERS, CITY SECRETARY 38
39
40
_______________________________________ 41
42
43
APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: 44
AARON LEAL, CITY ATTORNEY 45
46
_______________________________________ 47
_______________________________________
CITY OF DENTON
BY: ___________________________________
TITLE: _______________________________
____________________
CONTRACTOR
[CONTRACTOR’S CORPORATE NAME HERE]
BY: ___________________________________
AUTHORIZED AGENT
_______________________________________
NAME
_______________________________________
TITLE
_______________________________________
PHONE NUMBER
_______________________________________
EMAIL ADDRESS
00 61 13 - 1
PERFORMANCE BOND
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 61 13 1
PERFORMANCE BOND 2
3
THE STATE OF TEXAS § 4
§ KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 5
COUNTY OF DENTON § 6
7
That we, _____________________________________________________, known as 8
“Principal” herein and ____________________________________________, a corporate 9
surety(sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as 10
“Surety” herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a 11
municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as “City” herein, in the penal 12
sum of, ___________________________________________ Dollars 13
($_______________________), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton 14
County, Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our 15
heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these 16
presents. 17
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City 18
awarded the _____ day of ________________, 20___, which Contract is hereby referred to and 19
made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment 20
labor and other accessories defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including any Change 21
Orders, as provided for in said Contract designated as Denton Development Services Center 22
Parking Lot Improvements 23
NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the said Principal 24
shall faithfully perform it obligations under the Contract and shall in all respects duly and 25
faithfully perform the Work, including Change Orders, under the Contract, according to the plans, 26
specifications, and contract documents therein referred to, and as well during any period of 27
extension of the Contract that may be granted on the part of the City, then this obligation shall be 28
and become null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. 29
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 30
Denton County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, 31
Sherman Division. 32
00 61 13 - 2
PERFORMANCE BOND
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the 1
Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in 2
accordance with the provisions of said statue. 3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED 4
this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the day of 5
, 20 . 6
PRINCIPAL: 7
____________________________________ 8
____________________________________ 9
10
BY: ________________________________ 11
Signature 12
ATTEST: 13
14
______________________________ ____________________________________ 15
(Principal) Secretary Name and Title 16
17
Address: ____________________________ 18
____________________________ 19
____________________________ 20
_____________________________ 21
Witness as to Principal 22
SURETY: 23
____________________________________ 24
____________________________________ 25
26
BY: ________________________________ 27
Signature 28
29
____________________________________ 30
Name and Title 31
32
Address: ____________________________ 33
____________________________ 34
____________________________ 35
_____________________________ 36
Witness as to Surety Telephone Number: ___________________ 37
38
39
40
*Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract 41
from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If 42
Surety’s physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. 43
The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. 44
45
00 61 14 - 1
PAYMENT BOND
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 61 14 1
PAYMENT BOND 2
3
THE STATE OF TEXAS § 4
§ KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 5
COUNTY OF DENTON § 6
7
That we, _____________________________________________________, known as 8
“Principal” herein, and _________________________________________________________, a 9
corporate surety (sureties), duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as 10
“Surety” herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a 11
municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as “City” herein, 12
in the penal sum of___________________________________________ Dollars 13
($_______________________), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton 14
County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we bind ourselves, our 15
heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these 16
presents: 17
WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written Contract with City, awarded the 18
_____ day of ______________________, 20_____, which Contract is hereby referred to and 19
made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment, 20
labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work as provided for in 21
said Contract and designated as Denton Development Services Center Parking Lot Improvements. 22
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if 23
Principal shall pay all monies owing to any (and all) payment bond beneficiary (as defined in 24
Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended) in the prosecution of the Work under 25
the Contract, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full 26
force and effect. 27
This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the 28
Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in 29
accordance with the provisions of said statute. 30
31
00 61 14 - 2
PAYMENT BOND
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED 1
this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the _________ day of 2
___________________, 20_____. 3
4
PRINCIPAL:
_________________________________
_________________________________
ATTEST: BY: _____________________________
Signature
___________________________________ _____________________________
(Principal) Secretary Name and Title
Address: _________________________
_________________________
___________________________________ _________________________
Witness as to Principal
SURETY:
_________________________________
_________________________________
ATTEST: BY: _____________________________
Signature
__________________________________ _____________________________
(Surety) Secretary Name and Title
Address: _________________________
_________________________
__________________________________ _________________________
Witness as to Surety
Telephone Number: ________________
5
Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety, there must be on file a certified extract from the 6
bylaws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety’s physical 7
address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. 8
9
THE DATE OF THE BOND SHALL NOT BE PRIOR 10
TO THE DATE THE CONTRACT IS AWARDED. 11
END OF SECTION 12
13
00 61 19 - 1
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 61 19 1
MAINTENANCE BOND 2
3
THE STATE OF TEXAS § 4
§ KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 5
COUNTY OF TARRANT § 6
7
That we_____________________________________________________, known as 8
“Principal” herein and ____________________________________________, a corporate surety 9
(sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as 10
“Surety” herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a 11
municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as “City” herein, 12
in the sum of_________________________________________ Dollars 13
($_______________________), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton 14
County, Texas, for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto the City and its 15
successors, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly 16
and severally, firmly by these presents. 17
18
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded 19
the_____ day of , 20 , which Contract is hereby 20
referred to and a made part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all 21
materials, equipment labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the 22
Work, including any Work resulting from a duly authorized Change Order (collectively herein, 23
the “Work”) as provided for in said contract and designated as Denton Development Services 24
Center Parking Lot Improvements; and 25
26
WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the Work in 27
accordance with the plans, specifications and Contract Documents that the Work is and will 28
remain free from defects in materials or workmanship for and during the period of two (2) years 29
after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the City (“Maintenance Period”); and 30
31
WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part 32
upon receiving notice from the City of the need therefor at any time within the Maintenance 33
Period. 34
00 61 19 - 2
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1
NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal shall 2
remedy any defective Work, for which timely notice was provided by City, to a completion 3
satisfactory to the City, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise to remain in 4
full force and effect. 5
6
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if Principal shall fail so to repair or reconstruct any timely 7
noticed defective Work, it is agreed that the City may cause any and all such defective Work to 8
be repaired and/or reconstructed with all associated costs thereof being borne by the Principal and 9
the Surety under this Maintenance bond; and 10
11
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 12
Denton County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, 13
Sherman Division; and 14
15
PROVIDED FURTHER, that this obligation shall be continuous in nature and 16
successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches. 17
18
19
20
00 61 19 - 3
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this 1
instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the day of 2
, 20 __. 3
4
PRINCIPAL: 5
____________________________________ 6
____________________________________ 7
8
BY: ________________________________ 9
Signature 10
ATTEST: 11
12
______________________________ ____________________________________ 13
(Principal) Secretary Name and Title 14
15
Address: ____________________________ 16
____________________________ 17
____________________________ 18
_____________________________ 19
Witness as to Principal 20
SURETY: 21
____________________________________ 22
____________________________________ 23
24
BY: ________________________________ 25
Signature 26
27
____________________________________ 28
ATTEST: Name and Title 29
30
_____________________________ Address: ____________________________ 31
(Surety) Secretary ____________________________ 32
____________________________ 33
_____________________________ 34
Witness as to Surety Telephone Number: ___________________ 35
36
*Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract 37
from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If 38
Surety’s physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. 39
The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. 40
41
00 61 25 - 1
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 61 25 1
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
END OF SECTION 23
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS
OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Article 1 – Definitions and Terminology .......................................................................................................... 1
1.01 Defined Terms............................................................................................................................... 1
1.02 Terminology .................................................................................................................................. 6
Article 2 – Preliminary Matters ......................................................................................................................... 7
2.01 Copies of Documents .................................................................................................................... 7
2.02 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed ................................................................ 7
2.03 Starting the Work .......................................................................................................................... 7
2.04 Before Starting Construction ........................................................................................................ 7
2.05 Preconstruction Conference.......................................................................................................... 8
2.06 Public Meeting .............................................................................................................................. 8
2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules.................................................................................................... 8
2.08 Electronic Submittals.................................................................................................................... 8
Article 3 – Contract Documents: Intent, Amending, Reuse ............................................................................ 8
3.01 Intent.............................................................................................................................................. 8
3.02 Reference Standards...................................................................................................................... 9
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies....................................................................................... 9
3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents................................................................. 10
3.05 Reuse of Documents ................................................................................................................... 10
3.06 Electronic Data............................................................................................................................ 11
Article 4 – Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental
Conditions; Reference Points........................................................................................................... 11
4.01 Availability of Lands .................................................................................................................. 11
4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions .......................................................................................... 12
4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ............................................................................. 12
4.04 Underground Facilities ............................................................................................................... 13
4.05 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site .............................................................................. 14
Article 5 – Bonds and Insurance ..................................................................................................................... 15
5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ................................................................................................... 15
5.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds....................................................................... 15
5.03 Certificates of Insurance ............................................................................................................. 16
5.04 Contractor’s Insurance ................................................................................................................ 18
5.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace........................................................... 19
Article 6 – Contractor’s Responsibilities ........................................................................................................ 19
6.01 Supervision and Superintendence............................................................................................... 19
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
6.02 Labor; Working Hours ................................................................................................................ 19
6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ........................................................................................... 20
6.04 Project Schedule.......................................................................................................................... 20
6.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals” ....................................................................................................... 21
6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others.................................................................... 23
6.07 Wage Rates.................................................................................................................................. 24
6.08 Patent Fees and Royalties ........................................................................................................... 25
6.09 Permits and Utilities.................................................................................................................... 26
6.10 Laws and Regulations ................................................................................................................. 26
6.11 Taxes ........................................................................................................................................... 27
6.12 Use of Site and Other Areas ....................................................................................................... 27
6.13 Record Documents...................................................................................................................... 28
6.14 Safety and Protection .................................................................................................................. 29
6.15 Safety Representative.................................................................................................................. 29
6.16 Hazard Communication Programs ............................................................................................. 30
6.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification............................................................................................... 30
6.18 Submittals.................................................................................................................................... 30
6.19 Continuing the Work................................................................................................................... 31
6.20 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee .......................................................................... 32
6.21 Indemnification ......................................................................................................................... 32
6.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services .............................................................................. 33
6.23 Right to Audit.............................................................................................................................. 34
6.24 Nondiscrimination....................................................................................................................... 34
Article 7 – Other Work at the Site................................................................................................................... 34
7.01 Related Work at Site ................................................................................................................... 34
7.02 Coordination................................................................................................................................ 35
Article 8 – City’s Responsibilities................................................................................................................... 35
8.01 Communications to Contractor................................................................................................... 35
8.02 Furnish Data ................................................................................................................................ 35
8.03 Pay When Due ............................................................................................................................ 35
8.04 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests................................................................................... 36
8.05 Change Orders............................................................................................................................. 36
8.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals .............................................................................................. 36
8.07 Limitations on City’s Responsibilities ....................................................................................... 36
8.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition .................................................................... 36
8.09 Compliance with Safety Program............................................................................................... 36
Article 9 – City’s Observation Status During Construction ........................................................................... 36
9.01 City’s Project Manager ……...................................................................................................... 36
9.02 Visits to Site ................................................................................................................................ 37
9.03 Authorized Variations in Work .................................................................................................. 37
9.04 Rejecting Defective Work .......................................................................................................... 37
9.05 Determinations for Work Performed .......................................................................................... 37
9.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ..................... 38
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
Article 10 – Changes in the Work; Claims; Extra Work ................................................................................ 38
10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work ............................................................................................... 38
10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ........................................................................................... 38
10.03 Execution of Change Orders....................................................................................................... 38
10.04 Extra Work .................................................................................................................................. 38
10.05 Notification to Surety.................................................................................................................. 39
10.06 Contract Claims Process ............................................................................................................. 39
Article 11 – Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work; Plans Quantity Measurement...................... 40
11.01 Cost of the Work ......................................................................................................................... 40
11.02 Allowances .................................................................................................................................. 43
11.03 Unit Price Work .......................................................................................................................... 43
11.04 Plans Quantity Measurement ...................................................................................................... 45
Article 12 – Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Time................................................................. 45
12.01 Change of Contract Price ............................................................................................................ 45
12.02 Change of Contract Time............................................................................................................ 46
12.03 Delays .......................................................................................................................................... 47
Article 13 – Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ...................... 47
13.01 Notice of Defects ........................................................................................................................ 47
13.02 Access to Work ........................................................................................................................... 47
13.03 Tests and Inspections .................................................................................................................. 47
13.04 Uncovering Work........................................................................................................................ 49
13.05 City May Stop the Work ............................................................................................................. 49
13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ................................................................................ 49
13.07 Correction Period ........................................................................................................................ 50
13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work................................................................................................... 51
13.09 City May Correct Defective Work ............................................................................................. 51
Article 14 – Payments to Contractor and Completion .................................................................................... 52
14.01 Schedule of Values...................................................................................................................... 52
14.02 Progress Payments ...................................................................................................................... 52
14.03 Contractor’s Warranty of Title ................................................................................................... 54
14.04 Partial Utilization ........................................................................................................................ 54
14.05 Final Inspection ........................................................................................................................... 55
14.06 Final Acceptance......................................................................................................................... 55
14.07 Final Payment.............................................................................................................................. 55
14.08 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release ........................................................ 56
14.09 Waiver of Claims ........................................................................................................................ 56
Article 15 – Suspension of Work and Termination ........................................................................................ 57
15.01 City May Suspend Work............................................................................................................. 57
15.02 City May Terminate for Cause ................................................................................................... 57
15.03 City May Terminate For Convenience ....................................................................................... 59
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
Article 16 – Dispute Resolution ...................................................................................................................... 61
16.01 Methods and Procedures ............................................................................................................. 61
Article 17 – Miscellaneous .............................................................................................................................. 62
17.01 Giving Notice .............................................................................................................................. 62
17.02 Computation of Times ................................................................................................................ 62
17.03 Cumulative Remedies ................................................................................................................. 62
17.04 Survival of Obligations ............................................................................................................... 63
17.05 Headings...................................................................................................................................... 63
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 1 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
1.01 Defined Terms
A. Wherever used in these General Conditions or in other Contract Documents, the terms listed
below have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof,
and words denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter. Said terms are
generally capitalized or written in italics, but not always. When used in a context consistent with
the definition of a listed-defined term, the term shall have a meaning as defined below whether
capitalized or italicized or otherwise. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial
capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs,
and the titles of other documents or forms.
1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify,
correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents.
2. Agreement—The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between City and
Contractor covering the Work.
3. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to City which is to be used by Contractor
during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be
accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.
4. Asbestos—Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is
releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United
States Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
5. Award – Authorization by the City Council for the City to enter into an Agreement.
6. Bid—The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the
prices for the Work to be performed.
7. Bidder—The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to City.
8. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents
(including all Addenda).
9. Bidding Requirements—The advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid
security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements.
10. Business Day – A business day is defined as a day that the City conducts normal business,
generally Monday through Friday, except for federal or state holidays observed by the City.
11. Calendar Day – A day consisting of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 2 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
12. Change Order—A document, which is prepared and approved by the City, which is signed
by Contractor and City and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an
adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date
of the Agreement.
13. City— The City of Denton is a Texas home-rule municipal corporation acting by its City
Council through its City Manager or his designee.
14. City Attorney – The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Denton, Texas, or his
duly authorized representative.
15. City Council - The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of Denton,
Texas.
16. City Manager – The officially appointed and authorized City Manager of the City of
Denton, Texas, or his duly authorized representative.
17. Contract Claim—A demand or assertion by City or Contractor seeking an adjustment of
Contract Price or Contract Time, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the
Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Contract Claim.
18. Contract—The entire and integrated written document between the City and Contractor
concerning the Work. The Contract contains the Agreement and all Contract Documents and
supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral.
19. Contract Documents—Those items so designated in the Agreement. All items listed in the
Agreement are Contract Documents. Approved Submittals, other Contractor submittals, and
the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents.
20. Contract Price—The moneys payable by City to Contractor for completion of the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the
provisions of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work).
21. Contract Time—The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve
Milestones, if any and (ii) complete the Work so that it is ready for Final Acceptance.
22. Contractor—The individual or entity with whom City has entered into the Agreement.
23. Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 11.01 of these General Conditions for definition.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 3 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
24. Damage Claims – A demand for money or services arising from the Project or Site from a
third party, City or Contractor exclusive of a Contract Claim.
25. Day or day – A day, unless otherwise defined, shall mean a Calendar Day.
26. Drawings—That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which
graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by
Contractor. Submittals are not Drawings as so defined.
27. Effective Date of the Agreement—The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes
effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed
and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver.
28. Engineer—The licensed professional engineer or engineering firm registered in the State of
Texas performing professional services for the City.
29. Extra Work – Additional work made necessary by changes or alterations of the Contract
Documents or quantities; or for other reasons for which no prices are provided in the
Contract Documents. Extra work shall be part of the Work.
30. Field Order — A written order issued by City which requires changes in the Work but
which does not involve a change in the Contract Price, Contract Time, or the intent of the
Engineer.
31. Final Acceptance – The written notice given by the City to the Contractor that the Work
specified in the Contract Documents has been completed to the satisfaction of the City.
32. Final Inspection – Inspection carried out by the City to verify that the Contractor has
completed the Work, and each and every part or appurtenance thereof, fully, entirely, and in
conformance with the Contract Documents.
33. General Requirements—Sections of Division 1 of the Contract Documents.
34. Hazardous Environmental Condition — The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs,
Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, Radioactive Material, or other materials in such quantities or
circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto.
35. Hazardous Waste—Hazardous waste is defined as any solid waste listed as hazardous or
possesses one or more hazardous characteristics as defined in the federal waste regulations,
as amended from time to time.
36. Incidental – Work items that the Contractor is not paid for directly, but costs for which are
included under the various bid items of the Project.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 4 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
37. Laws and Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes,
and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having
jurisdiction.
38. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or
personal property.
39. Major Item – An Item of work included in the Contract Documents that has a total cost equal
to or greater than 5% of the original Contract Price or $25,000 whichever is less.
40. Milestone—A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate
Contract Time prior to Final Acceptance of the Work.
41. Notice of Award—The written notice by City to the Successful Bidder stating that upon
timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, City
will sign and deliver the Agreement.
42. Notice to Proceed—A written notice given by City to Contractor fixing the date on which the
Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the
Work specified in Contract Documents.
43. PCBs—Polychlorinated biphenyls.
44. Petroleum—Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard
conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square
inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and
oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils.
45. Plans – See definition of Drawings.
46. Project Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, in accordance with
the General Requirements, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising
the Contractor’s plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Time.
47. Project—The Work to be performed under the Contract Documents.
48. Project Manager —The authorized representative of the City who will be assigned to the
Project.
49. Project Manual – The documentary information prepared for bidding and furnishing the
Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual is contained in its Table of Contents.
50. Public Meeting – An announced meeting conducted by the City to facilitate public
participation and to assist the public in gaining an informed view of the Project.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 5 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
51. Radioactive Material—Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the
Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time.
52. Regular Working Hours – Excluding legal holidays, regular working hours shall be Monday
thru Friday between 6:00 a.m. and 8:30 p.m. from June 1 to September 30 and between 7:00
a.m. and 8:30 p.m. from October 1 to May 31.
53. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are
representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such
portion of the Work will be judged.
54. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required
submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related
construction activities.
55. Schedule of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions
of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing
Contractor’s Applications for Payment.
56. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by City upon
which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way, permits, and easements for
access thereto, and such other lands furnished by City which are designated for the use of
Contractor.
57. Specifications—That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for
materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and
certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. Specifications
may be specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, if not attached,
may be incorporated by reference as indicated in the Table of Contents (Division 00 00 00)
of each Project.
58. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any
other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site.
59. Submittals—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information
which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by
Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work.
60. Subsidiary – See definition of Incidental.
61. Successful Bidder—The Bidder submitting the lowest and most responsive Bid to whom City
makes an Award.
62. Superintendent – The representative of the Contractor who is available at all times and able
to receive instructions from the City and to act for the Contractor.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 6 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
63. Supplementary Conditions—That part of the Contract Documents which amends or
supplements these General Conditions.
64. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a
direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment
to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor.
65. Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires,
manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements
containing such facilities, including but not limited to, those that convey electricity, gases,
steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television,
water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems.
66. Unit Price Work—See Paragraph 11.03 of these General Conditions for definition.
67. Weekend Working Hours – Hours between 8:00 a.m. and 8:30 p.m., Saturday, and between
1:00 p.m. and 8:30 p.m. Sunday or legal holiday, as approved in advance by the City.
68. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to
be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or
providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction
including any Change Order or Field Order, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all
materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents.
69. Working Day – A working day is defined as a day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or legal
holidays authorized by the City for contract purposes, in which weather or other conditions
not under the control of the Contractor will permit the performance of the principal unit of
work underway for a continuous period of not less than 7 hours between 7 a.m. and 8 p.m.
1.02 Terminology
A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.02.B through E are not defined but, when used in
the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning.
B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives:
1. The Contract Documents include the terms “as allowed,” “as approved,” “as ordered,” “as
directed” or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of judgment by City. In
addition, the adjectives “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,” “satisfactory,” or
adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of City as to
the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination
will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the
Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating
otherwise).
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 7 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
C. Defective:
1. The word “defective,” when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is
unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it:
a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or
b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or
approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or
c. has been damaged prior to City’s written acceptance.
D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide:
1. The word “Furnish” or the word “Install” or the word “Perform” or the word “Provide” or
the word “Supply,” or any combination or similar directive or usage thereof, shall mean
furnishing and incorporating in the Work including all necessary labor, materials, equipment,
and everything necessary to perform the Work indicated, unless specifically limited in the
context used.
E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known
technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in
accordance with such recognized meaning.
ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.01 Copies of Documents
City shall furnish to Contractor one (1) original executed copy and one (1) electronic copy of the
Contract Documents, and three (3) additional copies of the Drawings. Additional copies will be
furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction.
2.02 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed
The Contract Time will commence to run on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to
Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement.
2.03 Starting the Work
Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Time commences to run.
No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences to run.
2.04 Before Starting Construction
Baseline Schedules: Submit in accordance with the Contract Documents, and prior to starting the
Work.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 8 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
2.05 Preconstruction Conference
Before any Work at the Site is started, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction Conference as
specified in the Contract Documents.
2.06 Public Meeting
Contractor may not mobilize any equipment, materials or resources to the Site prior to Contractor
attending the Public Meeting as scheduled by the City.
2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules
No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to City in
accordance with the Schedule Specification as provided in the Contract Documents.
2.08 Electronic Submittals
A. Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract, the City and Contractor may transmit, and
shall accept, Project-related correspondence, text, data, documents, drawings, information, and
graphics, including but not limited to Shop Drawings and other submittals, in electronic media or
digital format.
B. When transmitting items in electronic media or digital format, the transmitting party makes no
representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of the items resulting from
the recipient’s use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware
differing from those used in the drafting or transmittal of the items, or from those established in
applicable transmittal protocols.
ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE
3.01 Intent
A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required
by all.
B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part
thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor,
documentation, services, materials, or equipment that reasonably may be inferred from the
Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the
indicated result will be provided whether or not specifically called for, at no additional cost to
City.
C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by City.
D. The Specifications may vary in form, format and style. Some Specification sections may be
written in varying degrees of streamlined or declarative style and some sections may be
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 9 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
relatively narrative by comparison. Omission of such words and phrases as “the Contractor
shall,” “in conformity with,” “as shown,” or “as specified” are intentional in streamlined
sections. Omitted words and phrases shall be supplied by inference. Similar types of provisions
may appear in various parts of a section or articles within a part depending on the format of the
section. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any variation of form, format or style in
making Contract Claims.
E. The cross referencing of specification sections under the subparagraph heading “Related
Sections include but are not necessarily limited to:” and elsewhere within each Specification
section is provided as an aid and convenience to the Contractor. The Contractor shall not rely on
the cross referencing provided and shall be responsible to coordinate the entire Work under the
Contract Documents and provide a complete Project whether or not the cross referencing is
provided in each section or whether or not the cross referencing is complete.
3.02 Reference Standards
A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations
1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society,
organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or
by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations
in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there
were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents.
2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, or code, or any instruction of a
Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of City, Contractor, or any
of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the Contract
Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to City, or any of its
officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any
duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority
to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents.
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies
A. Reporting Discrepancies:
1. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each
part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and
check and verify pertinent figures therein against all applicable field measurements and
conditions. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to City any conflict, error, ambiguity,
or discrepancy which Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall obtain a
written interpretation or clarification from City before proceeding with any Work affected
thereby.
2. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the
performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 10 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable
Law or Regulation , (b) any standard, specification, manual, or code, or (c) any instruction of
any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to City in writing. Contractor shall not
proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph
6.17.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one
of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04.
3. Contractor shall not be liable to City for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or
discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof.
B. Resolving Discrepancies:
1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of
the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or
discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and the provisions of any
standard, specification, manual, or the instruction of any Supplier (whether or not specifically
incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents).
2. In case of discrepancies, figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions, Drawings
shall govern over Specifications, and Supplementary Conditions shall govern over General
Conditions and Specifications.
3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents
A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in
the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by a Change Order.
B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and
deviations in the Work not involving a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, may be
authorized, by one or more of the following ways:
1. A Field Order;
2. City’s review of a Submittal (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.18.C); or
3. City’s written interpretation or clarification.
3.05 Reuse of Documents
A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier shall not:
1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or
other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer,
including electronic media editions; or
2. reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of
the Project or any other project without written consent of City and specific written
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 11 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
verification or adaptation by Engineer.
B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the
Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract
Documents for record purposes.
3.06 Electronic Data
A. Unless otherwise stated in the Supplementary Conditions, the data furnished by City or Engineer
to Contractor, or by Contractor to City or Engineer, that may be relied upon are limited to the
printed copies included in the Contract Documents (also known as hard copies). Files in
electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the
convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from
such electronic files will be at the user’s sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the
electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern.
B. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no
representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting
from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware
differing from those used by the data’s creator.
ARTICLE 4 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS
4.01 Availability of Lands
A. City shall furnish the Site. City shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of
general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply
in performing the Work. City will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for
permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities.
1. The City has obtained or anticipates acquisition of and/or access to right-of-way, and/or
easements. Any outstanding right-of-way and/or easements are anticipated to be acquired in
accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project
Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must
consider any outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements.
2. The City has or anticipates removing and/or relocating utilities, and obstructions to the Site.
Any outstanding removal or relocation of utilities or obstructions is anticipated in accordance
with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted
by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding
utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated by others.
B. Upon reasonable written request, City shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record
legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 12 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for
construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment.
4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify:
1. those reports known to City of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or
contiguous to the Site; and
2. those drawings known to City of physical conditions relating to existing surface or
subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities).
B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the
accuracy of the “technical data” contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and
drawings are not Contract Documents. Such “technical data” is identified in the Supplementary
Conditions. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of their officers,
directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to:
1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not
limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of
construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident
thereto; or
2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or
indicated in such drawings; or
3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any such
other data, interpretations, opinions, or information.
4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions
A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or
revealed either:
1. is of such a nature as to establish that any “technical data” on which Contractor is entitled to
rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or
2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or
3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or
4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and
generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract
Documents;
then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 13 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an
emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A), notify City in writing about such condition.
B. Possible Price and Time Adjustments
Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time if:
1. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final
commitment to City with respect to Contract Price and Contract Time by the submission of a
Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or
2. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result
of the examination of the Contract Documents or the Site; or
3. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A.
4.04 Underground Facilities
A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents
with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on
information and data furnished to City or Engineer by the owners of such Underground
Facilities, including City, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the
Supplementary Conditions:
1. City and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such
information or data provided by others; and
2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall
have full responsibility for:
a. reviewing and checking all such information and data;
b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents;
c. coordination and adjustment of the Work with the owners of such Underground
Facilities, including City, during construction; and
d. the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage
thereto resulting from the Work.
B. Not Shown or Indicated:
1. If an Underground Facility which conflicts with the Work is uncovered or revealed at or
contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with
reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming
aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any
Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A),
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 14 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give notice to that owner and to City.
City will review the discovered Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to
which a change may be required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the
consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. Contractor shall be
responsible for the safety and protection of such discovered Underground Facility.
2. If City concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Change Order may
be issued to reflect and document such consequences.
3. Verification of existing utilities, structures, and service lines shall include notification of all
utility companies a minimum of 48 hours in advance of construction including exploratory
excavation if necessary.
4.05 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site
A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify those reports and drawings
known to City relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at the
Site.
B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the
accuracy of the “technical data” contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and
drawings are not Contract Documents. Such “technical data” is identified in the Supplementary
Conditions. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of their officers,
directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to:
1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not
limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of
construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident
thereto; or
2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or
indicated in such drawings; or
3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any such
other data, interpretations, opinions or information.
C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or
revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified
in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible
for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by
Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible.
D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for
whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall
immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with
such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 15 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
Paragraph 6.17.A); and (iii) notify City (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing).
City may consider the necessity to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take
corrective action, if any.
E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any
affected area until after City has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered
written notice to Contractor: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has
been rendered suitable for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions
under which such Work may be resumed.
F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a
reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special
conditions, then City may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such
condition to be deleted from the Work. City may have such deleted portion of the Work
performed by City’s own forces or others.
G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and
hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not
limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and
all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a
Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom
Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.G shall obligate Contractor to
indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or
entity’s own negligence.
H. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental
Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site.
ARTICLE 5 – BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers
All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by
Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized
in the State of Texas to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required.
Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications
as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions.
5.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds
A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds, in accordance with Texas Government
Code Chapter 2253 or successor statute, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price as
security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor’s obligations under the
Contract Documents.
B. Contractor shall furnish maintenance bonds in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 16 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
to protect the City against any defects in any portion of the Work described in the Contract
Documents. Maintenance bonds shall remain in effect for two (2) years after the date of Final
Acceptance by the City.
C. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided
otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the list
of “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and
as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial
Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed
by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a sealed and dated power of attorney
which shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed each bond.
The bonds must be dated on, or after, the date of the Contract.
D. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or
its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements of
Paragraph 5.02.C, Contractor shall promptly notify City and shall, within 30 days after the event
giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply
with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01 and 5.02.C.
5.03 Certificates of Insurance
A. Contractor shall deliver to City, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified
in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance
requested by City or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and
maintain.
1. The certificate of insurance shall document the City, and all identified entities named in the
Supplementary Conditions as “Additional Insured” on all liability policies.
2. The Contractor’s general liability insurance shall include a, “per project” or “per location”,
endorsement, which shall be identified in the certificate of insurance provided to the City.
3. The certificate shall be signed by an agent authorized to bind coverage on behalf of the
insured, be complete in its entirety, and show complete insurance carrier names as listed in
the current A.M. Best Property & Casualty Guide
4. The insurers for all policies must be licensed and/or approved to do business in the State of
Texas. Except for workers’ compensation, all insurers must have a minimum rating of A-:
VII in the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide or have reasonably equivalent financial
strength and solvency to the satisfaction of Risk Management. If the rating is below that
required, written approval of City is required.
5. All applicable policies shall include a Waiver of Subrogation (Rights of Recovery) in favor
of the City. In addition, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the
Engineer (if applicable), and each additional insured identified in the Supplementary
Conditions
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 17 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
6. Failure of the City to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with the
insurance requirements or failure of the City to identify a deficiency from evidence that is
provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s obligation to maintain such lines
of insurance coverage.
7. If insurance policies are not written for specified coverage limits, an Umbrella or Excess
Liability insurance for any differences is required. Excess Liability shall follow form of the
primary coverage.
8. Unless otherwise stated, all required insurance shall be written on the “occurrence basis”. If
coverage is underwritten on a claims-made basis, the retroactive date shall be coincident with
or prior to the date of the effective date of the agreement and the certificate of insurance shall
state that the coverage is claims-made and the retroactive date. The insurance coverage shall
be maintained for the duration of the Contract and for three (3) years following Final
Acceptance provided under the Contract Documents or for the warranty period, whichever is
longer. An annual certificate of insurance submitted to the City shall evidence such
insurance coverage.
9. Policies shall have no exclusions by endorsements, which, neither nullify or amend, the
required lines of coverage, nor decrease the limits of said coverage unless such endorsements
are approved in writing by the City. In the event a Contract has been bid or executed and the
exclusions are determined to be unacceptable or the City desires additional insurance
coverage, and the City desires the contractor/engineer to obtain such coverage, the contract
price shall be adjusted by the cost of the premium for such additional coverage plus 10%.
10. Any self-insured retention (SIR), in excess of $25,000.00, affecting required insurance
coverage shall be approved by the City in regards to asset value and stockholders' equity. In
lieu of traditional insurance, alternative coverage maintained through insurance pools or risk
retention groups, or self-funding, must also be approved by City.
11. Any deductible in excess of $5,000.00, for any policy that does not provide coverage on a
first-dollar basis, must be acceptable to and approved by the City.
12. City, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to review the insurance requirements and to
make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage’s and their limits when deemed
necessary and prudent by the City based upon the scope of the Work, changes in statutory
law, court decision or the claims history of the industry as well as of the contracting party to
the City. The City shall be required to provide prior notice of 90 days, and the insurance
adjustments shall be incorporated into the Work by Change Order.
13. City shall be entitled, upon written request and without expense, to receive copies of policies
and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or
modifications of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions necessary to
conform the policy and endorsements to the requirements of the Contract. Deletions,
revisions, or modifications shall not be required where policy provisions are established by
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 18 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
law or regulations binding upon either party or the underwriter on any such policies.
14. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for
Contractor’s insurance.
5.04 Contractor’s Insurance
A. Workers Compensation and Employers’ Liability. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such
insurance coverage with limits consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers’
Compensation Act (Texas Labor Code, Ch. 406, as amended), and minimum limits for
Employers’ Liability as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide
protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor’s
performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents,
whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly
or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts
any of them may be liable:
1. claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit
acts;
2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of
Contractor’s employees.
B. Commercial General Liability. Coverage shall include but not be limited to covering liability
(bodily injury or property damage) arising from: premises/operations, independent contractors,
products/completed operations, personal injury, liability under an insured contract, and
explosion/collapse/underground (where those exposures exist). Insurance shall be provided on an
occurrence basis, and as comprehensive as the current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy.
This insurance shall apply as primary insurance with respect to any other
insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the City. The Commercial General Liability
policy, shall have no exclusions by endorsements that would alter of nullify premises/operations,
products/completed operations, contractual, personal injury, or advertising injury, which are
normally contained with the policy, unless the City approves such exclusions in writing.
For construction projects that present a substantial completed operation exposure, the City may
require the contractor to maintain completed operations coverage for a minimum of no less than
three (3) years following the completion of the project (if identified in the Supplementary
Conditions).
C. Automobile Liability. A commercial business auto policy shall provide coverage on “any auto”,
defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned and provide indemnity for claims for damages
because bodily injury or death of any person and or property damage arising out of the work,
maintenance or use of any motor vehicle by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone
for whose acts any of them may be liable.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 19 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
D. Railroad Protective Liability. If any of the work or any warranty work is within the limits of
railroad right-of-way, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements identified in the
Supplementary Conditions.
E. Notification of Policy Cancellation: Contractor shall immediately notify City upon cancellation
or other loss of insurance coverage. Contractor shall stop work until replacement insurance has
been procured. There shall be no time credit for days not worked pursuant to this section.
5.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace
If City has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance
required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with Article 5 on the basis
of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the City shall so notify the Contractor in writing
within 10 Business Days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested). Contractor
shall provide to the City such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the City may
reasonably request. If Contractor does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance
required by the Contract Documents, the City shall notify the Contractor in writing of such failure
prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required
coverage.
ARTICLE 6 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES
6.01 Supervision and Superintendence
A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction.
B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent
Superintendent, who is proficient in English, and who shall not be replaced without written
notice to City. If at any time the Superintendent is not satisfactory to the City, Contractor shall, if
requested by City, replace the Superintendent with another satisfactory to City.
C. Contractor shall notify the City 24 hours prior to moving areas during the sequence of
construction.
6.02 Labor; Working Hours
A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to perform construction as
required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and
order at the Site.
B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at
the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work
at the Site shall be performed during Regular Working Hours. Contractor will not permit the
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 20 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
performance of Work beyond Regular Working Hours or for Weekend Working Hours without
City’s written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld). Written request (by letter or
electronic communication) to perform Work:
1. for beyond Regular Working Hours, request must be made by noon at least two (2) Business
Days prior
2. for Weekend Working Hours, request must be made by noon of the preceding Wednesday
3. for legal holidays, request must be made by noon seven Days prior to the legal
holiday.
6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment
A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full
responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment
and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities,
temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance,
Contractor required testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not such items are
specifically called for in the Contract Documents.
B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified,
shall be of sufficient quality to complete the Work and new, except as otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall
expressly run to the benefit of City. If required by City, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory
evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and
equipment.
C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be stored, applied, installed,
connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of
the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents.
D. All items of standard equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be the latest model at the
time of bid, unless otherwise specified.
6.04 Project Schedule
A. Contractor shall adhere to the Project Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07
and the General Requirements as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below.
1. Contractor shall submit to City for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07 and
the General Requirements) proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will not result
in changing the Contract Time. Such adjustments will comply with any provisions of the
General Requirements applicable thereto.
2. Contractor shall submit to City a monthly Project Schedule with a monthly progress payment
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 21 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
for the duration of the Contract in accordance with the schedule specification 01 32 16.
3. Proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will change the Contract Time shall be
submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Time
may only be made by a Change Order.
6.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals”
A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents
by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or
description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless
the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent,
or “or-equal” item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of other
Suppliers may be submitted to City for review under the circumstances described below.
1. “Or-Equal” Items: If in City’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by
Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in
related Work will be required, it may be considered by City as an “or-equal” item, in which
case review and approval of the proposed item may, in City’s sole discretion, be
accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of
proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of
material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if:
a. the City determines that:
1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance,
strength, and design characteristics;
2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results
imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; and
3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and
4) it is not objectionable to the City. b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work:
1) there will be no increase in cost to the City or increase in Contract Time; and
2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the
Contract Documents.
2. Substitute Items:
a. If in City’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does
not qualify as an “or-equal” item under Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it may be submitted as a
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 22 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
proposed substitute item.
b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow City to
determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that
named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute
items of material or equipment will not be accepted by City from anyone other than
Contractor.
c. Contractor shall make written application to City for review of a proposed substitute item
of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application shall
comply with Section 01 25 00 and:
1) shall certify that the proposed substitute item will:
a) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general
design;
b) be similar in substance to that specified;
c) be suited to the same use as that specified; and
2) will state:
a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice
Contractor’s achievement of final completion on time;
b) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in
any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract
with City for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed
substitute item;
c) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with
the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; and
3) will identify:
a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified;
b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; and
4) shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or
indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and Damage
Claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change.
B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique,
sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents,
Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 23 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
of construction approved by City. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow City, in
City’s sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly
called for by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall make written application to City for
review in the same manner as those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2.
C. City’s Evaluation: City will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each
proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.B. City may require
Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. City will be the sole judge of
acceptability. No “or-equal” or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until City’s review
is complete, which will be evidenced by a Change Order in the case of a substitute and an
accepted Submittal for an “or-equal.” City will advise Contractor in writing of its determination.
D. Special Guarantee: City may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor’s expense a special
performance guarantee, warranty, or other surety with respect to any substitute. Contractor shall
indemnify and hold harmless City and anyone directly or indirectly employed by them from
and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys fees)
arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment.
E. City’s Cost Reimbursement: City will record City’s costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or
submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B. Whether or not City
approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor may be required to
reimburse City for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor may also be required to
reimburse City for the charges for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the
provisions of any other direct contract with City) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed
substitute.
F. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or
“or-equal” at Contractor’s expense.
G. City Substitute Reimbursement: Costs (savings or charges) attributable to acceptance of a
substitute shall be incorporated to the Contract by Change Order.
H. Time Extensions: No additional time will be granted for substitutions.
6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others
A. Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a value not less than 35% of the
value embraced on the Contract, unless otherwise approved by the City.
B. Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether
initially or as a replacement, against whom City may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall
not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or
perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection (excluding those
acceptable to City as indicated in Paragraph 6.06.C).
C. The City may from time to time require the use of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 24 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
individuals or entities on the project, and will provide such requirements in the Supplementary
Conditions.
D. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors,
Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as
Contractor is responsible for Contractor’s own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract
Documents:
1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity
any contractual relationship between City and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other
individual or entity; nor
2. shall create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys
due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise
be required by Laws and Regulations.
E. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the
Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor.
F. All Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any
of the Work shall communicate with City through Contractor.
G. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically
binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents for the benefit of City.
6.07 Wage Rates
A. Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of
Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (as amended), including the payment of not less than the
rates determined by the City Council of the City of Denton to be the prevailing wage rates in
accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these Contract
Documents.
B. Penalty for Violation. A Contractor or any Subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage
shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each
calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates
stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its
administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023.
C. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information,
including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas
Government Code, by a Contractor or Subcontractor, the City shall make an initial
determination, before the 31st day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 25 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the
Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the City’s
determination that there is good cause to believe the Contractor or Subcontractor has violated
Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the
difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts
being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the
violation.
D. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of
Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected
worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General
Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the Contractor or Subcontractor and any
affected worker does not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the
City makes its initial determination pursuant to Paragraph C above. If the persons required to
arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th day after the date that
arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the
persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is
final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction.
E. Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3)
years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and
occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work provided
for in this Contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be
open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Paragraph 6.23, Right
to Audit, shall pertain to this inspection.
F. Progress Payments. With each progress payment or payroll period, whichever is less, the
Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the
requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code.
G. Posting of Wage Rates. The Contractor shall post prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at
all times.
H. Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall
otherwise require all of its Subcontractors to comply with Paragraphs A through G above.
6.08 Patent Fees and Royalties
A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process,
product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a
particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents
for use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of City, its use is subject
to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the
existence of such rights shall be disclosed by City in the Contract Documents. Failure of the City
to disclose such information does not relieve the Contractor from its obligations to pay for the
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 26 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
use of said fees or royalties to others.
B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold
harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not
limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and
all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any
infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the
Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process,
product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents.
6.09 Permits and Utilities
A. Contractor obtained permits and licenses. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction
permits and licenses except those provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract
Documents. City shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses.
Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution
of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the
Effective Date of the Agreement, except for permits provided by the City as specified in 6.09.B.
City shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the
Work.
B. City obtained permits and licenses. City will obtain and pay for all permits and licenses as
provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract Documents. It will be the Contractor’s
responsibility to carry out the provisions of the permit. If the Contractor initiates changes to the
Contract and the City approves the changes, the Contractor is responsible for obtaining
clearances and coordinating with the appropriate regulatory agency. The City will not reimburse
the Contractor for any cost associated with these requirements of any City acquired permit. The
following are permits the City will obtain if required:
1. Texas Department of Transportation Permits
2. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Permits
3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Permits
4. Railroad Company Permits
5. Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation (TDLR) Permits
C. Outstanding permits and licenses. The City anticipates acquisition of and/or access to permits
and licenses. Any outstanding permits and licenses are anticipated to be acquired in accordance
with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by
the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding
permits and licenses.
6.10 Laws and Regulations
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 27 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations
applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by
applicable Laws and Regulations, the City shall not be responsible for monitoring Contractor’s
compliance with any Laws or Regulations.
B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or
Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not
limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all
court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work.
However, it shall not be Contractor’s responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and
Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of
Contractor’s obligations under Paragraph 3.02.
C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids having an effect on
the cost or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract
Price or Contract Time.
6.11 Taxes
A. On a contract awarded by the City, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to
Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H (as amended), the Contractor may purchase, rent or lease all
materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance of this contract by
issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption certificate to
comply with State Comptroller’s Rulings applicable to Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H. Any such
exemption certificate issued to the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to and shall
comply with all applicable rulings pertaining to the Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H.
B. Texas Tax permits and information may be obtained from:
1. Comptroller of Public Accounts
Sales Tax Division
Capitol Station
Austin, TX 78711; or
2. http://www.window.state.tx.us/taxinfo/taxforms/93-forms.html
6.12 Use of Site and Other Areas
A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas:
1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and
the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and
shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or
other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to
any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 28 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
resulting from the performance of the Work.
2. At any time when, in the judgment of the City, the Contractor has obstructed, closed, or is
carrying on operations in a portion of a street, right-of-way, or easement greater than is
necessary for proper execution of the Work, the City may require the Contractor to finish the
section on which operations are in progress before work is commenced on any additional
area of the Site.
3. Construction equipment, spoil materials, supplies, forms, buildings, labs, or equipment and
supply storage buildings, or any other item that may be transported by flood flows, shall not
be stored within existing federal floodways during the course of the Work.
4. Should any Damage Claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the
performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly attempt to resolve the Damage Claim.
5. Pursuant to Paragraph 6.21, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from
and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to any claim or
action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against City.
B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work
Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials,
rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other
debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations.
C. Site Maintenance Cleaning: 24 hours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the
clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the City, if the Contractor
fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as the City
deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written
notice (by letter or electronic communication), and the costs of such direct action, plus 25% of
such costs, shall be deducted from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor.
D. Final Site Cleaning: Prior to Final Acceptance of the Work, Contractor shall clean the Site and
the Work and make it ready for utilization by City or adjacent property owner. At the completion
of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment
and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition or better all property
disturbed by the Work.
E. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded
in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work
or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it.
6.13 Record Documents
A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site or in a place designated by the Contractor and
approved by the City, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change
Orders, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 29 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved
Samples and a counterpart of all accepted Submittals will be available to City for reference.
Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, any operation and maintenance manuals,
and Submittals will be delivered to City prior to Final Inspection. Contractor shall include
accurate locations for buried and embedded items.
6.14 Safety and Protection
A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve
Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of
their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall
take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to
prevent damage, injury or loss to:
1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work;
2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on
or off the Site; and
3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,
pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for
removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction.
B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of
persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and
shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall
notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when
prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection,
removal, relocation, and replacement of their property.
C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of City’s safety programs, if any.
D. Contractor shall inform City of the specific requirements of Contractor’s safety program, if any,
with which City’s employees and representatives must comply while at the Site.
E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.14.A.2 or 6.14.A.3 caused,
directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any
other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the
Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor.
F. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue
until such time as all the Work is completed and City has accepted the Work.
6.15 Safety Representative
Contractor shall inform City in writing of Contractor’s designated safety representative at the Site.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 30 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
6.16 Hazard Communication Programs
Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other
hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among
employers in accordance with Laws or Regulations.
6.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification
A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or
adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss.
Contractor shall give City prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant
changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are
required as a result thereof. If City determines that a change in the Contract Documents is
required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Change
Order may be issued.
B. Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the City to rectify any discrepancies,
omissions, or correction necessary to conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents,
the City shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are to be performed.
The written notice shall direct attention to the discrepant condition and request the Contractor to
take remedial action to correct the condition. In the event the Contractor does not take positive
steps to fulfill this written request, or does not show just cause for not taking the proper action,
within 24 hours, the City may take such remedial action with City resources or by contract. The
City shall deduct an amount equal to the entire costs for such remedial action, plus 25%, from
any funds due or become due the Contractor on the Project.
6.18 Submittals
A. Contractor shall submit required Submittals to City for review and acceptance in accordance
with the accepted Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be
identified as City may require.
1. Submit in accordance with the General Requirements.
2. Data shown on the Submittals will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions,
specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data, to demonstrate to City
the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide, and to enable City to
review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.18.C.
3. Submittals submitted as herein provided by Contractor and reviewed by City for
conformance with the design concept shall be executed in conformity with the Contract
Documents unless otherwise required by City.
4. When Submittals are submitted for the purpose of showing the installation in greater detail,
their review shall not excuse Contractor from requirements shown on the Drawings and
Specifications.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 31 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
5. For-Information-Only submittals upon which the City is not expected to conduct review or
take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents.
6. Submit required number of Samples specified in the Specifications.
7. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers,
the use for which intended and other data as City may require to enable City to review the
submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.18.C.
B. Where a Submittal is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any
related Work performed prior to City’s review and acceptance of the pertinent submittal will be
at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor.
C. City’s Review:
1. City will provide timely review of required Submittals in accordance with the Schedule of
Submittals acceptable to City. City’s review and acceptance will be only to determine if the
items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform
to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design
concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract
Documents.
2. City’s review and acceptance will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or
procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence,
or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract
Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and acceptance
of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item
functions.
3. City’s review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any
variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied
with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 and City has given written acceptance of each
such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the
Submittal. City’s review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for
complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
6.19 Continuing the Work
Except as otherwise provided, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Project Schedule
during all disputes or disagreements with City. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending
resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as City and Contractor may otherwise agree in
writing.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 32 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
6.20 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee
A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to City that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract
Documents and will not be defective. City and its officers, directors, members, partners,
employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of
Contractor’s warranty and guarantee.
B. Contractor’s warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by:
1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor,
Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is
responsible; or
2. normal wear and tear under normal usage.
C. Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is
not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor’s obligation to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents:
1. observations by City;
2. recommendation or payment by City of any progress or final payment;
3. the issuance of a certificate of Final Acceptance by City or any payment related thereto by
City;
4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by City;
5. any review and acceptance of a Submittal by City;
6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or
7. any correction of defective Work by City.
D. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the Work and pay for any damage to
other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years
from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified and shall
furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond, complying with the requirements of Article
5.02.B. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness.
6.21 Indemnification
A. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own
expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims
arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the
Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 33 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO
OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL
OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN
PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. This indemnity
provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal
fees incurred by the City in defending against such claims and causes of actions.
B. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, the
City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage or
destruction of property of the City, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and
services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors,
licensees or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS
SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS
ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT
WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR
NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY.
6.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services
A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are
specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such
services are required to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods,
techniques, sequences and procedures.
B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems,
materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, City
will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall
cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose
signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and
Submittals prepared by such professional. Submittals related to the Work designed or certified by
such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional’s written approval when
submitted to City.
C. City shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services,
certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided City has specified
to Contractor performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy.
D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.22, City’s review and acceptance of design calculations and design
drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and
design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. City’s review
and acceptance of Submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for
the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.18.C.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 34 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
6.23 Right to Audit
A. The City shall have the right to audit and make copies of the books, records and computations
pertaining to the Contract. The Contractor shall retain such books, records, documents and other
evidence pertaining to the Contract period and five years thereafter, except if an audit is in
progress or audit findings are yet unresolved, in which case records shall be kept until all audit
tasks are completed and resolved. These books, records, documents and other evidence shall be
available, within ten (10) business days of written request. Further, the Contractor shall also
require all Subcontractors, material suppliers, and other payees to retain all books, records,
documents and other evidence pertaining to the Contract, and to allow the City similar access to
those documents. All books and records will be made available within a 50 mile radius of the
City. The cost of the audit will be borne by the City unless the audit reveals an overpayment of
1% or greater. If an overpayment of 1% or greater occurs, the reasonable cost of the audit,
including any travel costs, must be borne by the Contractor which must be payable within five (5)
business days of receipt of an invoice.
B. Failure to comply with the provisions of this section shall be a material breach of the Contract
and shall constitute, in the City’s sole discretion, grounds for termination thereof. Each of the
terms “books”, “records”, “documents” and “other evidence”, as used above, shall be construed
to include drafts and electronic files, even if such drafts or electronic files are subsequently used
to generate or prepare a final printed document.
6.24 Nondiscrimination
A. The City is responsible for operating Public Transportation Programs and implementing transit-
related projects, which are funded in part with Federal financial assistance awarded by the U.S.
Department of Transportation and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), without
discriminating against any person in the United States on the basis of race, color, or national
origin.
B. Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended: Contractor shall comply with the requirements of
the Act and the Regulations as further defined in the Supplementary Conditions for any project
receiving Federal assistance.
ARTICLE 7 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE
7.01 Related Work at Site
A. City may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with City’s employees, or other
City contractors, or through other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by
utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then written notice
thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and
B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility
owner, and City, if City is performing other work with City’s employees or other City
contractors, proper and safe access to the Site, provide a reasonable opportunity for the
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 35 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and
properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of
the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come
together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of
others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that
Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of City and the others whose
work will be affected.
C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor’s Work depends upon work performed
by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to
City in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable
or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s failure to so
report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with
Contractor’s Work except for latent defects in the work provided by others.
7.02 Coordination
A. If City intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the
Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions:
1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the
activities among the various contractors will be identified;
2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and
3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided.
B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall have authority for such
coordination.
ARTICLE 8 – CITY’S RESPONSIBILITIES
8.01 Communications to Contractor
Except as otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall issue all communications
to Contractor.
8.02 Furnish Data
City shall timely furnish the data required under the Contract Documents.
8.03 Pay When Due
City shall make payments to Contractor in accordance with Article 14.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 36 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
8.04 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests
City’s duties with respect to providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to
establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to City’s
identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of
subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface
structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by City in preparing the Contract
Documents.
8.05 Change Orders
City shall execute Change Orders in accordance with Paragraph 10.03.
8.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals
City’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph
13.03.
8.07 Limitations on City’s Responsibilities
A. The City shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. City will not be responsible for
Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. City will notify the Contractor of applicable safety plans pursuant to Paragraph 6.14.
8.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition
City’s responsibility with respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth
in Paragraph 4.06.
8.09 Compliance with Safety Program
While at the Site, City’s employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable
requirements of Contractor’s safety programs of which City has been informed pursuant to
Paragraph 6.14.
ARTICLE 9 – CITY’S OBSERVATION STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
9.01 City’s Project Manager or Duly Authorized Representative
City will provide a Project Manager or duly authorized representative during the construction
period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of City’s Project Manager or
duly appointed representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents. City’s
Project Manager for this Contract is as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. City will establish
a duly authorized representative at the Preconstruction Meeting in accordance with Section 01 31 19.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 37 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
9.02 Visits to Site
A. City will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as
City deems necessary in order to observe the progress that has been made and the quality of
the various aspects of Contractor’s executed Work. Based on information obtained during
such visits and observations, City will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in
accordance with the Contract Documents. City will not be required to make exhaustive or
continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. City’s efforts
will be directed toward providing City a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work
will conform generally to the Contract Documents.
B. City’s visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on authority and responsibility set
forth in Paragraph 8.07. Particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of City’s visits
or observations of Contractor’s Work, City will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority
over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures
of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of
Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work.
9.03 Authorized Variations in Work
City’s Project Manager or duly authorized representative may authorize minor variations in the
Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the
Contract Price or the Contract Time and are compatible with the design concept of the completed
Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished
by a Field Order and will be binding on City and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work
involved promptly.
9.04 Rejecting Defective Work
City will have authority to reject Work which City’s Project Manager or duly authorized
representative believes to be defective, or will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the
Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed
Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. City will have authority to
conduct special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Article 13, whether or not the Work
is fabricated, installed, or completed.
9.05 Determinations for Work Performed
Contractor will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Work performed. City’s Project
Manager or duly authorized representative will review with Contractor the preliminary
determinations on such matters before rendering a written recommendation. City’s written decision
will be final (except as modified to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data).
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 38 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
9.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work
A. City will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the
acceptability of the Work thereunder.
B. City will render a written decision on any issue referred.
C. City’s written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on the Contractor, subject
to the provisions of Paragraph 10.06.
ARTICLE 10 – CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS; EXTRA WORK
10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work
A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, City may, at any time or from
time to time, order Extra Work. Upon notice of such Extra Work, Contractor shall proceed with
the Work involved only upon receiving written notice from City. Extra Work will be performed
under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically
provided). Extra Work shall be memorialized by a Change Order which may or may not precede
an order of Extra work.
B. For minor changes of Work not requiring changes to Contract Time or Contract Price, a Field
Order may be issued by the City.
10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work
Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract
Time with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as
amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an
emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.17.
10.03 Execution of Change Orders
A. City and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering:
1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by City pursuant to Paragraph 10.01.A, (ii)
required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08 or City’s correction
of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties;
2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties, including
any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed.
10.04 Dispute of Extra Work
A. Should a difference arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment
thereof, and the City insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work
after making written request for written orders and shall keep accurate account of the actual
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 39 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
reasonable cost thereof. Contract Claims regarding Extra Work shall be made pursuant to
Paragraph 10.06.
B. The Contractor shall furnish the City such installation records of all deviations from the original
Contract Documents as may be necessary to enable the City to prepare for permanent record a
corrected set of plans showing the actual installation.
C. The compensation agreed upon for Extra Work whether or not initiated by a Change Order shall
be a full, complete and final payment for all costs Contractor incurs as a result or relating to the
change or Extra Work, whether said costs are known, unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that
time, including without limitation, any costs for delay, extended overhead, ripple or impact cost,
or any other effect on changed or unchanged work as a result of the change or Extra Work.
10.05 Notification to Surety
If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the
general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited
to, Contract Price or Contract Time), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor’s
responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted by the Contractor to reflect the
effect of any such change.
10.06 Contract Claims Process
A. City’s Decision Required: All Contract Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09,
shall be referred to the City for decision. A decision by City shall be required as a condition
precedent to any exercise by Contractor of any rights or remedies he may otherwise have under
the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Contract Claims.
B. Notice:
1. Written notice stating the general nature of each Contract Claim shall be delivered by the
Contractor to City no later than 15 days after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The
responsibility to substantiate a Contract Claim shall rest with the party making the Contract
Claim.
2. Notice of the amount or extent of the Contract Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered
to the City on or before 45 days from the start of the event giving rise thereto (unless the City
allows additional time for Contractor to submit additional or more accurate data in support of
such Contract Claim).
3. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with
the provisions of Paragraph 12.01.
4. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with
the provisions of Paragraph 12.02.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 40 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
5. Each Contract Claim shall be accompanied by Contractor’s written statement that the
adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the Contractor believes it is entitled as a
result of said event.
6. The City shall submit any response to the Contractor within 30 days after receipt of the
claimant’s last submittal (unless Contract allows additional time).
C. City’s Action: City will review each Contract Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last
submittal of the Contractor, if any, take one of the following actions in writing:
1. deny the Contract Claim in whole or in part;
2. approve the Contract Claim; or
3. notify the Contractor that the City is unable to resolve the Contract Claim if, in the City’s
sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the City to do so. For purposes of further
resolution of the Contract Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial.
D. City’s written action under Paragraph 10.06.C will be final and binding, unless City or
Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such
action or denial.
E. No Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time will be valid if not
submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 10.06.
F. If the City fails to take any action pursuant to Paragraph 10.06 (C) the contract Claim is
considered to have been denied by the City.
ARTICLE 11 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK; PLANS
QUANTITY MEASUREMENT
11.01 Cost of the Work
A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in
Paragraph 11.01.B, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the
Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order, the costs to be reimbursed to
Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in
the Work. Such costs shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.01.B, and shall
include but not be limited to the following items:
1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the
Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by City and Contractor. Such
employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel
employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the
Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall
include;
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 41 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
a. salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security
contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, health
and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto.
The expenses of performing Work outside of Regular Working Hours, Weekend
Working Hours, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized
by City.
2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs
of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers’ field services required in connection
therewith.
3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented
from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by City, and the
costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All
such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any
such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary
for the Work.
4. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If
required by City, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to
City and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to City, who will then determine, which bids,
if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on
the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor’s Cost of the Work and fee shall
be determined in the same manner as Contractor’s Cost of the Work and fee as provided in
this Paragraph 11.01.
5. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing
laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related
to the Work.
6. Supplemental costs including the following:
a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of
Contractor’s employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work.
b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment,
machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not
owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost,
less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of
Contractor.
c. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which
Contractor is liable not covered under Paragraph 6.11, as imposed by Laws and
Regulations.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 42 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
d. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may
be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses.
e. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not
compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the
performance of the Work, provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes
other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or
indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such
losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of City. No
such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the
purpose of determining Contractor’s fee.
f. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site.
g. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone and
communication services at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash
items in connection with the Work.
h. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract
Documents to purchase and maintain.
B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items:
1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor’s officers, executives, principals (of
partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers,
architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents,
expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the
Site or in Contractor’s principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and
not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in
Paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of which are to be
considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor’s fee.
2. Expenses of Contractor’s principal and branch offices other than Contractor’s office at the
Site.
3. Any part of Contractor’s capital expenses, including interest on Contractor’s capital
employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments.
4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not
limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly
supplied, and making good any damage to property.
5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 43 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
C. Contractor’s Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor’s fee
shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a
Change Order for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the
Work, Contractor’s fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.01.C.
D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to
Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.B, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in
accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to City
an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data.
11.02 Allowances
A. Specified Allowance: It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all
allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be
performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to City.
B. Cash Allowances:
1. Contractor agrees that:
a. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts)
of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all
applicable taxes; and
b. Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead,
profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in
the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the
foregoing will be valid.
C. Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole
use of City.
D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued to reflect actual amounts due
Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be
correspondingly adjusted.
11.03 Unit Price Work
A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work,
initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to
the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the
estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement.
B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the
purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the
actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 44 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
City subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.05.
C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to
cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Work described in the
Contract Documents, or reasonably inferred as required for a functionally complete installation,
but not identified in the listing of unit price items shall be considered incidental to unit price
work listed and the cost of incidental work included as part of the unit price.
D. City may make an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 12.01 if:
1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and
significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and
2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work.
E. Increased or Decreased Quantities: The City reserves the right to order Extra Work in
accordance with Paragraph 10.01.
1. If the changes in quantities or the alterations do not significantly change the character of
work under the Contract Documents, the altered work will be paid for at the Contract unit
price.
2. If the changes in quantities or alterations significantly change the character of work, the
Contract will be amended by a Change Order.
3. If no unit prices exist, this will be considered Extra Work and the Contract will be amended
by a Change Order in accordance with Article 12.
4. A significant change in the character of work occurs when:
a. the character of work for any Item as altered differs materially in kind or nature from that
in the Contract or
b. a Major Item of work varies by more than 25% from the original Contract quantity.
5. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is more than
125% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may
request an adjustment to the unit price on the portion of the work that is above 125%.
6. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is less than 75%
of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may request
an adjustment to the unit price.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 45 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
11.04 Plans Quantity Measurement for Unclassified Excavation or Embankment
A. Plans quantities may or may not represent the exact quantity of work performed or material
moved, handled, or placed during the execution of the Contract. The estimated bid quantities are
designated as final payment quantities, unless revised by the governing Section or this Article.
B. If the quantity measured as outlined under “Price and Payment Procedures” varies by more than
25% (or as stipulated under “Price and Payment Procedures” for specific Items) from the total
estimated quantity for an individual Item originally shown in the Contract Documents, an
adjustment may be made to the quantity of authorized work done for payment purposes. The
party to the Contract requesting the adjustment will provide field measurements and calculations
showing the final quantity for which payment will be made. Payment for revised quantity will be
made at the unit price bid for that Item, except as provided for in Article 10.
C. When quantities are revised by a change in design approved by the City, by Change Order, or to
correct an error, or to correct an error on the plans, the plans quantity will be increased or
decreased by the amount involved in the change, and the 25% variance will apply to the new
plans quantity.
D. If the total Contract quantity multiplied by the unit price bid for an individual Item is less than
$250 and the Item is not originally a plans quantity Item, then the Item may be paid as a plans
quantity Item if the City and Contractor agree in writing to fix the final quantity as a plans
quantity.
E. For callout work or non-site specific Contracts, the plans quantity measurement requirements are
not applicable.
ARTICLE 12 – CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME
12.01 Change of Contract Price
A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order.
B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order will be determined as follows:
1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by
application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the
provisions of Paragraph 11.03); or
2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents,
by a mutually agreed lump sum or unit price (which may include an allowance for overhead
and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.01.C.2), and shall include the cost
of any secondary impacts that are foreseeable at the time of pricing the cost of Extra Work;
or
3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 46 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
and agreement to a lump sum or unit price is not reached under Paragraph 12.01.B.2, on the
basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a
Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C).
C. Contractor’s Fee: The Contractor’s additional fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as
follows:
1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or
2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various
portions of the Cost of the Work:
a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1, 11.01.A.2. and 11.01.A.3, the
Contractor’s additional fee shall be 15 percent except for:
1) rental fees for Contractor’s own equipment using standard rental rates;
2) bonds and insurance;
b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.01.A.4 and 11.01.A.5, the Contractor’s fee shall be
five percent (5%);
1) where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee
and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 12.01.C.2.a and
12.01.C.2.b is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever
tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under
Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and
Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent (5%) of the amount paid to the next
lower tier Subcontractor, however in no case shall the cumulative total of fees paid be
in excess of 25%;
c. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11.01.A.6, and
11.01.B;
d. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to City for any change which results in
a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a
deduction in Contractor’s fee by an amount equal to five percent (5%) of such net
decrease.
12.02 Change of Contract Time
A. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order.
B. No extension of the Contract Time will be allowed for Extra Work or for claimed delay unless
the Extra Work contemplated or claimed delay is shown to be on the critical path of the Project
Schedule or Contractor can show by Critical Path Method analysis how the Extra Work or
claimed delay adversely affects the critical path.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 47 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
12.03 Delays
A. Where Contractor is reasonably delayed in the performance or completion of any part of the
Work within the Contract Time due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time
may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Contract Claim is
made therefor. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts
or neglect by City, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as
contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God.
Such an adjustment shall be Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in
this Paragraph.
B. If Contractor is delayed, City shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or
damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and
other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by
Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project.
C. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time for delays
within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor
or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor.
D. The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work, except when
direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City to provide
information or material, if any, which is to be furnished by the City.
ARTICLE 13 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK
13.01 Notice of Defects
Notice of all defective Work of which City has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor.
Defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13.
13.02 Access to Work
City, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will
have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and
testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of
Contractor’s safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable.
13.03 Tests and Inspections
A. Contractor shall give City timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections,
tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required
inspections or tests.
B. If Contract Documents, Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 48 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
of the Work (or part thereof) to be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor shall assume full
responsibility for arranging and obtaining such independent inspections, tests, retests or
approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish City the required certificates of
inspection or approval; excepting, however, those fees specifically identified in the
Supplementary Conditions or any Texas Department of Licensure and Regulation (TDLR)
inspections, which shall be paid as described in the Supplementary Conditions.
C. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection
with any inspections, tests, re-tests, or approvals required for City’s acceptance of materials or
equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment
submitted for approval prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work.
Such inspections, tests, re-tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to
City.
D. City may arrange for the services of an independent testing laboratory (“Testing Lab”) to
perform any inspections or tests (“Testing”) for any part of the Work, as determined solely by
City.
1. City will coordinate such Testing to the extent possible, with Contractor;
2. Should any Testing under this Section 13.03 D result in a “fail”, “did not pass” or other
similar negative result, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for any and all retests.
Contractor’s cancellation without cause of City initiated Testing shall be deemed a negative
result and require a retest.
3. Any amounts owed for any retest under this Section 13.03 D shall be paid directly to the
Testing Lab by Contractor. City will forward all invoices for retests to Contractor.
4. If Contractor fails to pay the Testing Lab, City will not issue Final Payment until the Testing
Lab is paid.
E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by
Contractor without written concurrence of City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, uncover
such Work for observation.
F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor’s expense.
G. Contractor shall have the right to make a Contract Claim regarding any retest or invoice issued
under Section 13.03 D.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 49 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
13.04 Uncovering Work
A. If any Work is covered contrary to the Contract Documents or specific instructions by the City, it
must, if requested by City, be uncovered for City’s observation and replaced at Contractor’s
expense.
B. If City considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by City or inspected or
tested by others, Contractor, at City’s request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available
for observation, inspection, or testing as City may require, that portion of the Work in question,
furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment.
1. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs,
losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects,
attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) arising out
of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of
satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others); or City shall be entitled to accept defective Work in
accordance with Paragraph 13.08 in which case Contractor shall still be responsible for all
costs associated with exposing, observing, and testing the defective Work.
2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an
extension of the Contract Time directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure,
observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction.
13.05 City May Stop the Work
If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials
or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to
the Contract Documents, City may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until
the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of City to stop the Work shall not
give rise to any duty on the part of City to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of
any of them.
13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work
A. Promptly after receipt of written notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work pursuant to
an acceptable schedule, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has
been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective.
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, additional testing, losses, and damages (including but not
limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all
court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction
or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others).
Failure to require the removal of any defective Work shall not constitute acceptance of such
Work.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 50 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07,
Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair City’s special warranty and
guarantee, if any, on said Work.
13.07 Correction Period
A. If within two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance (or such longer period of time as may
be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract
Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or
areas made available for Contractor’s use by City or permitted by Laws and Regulations as
contemplated in Paragraph 6.10.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without
cost to City and in accordance with City’s written instructions:
1. repair such defective land or areas; or
2. correct such defective Work; or
3. if the defective Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it
with Work that is not defective, and
4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work
of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom.
B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of City’s written instructions, or in an
emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, City may have the defective
Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims,
costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers,
architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs)
arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including
but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor.
C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Final Acceptance of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from
an earlier date if so provided in the Contract Documents.
D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or
removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect
to such Work may be required to be extended for an additional period of one year after the end of
the initial correction period. City shall provide 30 days written notice to Contractor should such
additional warranty coverage be required. Contractor may dispute this requirement by filing a
Contract Claim, pursuant to Paragraph 10.06.
E. Contractor’s obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or
warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a
waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 51 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work
If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, City prefers to
accept it, City may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but
not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all
court or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to City’s evaluation of and determination to
accept such defective Work and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise
paid by Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Final Acceptance, a Change Order will be
issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work,
and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished
value of Work so accepted.
13.09 City May Correct Defective Work
A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from City to correct defective
Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by City in accordance with Paragraph
13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,
or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, City may,
after seven (7) days written notice to Contractor, correct, or remedy any such deficiency.
B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, City shall proceed
expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, City may exclude
Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend
Contractor’s services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment
incorporated in the Work, stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor but which are
stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow City, City’s representatives, agents, consultants,
employees, and City’s other contractors, access to the Site to enable City to exercise the rights
and remedies under this Paragraph.
C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution
costs) incurred or sustained by City in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph
13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the
necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and City shall be
entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price.
D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in the
performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of City’s rights and remedies under this
Paragraph 13.09.
ARTICLE 14 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
14.01 Schedule of Values
The Schedule of Values for lump sum contracts established as provided in Paragraph 2.07 will serve
as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 52 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
acceptable to City. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of
units completed.
14.02 Progress Payments
A. Applications for Payments:
1. Contractor is responsible for providing all information as required to become a vendor of the
City.
2. At least 20 days before the date established in the General Requirements for each progress
payment, Contractor shall submit to City for review an Application for Payment filled out
and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and
accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.
3. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work
but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the
Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other
documentation warranting that City has received the materials and equipment free and clear
of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate
insurance or other arrangements to protect City’s interest therein, all of which must be
satisfactory to City.
4. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an
affidavit of Contractor stating that previous progress payments received on account of the
Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor’s legitimate obligations
associated with prior Applications for Payment.
5. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the
Contract Documents.
B. Review of Applications:
1. City will, after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a
recommendation of payment or return the Application to Contractor indicating reasons for
refusing payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and
resubmit the Application.
2. City’s processing of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will be based on
City’s observations of the executed Work, and on City’s review of the Application for
Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of City’s knowledge:
a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated;
b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject
to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Final Acceptance,
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 53 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final
determination of quantities and classifications for Work performed under Paragraph 9.05,
and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation).
3. Processing any such payment will not thereby be deemed to have represented that:
a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been
performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or
involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically
assigned to City in the Contract Documents; or
b. there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor
to be paid additionally by City or entitle City to withhold payment to Contractor, or
c. Contractor has complied with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor’s
performance of the Work.
4. City may refuse to process the whole or any part of any payment because of subsequently
discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, and revise or revoke
any such payment previously made, to such extent as may be necessary to protect City from
loss because:
a. the Work is defective, or the completed Work has been damaged by the Contractor or his
subcontractors, requiring correction or replacement;
b. discrepancies in quantities contained in previous applications for payment;
c. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders;
d. City has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with
Paragraph 13.09; or
e. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
Paragraph 15.02.A.
C. Retainage:
1. For all contracts, retainage shall be five percent (5%).
D. Liquidated Damages: For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the
time specified in the Contract Documents, the sum per day specified in the Agreement, will be
deducted from the monies due the Contractor, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages
suffered by the City.
E. Payment: Contractor will be paid pursuant to the requirements of this Article 14 and payment
will become due in accordance with the Contract Documents.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 54 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
F. Reduction in Payment:
1. City may refuse to make payment of the amount requested because:
a. Claims have been made against City on account of Contractor’s performance or
furnishing of the Work;
b. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor
has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to City to secure the satisfaction and
discharge of such Liens;
c. there are other items entitling City to a set-off against the amount recommended; or
d. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated
in Paragraphs 14.02.B.4.a through 14.02.B.4.e or Paragraph 15.02.A.
2. If City refuses to make payment of the amount requested, City will give Contractor
written notice stating the reasons for such action and pay Contractor any amount remaining
after deduction of the amount so withheld. City shall pay Contractor the amount so
withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by City and Contractor, when Contractor
remedies the reasons for such action.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 55 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
14.03 Contractor’s Warranty of Title
Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any
Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to City no later than
the time of payment free and clear of all Liens.
14.04 Partial Utilization
A. Prior to Final Acceptance of all the Work, City may use or occupy any substantially completed
part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which
City, determines constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be
used by City for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s
performance of the remainder of the Work. City at any time may notify Contractor in writing to
permit City to use or occupy any such part of the Work which City determines to be ready for its
intended use, subject to the following conditions:
1. Contractor at any time may notify City in writing that Contractor considers any such part of
the Work ready for its intended use.
2. Within a reasonable time after notification as enumerated in Paragraph 14.05.A.1, City and
Contractor shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of
completion. If City does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, City
will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor.
3. Partial Utilization will not constitute Final Acceptance by City.
14.05 Final Inspection
A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work is complete in accordance with the
Contract Documents:
1. City will promptly schedule a Final Inspection with Contractor.
2. City will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that
the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are
necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
B. City reserves the right to deny request for Final Inspection if City determines that the entire Work
is not sufficiently complete to warrant a Final Inspection.
14.06 Final Acceptance
Upon completion by Contractor to City’s satisfaction, of any additional Work identified in the Final
Inspection, City will issue to Contractor a letter of Final Acceptance.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 56 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
14.07 Final Payment
A. Application for Payment:
1. Upon Final Acceptance, and in the opinion of City, Contractor may make an application for
final payment following the procedure for progress payments in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by:
a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to
the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.03;
b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment;
c. a list of all pending or released Damage Claims against City that Contractor believes
are unsettled; and
d. affidavits of payments and complete and legally effective releases or
waivers (satisfactory to City) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in
connection with the Work.
B. Payment Becomes Due:
1. After City’s acceptance of the Application for Payment and accompanying
documentation, requested by Contractor, less previous payments made and any sum
City is entitled, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and
payable.
2. After all Damage Claims have been resolved:
a. directly by the Contractor or;
b. Contractor provides evidence that the Damage Claim has been reported to
Contractor’s insurance provider for resolution.
3. The making of the final payment by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of
any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically
continue thereafter.
14.08 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release
A. If final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if City so confirms, City may, upon
receipt of Contractor’s final Application for Payment, and without terminating the Contract,
make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If
the remaining balance to be held by City for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than
the retainage stipulated in Paragraph 14.02.C, and if bonds have been furnished as required in
Paragraph 5.02, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that
portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to City with
the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 57 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Contract Claims.
B. Partial Retainage Release. For a Contract that provides for a separate vegetative establishment
and maintenance, and test and performance periods following the completion of all other
construction in the Contract Documents for all Work locations, the City may release a portion of
the amount retained provided that all other work is completed as determined by the City. Before
the release, all submittals and final quantities must be completed and accepted for all other work.
An amount sufficient to ensure Contract compliance will be retained.
14.09 Waiver of Claims
The acceptance of final payment will constitute a release of the City from all claims or liabilities
under the Contract for anything done or furnished or relating to the work under the Contract
Documents or any act or neglect of City related to or connected with the Contract.
ARTICLE 15 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
15.01 City May Suspend Work
A. At any time and without cause, City may suspend the Work or any portion thereof by written
notice to Contractor and which may fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor
shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. During temporary suspension of the Work covered
by these Contract Documents, for any reason, the City will make no extra payment for stand-by
time of construction equipment and/or construction crews.
B. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the Project due to causes beyond the
control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and should it be determined by
mutual consent of the Contractor and City that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not
available within a reasonable period of time, Contractor may request an extension in Contract
Time, directly attributable to any such suspension.
C. If it should become necessary to suspend the Work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall
store all materials in such a manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily
nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or
deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect
temporary structures where necessary.
D. Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving his equipment off the job and returning the
necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the City that construction may be
resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the
equipment and no profit will be allowed. Reimbursement may not be allowed if the equipment is
moved to another construction project for the City.
15.02 City May Terminate for Cause
A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events by way of example, but not of
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 58 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
limitation, may justify termination for cause:
1. Contractor’s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or
suitable materials or equipment, failure to adhere to the Project Schedule established under
Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04.
2. Contractor’s disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
3. Contractor’s repeated disregard of the authority of City; or
4. Contractor’s violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents;
or
5. Contractor’s failure to promptly make good any defect in materials or workmanship, or
defects of any nature, the correction of which has been directed in writing by the City; or
6. Substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized assignment of the
Contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of any creditor or for any other purpose;
or
7. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt, or otherwise
financially unable to carry on the Work satisfactorily; or
8. Contractor commences legal action in a court of competent jurisdiction against the City.
B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02A. occur, City will provide written
notice to Contractor and Surety to arrange a conference with Contractor and Surety to address
Contractor's failure to perform the Work. Conference shall be held not later than 15 days, after
receipt of notice.
1. If the City, the Contractor, and the Surety do not agree to allow the Contractor to proceed to
perform the construction Contract, the City may, to the extent permitted by Laws and
Regulations, declare a Contractor default and formally terminate the Contractor's right to
complete the Contract. Contractor default shall not be declared earlier than 20 days after the
Contractor and Surety have received notice of conference to address Contractor's failure to
perform the Work.
2. If Contractor's services are terminated, Surety shall be obligated to take over and perform the
Work. If Surety does not commence performance thereof within 15 consecutive calendar
days after date of an additional written notice demanding Surety's performance of its
obligations, then City, without process or action at law, may take over any portion of the
Work and complete it as described below.
a. If City completes the Work, City may exclude Contractor and Surety from the site and
take possession of the Work, and all materials and equipment incorporated into the
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 59 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
Work stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor or Surety but which are
stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as City may deem expedient.
3. Whether City or Surety completes the Work, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any
further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price
exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by City arising out of or resulting
from completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs,
losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to City.
Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by City will be incorporated in a Change
Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph, City shall
not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed.
4. Neither City, nor any of its respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees
shall be in any way liable or accountable to Contractor or Surety for the method by which the
completion of the said Work, or any portion thereof, may be accomplished or for the price
paid therefor.
5. City, notwithstanding the method used in completing the Contract, shall not forfeit the right
to recover damages from Contractor or Surety for Contractor's failure to timely complete the
entire Contract. Contractor shall not be entitled to any claim on account of the method used
by City in completing the Contract.
6. Maintenance of the Work shall continue to be Contractor's and Surety's responsibilities as
provided for in the bond requirements of the Contract Documents or any special guarantees
provided for under the Contract Documents or any other obligations otherwise prescribed by
law.
C. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.B, Contractor’s services will not be terminated if Contractor
begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to
perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of
said notice.
D. Where Contractor’s services have been so terminated by City, the termination will not affect any
rights or remedies of City against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any
retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by City will not release Contractor from liability.
E. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of
Paragraph 5.02, the termination procedures of that bond shall not supersede the provisions of this
Article.
15.03 City May Terminate For Convenience
A. City may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of City, terminate the
Contract. Any termination shall be effected by mailing a notice of the termination to the
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 60 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
Contractor specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the contract is terminated,
and the date upon which such termination becomes effective. Receipt of the notice shall be
deemed conclusively presumed and established when the letter is placed in the United States
Postal Service Mail by the City. Further, it shall be deemed conclusively presumed and
established that such termination is made with just cause as therein stated; and no proof in any
claim, demand or suit shall be required of the City regarding such discretionary action.
B. After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the City, the
Contractor shall:
1. Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of
termination;
2. place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services or facilities except as may be
necessary for completion of such portion of the Work under the Contract as is not terminated;
3. terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the
Work terminated by notice of termination;
4. transfer title to the City and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any,
directed by the City:
a. the fabricated or unfabricated parts, Work in progress, completed Work, supplies
and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the performance
of, the Work terminated by the notice of the termination; and
b. the completed, or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property
which, if the Contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to
the City.
5. complete performance of such Work as shall not have been terminated by the notice of
termination; and
6. take such action as may be necessary, or as the City may direct, for the protection and
preservation of the property related to its contract which is in the possession of the
Contractor and in which the owner has or may acquire the rest.
C. At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination,
the Contractor may submit to the City a list, certified as to quantity and quality, of any or all
items of termination inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive of items the disposition of
which has been directed or authorized by City.
D. Not later than 15 days thereafter, the City shall accept title to such items provided, that the list
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 61 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
submitted shall be subject to verification by the City upon removal of the items or, if the items
are stored, within 45 days from the date of submission of the list, and any necessary adjustments
to correct the list as submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement.
E. Not later than 60 days after the notice of termination, the Contractor shall submit his termination
claim to the City in the form and with the certification prescribed by the City. Unless an
extension is made in writing within such 60 day period by the Contractor, and granted by the
City, any and all such claims shall be conclusively deemed waived.
F. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items):
1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior
to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and
profit on such Work;
2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and
furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in
connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on
such expenses; and
3. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination.
G. In the event of the failure of the Contractor and City to agree upon the whole amount to be paid
to the Contractor by reason of the termination of the Work, the City shall determine, on the basis
of information available to it, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the
termination and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts determined. Contractor shall not be paid
on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or
resulting from such termination.
ARTICLE 16 – DISPUTE RESOLUTION
16.01 Methods and Procedures
A. Either City or Contractor may request mediation of any Contract Claim submitted for a decision
under Paragraph 10.06 before such decision becomes final and binding. The request for
mediation shall be submitted to the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request
shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.06.E.
B. City and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be
commenced within 60 days of filing of the request.
C. If the Contract Claim is not resolved by mediation, City’s action under Paragraph 10.06.C or a
denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.06.C.3 or 10.06.D shall become final and binding 30 days after
termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, City or Contractor:
1. elects in writing to invoke any other dispute resolution process provided for in the
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 62 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
Supplementary Conditions; or
2. agrees with the other party to submit the Contract Claim to another dispute resolution
process; or
3. gives written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the Contract Claim to a court of
competent jurisdiction.
ARTICLE 17 – MISCELLANEOUS
17.01 Giving Notice
A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will
be deemed to have been validly given if:
1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the
corporation for whom it is intended; or
2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business
address known to the giver of the notice.
3. delivered by electronic means to or from the Project Manager.
B. Business address changes must be promptly made in writing to the other party.
C. Whenever the Contract Documents specifies giving notice by electronic means such electronic
notice shall be deemed sufficient upon confirmation of receipt by the receiving party.
17.02 Computation of Times
When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to
exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a
Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday the next Working Day shall become the last
day of the period.
17.03 Cumulative Remedies
The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies
available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as
a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed
or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the
Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically
in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to
which they apply.
00 72 00 - 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 63 of 63
CITY OF DENTON
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised September 20, 2018
17.04 Survival of Obligations
All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in
accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the
Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or
termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor.
17.05 Headings
Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these
General Conditions.
00 73 00 - 1
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 73 00 1
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 2
TO 3
GENERAL CONDITIONS 4
5
6
Supplementary Conditions 7
8
These Supplementary Conditions modify and supplement Section 00 72 00 - General Conditions, and other 9
provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions of the General Conditions that are 10
modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect as so modified or supplemented. All provisions 11
of the General Conditions which are not so modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect. 12
13
Defined Terms 14
15
The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the 16
meaning assigned to them in the General Conditions, unless specifically noted herein. 17
18
Modifications and Supplements 19
20
The following are instructions that modify or supplement specific paragraphs in the General Conditions and 21
other Contract Documents. 22
23
SC-4.01A 24
25
Easement limits shown on the Drawing are approximate and were provided to establish a basis for bidding. 26
Upon receiving the final easements descriptions, Contractor shall compare them to the lines shown on the 27
Contract Drawings. 28
29
SC-4.01A.1., “Availability of Lands” 30
31
The following is a list of known outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements to be acquired, if any as of 32
8/10/2020: 33
34
Outstanding Right-Of-Way, and/or Easements to Be Acquired 35
PARCEL
NUMBER
OWNER TARGET DATE
OF POSSESSION
None
The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, 36
and do not bind the City. 37
38
If Contractor considers the final easements provided to differ materially from the representations on the 39
Contract Drawings, Contractor shall within five (5) Business Days and before proceeding with the Work, 40
notify City in writing associated with the differing easement line locations. 41
42
SC-4.01A.2, “Availability of Lands” 43
44
Utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated 45
46
00 73 00 - 2
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
The following is list of utilities and/or obstructions that have not been removed, adjusted, and/or relocated 1
as of 8/10/2020 2
3
EXPECTED
OWNER
UTILITY AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF
ADJUSTMENT
None
The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, 4
and do not bind the City. 5
6
SC-4.02A., “Subsurface and Physical Conditions” 7
8
The following are reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: 9
10
A Geotechnical Investigation Report No. D-119-0164, dated 8-02-2019, prepared by Gee Consultants Inc, 11
a sub-consultant of a consultant of the City, providing additional information on pavement section thickness 12
recommendations and subgrade treatment. 13
14
A General Report, Report No. 01, dated 7-09-2020, prepared by Gee Consultants Inc, a sub-consultant of, 15
a consultant of the City, providing additional information on the existing parking lot pavement cross 16
section. 17
18
The following are drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface 19
structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site of the Work: 20
None 21
22
SC-4.06A., “Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site” 23
24
The following are reports and drawings of existing hazardous environmental conditions known to the City: 25
None 26
27
SC-5.03A., “Certificates of Insurance” 28
29
The entities listed below are "additional insureds as their interest may appear" including their respective 30
officers, directors, agents and employees. 31
32
(1) City 33
(2) Consultant: None 34
(3) Other: None 35
36
37
SC-5.04A., “Contractor’s Insurance” 38
39
The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph GC-5.04 shall provide the following 40
coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 41
42
5.04A. Workers' Compensation, under Paragraph GC-5.04A. 43
44
Statutory limits 45
Employer's liability 46
$100,000 each accident/occurrence 47
$100,000 Disease - each employee 48
$500,000 Disease - policy limit 49
00 73 00 - 3
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1
SC-5.04B., “Contractor’s Insurance” 2
3
5.04B. Commercial General Liability, under Paragraph GC-5.04B. Contractor's Liability Insurance 4
under Paragraph GC-5.04B., which shall be on a per project basis covering the Contractor with 5
minimum limits of: 6
7
$1,000,000 each occurrence 8
$2,000,000 aggregate limit 9
10
The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment – Aggregate Limits of Insurance) making the 11
General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site. 12
13
The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide “X”, “C”, and “U” coverage’s. 14
Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance. 15
16
SC 5.04C., “Contractor’s Insurance” 17
5.04C. Automobile Liability, under Paragraph GC-5.04C. Contractor’s Liability Insurance under 18
Paragraph GC-5.04C., which shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts: 19
20
(1) Automobile Liability - a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any Auto", 21
defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned. 22
23
$1,000,000 each accident on a combined single limit basis. Split limits are acceptable if limits are at 24
least: 25
26
$250,000 Bodily Injury per person / 27
$500,000 Bodily Injury per accident / 28
$100,000 Property Damage 29
30
SC-5.04D., “Contractor’s Insurance” 31
32
The Contractor’s construction activities will require its employees, agents, subcontractors, equipment, and 33
material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks, or perform work within 25 feet of the center line 34
of tracks [None]. 35
36
The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to interfere with, 37
hinder, or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use or operation of its/their trains 38
or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may require that Contractor to execute a “Right of 39
Entry Agreement” with the particular railroad company or companies involved, and to this end the 40
Contractor should satisfy itself as to the requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to execute 41
the right-of-entry (if any) required by a railroad company. The requirements specified herein likewise relate 42
to the Contractor’s use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad company’s 43
properties. 44
45
The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04D of the General Conditions shall provide 46
coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies satisfactory to the City and to the 47
Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as the Contractor’s operations and work cross, 48
occupy, or touch railroad property: 49
50
(1) General Aggregate: $Confirm Limits with Railroad 51
52
(2) Each Occurrence: $Confirm Limits with Railroad 53
54
Required for this Contract X Not required for this Contract 55
00 73 00 - 4
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1
2
With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements, the following shall govern: 3
4
1. Where a single railroad company is involved, the Contractor shall provide one insurance policy in 5
the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation or at-grade 6
crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or lines of the same 7
railroad company, separate coverage may be required, each in the amount stated above. 8
9
2. Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where several 10
railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights-of-way, the Contractor 11
may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name of each railroad company. 12
13
3. If, in addition to a grade separation or an at-grade crossing, other work or activity is proposed on a 14
railroad company’s right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the grade separation or at-15
grade crossing, insurance coverage for this work must be included in the policy covering the grade 16
separation. 17
18
4. If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad company’s right-of-19
way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad, even though the work 20
may be at two or more separate locations. 21
22
No work or activities on a railroad company’s property to be performed by the Contractor shall be 23
commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or policies of the insurance 24
for each railroad company named, as required above. All such insurance must be approved by the City and 25
each affected Railroad Company prior to the Contractor’s beginning work. 26
27
The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad right-of-way 28
has been completed and the grade crossing, if any, is no longer used by the Contractor. In addition, 29
insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work performed in the railroad right-of-way. 30
Such insurance must name the railroad company as the insured, together with any tenant or lessee of the 31
railroad company operating over tracks involved in the Project. 32
33
SC-6.09., “Permits and Utilities” 34
35
SC-6.09A., “Contractor obtained permits and licenses” 36
The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the Contractor: 37
38
None. 39
40
SC-6.09B. “City obtained permits and licenses” 41
The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the City: 42
1. Parking Lot Permit 43
2. Irrigation Permit 44
3. TxDOT Permit 45
46
SC-6.09C. “Outstanding permits and licenses” 47
48
The following is a list of known outstanding permits and/or licenses to be acquired, if any as of 9/25/2020: 49
50
Outstanding Permits and/or Licenses to Be Acquired 51
OWNER PERMIT OR LICENSE AND LOCATION TARGET DATE
OF POSSESSION
None
00 73 00 - 5
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
OWNER PERMIT OR LICENSE AND LOCATION TARGET DATE
OF POSSESSION
1
2
SC-6.24B., “Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended” 3
4
During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest 5
(hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor") agrees as follows: 6
7
1. Compliance with Regulations: The Contractor shall comply with the Regulation relative to 8
nondiscrimination in Federally-assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter, 9
“DOT”) Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, 10
(hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part 11
of this contract. 12
13
2. Nondiscrimination: The Contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall 14
not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin, in the selection and retention of 15
subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The Contractor shall not 16
participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by 49 CFR, section 21.5 of the 17
Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in 18
Appendix B of the Regulations. 19
20
3. Solicitations for Subcontractors, Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: In all 21
solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be 22
performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each 23
potential subcontactor or supplier shall be notified by the Contractor of the Contractor's obligations 24
under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or 25
national origin. 26
27
4. Information and Reports: The Contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the 28
Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, 29
accounts, other sources of information and its facilities as may be determined by City or the Texas 30
Department of Transportation to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders 31
and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of 32
another who fails or refuses to furnish this information the contractor shall so certify to the City, or the 33
Texas Department of Transportation, as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to 34
obtain the information. 35
36
5. Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the 37
nondiscrimination provisions of this Contract, City shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the 38
Texas Department of Transportation may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: 39
40
a. withholding of payments to the Contractor under the Contract until the Contractor 41
complies, and/or 42
b. cancellation, termination or suspension of the Contract, in whole or in part. 43
44
6. Incorporation of Provisions: The Contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through 45
(6) in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt 46
by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall take such action with 47
respect to any subcontract or procurement as City or the Texas Department of Transportation may 48
direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non-compliance: Provided, 49
however, that, in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a 50
subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request City to enter into 51
00 73 00 - 6
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
such litigation to protect the interests of City, and, in addition, the contractor may request the United 1
States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. 2
3
Additional Title VI requirements can be found in the Appendix. 4
5
SC-7.02., “Coordination” 6
7
The individuals or entities listed below have contracts with the City for the performance of other work at 8
the Site: 9
10
Vendor Scope of Work Coordination Authority
Byrne Construction Building Renovations CITY
11
12
SC-8.01, “Communications to Contractor” 13
14
Contractor may need to communicate with Byrne Construction who is renovating the building on site. They 15
are slated to finish renovations and be off site by mid to late November of 2020. 16
17
SC-9.01., “City’s Project Manager” 18
19
The City’s Project Manager for this Contract is Trevor Crain, or his/her successor pursuant to written 20
notification from the City Engineer. 21
22
SC-13.03C., “Tests and Inspections” 23
24
None 25
26
SC-16.01C.1, “Methods and Procedures” 27
28
None 29
30
31
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
00 73 73 - 1
FORM 1295 - CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 00 73 73 1
FORM 1295 - CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES 2
3
4
5
[Contractor: Replace this page with Form 1295 for this Contract, which can be obtained at 6
www.ethics.state.tx.us] 7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
END OF SECTION 24
01 11 00 - 1
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 11 00 1
SUMMARY OF WORK 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Summary of Work to be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 10
2. Division 1 - General Requirements 11
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12
A. Measurement and Payment 13
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 14
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 15
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 16
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 17
A. Work Covered by Contract Documents 18
1. Work is to include furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment, and performing 19
all Work necessary for this construction project as detailed in the Drawings and 20
Specifications. 21
B. Incidental Work 22
1. Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the 23
project, such as conditions imposed by the Contract Documents in which no 24
specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal, then the item shall be 25
considered as an incidental item of Work, the cost of which shall be included in the 26
price bid in the Proposal for various bid items. 27
C. Use of Premises 28
1. Coordinate uses of premises under direction of the City. 29
2. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials and 30
equipment stored on the Site. 31
3. Use and occupy only portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places 32
or other rights-of-way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the 33
Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the City. 34
a. A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction 35
purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid 36
delay in the construction operations. 37
01 11 00 - 2
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
b. Excavated and waste materials shall be stored in such a way as not to interfere 1
with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed 2
and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. 3
c. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks, the Work shall be carried on in such 4
manner as not to interfere with the operation of the railroad. 5
1) All Work shall be in accordance with railroad requirements set forth in 6
Division 0 as well as the railroad permit. 7
D. Work within Easements 8
1. Do not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously 9
obtained permission from the owner of such property. 10
2. Do not store equipment or material on private property unless and until the 11
specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the 12
Contractor and a copy furnished to the City. 13
3. Unless specifically provided otherwise, clear all rights-of-way or easements of 14
obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the 15
Work as a part of the project construction operations. 16
4. Preserve and use every precaution to prevent damage to, all trees, shrubbery, plants, 17
lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, 18
to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or 19
appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences and to all 20
other public or private property adjacent to the Work. 21
5. Notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or private 22
lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the Work. 23
a. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the 24
Work. 25
b. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies and any 26
corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants, 27
whose land or interest in land might be affected by the Work. 28
c. Be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting 29
from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or 30
execution of the Work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or 31
equipment. 32
6. Fence 33
a. Restore all fences encountered and removed during construction of the Project 34
to the original or a better than original condition. 35
b. Erect temporary fencing in place of the fencing removed whenever the Work is 36
not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to 37
provide site security. 38
c. The cost for all fence work within easements, including removal, temporary 39
closures and replacement, shall be incidental to the various items bid in the 40
project proposal, unless a bid item is specifically provided in the proposal. 41
01 11 00 - 3
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 6
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
01 25 00 - 1
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 25 00 1
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. The procedure for requesting the approval of substitution of a product that is not 6
equivalent to a product which is specified by descriptive or performance criteria or 7
defined by reference to 1 or more of the following: 8
a. Name of manufacturer 9
b. Name of vendor 10
c. Trade name 11
d. Catalog number 12
2. Substitutions are not "or-equals". 13
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 14
1. None. 15
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 16
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 17
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 21
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 22
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 23
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 24
A. Request for Substitution - General 25
1. Within 30 days after award of Contract (unless noted otherwise), the City will 26
consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of 27
those specified. 28
2. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in Specifications by 29
means of references to names of manufacturers and vendors, trade names, or 30
catalog numbers. 31
a. When this method of specifying is used, it is not intended to exclude from 32
consideration other products bearing other manufacturer's or vendor's names, 33
trade names, or catalog numbers, provided said products are "or-equals," as 34
determined by City. 35
3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable substitutions 36
under the following conditions: 37
a. Or-equals are unavailable due to strike, discontinued production of products 38
meeting specified requirements, or other factors beyond control of Contractor; 39
or, 40
01 25 00 - 2
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
b. Contractor proposes a cost and/or time reduction incentive to the City. 1
1.5 SUBMITTALS 2
A. See Request for Substitution Form (attached) 3
B. Procedure for Requesting Substitution 4
1. Substitution shall be considered only: 5
a. After award of Contract 6
b. Under the conditions stated herein 7
2. Submit one PDF copy via email to the Project Manager and their duly appointed 8
representative, including: 9
a. Documentation 10
1) Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with 11
Contract Documents 12
2) Data relating to changes in construction schedule, when a reduction is 13
proposed 14
3) Data relating to changes in cost 15
b. For products 16
1) Product identification 17
a) Manufacturer's name 18
b) Telephone number and representative contact name 19
c) Specification Section or Drawing reference of originally specified 20
product, including discrete name or tag number assigned to original 21
product in the Contract Documents 22
2) Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed 23
product with Contract Documents 24
3) Itemized comparison of original and proposed product addressing product 25
characteristics including, but not necessarily limited to: 26
a) Size 27
b) Composition or materials of construction 28
c) Weight 29
d) Electrical or mechanical requirements 30
4) Product experience 31
a) Location of past projects utilizing product 32
b) Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced 33
projects knowledgeable concerning proposed product 34
c) Available field data and reports associated with proposed product 35
5) Samples 36
a) Provide at request of City. 37
b) Samples become the property of the City. 38
c. For construction methods: 39
1) Detailed description of proposed method 40
2) Illustration drawings 41
C. Approval or Rejection 42
1. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the City 43
2. City reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern 44
of specified product if necessary to secure design intent. 45
3. In the event the substitution is approved, the resulting cost and/or time reduction 46
will be documented by Change Order in accordance with the General Conditions. 47
01 25 00 - 3
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
4. No additional contract time will be given for substitution. 1
5. Substitution will be rejected if: 2
a. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval 3
b. Request is not made in accordance with this Specification Section 4
c. In the City’s opinion, acceptance will require substantial revision of the original 5
design 6
d. In the City’s opinion, substitution will not perform adequately the function 7
consistent with the design intent 8
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12
A. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product, the Contractor 13
represents that the Contractor: 14
1. Has investigated proposed product, and has determined that it is adequate or 15
superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which 16
it is intended 17
2. Will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified 18
3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, to include building 19
modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for Work to be 20
complete in all respects 21
4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently 22
arise 23
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 24
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 28
END OF SECTION 29
30
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
31
01 25 00 - 4
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
EXHIBIT A 1
REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM: 2
3
TO: 4
PROJECT: DATE: 5
We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for 6
the above project: 7
SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM 8
9
10
Proposed Substitution: 11
Reason for Substitution: 12
Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed 13
substitution will require for its proper installation. 14
15
Fill in Blanks Below: 16 A. Will the undersigned contractor pay for changes to the building design, including engineering 17 and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? 18 19 20 B. What effect does substitution have on other trades? 21 22 23 C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? 24 25 26 D. Differences in product cost or product delivery time? 27 28 29 E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: 30
31
Equal Better (explain on attachment) 32
The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the 33
specified item. 34
Submitted By: For Use by City 35
36
Signature Recommended Recommended 37
as noted 38
39
Firm Not recommended Received late 40
Address By 41
Date 42
Date Remarks 43
Telephone 44
45
For Use by City: 46
47
Approved Rejected 48
City Date 49
01 31 19 - 1
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 31 19 1
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Provisions for the preconstruction meeting to be held prior to the start of Work to 6
clarify construction contract administration procedures 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 15
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18
A. Coordination 19
1. Attend preconstruction meeting. 20
2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings 21
shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 22
3. Meeting administered by City may be tape recorded. 23
a. If recorded, tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for 24
future reference. 25
4. Project Manager will establish their duly authorized representative(s) authorized to 26
make decisions as identified in the Contract Documents. 27
B. Preconstruction Meeting 28
1. A preconstruction meeting will be held within 14 days after the execution of the 29
Agreement and before Work is started. 30
a. The meeting will be scheduled and administered by the City. 31
2. The Project Manager will preside at the meeting, prepare the notes of the meeting 32
and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully completing 33
the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of the meeting. 34
3. Attendance shall include: 35
a. Project Manager 36
b. Project Manager’s duly authorized representative (if any) 37
c. Contractor's project manager 38
d. Contractor's superintendent 39
01 31 19 - 2
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
e. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire 1
to invite or the City may request 2
f. Other City representatives 3
g. Others as appropriate 4
4. Construction Schedule 5
a. Prepare baseline construction schedule in accordance with Section 01 32 16 and 6
provide at Preconstruction Meeting. 7
b. City will notify Contractor of any schedule changes upon Notice of 8
Preconstruction Meeting. 9
5. Preliminary Agenda may include: 10
a. Introduction of Project Personnel 11
b. General Description of Project 12
c. Status of right-of-way, utility clearances, easements or other pertinent permits 13
d. Contractor’s work plan and schedule 14
e. Contract Time 15
f. Notice to Proceed 16
g. Construction Staking 17
h. Progress Payments 18
i. Extra Work and Change Order Procedures 19
j. Field Orders 20
k. Disposal Site Letter for Waste Material 21
l. Insurance Renewals 22
m. Payroll Certification 23
n. Material Certifications and Quality Control Testing 24
o. Public Safety and Convenience 25
p. Documentation of Pre-Construction Conditions 26
q. Weekend Work Notification 27
r. Legal Holidays 28
s. Trench Safety Plans 29
t. Confined Space Entry Standards 30
u. Coordination with the City’s representative for operations of existing water 31
systems 32
v. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 33
w. Coordination with other Contractors 34
x. Early Warning System 35
y. Contractor Evaluation 36
z. Special Conditions applicable to the project 37
aa. Damages Claims 38
bb. Submittal Procedures 39
cc. Substitution Procedures 40
dd. Correspondence Routing 41
ee. Record Drawings 42
ff. Temporary construction facilities 43
gg. Final Acceptance 44
hh. Final Payment 45
ii. Communications Plan 46
jj. Questions or Comments 47
01 31 19 - 3
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 6
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
01 31 20 - 1
PROJECT MEETINGS
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 31 20 1
PROJECT MEETINGS 2
3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Provisions for project meetings throughout the construction period to enable orderly 7
review of the progress of the Work and to provide for systematic discussion of 8
potential problems 9
B. Deviations this City of Denton Standard Specification 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 13
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 17
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 18
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 19
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 20
A. Coordination 21
1. Schedule, attend and administer as specified, periodic progress meetings, and 22
specially called meetings throughout progress of the Work. 23
2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings 24
shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 25
3. Meetings administered by City may be recorded. 26
4. Meetings, in addition to those specified in this Section, may be held when requested 27
by the City, Engineer or Contractor. 28
29
B. Progress Meetings 30
1. Formal project coordination meetings will be held monthly. Meetings will be 31
scheduled and administered by Project Manager. 32
a. Additional meetings may be held at the request of the : 33
1) City 34
2) Engineer 35
3) Contractor 36
2. Additional progress meetings to discuss specific topics will be conducted on an as-37
needed basis. Such additional meetings shall include, but not be limited to: 38
a. Coordinating shutdowns 39
01 31 20 - 2
PROJECT MEETINGS
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
b. Installation of piping and equipment 1
c. Coordination between other construction projects 2
d. Resolution of construction issues 3
e. Equipment approval 4
3. The Project Manager will preside at progress meetings, prepare the notes of the 5
meeting and distribute copies of the same to all participants who so request by fully 6
completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of each meeting. 7
4. Attendance shall include: 8
a. Contractor's project manager 9
b. Contractor's superintendent 10
c. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire 11
to invite or the City may request 12
d. Engineer's representatives 13
e. City’s representatives 14
f. Others, as requested by the Project Manager 15
5. Preliminary Agenda may include: 16
a. Review of Work progress since previous meeting 17
b. Field observations, problems, conflicts 18
c. Items which impede construction schedule 19
d. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules 20
e. Review of construction interfacing and sequencing requirements with other 21
construction contracts 22
f. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule 23
g. Revisions to construction schedule 24
h. Progress, schedule, during succeeding Work period 25
i. Coordination of schedules 26
j. Review submittal schedules 27
k. Maintenance of quality standards 28
l. Pending changes and substitutions 29
m. Review proposed changes for: 30
1) Effect on construction schedule and on completion date 31
2) Effect on other contracts of the Project 32
n. Review Record Documents 33
o. Review monthly pay request 34
p. Review status of Requests for Information 35
6. Meeting Location 36
a. The City will establish a meeting location. 37
1) To the extent practicable, meetings will be held at the Site. 38
01 31 20 - 3
PROJECT MEETINGS
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 6
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
01 32 16 - 1
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 32 16 1
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. General requirements for the preparation, submittal, updating, status reporting and 6
management of the Construction Progress Schedule 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 15
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16
1.3 REFERENCES 17
A. Definitions 18
1. Baseline Schedule - Initial schedule submitted before work begins that will serve 19
as the baseline for measuring progress and departures from the schedule. 20
2. Progress Schedule - Monthly submittal of a progress schedule documenting 21
progress on the project and any changes anticipated. 22
3. Schedule Narrative - Concise narrative of the schedule including schedule 23
changes, expected delays, key schedule issues, critical path items, etc 24
B. Reference Standards 25
1. None 26
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 27
A. Baseline Schedule 28
1. General 29
a. Prepare a baseline Schedule using approved software and the Critical Path 30
Method (CPM). 31
b. Review the draft baseline Schedule with the City to demonstrate understanding 32
of the work to be performed and known issues and constraints related to the 33
schedule. 34
c. Designate an authorized representative (Project Scheduler) responsible for 35
developing and updating the schedule and preparing reports. 36
B. Progress Schedule 37
1. Update the progress Schedule monthly. 38
01 32 16 - 2
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
2. Prepare the Schedule Narrative to accompany the monthly progress Schedule. 1
3. Change Orders 2
a. Incorporate approved change orders, resulting in a change of contract time, in 3
the baseline Schedule. 4
C. Responsibility for Schedule Compliance 5
1. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current progress Schedule and CPM Status 6
Report that delays to the critical path have resulted and the Contract completion 7
date will not be met, or when so directed by the City, make some or all of the 8
following actions at no additional cost to the City 9
a. Submit a Recovery Plan to the City for approval revised baseline Schedule 10
outlining: 11
1) A written statement of the steps intended to take to remove or arrest the 12
delay to the critical path in the approved schedule 13
2) Increase construction manpower in such quantities and crafts as will 14
substantially eliminate the backlog of work and return current Schedule to 15
meet projected baseline completion dates 16
3) Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per day, working 17
days per week, the amount of construction equipment, or any combination 18
of the foregoing, sufficiently to substantially eliminate the backlog of work 19
4) Reschedule activities to achieve maximum practical concurrency of 20
accomplishment of activities, and comply with the revised schedule 21
2. If no written statement of the steps intended to take is submitted when so requested 22
by the City, the City may direct the Contractor to increase the level of effort in 23
manpower (trades), equipment and work schedule (overtime, weekend and holiday 24
work, etc.) to be employed by the Contractor in order to remove or arrest the delay 25
to the critical path in the approved schedule. 26
a. No additional cost for such work will be considered. 27
D. The Contract completion time will be adjusted only for causes specified in this 28
Contract. 29
a. Requests for an extension of any Contract completion date must be 30
supplemented with the following: 31
1) Furnish justification and supporting evidence as the City may deem 32
necessary to determine whether the requested extension of time is entitled 33
under the provisions of this Contract. 34
a) The City will, after receipt of such justification and supporting 35
evidence, make findings of fact and will advise the Contractor, in 36
writing thereof. 37
2) If the City finds that the requested extension of time is entitled, the City's 38
determination as to the total number of days allowed for the extensions 39
shall be based upon the approved total baseline schedule and on all data 40
relevant to the extension. 41
a) Such data shall be included in the next updating of the Progress 42
schedule. 43
b) Actual delays in activities which, according to the Baseline schedule, 44
do not affect any Contract completion date shown by the critical path in 45
the network will not be the basis for a change therein. 46
2. Submit each request for change in Contract completion date to the City within 30 47
days after the beginning of the delay for which a time extension is requested but 48
before the date of final payment under this Contract. 49
01 32 16 - 3
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
a. No time extension will be granted for requests which are not submitted within 1
the foregoing time limit. 2
b. From time to time, it may be necessary for the Contract schedule or completion 3
time to be adjusted by the City to reflect the effects of job conditions, weather, 4
technical difficulties, strikes, unavoidable delays on the part of the City or its 5
representatives, and other unforeseeable conditions which may indicate 6
schedule adjustments or completion time extensions. 7
1) Under such conditions, the City will direct the Contractor to reschedule the 8
work or Contract completion time to reflect the changed conditions and the 9
Contractor shall revise his schedule accordingly. 10
a) No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for such 11
schedule changes except for unavoidable overall contract time 12
extensions beyond the actual completion of unaffected work, in which 13
case the Contractor shall take all possible action to minimize any time 14
extension and any additional cost to the City. 15
b) Available float time in the Baseline schedule may be used by the City 16
as well as by the Contractor. 17
3. Float or slack time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date 18
and the latest start date or between the earliest finish date and the latest finish date 19
of a chain of activities on the Baseline Schedule. 20
a. Float or slack time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the 21
Contractor or the City. 22
b. Proceed with work according to early start dates, and the City shall have the 23
right to reserve and apportion float time according to the needs of the project. 24
c. Acknowledge and agree that actual delays, affecting paths of activities 25
containing float time, will not have any effect upon contract completion times, 26
providing that the actual delay does not exceed the float time associated with 27
those activities. 28
E. Coordinating Schedule with Other Contract Schedules 29
1. Where work is to be performed under this Contract concurrently with or contingent 30
upon work performed on the same facilities or area under other contracts, the 31
Baseline Schedule shall be coordinated with the schedules of the other contracts. 32
a. Obtain the schedules of the other appropriate contracts from the City for the 33
preparation and updating of Baseline schedule and make the required changes 34
in his schedule when indicated by changes in corresponding schedules. 35
2. In case of interference between the operations of different contractors, the City will 36
determine the work priority of each contractor and the sequence of work necessary 37
to expedite the completion of the entire Project. 38
a. In such cases, the decision of the City shall be accepted as final. 39
b. The temporary delay of any work due to such circumstances shall not be 40
considered as justification for claims for additional compensation. 41
1.5 SUBMITTALS 42
A. Baseline Schedule 43
1. Submit Schedule in native file format and pdf format. 44
a. Native file format shall be: 45
1) Microsoft Project 46
2. Submit draft baseline Schedule to City prior to the pre-construction meeting and 47
bring in hard copy to the meeting for review and discussion. 48
01 32 16 - 4
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
B. Progress Schedule 1
1. Submit progress Schedule in native file format and pdf format. 2
2. Submit progress Schedule monthly no later than the 25th day of the month. 3
C. Schedule Narrative 4
1. Submit the schedule narrative in pdf format. 5
2. Submit schedule narrative monthly no later than the 25th day of the month. 6
D. Submittal Process 7
1. 8
2. Contractor shall submit one (1) hard copy of documents to the Project Manager’s 9
duly appointed representative. 10
3. Contractor shall submit documents via email to the Project Manager and their duly 11
appointed representative. 12
4. Once the project has been completed and Final Acceptance has been issued by the 13
City, no further progress schedules are required. 14
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 18
A. The person preparing and revising the construction Progress Schedule shall be 19
experienced in the preparation of schedules of similar complexity. 20
B. Schedule and supporting documents addressed in this Specification shall be prepared, 21
updated and revised to accurately reflect the performance of the construction. 22
C. Contractor is responsible for the quality of all submittals in this section meeting the 23
standard of care for the construction industry for similar projects. 24
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 25
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 26
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 27
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 28
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 29
END OF SECTION 30
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
31
01 32 33 - 1
PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 32 33 1
PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Administrative and procedural requirements for: 6
a. Preconstruction Videos 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 15
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18
A. Preconstruction Video 19
1. Produce a preconstruction video of the site/alignment, including all areas in the 20
vicinity of and to be affected by construction. 21
a. Provide digital copy of video upon request by the City. 22
2. Retain a copy of the preconstruction video until the end of the maintenance surety 23
period. 24
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 29
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 30
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 31
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 32
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 33
01 32 33 - 2
PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
01 33 00 - 1
SUBMITTALS
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 33 00 1
SUBMITTALS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. General methods and requirements of submissions applicable to the following 6
Work-related submittals: 7
a. Shop Drawings 8
b. Product Data (including Project Material Submittal Checklist submittals) 9
c. Samples 10
d. Mock Ups 11
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 12
1. None. 13
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 14
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 15
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 16
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17
A. Measurement and Payment 18
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 19
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 20
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 21
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 22
A. Coordination 23
1. Notify the City in writing, at the time of submittal, of any deviations in the 24
submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 25
2. Coordination of Submittal Times 26
a. Prepare, prioritize and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of 27
performing the related Work or other applicable activities, or within the time 28
specified in the individual Work Sections, of the Specifications. 29
b. Contractor is responsible such that the installation will not be delayed by 30
processing times including, but not limited to: 31
a) Disapproval and resubmittal (if required) 32
b) Coordination with other submittals 33
c) Testing 34
d) Purchasing 35
e) Fabrication 36
f) Delivery 37
g) Similar sequenced activities 38
c. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to 39
transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work. 40
01 33 00 - 2
SUBMITTALS
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
d. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such 1
sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other 2
contractor. 3
B. Submittal Numbering 4
1. When submitting shop drawings or samples, utilize a submittal cross-reference 5
identification numbering system in the following manner: 6
a. Use the applicable Specification Section Number. 7
b. For the next 2 digits number use numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each 8
initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number. 9
c. Last use a letter, A-Z, indicating the resubmission of the same drawing (i.e. 10
A=2nd submission, B=3rd submission, C=4th submission, etc.). A typical 11
submittal number would be as follows: 12 13
303-02-B 14
15
1) 303 is the Specification Section for Portland Cement Concrete Pavement 16
2) 02 is the second initial submittal under this Specification Section 17
3) B is the third submission (second resubmission) of that particular shop 18
drawing 19
C. Contractor Certification 20
1. Review shop drawings, product data and samples, including those by 21
subcontractors, prior to submission to determine and verify the following: 22
a. Field measurements 23
b. Field construction criteria 24
c. Catalog numbers and similar data 25
d. Conformance with the Contract Documents 26
2. Provide each shop drawing, sample and product data submitted by the Contractor 27
with a Certification Statement affixed including: 28
a. The Contractor's Company name 29
b. Signature of submittal reviewer 30
c. Certification Statement 31
1) “By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified 32
field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions, 33
catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each 34
item with other applicable approved shop drawings." 35
D. Submittal Format 36
1. Fold shop drawings larger than 8 ½ inches x 11 inches to 8 ½ inches x 11inches. 37
2. Bind shop drawings and product data sheets together. 38
3. Order 39
a. Cover Sheet 40
1) Description of Packet 41
2) Contractor Certification 42
b. List of items / Table of Contents 43
c. Product Data /Shop Drawings/Samples /Calculations 44
E. Submittal Content 45
1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions 46
2. The Project title and number 47
01 33 00 - 3
SUBMITTALS
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
3. Contractor identification 1
4. The names of: 2
a. Contractor 3
b. Supplier 4
c. Manufacturer 5
5. Identification of the product, with the Specification Section number, page and 6
paragraph(s) 7
6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such 8
7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials 9
8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers 10
9. Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents 11
10. Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals 12
11. An 8-inch x 3-inch blank space for Contractor and City stamps 13
F. Shop Drawings 14
1. As specified in individual Work Sections includes, but is not necessarily limited to: 15
a. Custom-prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation (working) 16
drawings 17
b. Scheduled information 18
c. Setting diagrams 19
d. Actual shopwork manufacturing instructions 20
e. Custom templates 21
f. Special wiring diagrams 22
g. Coordination drawings 23
h. Individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including: 24
1) Performance curves and certifications 25
i. As applicable to the Work 26
2. Details 27
a. Relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure 28
b. Where correct fabrication of the Work depends upon field measurements 29
1) Provide such measurements and note on the drawings prior to submitting 30
for approval. 31
G. Product Data 32
1. For submittals of product data for products included on the City’s Product Material 33
Submittal Checklist, highlight each item selected for use on the Project. 34
2. For submittals of product data for products not included on the City’s Product 35
Material Submittal Checklist, submittal data may include, but is not necessarily 36
limited to: 37
a. Standard prepared data for manufactured products (sometimes referred to as 38
catalog data) 39
1) Such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation 40
instructions 41
2) Availability of colors and patterns 42
3) Manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability 43
4) Roughing-in diagrams and templates 44
5) Catalog cuts 45
6) Product photographs 46
7) Standard wiring diagrams 47
01 33 00 - 4
SUBMITTALS
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
8) Printed performance curves and operational-range diagrams 1
9) Production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications 2
10) Mill reports 3
11) Product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended 4
spare-parts listing and printed product warranties 5
12) As applicable to the Work 6
3. Submittals of product data for products not included on the City’s Product Material 7
Submittal Checklist may be considered a Substitution in accordance with Section 8
01 25 00. 9
4. All deviations from City’s Product Material Submittal Checklist shall require 10
approval by the Engineer of Record for the Project. 11
H. Samples 12
1. As specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to: 13
a. Physical examples of the Work such as: 14
1) Sections of manufactured or fabricated Work 15
2) Small cuts or containers of materials 16
3) Complete units of repetitively used products color/texture/pattern swatches 17
and range sets 18
4) Specimens for coordination of visual effect 19
5) Graphic symbols and units of Work to be used by the City for independent 20
inspection and testing, as applicable to the Work 21
I. Do not start Work requiring a shop drawing, sample or product data nor any material to 22
be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item. 23
1. Fabrication performed, materials purchased or on-site construction accomplished 24
which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data is at the Contractor's 25
risk. 26
2. The City will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies 27
required to accomplish conformity. 28
3. Complete project Work, materials, fabrication, and installations in conformance 29
with approved shop drawings, applicable samples, and product data. 30
J. Submittal Distribution 31
1. Electronic Distribution 32
a. Provide all submittals in electronic form via email to Project Manager and their 33
duly appointed representative. 34
b. Shop Drawings 35
1) Email submittal to Project Manager and their duly appointed representative. 36
2) Hard Copies 37
a) Not required 38
c. Product Data 39
1) Email submittal to Project Manager and their duly appointed representative. 40
2) Hard Copies 41
a) Not required 42
d. Samples 43
1) Distributed to the Project Manager 44
K. Submittal Review 45
1. The review of shop drawings, data and samples will be for general conformance 46
with the design concept and Contract Documents. This is not to be construed as: 47
01 33 00 - 5
SUBMITTALS
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
a. Permitting any departure from the Contract requirements 1
b. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details, 2
dimensions, and materials 3
c. Approving departures from details furnished by the City, except as otherwise 4
provided herein 5
2. The review and approval of shop drawings, samples or product data by the City 6
does not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the 7
fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. 8
a. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor, and the City will 9
have no responsibility therefore. 10
3. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the 11
Work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes, 12
for techniques of assembly and for performing Work in a safe manner. 13
4. If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a 14
departure from the Contract requirements which City finds to be in the interest of 15
the City and to be so minor as not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for 16
performance, the City may return the reviewed drawings without noting an 17
exception. 18
5. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under 1 of the following codes: 19
a. Code 1 20
1) "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" is assigned when there are no notations or 21
comments on the submittal. 22
a) When returned under this code the Contractor may release the 23
equipment and/or material for manufacture. 24
b. Code 2 25
1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED". This code is assigned when a confirmation of 26
the notations and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor. 27
a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; 28
however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the 29
final product. 30
c. Code 3 31
1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED/RESUBMIT". This combination of codes is 32
assigned when notations and comments are extensive enough to require a 33
resubmittal of the package. 34
a) This resubmittal is to address all comments, omissions and 35
non-conforming items that were noted. 36
b) Resubmittal is to be received by the City within 15 Calendar Days of 37
the date of the City's transmittal requiring the resubmittal. 38
d. Code 4 39
1) "NOT APPROVED" is assigned when the submittal does not meet the 40
intent of the Contract Documents. 41
a) The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring the 42
submittal into conformance. 43
b) It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor 44
to meet the Contract Documents. 45
6. Resubmittals 46
a. Handled in the same manner as first submittals 47
1) Corrections other than requested by the City 48
2) Marked with revision triangle or other similar method 49
01 33 00 - 6
SUBMITTALS
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
a) At Contractor’s risk if not marked 1
b. Submittals for each item will be reviewed no more than twice at the City’s 2
expense. 3
1) All subsequent reviews will be performed at times convenient to the City 4
and at the Contractor's expense, based on the City's or City 5
Representative’s then prevailing rates. 6
2) Provide Contractor reimbursement to the City within 30 Calendar Days for 7
all such fees invoiced by the City. 8
c. The need for more than 1 resubmission or any other delay in obtaining City's 9
review of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract 10
Time. 11
7. Partial Submittals 12
a. City reserves the right to not review submittals deemed partial, at the City’s 13
discretion. 14
b. Submittals deemed by the City to be not complete will be returned to the 15
Contractor, and will be considered "Not Approved" until resubmitted. 16
c. The City may at its option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the 17
Contractor to the areas that are incomplete. 18
8. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to 19
constitute a change to the Contract Documents, then written notice must be 20
provided thereof to the City at least 7 Calendar Days prior to release for 21
manufacture. 22
9. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the City, the 23
Contractor may carry out the construction in accordance therewith and no further 24
changes therein except upon written instructions from the City. 25
10. Each submittal, appropriately coded, will be returned within 30 Calendar Days 26
following receipt of submittal by the City. 27
L. Mock ups 28
1. Mock Up units as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily 29
limited to, complete units of the standard of acceptance for that type of Work to be 30
used on the Project. Remove at the completion of the Work or when directed. 31
M. Qualifications 32
1. If specifically required in other Sections of these Specifications, submit a P.E. 33
Certification for each item required. 34
N. Request for Information (RFI) 35
1. Contractor Request for additional information 36
a. Clarification or interpretation of the contract documents 37
b. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between Contract Documents 38
c. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the Drawings and 39
Specifications 40
1) Identify the conflict and request clarification 41
d. When the Contractor encounters an unknown condition in the field 42
2. Use the Request for Information (RFI) form provided by the City (attached). 43
3. Numbering of RFI 44
a. Prefix with “RFI” followed by series number, “-xxx”, beginning with “01” and 45
increasing sequentially with each additional transmittal. 46
01 33 00 - 7
SUBMITTALS
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
4. Sufficient information shall be attached to permit a written response without further 1
information. 2
5. The City will log each request and will review the request. 3
a. If review of the project information request indicates that a change to the 4
Contract Documents is required, the City will issue a Field Order or Change 5
Order, as appropriate. 6
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 11
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 12
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 13
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 14
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 15
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 16
END OF SECTION 17
18
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
19
20
01 33 00 - 8
SUBMITTALS
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
REQUEST FOR INFORMATION 1
2
Project:
RFI #:
Engineering Project No.: Date Sent:
Sender: Receiver:
Copies To:
3
Subject:
Request:
Sender’s Proposed Answer/Solution:
4
THE PROPOSED ANSWER/SOLUTION IS, IS NOT, INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT. 5
6
Receiver’s Response:
7
Response By:
Company:
Date:
8
DISTRIBUTION:
9
01 35 13 - 1
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 35 13 1
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. The procedures for special project circumstances that includes, but is not limited to: 6
a. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 7
b. Work near High Voltage Lines 8
c. Confined Space Entry Program 9
d. Excavation Protection 10
e. Air Pollution Watch Days 11
f. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. 12
g. Water Utilities Notification 13
h. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 14
i. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers 15
j. Coordination within Railroad permits areas 16
k. Dust Control 17
l. Employee Parking 18
m. Coordination with North Central Texas Council of Governments Clean 19
Construction Specification 20
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 21
1. None. 22
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 23
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 24
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 25
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 26
A. Measurement and Payment 27
1. Coordination within Railroad permit areas 28
a. Measurement 29
1) Measurement for this Item will be by lump sum. 30
b. Payment 31
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 32
will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for Railroad Coordination. 33
c. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Mobilization 35
2) Inspection 36
3) Safety training 37
4) Additional Insurance 38
5) Insurance Certificates 39
6) Other requirements associated with general coordination with Railroad, 40
including additional employees required to protect the right-of-way and 41
property of the Railroad from damage arising out of and/or from the 42
construction of the Project. 43
01 35 13 - 2
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
2. Railroad Flagmen 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measurement for this Item will be per working day. 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 5
will be paid for each working day that Railroad Flagmen are present at the 6
Site. 7
c. The price bid shall include: 8
1) Coordination for scheduling flagmen 9
2) Flagmen 10
3) Other requirements associated with Railroad 11
3. Excavation Protection (Trench Safety) 12
a. Measurement 13
1) Measured per linear foot of excavation for all trenches that require trench 14
safety in accordance with OSHA excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part 15
1926 Subpart P Safety and Health regulations for Construction) 16
b. Payment 17
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 18
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 19
price bid per linear foot of excavation to comply with OSHA excavation 20
safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926.650 Subpart P), including, but not 21
limited to, all submittals, labor and equipment. 22
4. All other items 23
a. Work associated with these Items is considered incidental to the various Items 24
bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 25
1.3 REFERENCES 26
A. Reference Standards 27
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 28
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 29
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 30
2. Health and Safety Code, Title 9. Safety, Subtitle A. Public Safety, Chapter 752. 31
High Voltage Overhead Lines. 32
3. North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) – Clean Construction 33
Specification 34
4. Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA) Standards – 29 CFR Part 35
1910.146 – Permit-Required Confined Spaces 36
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 37
A. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 38
1. When work in the right-of-way which is under the jurisdiction of the Texas 39
Department of Transportation (TxDOT): 40
a. Notify the Texas Department of Transportation prior to commencing any work 41
therein in accordance with the provisions of the permit 42
b. All work performed in the TxDOT right-of-way shall be performed in 43
compliance with and subject to approval from the Texas Department of 44
Transportation 45
B. Work near High Voltage Lines 46
01 35 13 - 3
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1. Regulatory Requirements 1
a. All Work near High Voltage Lines (more than 600 volts measured between 2
conductors or between a conductor and the ground) shall be in accordance with 3
Health and Safety Code, Title 9, Subtitle A, Chapter 752. 4
2. Warning sign 5
a. Provide sign of sufficient size meeting all OSHA requirements. 6
3. Equipment operating within 10 feet of high voltage lines will require the following 7
safety features 8
a. Insulating cage-type of guard about the boom or arm 9
b. Insulator links on the lift hook connections for back hoes or dippers 10
c. Equipment must meet the safety requirements as set forth by OSHA and the 11
safety requirements of the owner of the high voltage lines 12
4. Work within 6 feet of high voltage electric lines 13
a. Notification shall be given to: 14
1) The power company (example: Denton Municipal Electric) 15
a) Maintain an accurate log of all such calls to power company and record 16
action taken in each case. 17
b. Coordination with power company 18
1) After notification coordinate with the power company to: 19
a) Erect temporary mechanical barriers, de-energize the lines, or raise or 20
lower the lines 21
c. No personnel may work within 6 feet of a high voltage line before the above 22
requirements have been met. 23
C. Confined Space Entry Program 24
1. Provide and follow approved Confined Space Entry Program in accordance with 25
OSHA requirements. 26
2. Confined Spaces include: 27
a. Manholes 28
b. All other confined spaces in accordance with OSHA’s Permit Required for 29
Confined Spaces 30
D. Excavation Protection 31
1. Excavation protection shall be in strict compliance with OSHA excavation safety 32
standards (29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P Safety and Health regulations for 33
Construction). 34
2. Submit three (3) copies of a site-specific trench safety plan prepared by a licensed 35
Professional Engineer in the State of Texas to the City prior to construction in 36
accordance with Section 01 33 00. 37
a. The City will not review the submittal. Receipt of submittal is confirmation 38
that the Contractor has prepared a trench safety plan as required by state and 39
federal law. 40
b. The City assumes no responsibility for trench safety and shall be held harmless 41
under the indemnification clause of the General Conditions. 42
3. Any changes in the trench excavation plan after initiation of construction will not 43
be cause for an extension of time and will require a new submittal to the City. 44
4. The Contractor accepts sole responsibility for compliance with all applicable safety 45
requirements. 46
E. Air Pollution Watch Days 47
01 35 13 - 4
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1. General 1
a. Observe the following guidelines relating to working on City construction sites 2
on days designated as “AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS”. 3
b. Typical Ozone Season 4
1) May 1 through October 31. 5
c. Critical Emission Time 6
1) 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 a.m. 7
2. Watch Days 8
a. The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), in coordination 9
with the National Weather Service, will issue the Air Pollution Watch by 3:00 10
p.m. on the afternoon prior to the WATCH day. 11
b. Requirements 12
1) Begin work after 10:00 a.m. whenever construction phasing requires the 13
use of motorized equipment for periods in excess of 1 hour. 14
2) However, the Contractor may begin work prior to 10:00 a.m. if: 15
a) Use of motorized equipment is less than 1 hour, or 16
b) If equipment is new and certified by EPA as “Low Emitting“, or 17
equipment burns Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD), diesel emulsions, or 18
alternative fuels such as CNG. 19
F. TCEQ Air Permit 20
1. Obtain TCEQ Air Permit for construction activities per requirements of TCEQ. 21
G. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. 22
1. When Contract Documents permit on the project the following will apply: 23
a. Public Notification 24
1) Submit notice to City and proof of adequate insurance coverage, 24 hours 25
prior to commencing. 26
2) Minimum 24-hour public notification in accordance with Section 01 31 13 27
H. Water Utilities Coordination 28
1. During the construction of this project, it may be necessary to deactivate, for a 29
period of time, existing lines. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with 30
Water Utilities to determine the best times for deactivating and activating those 31
lines. 32
2. Coordinate any event that will require connecting to or the operation of an existing 33
City water line system with the City’s representative. 34
a. If needed, obtain a hydrant water meter from Water Utilities for use during the 35
life of named project. 36
b. In the event that a water valve on an existing live system be turned off and on 37
to accommodate the construction of the project is required, coordinate this 38
activity through the appropriate City representative. 39
1) Do not operate water line valves of existing water system. 40
a) Failure to comply will render the Contractor in violation of Texas Penal 41
Code Title 7, Chapter 28.03 (Criminal Mischief) and the Contractor 42
will be prosecuted to the full extent of the law. 43
b) In addition, the Contractor will assume all liabilities and 44
responsibilities as a result of these actions. 45
I. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 46
01 35 13 - 5
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1. Prior to beginning construction on any block in the project, on a block-by-block 1
basis, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending construction to the front 2
door of each residence or business that will be impacted by construction. The notice 3
shall be prepared as follows: 4
a. Post notice or flyer 7 days prior to beginning any construction activity on each 5
block in the project area. 6
1) Prepare flyer on the Contractor’s letterhead and include the following 7
information: 8
a) Name of Project 9
b) Engineering Project Number (EPN) 10
c) Scope of Project (i.e. type of construction activity) 11
d) Actual construction duration within the block 12
e) Name of the contractor’s foreman and phone number 13
f) Name of the City’s inspector and phone number 14
g) City’s after-hours phone number 15
2) A sample of the ‘pre-construction notification’ flyer is attached as Exhibit 16
A. 17
3) Submit schedule showing the construction start and finish time for each 18
block of the project to the inspector. 19
4) Deliver flyer to the City Inspector for review prior to distribution. 20
b. No construction will be allowed to begin on any block until the flyer is 21
delivered to all residents of the block. 22
J. Public Notification of Temporary Water Service Interruption during Construction 23
1. In the event it becomes necessary to temporarily shut down water service to 24
residents or businesses during construction, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of 25
the pending interruption to the front door of each affected resident. 26
2. Prepared notice as follows: 27
a. The notification or flyer shall be posted 24 hours prior to the temporary 28
interruption. 29
b. Prepare flyer on the contractor’s letterhead and include the following 30
information: 31
1) Name of the project 32
2) Engineering Project Number (EPN) 33
3) Date of the interruption of service 34
4) Period the interruption will take place 35
5) Name of the contractor’s foreman and phone number 36
6) Name of the City’s inspector and phone number 37
c. A sample of the temporary water service interruption notification is attached as 38
Exhibit B. 39
d. Deliver a copy of the temporary interruption notification to the City inspector 40
for review prior to being distributed. 41
e. No interruption of water service can occur until the flyer has been delivered to 42
all affected residents and businesses. 43
f. Electronic versions of the sample flyers can be obtained from the Project 44
Construction Inspector. 45
K. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) 46
1. At locations in the Project where construction activities occur in areas where 47
USACE permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated 48
permit. 49
01 35 13 - 6
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
L. Coordination within Railroad Permit Areas 1
1. At locations in the project where construction activities occur in areas where 2
railroad permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated 3
railroad permit. This includes, but is not limited to, provisions for: 4
a. Flagmen 5
b. Inspectors 6
c. Safety training 7
d. Additional insurance 8
e. Insurance certificates 9
f. Other employees required to protect the right-of-way and property of the 10
Railroad Company from damage arising out of and/or from the construction of 11
the project. Proper utility clearance procedures shall be used in accordance 12
with the permit guidelines. 13
2. Obtain any supplemental information needed to comply with the railroad’s 14
requirements. 15
3. Railroad Flagmen 16
a. Submit receipts to City for verification of working days that railroad flagmen 17
were present on Site. 18
M. Dust Control 19
1. Use acceptable measures to control dust at the Site. 20
a. If water is used to control dust, capture and properly dispose of waste water. 21
b. If wet saw cutting is performed, capture and properly dispose of slurry. 22
N. Employee Parking 23
1. Provide parking for employees at locations approved by the City. 24
O. Coordination with North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) Clean 25
Construction Specification 26
1. Equipment Requirements 27
a. All construction equipment being used to perform work on the Contract shall 28
meet EPA emissions standards of Tier 3 or equivalent, or cleaner. Model Form 29
A.14. Schedule for Phase-In of Tier 1-Tier 4 Non-Road Engines is included in 30
Appendix A. Compliance may be achieved through the use of equipment 31
powered by an EPA-certified engine, through engine repowers, or through the 32
use of retrofits which have been verified by the EPA and/or California Air 33
Resources Board. A list of available retrofits is available online at EPA’s 34
website “Verified Technologies List for Clean Diesel.” 35
b. Equipment that meets one or more of the following conditions may be exempt 36
from these requirements: 37
1) Equipment powered by an engine that is less than or equal to ten (10) years 38
old. 39
2) Equipment that must be used to fulfill use or reporting requirements for a 40
grant program or other clean air initiative. Documentation of such 41
obligations must be submitted to City for verification. 42
3) Equipment that is designated as low-use equipment, which is defined as 43
any piece of construction equipment which is used for less than ten (10) 44
hours per week on a single public works contract. A Low-Use Exemption 45
Weekly Reporting Form will be required for all equipment for which this 46
exemption is claimed. 47
01 35 13 - 7
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
4) Equipment that is being used to address a critical or emergency public 1
works need, including, but not limited to, broken water mains or sanitary 2
sewer lines. This exemption is limited to work performed in a situation in 3
which the procurement of construction services is performed on an 4
emergency basis, as provided for by State law. 5
2. Operational Requirements 6
a. All diesel fuel used to perform work on the public works contract shall be 7
Ultra-Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel which also complies with Texas Low 8
Emission Diesel (TxLED) program requirements. This may include TxLED- 9
compliant Biodiesel blends. 10
b. The Contractor shall limit idling of equipment to no more than five (5) 11
minutes, unless the idling is applicable to one or more of the following 12
exceptions: 13
1) is being used for emergency response purposes; 14
2) is idling as a necessary component of mechanical operation, maintenance, 15
or diagnostic purposes; or 16
3) is idling for the health or safety of the equipment operator. 17
c. To the greatest extent possible, Contractor shall stage equipment away from, 18
and minimize operation near, sensitive receptors including, but not limited to, 19
fresh air intakes, hospitals, schools, licensed day care facilities, and residences. 20
3. Reporting Requirements 21
a. On or before the day construction activity commences, the Contractor shall 22
submit to the City an inventory report containing identifying data for each piece 23
of equipment to be used on the worksite. A form for submitting such 24
information will be provided by the City. This inventory may be used by the 25
City to conduct site inspections and/or verify compliance with specification 26
elements. 27
b. If additional equipment is brought on-site after construction begins, the 28
Contractor shall provide this same inventory information to the City for the new 29
equipment on or before the day it begins work on-site. 30
c. Reports shall be provided for all equipment used on-site. 31
4. Enforcement Requirements 32
a. All construction equipment used at the Site is subject to inspection by the City 33
at random. Contractor is responsible for ensuring that all subcontractors meet 34
the requirements of this specification. 35
1.5 SUBMITTALS 36
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 37
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 38
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 39
A. Construction Notice Flyer 40
B. Notice of Temporary Water Service Interruption 41
01 35 13 - 8
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 3
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 4
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 5
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 7
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 8
END OF SECTION 9
10
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
11
01 35 13 - 9
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
EXHIBIT A 1
(To be printed on Contractor’s Letterhead) 2
3
4
5
Date: 6
7
EPN No.: 8
Project Name: 9
Limits of Construction: 10
11
12
13 14
15
THIS IS TO INFORM YOU THAT UNDER A CONTRACT WITH THE CITY OF 16
DENTON, OUR COMPANY WILL WORK ON UTILITY LINES ON OR AROUND YOUR 17
PROPERTY. 18
19
CONSTRUCTION WILL BEGIN APPROXIMATELY SEVEN DAYS FROM THE DATE 20
OF THIS NOTICE. 21
22
IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT ACCESS, SECURITY, SAFETY OR ANY OTHER 23
ISSUE, PLEASE CALL: 24
25
26
<CONTRACTOR’S SUPERINTENDENT> AT <TELEPHONE NO.> 27
28
OR 29
30
<CITY INSPECTOR> AT < TELEPHONE NO.> 31
32
33
PLEASE KEEP THIS FLYER HANDY WHEN YOU CALL 34
35
01 35 13 - 10
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
EXHIBIT B 1
2
Date: 3
4
EPN No.: 5
6
Project Name:_____________________ 7
8
9
NOTICE OF 10
TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE 11
INTERRUPTION 12
13
14
Due to utility improvements in your neighborhood, your water service will be 15
interrupted on ___________________________________________________ 16
between the hours of __________________ and _______________________. 17
18
19
IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT THIS DISRUPTION, PLEASE CALL: 20
21
22
<CONTRACTOR’S SUPERINTENDENT> AT <TELEPHONE NO.> 23
24
OR 25
26
<CITY INSPECTOR> AT < TELEPHONE NO.> 27
28
THIS SERVICE INTERRUPTION WILL BE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE 29
30
Thank you, 31
_________________________, Contractor 32
01 45 23 - 1
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 45 23 1
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Testing and inspection services procedures and coordination 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7
1. None 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12
A. Measurement and Payment 13
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 14
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 15
a. In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions, Contractor is 16
responsible for performing, coordinating, and payment of all inspections, tests, 17
re-tests, or approvals. 18
b. In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions, City is responsible for 19
performing and payment for first set additional independent testing chosen by 20
the City to be performed. 21
1) If the first independent test performed by the City fails, the Contractor is 22
responsible for payment of subsequent testing until a passing test occurs. 23
a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required payments 24
for testing by Contractor have been paid in full. 25
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 26
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 27
A. Testing 28
1. Complete testing in accordance with the Contract Documents. 29
2. Coordination 30
a. When testing is required to be performed by the City, notify City, sufficiently 31
in advance, when testing is needed. 32
b. When testing is required to be completed by the Contractor, notify City, 33
sufficiently in advance, that testing will be performed. 34
3. Distribution of Testing Reports 35
a. Electronic Distribution 36
1) Provide all reports to Project Manager and their duly appointed 37
representative electronically via email. 38
4. Provide Project Manager’s duly appointed representative with trip tickets for each 39
delivered load of Concrete or Lime material including the following information: 40
01 45 23 - 2
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
a. Name of pit 1
b. Date of delivery 2
c. Material delivered 3
B. Inspection 4
1. Inspection or lack of inspection does not relieve the Contractor from obligation to 5
perform work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 6
1.5 SUBMITTALS 7
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 8
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 9
A. Materials Testing Reports sealed by a Professional Engineer or Professional 10
Geoscientist licensed in the State of Texas. 11
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 14
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 15
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 16
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 17
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 18
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 19
20
01 45 23 - 3
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
END OF SECTION 1
2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
3
01 50 00 - 1
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 50 00 1
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the Work including, but not 6
necessarily limited to: 7
a. Temporary utilities 8
b. Sanitary facilities 9
c. Storage Sheds and Buildings 10
d. Dust control 11
e. Temporary fencing of the construction site 12
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 13
1. None. 14
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 15
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 16
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 20
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 21
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 22
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 23
A. Temporary Utilities 24
1. Obtaining Temporary Service 25
a. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services. 26
b. Abide by rules and regulations of utility service companies or authorities 27
having jurisdiction. 28
c. Be responsible for utility service costs until Work is approved for Final 29
Acceptance. 30
1) Included are fuel, power, light, heat and other utility services necessary for 31
execution, completion, testing and initial operation of Work. 32
2. Water 33
a. Contractor to provide water required for and in connection with Work to be 34
performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices or other use as 35
required for the completion of the Work. 36
b. Provide and maintain adequate supply of potable water for domestic 37
consumption by Contractor personnel and Project Manager and Project 38
Manager’s duly authorized representative. 39
c. Coordination 40
01 50 00 - 2
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1) Contact City 1 week before water for construction is desired 1
d. Contractor Payment for Construction Water 2
1) Obtain construction water meter from City for payment as billed by City’s 3
established rates. 4
3. Electricity and Lighting 5
a. Provide and pay for electric powered service as required for Work, including 6
testing of Work. 7
1) Provide power for lighting, operation of equipment, or other use. 8
b. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to 9
maintain operations during scheduled shutdown. 10
4. Telephone 11
a. Provide emergency telephone service at Site for use by Contractor personnel 12
and others performing work or furnishing services at Site. 13
5. Temporary Heat and Ventilation 14
a. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of Work. 15
b. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions. 16
B. Sanitary Facilities 17
1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on Site. 18
a. Comply with regulations of State and local departments of health. 19
2. Enforce use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at job site. 20
a. Enclose and anchor sanitary facilities. 21
b. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. 22
c. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause nuisance or health 23
problem. 24
d. Haul sewage and waste off-site at no less than weekly intervals and properly 25
dispose in accordance with applicable regulation. 26
3. Locate facilities near Work Site and keep clean and maintained throughout Project. 27
4. Remove facilities at completion of Project 28
C. Storage Sheds and Buildings 29
1. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight, weatherproof storage facilities with floor 30
above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. 31
2. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off 32
ground. 33
3. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner. 34
a. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification, 35
inspection and inventory. 36
4. Equip building with lockable doors and lighting, and provide electrical service for 37
equipment space heaters and heating or ventilation as necessary to provide storage 38
environments acceptable to specified manufacturers. 39
5. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from 40
temporary and existing buildings. 41
6. Remove building from site prior to Final Acceptance. 42
D. Temporary Fencing 43
1. Provide and maintain for the duration or construction when required in contract 44
documents 45
01 50 00 - 3
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
E. Dust Control 1
1. Contractor is responsible for maintaining dust control through the duration of the 2
project. 3
a. Contractor remains on-call at all times 4
b. Must respond in a timely manner 5
F. Temporary Protection of Construction 6
1. Contractor or subcontractors are responsible for protecting Work from damage due 7
to weather. 8
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 13
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 14
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 15
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 16
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 18
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 19
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 20
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 21
3.4 INSTALLATION 22
A. Temporary Facilities 23
1. Maintain all temporary facilities for duration of construction activities as needed. 24
01 50 00 - 4
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
3.5 [REPAIR] / [RESTORATION] 1
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 2
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 7
A. Temporary Facilities 8
1. Remove all temporary facilities and restore area after completion of the Work, to a 9
condition equal to or better than prior to start of Work. 10
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 11
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 12
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 13
END OF SECTION 14
15
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
16
01 57 13 - 1
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 57 13 1
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Procedures for Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the 10
Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 15
a. Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. 16
b. Payment 17
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 18
Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Storm Water Pollution 19
Prevention Plan”. 20
c. The price bid shall include: 21
1) Preparation of Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 22
2) Implementation 23
3) Permitting fees 24
4) Installation 25
5) Maintenance 26
6) Removal 27
1.3 REFERENCES 28
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 29
1. Notice of Intent: NOI 30
2. Notice of Termination: NOT 31
3. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan: SWPPP 32
4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: TCEQ 33
5. Notice of Change: NOC 34
A. Reference Standards 35
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 36
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 37
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 38
01 57 13 - 2
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
2. Integrated Storm Management (iSWM) Technical Manual for Construction 1
Controls 2
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 3
A. General 4
1. Contractor is responsible for resolution and payment of any fines issued associated 5
with compliance to Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. 6
2. As a condition of approval, applicants conducting land disturbing activities will 7
complete the online construction site survey. This survey can be found at 8
https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/HT2BDHZ 9
B. Construction Activities resulting in: 10
1. Less than 1 acre of disturbance 11
a. Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Drawings. 12
2. 1 to less than 5 acres of disturbance 13
a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction 14
Permit is required 15
b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 16
1) TCEQ Small Construction Site Notice Required under general permit 17
TXR150000 18
a) Sign and post at job site 19
b) Prior to Preconstruction Meeting, send 1 copy to City Watershed 20
Protection Department, Joetta Dailey (940) 349-7153 or David Hunter 21
(940) 349-7123. 22
2) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with: 23
a) Drawings 24
b) TXR150000 General Permit 25
c) SWPPP 26
d) TCEQ requirements 27
3. 5 acres or more of Disturbance 28
a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction 29
Permit is required 30
b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 31
1) Prepare a TCEQ NOI form and submit to TCEQ along with required fee 32
a) Sign and post at job site 33
b) Send copy to City Watershed Protection Department, Joetta Dailey 34
(940) 349 7153 or David Hunter (940) 349 7123. 35
2) TCEQ Notice of Change required if making changes or updates to NOI 36
3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with: 37
a) Drawings 38
b) TXR150000 General Permit 39
c) SWPPP 40
d) TCEQ requirements 41
4) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of 42
TCEQ have been met a TCEQ Notice of Termination can be submitted. 43
a) Send copy to City Watershed Protection Department, Joetta Dailey 44
(940) 349-7153 or David Hunter (940) 349-7123. 45
01 57 13 - 3
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.5 SUBMITTALS 1
A. SWPPP 2
1. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00, except as stated herein. 3
a. Prior to the Preconstruction Meeting, submit a draft copy of SWPPP to the City 4
as follows: 5
1) 1 copy to the Project Manager 6
a) Project Manager will forward to the City Watershed Protection 7
Department, Joetta Dailey (940) 349-7153 or David Hunter (940) 349-8
7123 for review. 9
B. Modified SWPPP 10
1. If the SWPPP is revised during construction, resubmit modified SWPPP to the City 11
in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 12
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 16
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 17
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 18
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 19
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 20
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 21
END OF SECTION 22
23
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
24
01 58 13 - 1
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 58 13 1
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Temporary Project Signage Requirements 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12
A. Measurement and Payment 13
1. Temporary Project Sign 14
a. Measurement 15
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each project sign installed. 16
b. Payment 17
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 18
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 19
unit price bid per each “Temporary Project Sign.” 20
c. The price bid shall include: 21
1) Installation of Temporary Project Sign 22
2) Excavation 23
3) Hauling 24
4) Disposal of excess Materials 25
5) Maintenance and Repair of Signs During Construction 26
6) Removal and Disposal of Temporary Project Sign 27
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 28
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 29
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 34
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 35
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 36
01 58 13 - 2
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3
2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS 4
A. Design Criteria 5
1. Provide free standing Project Designation Sign as indicated below: 6
7
The flag shall resemble the Texas Flag. The background of 8
the stars and the “City of Denton” lettering shall be blue. 9
The lower bar of the flag shall be red, and the upper bar 10
shall be white. The dimensions, from the farthest ends, shall 11
be 12-inches vertically and 23.5-inches horizontally. The 12
flag shall appear in the dimensions shown. The contractor 13
may request a digital copy in either .jpg or .tif format. 14
15
2. The Project Designation Sign shall be placed at strategic points with lettering as 16
needed to adequately describe the work. 17
3. Signs shall be painted white with blue letters and symbols. Letter size shall conform 18
to dimensions shown on sign drawing. Exceptions or variations from the sign 19
shown above shall not be allowed. 20
B. Materials 21
1. Sign 22
a. Constructed of ¾-inch fir plywood, grade A-C (exterior) or better 23
01 58 13 - 3
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 6
3.4 INSTALLATION 7
A. General 8
1. Provide vertical installation at extents of project. 9
2. Signs shall be placed prior to beginning the Work and maintained until the end of 10
the project. 11
3. Relocate sign as needed, upon request of the City. 12
B. Mounting options 13
a. Skids 14
b. Posts 15
c. Barricade 16
3.5 -- 3.12 [NOT USED] 17
3.6 MAINTENANCE 18
A. General 19
1. Maintenance will include painting and repairs as needed or directed by the City. 20
3.7 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 21
END OF SECTION 22
23
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
24
01 60 00 - 1
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 60 00 1
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. References for Product Requirements and Product Material Submittal Checklist 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES [NOT USED] 12
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 13
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 14
A. A list of City approved products for use is located online as follows: 15
1. https://www.cityofdenton.com/CoD/media/City-of-16
Denton/Business/Development%20Review/Materials-List.pdf 17
B. Only products specifically included on City’s Product Material Submittal Checklist in 18
these Contract Documents shall be allowed for use on the Project. 19
1. Any subsequently approved products will only be allowed for use upon specific 20
approval by the City. 21
C. Any specific product requirements in the Contract Documents supersede similar 22
products included on the Product Material Submittal Checklist. 23
1. The City reserves the right to not allow products to be used for certain projects even 24
though the product is listed on the Product Material Submittal Checklist. 25
D. Although a specific product is included on Product Material Submittal Checklist, not all 26
products from that manufacturer are approved for use, including but not limited to, that 27
manufacturer’s standard product. 28
E. See Section 01 33 00 for submittal requirements of Product Data included on Product 29
Material Submittal Checklist. 30
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 35
01 60 00 - 2
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 2
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 5
END OF SECTION 6
7
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8
01 66 00 - 1
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 66 00 1
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Scheduling of product delivery 6
2. Packaging of products for delivery 7
3. Protection of products against damage from: 8
a. Handling 9
b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments 10
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 11
1. None. 12
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 13
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 14
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 18
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 19
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 20
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 21
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 26
1.10 DELIVERY AND HANDLING 27
A. Delivery Requirements 28
1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation 29
and to avoid prolonged storage. 30
2. Provide appropriate personnel and equipment to receive deliveries. 31
3. Delivery trucks will not be permitted to wait extended periods of time on the Site 32
for personnel or equipment to receive the delivery. 33
4. Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons or other 34
containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or 35
environmental damage. 36
01 66 00 - 2
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
5. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer, item and installation 1
location. 2
6. Provide manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling. 3
B. Handling Requirements 4
1. Handle products or equipment in accordance with these Contract Documents and 5
manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions. 6
C. Storage Requirements 7
1. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and 8
requirements of these Specifications. 9
2. Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. 10
a. Place loose soil materials and materials to be incorporated into Work to prevent 11
damage to any part of Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at 12
all times to all parts of Work and to utility service company installations in 13
vicinity of Work. 14
3. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will 15
cause minimum inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, 16
tenants and occupants. 17
a. Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection. 18
4. Restrict storage to areas available on construction site for storage of material and 19
equipment as shown on Drawings, or approved by Project Manager or their duly 20
authorized representative. 21
5. Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate. 22
a. Provide addresses of and access to off-site storage locations for inspection by 23
Project Manager or their duly authorized representative. 24
6. Do not use lawns, grass plots or other private property for storage purposes without 25
written permission of owner or other person in possession or control of premises. 26
7. Store in manufacturers’ unopened containers. 27
8. Neatly, safely and compactly stack materials delivered and stored along line of 28
Work to avoid inconvenience and damage to property owners and general public 29
and maintain at least 3 feet from fire hydrant. 30
9. Keep public and private driveways and street crossings open. 31
10. Repair or replace damaged lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements to 32
satisfaction of Project Manager or their duly authorized representative. 33
a. Total length which materials may be distributed along route of construction at 34
one time is 1,000 linear feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by Project 35
Manager. 36
01 66 00 - 3
PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION 4
3.1 -3.6 [NOT USED] 5
3.2 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 6
A. Tests and Inspections 7
1. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading. 8
B. Non-Conforming Work 9
1. Reject all products or equipment that are damaged, used or in any other way 10
unsatisfactory for use on the project. 11
3.3 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 12
3.4 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 13
3.5 CLEANING [NOT USED] 14
3.6 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15
3.7 PROTECTION 16
A. Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written directions. 17
B. Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items while in 18
storage. 19
C. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry if required by 20
the manufacturer. 21
3.8 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 22
3.9 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 23
END OF SECTION 24
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
25
01 70 00 - 1
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 70 00 1
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Mobilization and Demobilization 6
a. Mobilization 7
1) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies 8
to the Site 9
2) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s operation 10
at the Site 11
3) Premiums paid for performance and payment bonds 12
4) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies 13
to another location within the designated Site 14
5) Relocation of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s operation 15
from 1 location to another location on the Site. 16
b. Demobilization 17
1) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies 18
away from the Site including disassembly 19
2) Site Clean-up 20
3) Removal of all buildings and/or other facilities assembled at the Site for this 21
Contract 22
c. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of 23
work that are for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 24
2. Remobilization 25
a. Remobilization for Suspension of Work specifically required in the Contract 26
Documents or as required by City includes: 27
1) Demobilization 28
a) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating 29
supplies from the Site including disassembly or temporarily securing 30
equipment, supplies, and other facilities as designated by the Contract 31
Documents necessary to suspend the Work. 32
b) Site Clean-up as designated in the Contract Documents 33
2) Remobilization 34
a) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating 35
supplies to the Site necessary to resume the Work. 36
b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s 37
operation at the Site necessary to resume the Work. 38
3) No Payments will be made for: 39
a) Mobilization and Demobilization from one location to another on the 40
Site in the normal progress of performing the Work. 41
b) Stand-by or idle time 42
c) Lost profits 43
44
01 70 00 - 2
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION
Page 2 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 1
1. None. 2
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 3
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 4
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 5
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 6
A. Measurement and Payment 7
1. Mobilization and Demobilization 8
a. Measurement 9
1) This Item will be measured by the lump sum as the work progresses. 10
b. Payment 11
1) For this Item, the adjusted Contract amount will be calculated as the total 12
Contract amount less the lump sum for mobilization. Mobilization shall be 13
made in partial payments as follows: 14
a) When 1% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 15
earned, 50% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. 16
b) When 5% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 17
earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. Previous 18
payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. 19
c) When 10% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 20
earned, 100% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. Previous 21
payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. 22
d) A bid containing a total for “Mobilization” in excess of 10% of total 23
contract shall be considered unbalanced and a cause for consideration 24
of rejection. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Mobilization of equipment to Site 27
2) Performance Bond 28
3) Payment Bond 29
4) Maintenance Bond 30
5) Remobilization as identified in the Contract Documents 31
6) Demobilization 32
d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this 33
Item. 34
2. Remobilization for suspension of Work not identified in the Contract Documents, 35
as required by City 36
a. Measurement and Payment 37
1) This shall be submitted as a Contract Claim in accordance with Article 10 38
of Section 00 72 00. 39
2) No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated 40
with this Item. 41
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 42
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 43
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 44
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 45
01 70 00 - 3
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION
Page 3 of 3
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 3
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 4
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 5
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 7
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 8
END OF SECTION 9
10
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
01 71 23 - 1
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 71 23 1
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Requirements for construction staking to be provided by the Contractor. 6
2. Requirements for coordination with City to allow performance of as-built survey at 7
the Site. 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 9
1. None 10
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Construction Staking 16
a. Measurement and Payment 17
1) Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items 18
bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 19
2. As-Built Survey 20
a. Measurement and Payment 21
1) Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items 22
bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 23
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 24
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 25
1.5 SUBMITTALS 26
A. Submittals, if required, shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 27
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 28
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29
A. Certificates 30
1. Provide certificate certifying that elevations and locations of improvements are in 31
conformance or non-conformance with requirements of the Contract Documents. 32
a. Certificate must be sealed by a registered professional land surveyor in the 33
State of Texas. 34
B. Field Quality Control Submittals 35
1. Documentation verifying accuracy of field engineering work. 36
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37
01 71 23 - 2
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2
A. Construction Staking 3
1. Construction staking will be performed by the Contractor. 4
2. Coordination 5
a. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate staking such that construction 6
activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. 7
3. General 8
a. Contractor is responsible for preserving and maintaining staking. 9
b. If in the opinion of the City, a sufficient number of stakes or markings have 10
been lost, destroyed or disturbed, by Contractor’s neglect, such that the 11
contracted Work cannot take place, then the Contractor will be required to re-12
stake the deficient areas. 13
B. As-built Survey 14
1. As-built Survey will be performed by the City. 15
2. Coordination 16
a. Contractor to verify that control data established in the design survey remains 17
intact. 18
b. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate As-built Survey such that 19
construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. 20
c. Contractor shall coordinate construction operations with City sufficiently in 21
advance and make provisions for City to perform as-built survey on various 22
items indicated in Paragraph B.3.b. 23
d. Contractor shall restore or replace all necessary control data damaged during 24
construction operations. 25
1) Contractor shall perform replacements and/or restorations. 26
3. General 27
a. As-built survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and accurate 28
logs of control and survey work as it progresses for Project Records. 29
b. The Contractor will ensure coordination is maintained with the City to allow 30
performance of as-built survey to obtain construction features including, but not 31
limited to, the following: 32
1) All Utility Lines 33
a) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each manhole or 34
junction structure 35
2) Water Lines 36
a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for waterlines at the following 37
locations: 38
(1) Every 250 linear feet 39
(2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. (All 40
Fittings) 41
(3) Cathodic protection test stations 42
(4) Sampling stations 43
(5) Meter boxes/vaults (All sizes) 44
(6) Fire lines 45
(7) Fire hydrants and valves 46
(8) Gate valves and Butterfly Valves 47
01 71 23 - 3
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
(9) Plugs, stubouts, dead-end lines 1
(10) Air Release valves (Manhole rim and vent pipe) 2
(11) Blow off valves (Manhole rim and valve lid) 3
(12) Pressure plane valves 4
(13) Cleaning wyes 5
(14) Casing pipe (each end) 6
b) Storm Sewer 7
(1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates at the following locations: 8
(a) Every 250 linear feet 9
(b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. 10
c) Sanitary Sewer 11
(1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for sanitary sewer lines at 12
the following locations: 13
(a) Every 250 linear feet 14
(b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. 15
(c) Cleanouts 16
c. As-built survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and accurate 17
logs of control and survey work associated with meeting or exceeding the line 18
and grade required by these Specifications. 19
d. The Contractor will ensure coordination is maintained with the City to allow 20
performance of as-built survey and verify control data including, but not limited 21
to, the following: 22
1) Verification that established benchmarks and control are accurate. 23
2) Use of Benchmarks to furnish and maintain all reference lines and grades 24
for tunneling. 25
3) Use of lines and grades to establish the location of the pipe. 26
4) Submit to the City copies of field notes, if requested, used to establish all 27
lines and grades and allow the City to check guidance system setup prior to 28
beginning each tunneling drive. 29
5) Provide access for the City, when requested, to verify the guidance system 30
and the line and grade of the carrier pipe on a daily basis. 31
6) The Contractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of the work and 32
the correction of it, as required. 33
7) Monitor line and grade continuously during construction. 34
8) Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each pipe 35
joint and submit daily records to City. 36
9) If the installation does not meet the specified tolerances, immediately notify 37
the City and correct the installation in accordance with the Contract 38
Documents. 39
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 40
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 41
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 42
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 43
44
45
01 71 23 - 4
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 4
3.4 APPLICATION 5
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 6
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 7
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 8
A. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to maintain all stakes and control data in accordance 9
with this Specification. 10
B. Do not change or relocate stakes or control data without approval from the City. 11
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 12
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 13
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 14
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 18
END OF SECTION 19
20
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8/31/2012 D. Johnson
21
01 74 23 - 1
CLEANING
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 74 23 1
CLEANING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Intermediate and final cleaning for Work not including special cleaning of closed 6
systems specified elsewhere 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 15
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18
A. Scheduling 19
1. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by 20
cleaning process will not fall on newly painted surfaces. 21
2. Schedule final cleaning upon completion of Work and immediately prior to final 22
inspection. 23
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28
1.10 STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 30
1. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for 31
those materials. 32
01 74 23 - 2
CLEANING
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
2.2 MATERIALS 5
A. Cleaning Agents 6
1. Compatible with surface being cleaned 7
2. New and uncontaminated 8
3. For manufactured surfaces 9
a. Material recommended by manufacturer 10
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 11
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 12
PART 3 - EXECUTION 13
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 14
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 15
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 16
3.4 APPLICATION [NOT USED] 17
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 18
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 21
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 22
3.10 CLEANING 23
A. General 24
1. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions. 25
2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of 26
governing authorities. 27
3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in 28
storm or sanitary drains or sewers. 29
4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site. 30
5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an 31
alternate manner approved by City and regulatory agencies. 32
01 74 23 - 3
CLEANING
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
6. Transport and deposit vegetative material removed as a result of work operations 1
off-site at a legal site in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws 2
and regulations. 3
a. Removed vegetation will not be allowed to remain in piles or mounds on the 4
easement or surrounding property. 5
7. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. 6
8. Thoroughly clean, sweep, wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with 7
this project. 8
9. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction 9
of required permanent Work. 10
10. If project is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City, the City reserves the right to 11
have the cleaning completed at the expense of the Contractor. 12
11. Do not burn on-site. 13
B. Intermediate Cleaning during Construction 14
1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of 15
personnel in existing facility operations. 16
2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 17
3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s): 18
a. Cover to prevent blowing by wind 19
b. Store debris away from construction or operational activities 20
c. Haul from site at a minimum of once per week 21
4. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting. 22
a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis, until Final Acceptance. 23
5. Prior to storm events, thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which 24
may become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm. 25
C. Interior Final Cleaning 26
1. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other 27
foreign materials from sight-exposed surfaces. 28
2. Wipe all lighting fixture reflectors, lenses, lamps and trims clean. 29
3. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors. 30
4. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. 31
5. Ventilating systems 32
a. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated 33
during construction. 34
b. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during 35
construction. 36
6. Replace all burned out lamps. 37
7. Broom clean process area floors. 38
8. Mop office and control room floors. 39
D. Exterior (Site or Right of Way) Final Cleaning 40
1. Remove trash and debris containers from site. 41
a. Re-seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers. 42
2. Sweep roadway to remove all rocks, pieces of asphalt, concrete or any other object 43
that may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic along the roadway. 44
01 74 23 - 4
CLEANING
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to, vaults, manholes, structures, 1
junction boxes and inlets. 2
4. If no longer required for maintenance of erosion facilities, and upon approval by 3
City, remove erosion control from site. 4
5. Clean signs, lights, signals, etc. 5
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 6
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 7
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 8
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 9
END OF SECTION 10
11
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12
01 77 19 - 1
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 77 19 1
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. The procedure for closing out a contract 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12
A. Measurement and Payment 13
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 14
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 15
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 16
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 17
A. Guarantees, Bonds and Affidavits 18
1. No application for final payment will be accepted until all guarantees, bonds, 19
certificates, licenses and affidavits required for Work or equipment as specified are 20
satisfactorily filed with the City. 21
B. Release of Liens or Claims 22
1. No application for final payment will be accepted until satisfactory evidence of 23
release of liens has been submitted to the City. 24
1.5 SUBMITTALS 25
A. Submit all required documentation to Project Manager. 26
01 77 19 - 2
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION 4
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 6
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 7
3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE 8
A. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, submit: 9
1. Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01 78 39 10
2. Operation and Maintenance Data, if required, in accordance with Section 01 78 23 11
B. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, perform final cleaning in accordance with Section 12
01 74 23. 13
C. Final Inspection 14
1. After final cleaning, provide notice to the Project Manager and their duly appointed 15
representative that the Work is completed. 16
a. City reserves the right to deny request for Final Inspection if City determines 17
that the entire Work is not sufficiently complete to warrant a Final Inspection 18
b. The City will make an initial Final Inspection with the Contractor present. 19
c. Upon completion of this inspection, the City will notify the Contractor, in 20
writing within 10 business days, of any particulars in which this inspection 21
reveals that the Work is defective or incomplete. 22
2. Upon receiving written notice from the City, immediately undertake the Work 23
required to remedy deficiencies and complete the Work to the satisfaction of the 24
City. 25
3. Upon completion of Work associated with the items listed in the City's written 26
notice, inform the City, that the required Work has been completed. Upon receipt 27
of this notice, the City, in the presence of the Contractor, will make a subsequent 28
Final Inspection of the project. 29
4. Provide all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full 30
operation. These special accessory items include, but are not limited to: 31
a. Specified spare parts 32
b. Adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment 33
c. Initial fill up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks 34
d. Light bulbs 35
e. Fuses 36
f. Vault keys 37
g. Handwheels 38
h. Other expendable items as required for initial start-up and operation of all 39
equipment 40
01 77 19 - 3
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
D. Notice of Project Completion 1
1. Once the City Project Representative finds the Work subsequent to Final Inspection 2
to be satisfactory, the City will issue a Notice of Project Completion. 3
E. Supporting Documentation 4
1. Coordinate with the City Project Representative to complete the following 5
additional forms: 6
a. Final Payment Request 7
b. Statement of Contract Time 8
c. Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens 9
d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment 10
F. Letter of Final Acceptance 11
1. Upon review and acceptance of Notice of Project Completion and Supporting 12
Documentation, in accordance with General Conditions, City will issue Letter of 13
Final Acceptance and release the Final Payment Request for payment. 14
G. Warranty Inspection for Wastewater Mains 15
1. A second television inspection conforming to the standards laid out in 16
NCTCOG Item 507.5.2 shall be started by the Contractor no sooner than 630 17
calendar days and finished no later than 690 calendar days after the date of 18
acceptance for the project by the City of Denton. 19
2. The second inspection shall include a complete televised inspection of each 20
manhole interior constructed or installed on the project (including cored 21
manholes). 22
a. Should the second inspection indicate repairs that need to be made, these will 23
be performed by the Contractor at no cost to the City. 24
3. Failure of the Contractor to perform the second inspection or to make repairs 25
indicated by the second inspection shall be sufficient grounds for the City to take 26
action through the terms of the Maintenance Bond for the project to perform the 27
second inspection and make any repairs indicated. 28
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 29
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 30
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 31
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 32
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 33
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 34
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 35
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 36
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 37
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 38
END OF SECTION 39
01 77 19 - 4
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
2
01 78 23 - 1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 78 23 1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Product data and related information appropriate for City's maintenance and 6
operation of products furnished under Contract 7
2. Such products may include, but are not limited to: 8
a. Traffic Controllers 9
b. Irrigation Controllers (to be operated by the City) 10
c. Butterfly Valves 11
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 12
1. None. 13
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 14
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 15
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 16
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17
A. Measurement and Payment 18
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 19
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 20
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 21
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 22
A. Schedule 23
1. Submit manuals in final form to the City within 30 calendar days of product 24
shipment to the project site. 25
1.5 SUBMITTALS 26
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. All submittals shall be 27
approved by the City prior to delivery. 28
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29
A. Submittal Form 30
1. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by City personnel. 31
2. Format 32
a. Size: 8 ½ inches x 11 inches 33
b. Paper 34
1) 40 pound minimum, white, for typed pages 35
2) Holes reinforced with plastic, cloth or metal 36
c. Text: Manufacturer’s printed data, or neatly typewritten 37
01 78 23 - 2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
d. Drawings 1
1) Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text 2
2) Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages. 3
e. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating 4
equipment. 5
1) Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of 6
equipment. 7
2) Provide indexed tabs. 8
f. Cover 9
1) Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND 10
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". 11
2) List: 12
a) Title of Project 13
b) Identity of separate structure as applicable 14
c) Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual 15
3. Binders 16
a. Commercial quality 3-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers 17
b. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent 18
groupings. 19
4. If available, provide an electronic form of the O&M Manual. 20
B. Manual Content 21
1. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order 22
a. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number 23
b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume 24
c. List, with each product: 25
1) The name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor or installer 26
2) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the 27
volume 28
3) Identify area of responsibility of each 29
4) Local source of supply for parts and replacement 30
d. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set 31
forth in Contract Documents. 32
2. Product Data 33
a. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 34
b. Annotate each sheet to: 35
1) Clearly identify specific product or part installed 36
2) Clearly identify data applicable to installation 37
3) Delete references to inapplicable information 38
3. Drawings 39
a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: 40
1) Relations of component parts of equipment and systems 41
2) Control and flow diagrams 42
b. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure 43
correct illustration of completed installation. 44
c. Do not use Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings. 45
4. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 46
a. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 47
b. Provide logical sequence of instructions of each procedure. 48
01 78 23 - 3
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
5. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued 1
a. Provide information sheet for City personnel giving: 2
1) Proper procedures in event of failure 3
2) Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds 4
C. Manual for Materials and Finishes 5
1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form. 6
2. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: 7
a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 8
1) Catalog number, size, composition 9
2) Color and texture designations 10
3) Information required for reordering special manufactured products 11
b. Instructions for care and maintenance 12
1) Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods 13
2) Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to 14
product 15
3) Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance 16
3. Content, for moisture protection and weather exposure products: 17
a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 18
1) Applicable standards 19
2) Chemical composition 20
3) Details of installation 21
b. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair 22
D. Manual for Equipment and Systems 23
1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form. 24
2. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: 25
a. Description of unit and component parts 26
1) Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions 27
2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 28
3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts 29
b. Operating procedures 30
1) Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions 31
2) Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions 32
3) Summer and winter operating instructions 33
4) Special operating instructions 34
c. Maintenance procedures 35
1) Routine operations 36
2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 37
3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 38
4) Alignment, adjusting and checking 39
d. Servicing and lubrication schedule 40
1) List of lubricants required 41
e. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions 42
f. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer 43
1) Predicted life of parts subject to wear 44
2) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts 45
g. As installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer 46
h. Each contractor's coordination drawings 47
1) As installed color coded piping diagrams 48
01 78 23 - 4
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
i. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve 1
j. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and 2
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage 3
k. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 4
3. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: 5
a. Description of system and component parts 6
1) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions 7
2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 8
3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts 9
b. Circuit directories of panelboards 10
1) Electrical service 11
2) Controls 12
3) Communications 13
c. As installed color coded wiring diagrams 14
d. Operating procedures 15
1) Routine and normal operating instructions 16
2) Sequences required 17
3) Special operating instructions 18
e. Maintenance procedures 19
1) Routine operations 20
2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 21
3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 22
4) Adjustment and checking 23
f. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions 24
g. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and 25
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage 26
h. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 27
4. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent 28
during instruction of City's personnel. 29
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 32
A. Provide operation and maintenance data by personnel with the following criteria: 33
1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products 34
2. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data 35
3. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings 36
01 78 23 - 5
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 5
END OF SECTION 6
7
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
8
01 78 39 - 1
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
SECTION 01 78 39 1
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Work associated with the documenting the project and recording changes to project 6
documents, including: 7
a. Record Drawings 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12
2. Division 1 – General Requirements 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 16
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 17
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 18
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 19
1.5 SUBMITTALS 20
A. Prior to submitting a request for Final Inspection, deliver Project Record Documents to 21
Project Manager. 22
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 26
A. Accuracy of Records 27
1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate 28
and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and 29
other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly. 30
2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract 31
Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project 32
Record Documents. 33
3. To facilitate accuracy of records, make entries within 24 hours after receipt of 34
information that the change has occurred. 35
01 78 39 - 2
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
4. Provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and 1
visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and 2
expensive site measurement, investigation and examination. 3
1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING 4
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 5
1. Maintain the job set of Record Documents, which shall include the Drawings and 6
the Project Manual, completely protected from deterioration and from loss and 7
damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the final 8
Project Record Documents. 9
2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data 10
to the City's approval. 11
a. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the 12
Contract Documents. 13
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 14
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16
2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17
2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS 18
A. Job set 19
1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City, at no 20
charge to the Contractor, 1 complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract. 21
B. Final Record Documents 22
1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection, provide 23
the City 1 complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract. 24
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 25
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26
PART 3 - EXECUTION 27
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 28
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 29
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 30
3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS 31
A. Maintenance of Job Set 32
1. Immediately upon receipt of the job set, identify each of the Documents with the 33
title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET". The Job set shall include the 34
Drawings and the Project Manual. 35
01 78 39 - 3
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
2. Preservation 1
a. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions 2
upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination, 3
and the conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a 4
suitable method for protecting the job set. 5
b. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review 6
by the City, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents. 7
c. Maintain the job set at the site of work. 8
3. Coordination with Construction Survey 9
a. At a minimum, in accordance with the intervals set forth in Section 01 71 23, 10
clearly mark any deviations from Contract Documents associated with 11
installation of the infrastructure. 12
4. Making entries on Drawings and Specifications 13
a. Record any deviations from Contract Documents on Drawings and in the 14
Specifications if applicable. 15
b. Use an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the 16
change by graphic line and note as required. 17
c. Date all entries. 18
d. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected. 19
e. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping 20
changes. 21
5. Conversion of schematic layouts 22
a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, 23
ducts, and similar items, are shown schematically and are not intended to 24
portray precise physical layout. 25
1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the 26
City's approval. 27
2) However, design of future modifications of the facility may require 28
accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are 29
shown only schematically on the Drawings. 30
b. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within 1 31
inch, the centerline of each run of items. 32
1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the 33
City's approval. 34
2) Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in 35
ceiling plenum", "exposed", and the like). 36
3) Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related 37
reliably to the Specifications. 38
c. The City may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts 39
where, in the City's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However, 40
do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing 41
by the City. 42
B. Final Project Record Documents 43
1. Transfer of data to Drawings and Specifications 44
a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings and 45
Project Manual if applicable, to the corresponding final documents, 46
coordinating the changes as required. 47
b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of 48
changes made during construction, and the actual location of items. 49
01 78 39 - 4
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised September 20, 2018
c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas 1
affected. 2
d. Make changes neatly, consistently and with the proper media to assure 3
longevity and clear reproduction. 4
2. Transfer of data to other Documents 5
a. If the Documents, other than Drawings, have been kept clean during progress of 6
the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City, 7
the job set of those Documents, other than Drawings, will be accepted as final 8
Record Documents. 9
b. If any such Document is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that 10
Document from the City at the City's usual charge for reproduction and 11
handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval 12
of the City. 13
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 14
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 15
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 16
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 17
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 18
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 19
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 20
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 21
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 22
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 23
END OF SECTION 24
25
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
26
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 02 41 13 1
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Removal and disposal of: 6
a. Steps 7
b. Fence 8
c. Guardrail 9
d. Mailbox 10
e. Riprap 11
f. Stormwater Structure 12
g. Retaining Walls Less Than 4 Feet 13
h. Retaining Walls Greater Than 4 Feet 14
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 15
1. None. 16
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 17
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 18
Contract. 19
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 20
3. Section 02 41 14 – Utility Removal/Abandonment. 21
4. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
A. Measurement and Payment 24
1. Removal of Stairs 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured per square foot of horizontal surfaces only of Removal of Stairs. 27
b. Payment 28
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30
price bid per square foot of horizontal surfaces only for Removal of Stairs. 31
c. The price bid shall include: 32
1) Removal of stairs constructed of any material (i.e. concrete, wood, metal, 33
etc) 34
2) Sawing 35
3) Loading 36
4) Unloading 37
5) Storing 38
6) Hauling 39
7) Disposal 40
8) Clean-up 41
9) Repair adjacent sidewalk or pavement damaged by the removal of steps 42
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Removal of Fence 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per linear foot of Removal of Fence. 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6
price bid per linear foot for Removal of Fence. 7
c. The price bid shall include: 8
1) Removal of all post types 9
2) Removal of all fence types 10
3) Removal of all gate types 11
4) Removal of post foundations 12
5) Loading 13
6) Unloading 14
7) Storing 15
8) Hauling 16
9) Disposal 17
10) Clean-up 18
3. Removal of Guardrail 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measured per linear foot of Removal of Guardrail. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24
price bid per linear foot for Removal of Guardrail. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Removal of all post types 27
2) Removal of all guardrail types 28
3) Removal of post foundations 29
4) Removal of concrete mow strip 30
5) Removal of all end terminal types 31
6) Loading 32
7) Unloading 33
8) Storing 34
9) Hauling 35
10) Disposal 36
11) Clean-up 37
4. Removal of Mailbox 38
a. Measurement 39
1) Measured per each Removal of Mailbox. 40
b. Payment 41
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 42
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 43
price bid per each for Removal of Mailbox. 44
c. The price bid shall include: 45
1) Removal of all post types 46
2) Removal of post foundations 47
3) Removal of all mailbox types 48
4) Removal of mailbox bank 49
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5) Removal of all brick, concrete block, stone façade, or any other decorative 1
and structural material used to construct a mailbox 2
6) Temporary mailbox, mailbox bank, or other form of mail access 3
7) Coordination with USPS and property owner 4
8) Loading 5
9) Unloading 6
10) Storing 7
11) Hauling 8
12) Salvaging or disposal 9
13) Clean-up 10
5. Removal of Riprap 11
a. Measurement 12
1) Measured per square yard of Removal of Riprap 13
b. Payment 14
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 15
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 16
price bid per square yard for Removal of Riprap. 17
c. The price bid shall include: 18
1) Removal of all rock at all sizes and types 19
2) Removal of concrete at all depths 20
3) Removal of reinforcing 21
4) Removal of grout 22
5) Removal of bedding material and filter fabric 23
6) Loading 24
7) Unloading 25
8) Storing 26
9) Hauling 27
10) Salvaging or disposal 28
11) Clean-up 29
6. Removal of Stormwater Structure 30
a. Measurement 31
1) Measured per each Removal of Stormwater Structure 32
b. Payment 33
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 34
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 35
price bid per each for Removal of Stormwater Structure. 36
c. The price bid shall include: 37
1) Removal of all headwalls, wingwalls, and end treatments at all sizes and 38
types 39
2) Removal of concrete at all depths 40
3) Removal of reinforcing 41
4) Removal of grout 42
5) Removal of bedding material and filter fabric 43
6) Loading 44
7) Unloading 45
8) Storing 46
9) Hauling 47
10) Backfilling 48
11) Salvaging or disposal 49
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
12) Clean-up 1
7. Removal of Retaining Wall Less Than 4 Feet 2
a. Measurement 3
1) Measured per linear foot of Removal of Retaining Wall Less Than 4 Feet. 4
b. Payment 5
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 6
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 7
price bid per linear foot for Removal of Retaining Wall Less Than 4 Feet. 8
c. The price bid shall include: 9
1) Removal of footings of all types and depths 10
2) Removal of wall 11
3) Removal of reinforcing 12
4) Shoring wall construction and design (if needed) 13
5) Loading 14
6) Unloading 15
7) Storing 16
8) Hauling 17
9) Salvaging or disposal 18
10) Clean-up 19
8. Removal of Retaining Wall Greater Than 4 Feet 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measured per linear foot of Removal of Retaining Wall Greater Than 4 22
Feet. 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 25
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26
price bid per linear foot for Removal of Retaining Wall Greater Than 4 27
Feet. 28
c. The price bid shall include: 29
1) Removal of footings of all types and depths 30
2) Removal of wall 31
3) Removal of reinforcing 32
4) Shoring wall construction and design (if needed) 33
5) Loading 34
6) Unloading 35
7) Storing 36
8) Hauling 37
9) Salvaging or disposal 38
10) Clean-up 39
1.3 REFERENCES 40
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 41
1. MUTCD – Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices 42
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 43
A. Sequencing 44
45
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Sidewalk Construction 1
a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities: 2
1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 3
a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 4
route that has been signed and sealed by a registered professional 5
engineer to City for review. 6
2) The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 7
Control items included with the project. 8
b. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 9
State, and local guidelines. 10
c. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 11
1.5 SUBMITTALS 12
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 13
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 14
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 15
A. Shop Drawings 16
1. Temporary Shoring Design 17
a. Submit a temporary shoring design for review and approval prior to removal of 18
retaining walls or any other removal activities requiring a shoring wall. 19
b. The design of a shoring wall is considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid 20
item. 21
c. Provide a signed and sealed shoring wall design by an engineer licensed in the 22
state of Texas for all shoring walls unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 23
or directed by City. 24
B. Informational Submittal 25
1. Equipment Information 26
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 27
1) Equipment name 28
2) Size 29
3) Intended use 30
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 33
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 34
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 35
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 36
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 37
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 38
2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 39
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5
3.3 PREPARATION 6
A. Surface Preparation 7
1. Verify all removal limits prior to construction unless otherwise directed by the City. 8
3.4 SITE DEMOLITION 9
A. Disposal of materials 10
1. Accept ownership and dispose of all materials removed. 11
2. Dispose of all material in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and 12
regulations. 13
3. The disposal of any material removed as part of Selective Site Demolition is 14
considered subsidiary to the applicable items. 15
B. Removal of Stairs 16
1. Sawing 17
a. Perform sawing activities for concrete paving and sidewalk in accordance with 18
Section 02 41 15. 19
2. Minimum Limits of Stair Removal 20
a. If adjacent stairs are to remain, remove stair to the nearest whole stair. Do not 21
saw cut an existing stair. 22
b. If stairs to be removed are adjacent to a sidewalk, remove stairs to the nearest 23
sidewalk joint. 24
C. Removal of Fence 25
1. Remove all fence components above and below ground. 26
2. Backfill holes with acceptable fill material. 27
3. Compact per Drawings. 28
4. Use caution in removing any fence material. 29
5. Coordinate with property owners as needed to maintain a fenced area at all times 30
especially when animals are kept within the fencing. 31
6. Contractor is responsible for maintaining fencing and installing temporary fencing 32
as needed during construction. 33
7. Contractor is responsible for providing fencing at all times. 34
8. Installing and removing temporary fencing when necessary is subsidiary to 35
Removal of Fence. 36
D. Removal of Guardrail 37
1. Remove rail elements in original lengths. 38
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Remove fittings from the posts and the metal rail prior to removing the posts. Once 1
the fittings and metal railing is removed, remove the posts. 2
3. Remove and replace any guardrail to remain that is damaged during construction 3
activities at no cost to the City. 4
4. Completely remove posts and any paving material surrounding the posts. 5
5. Backfill any holes with acceptable fill material. 6
E. Removal of Mailbox 7
1. Advance Coordination: 8
a. Coordinate with property owner prior to removal of mailbox. 9
b. Coordinate with local post office prior to removal. Provide approach and access 10
space in accordance to post office requirements. 11
c. Provide the City and the property owner with a written confirmation of the 12
timeframe. 13
2. For non-custom or decorative postal mailboxes, salvage existing materials for 14
reuse. 15
3. For all custom and/or decorative mailboxes: 16
a. Replace the custom mailbox with a standard post office approved mailbox. No 17
custom mailboxes will be constructed unless specified in the Drawings or 18
directed by the City. 19
b. If property owner wishes to remove or salvage a custom mailbox, determine an 20
agreed upon timeframe with the City, the Contractor, and the property owner 21
for removal. 22
4. The Contractor is responsible for providing a temporary mailbox during 23
construction for any mailbox that is proposed to be removed and relocated, 24
reinstalled, or replaced. 25
5. Maintain mailbox and/or mail delivery for duration of project. No separate pay will 26
be provided. 27
F. Removal of Riprap 28
1. Remove concrete riprap to the nearest joint. 29
2. Conform to concrete sawing requirements in Section 02 41 15. 30
G. Removal of Stormwater Structure 31
1. Remove entire structure or to the nearest joint as specified in the Drawings. 32
2. Removal includes all components of the stormwater structure including footings, 33
toe walls, and mitered RCP ends. 34
a. In accordance with concrete sawing requirements in Section 02 41 15. 35
b. In accordance with utility pipe removal requirements in Section 02 41 14. 36
3. Provide temporary erosion control protection for adjacent side slopes, drainage 37
channels, and ditches. Temporary erosion control is considered subsidiary to the 38
Removal of Stormwater Structures. 39
4. Repair any portion of remaining structure that is damaged as a result of removal 40
activities. 41
5. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 42
6. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment unless 43
approved in writing by City. 44
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7. Use pneumatic or hydraulic tools for final removal of concrete at the removal 1
limits. 2
8. Use removal equipment that will not damage any remaining portion of the 3
stormwater structure. 4
H. Removal of Retaining Wall Less Than 4 Feet 5
1. Any decorative or landscape retaining wall within the City’s right-of-way will not 6
be replaced unless required for grading purposes. 7
2. A retaining wall is required if the slope to tie back to existing ground within the 8
City’s right-of-way is steeper than 4:1. 9
3. If a retaining wall is required: 10
a. Determine if a retaining wall is required before removing any decorative or 11
landscape retaining walls. 12
b. Request approval from City before removing decorative or landscape retaining 13
wall. 14
4. If a retaining wall is not required: 15
a. Remove any decorative or landscape retaining wall within the City’s right-of-16
way and re-grade to a maximum of 4:1 slope. 17
b. Do not replace the decorative or landscape retaining wall. 18
5. Remove wall to the nearest existing joint where possible. If not possible, obtain 19
approval from the City for removal limits. 20
6. In accordance with concrete sawing requirements in Section 02 41 15. 21
7. Removal includes all components of the retaining wall. 22
8. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 23
9. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment unless 24
approved in writing. 25
10. Use pneumatic or hydraulic tools for final removal of concrete at the removal 26
limits. 27
11. Use removal equipment that will not damage any remaining portion of the retaining 28
wall. 29
12. Construct an approved shoring wall when necessary to provide a safe environment 30
for workers and the travelling public. 31
I. Removal of Retaining Wall Greater Than 4 Feet 32
1. Remove wall to the nearest existing joint. 33
2. In accordance with concrete sawing requirements in Section 02 41 15. 34
3. Removal includes all components of the retaining wall including footings. 35
4. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 36
5. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment unless 37
approved in writing. 38
6. Use pneumatic or hydraulic tools for final removal of concrete at the removal 39
limits. 40
7. Use removal equipment that will not damage any remaining portion of the retaining 41
wall. 42
8. Construct an approved shoring wall when necessary to provide a safe environment 43
for workers and the travelling public. 44
02 41 13
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.5 REPAIR 1
A. Repair the following at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due to Selective Site 2
Demolition activities: 3
1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement 4
2. Adjacent sidewalk 5
3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter 6
4. Remining portions of stormwater structures 7
5. Remaining portions of retaining walls 8
6. Subgrade or base material 9
7. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances 10
8. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 11
9. Landscape beds or planters 12
10. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 13
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 14
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 16
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 17
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 18
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 19
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 20
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 21
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 22
END OF SECTION 23
24
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
25
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 1 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 02 41 14 1
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Removal, abandonment, or salvaging of the following utilities: 6
a. General Utility Items: 7
1) Utility Line Abandonment by Grout Fill – Water, Sanitary Sewer, 8
Stormwater 9
2) Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench – Water, Sanitary Sewer, 10
Stormwater 11
3) Utility Line Removal, Same Trench – Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 12
4) Utility Manhole Abandonment – Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 13
5) Utility Manhole Removal – Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 14
6) Plugging of Utility Lines – Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 15
7) Utility Junction Structure Removal – Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 16
b. Water Specific Items: 17
1) Water Valve Removal 18
2) Water Valve Removal and Salvage 19
3) Water Valve Abandonment 20
4) Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage 21
5) Water Meter Removal and Salvage 22
6) Concrete Water Vault Removal 23
7) Cathodic Test Station Abandonment 24
c. Stormwater Specific Items: 25
1) Stormwater Inlet Removal 26
2) Headwall/SET Removal 27
3) Trench Drain Removal 28
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 29
1. None. 30
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 31
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 32
Contract. 33
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 34
3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 35
4. Section 33 05 15 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate. 36
5. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 37
6. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 38
7. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 39
8. Section 33 14 12 – Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped Steel Cylinder Type. 40
9. Section 33 14 13 – Buried Steel Pipe 41
42
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 2 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1
A. Measurement and Payment 2
1. General Utility Items 3
a. Utility Line Abandonment by Grout Fill 4
1) Measurement 5
a) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of existing utility line 6
to be abandoned. 7
2) Payment 8
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 9
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 10
at the unit price bid per linear foot for “Grout Fill Utility Line” for: 11
(1) Various Sizes. 12
3) The price bid shall include: 13
a) Dewatering (as required) 14
b) Disposal of sewage (as required) 15
c) Furnishing and installing low density cellular grout or CLSM 16
d) Water 17
e) Pavement Removal 18
f) Excavation 19
g) Hauling 20
h) Disposal of excess materials 21
i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 22
j) Clean-up 23
b. Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench 24
1) Measurement 25
a) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of existing utility line 26
to be removed. 27
2) Payment 28
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 29
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 30
at the unit price bid per linear foot for “Remove Utility Line” for: 31
(1) Various Sizes. 32
3) The price bid shall include: 33
a) Dewatering (as required) 34
b) Disposal of sewage (as required) 35
c) Pavement Removal 36
d) Excavation 37
e) Hauling 38
f) Disposal of excess materials 39
g) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 40
h) Clean-up 41
c. Utility Line Removal, Same Trench 42
1) Measurement 43
a) This item is considered subsidiary to the proposed utility line being 44
installed. 45
2) Payment 46
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 47
item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of utility pipe 48
installed. 49
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 3 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Utility Manhole Abandonment 1
1) Measurement 2
a) Measured per each manhole to be abandoned. 3
2) Payment 4
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 5
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 6
at the unit price bid per each “Abandon Utility Manhole” for: 7
(1) Various diameters. 8
3) The price bid shall include: 9
a) Disposal of sewage (as required) 10
b) Removal and disposal of manhole cone 11
c) Removal and disposal of frame and cover 12
d) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines 13
e) Concrete 14
f) Sand 15
g) Pavement removal 16
h) Excavation 17
i) Hauling 18
j) Disposal of excess materials 19
k) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 20
l) Surface restoration 21
m) Clean-up 22
e. Utility Manhole Removal 23
1) Measurement 24
a) Measured per each manhole to be removed. 25
2) Payment 26
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 27
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 28
at the unit price bid per each “Remove Utility Manhole” for: 29
(1) Various diameters. 30
3) The price bid shall include: 31
a) Disposal of sewage (as required) 32
b) Removal and disposal of manhole 33
c) Removal and disposal of frame and cover 34
d) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines 35
e) Pavement removal 36
f) Excavation 37
g) Hauling 38
h) Disposal of excess materials 39
i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 40
j) Surface restoration 41
k) Clean-up 42
f. Plugging of Utility Lines 43
1) Measurement 44
a) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 45
2) Payment 46
a) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with 47
this item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for all “Utility Line 48
Plugging”. 49
50
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 4 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) The price bid shall include: 1
a) Furnishing and installing all utility line pressure plugs 2
b) Furnishing and installing all utility line abandonment plugs 3
c) Ductile iron fittings (for pressure plugs) 4
d) Gaskets (for pressure plugs) 5
e) Nuts and bolts (for pressure plugs) 6
f) Pavement removal 7
g) Excavation 8
h) Hauling 9
i) Disposal of excess material 10
j) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 11
k) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 12
l) Disinfection (for pressure plugs) 13
m) Testing (for pressure plugs) 14
n) CLSM (for abandonment plugs) 15
o) Clean-up 16
g. Utility Junction Structure Removal 17
1) Measurement 18
a) Measured per each junction structure to be removed. 19
2) Payment 20
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 21
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 22
at the unit price bid per each “Remove Utility Junction Structure”. 23
3) The price bid shall include: 24
a) Disposal of sewage (as required) 25
b) Removal and disposal of junction structure 26
c) Removal and disposal of frames and covers 27
d) Removal and disposal of hatches 28
e) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines 29
f) Pavement removal 30
g) Excavation 31
h) Hauling 32
i) Disposal of excess materials 33
j) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 34
k) Surface restoration 35
l) Clean-up 36
2. Water Specific Items 37
a. Water Valve Removal 38
1) Measurement 39
a) Measured per each water valve to be removed. 40
2) Payment 41
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 42
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 43
at the unit price bid per each “Remove Water Valve” for: 44
(1) Various sizes. 45
3) The price bid shall include: 46
a) Removal and disposal of valve 47
b) Removal and disposal of valve box 48
c) Removal and disposal of water sampling station (if required) 49
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 5 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d) Removal and disposal of water manhole, frame, cover, and grade rings 1
(if required) 2
e) CLSM 3
f) Pavement removal 4
g) Excavation 5
h) Hauling 6
i) Disposal of excess materials 7
j) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 8
k) Clean-up 9
b. Water Valve Removal and Salvage 10
1) Measurement 11
a) Measured per each water valve to be removed and salvaged. 12
2) Payment 13
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 14
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 15
at the unit price bid per each “Salvage Water Valve” for: 16
(1) Various sizes. 17
3) The price bid shall include: 18
a) Removal and salvage of valve 19
b) Removal and disposal of valve box 20
c) Removal and disposal of water sampling station (if required) 21
d) Removal and disposal of water manhole, frame, cover, and grade rings 22
(if required) 23
e) CLSM 24
f) Delivery to City 25
g) Pavement removal 26
h) Excavation 27
i) Hauling 28
j) Disposal of excess materials 29
k) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 30
l) Clean-up 31
c. Water Valve Abandonment 32
1) Measurement 33
a) Measured per each water valve to be abandoned. 34
2) Payment 35
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 36
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 37
at the unit price bid per each “Abandon Water Valve” for: 38
(1) Various sizes. 39
3) The price bid shall include: 40
a) Abandonment of valve 41
b) Removal and disposal of valve box 42
c) Removal and disposal of water sampling station (if required) 43
d) CLSM 44
e) Pavement removal 45
f) Excavation 46
g) Hauling 47
h) Disposal of excess materials 48
i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 49
j) Clean-up 50
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 6 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage 1
1) Measurement 2
a) Measured per each fired hydrant to be removed and salvaged. 3
2) Payment 4
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 5
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 6
at the unit price bid per each “Salvage Fire Hydrant”. 7
3) The price bid shall include: 8
a) Removal of fire hydrant 9
b) Salvage of fire hydrant (if required) 10
c) Delivery to City (if required) 11
d) Disposal of fire hydrant (if required) 12
e) Pavement removal 13
f) Excavation 14
g) Hauling 15
h) Disposal of excess materials 16
i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 17
j) Clean-up 18
e. Water Meter Removal and Salvage 19
1) Measurement 20
a) Measured per each water meter to be removed and salvaged. 21
2) Payment 22
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 23
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 24
at the unit price bid per each “Salvage Water Meter”. 25
3) The price bid shall include: 26
a) Coordination with City for City performed disconnection, removal, and 27
salvage of water meter 28
b) Removal of existing water meter box 29
c) Salvage of existing water meter lid and delivery to City 30
d) Pavement removal 31
e) Excavation 32
f) Hauling 33
g) Disposal of excess materials 34
h) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 35
i) Clean-up 36
f. Concrete Water Vault Removal 37
1) Measurement 38
a) Measured per each junction structure to be removed. 39
2) Payment 40
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 41
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 42
at the unit price bid per each “Remove Concrete Water Vault”. 43
3) The price bid shall include: 44
a) Coordination with City for City performed disconnection, removal, and 45
salvage of water meter (if applicable) 46
b) Removal, salvage, and delivery of valves/meters to City (if applicable) 47
c) Removal and disposal of all piping, fittings, and other appurtenances (if 48
applicable) 49
d) Removal and disposal of manhole 50
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 7 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e) Removal and disposal of vault 1
f) Removal and disposal of hatches 2
g) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines 3
h) Pavement removal 4
i) Excavation 5
j) Hauling 6
k) Disposal of excess materials 7
l) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 8
m) Surface restoration 9
n) Clean-up 10
g. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment 11
1) Measurement 12
a) Measured per each cathodic test station to be abandoned. 13
2) Payment 14
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 15
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 16
at the unit price bid per each “Abandon Cathodic Test Station”. 17
3) The price bid shall include: 18
a) Abandon cathodic test station 19
b) CLSM 20
c) Pavement removal 21
d) Excavation 22
e) Hauling 23
f) Disposal of excess materials 24
g) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 25
h) Clean-up 26
3. Stormwater Specific Items 27
a. Stormwater Inlet Removal 28
1) Measurement 29
a) Measured per each stormwater inlet to be removed. 30
2) Payment 31
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 32
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 33
at the unit price bid per each “Remove Storm Inlet”. 34
3) The price bid shall include: 35
a) Removal and disposal of inlet 36
b) Pavement removal 37
c) Excavation 38
d) Hauling 39
e) Disposal of excess materials 40
f) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 41
g) Clean-up 42
b. Headwall/SET Removal 43
1) Measurement 44
a) Measured per each headwall or safety end treatment (SET) to be 45
removed. 46
2) Payment 47
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 48
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 49
at the unit price bid per each “Remove Headwall/SET”. 50
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 8 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) The price bid shall include: 1
a) Removal and disposal of Headwall/SET 2
b) Pavement removal 3
c) Excavation 4
d) Hauling 5
e) Disposal of excess materials 6
f) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 7
g) Clean-up 8
c. Trench Drain Removal 9
1) Measurement 10
a) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of existing trench drain 11
to be removed. 12
2) Payment 13
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 14
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 15
at the unit price bid per linear foot of “Remove Trench Drain”. 16
3) The price bid shall include: 17
a) Removal and disposal of trench drain 18
b) Pavement removal 19
c) Excavation 20
d) Hauling 21
e) Disposal of excess materials 22
f) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 23
g) Clean-up 24
1.3 REFERENCES 25
A. Abbreviations 26
1. CLSM – Controlled Low Strength Material 27
B. Definitions 28
1. Pressure Plug – Plugging of an existing pressurized pipeline to remain in service 29
with fitting, blind flange, or welded plug, as applicable. 30
2. Abandonment Plug – Plugging of an existing gravity or pressurized pipeline to be 31
abandoned with CLSM. 32
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 33
A. Coordination 34
1. Contact Project Manager and Water Utilities for coordination of salvaged material 35
return. 36
1.5 SUBMITTALS 37
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 38
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 39
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 40
A. Special Procedure Submittals 41
1. Utility Abandonment by Grout Fill Plan: 42
a. Grout fill narrative 43
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 9 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Grout port locations 1
c. Calculations demonstrating proposed volume of grout 2
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 6
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 7
1. Protect and salvage all materials such that no damage occurs during delivery to 8
City. 9
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 10
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 11
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 12
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 13
2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 14
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 15
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 16
PART 3 - EXECUTION 17
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 18
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 19
3.3 PREPARATION 20
A. Coordinate with Water Utilities prior to abandonment of existing water or sanitary 21
sewer lines to determine whether all existing services have been removed. 22
3.4 REMOVAL, SALVAGE, AND ABANDONMENT 23
A. General Utility Items 24
1. Utility Line Abandonment by Grout Fill 25
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 26
b. Dewater existing line to be grouted. 27
c. Dispose of any sewage from existing line to be grouted for sanitary sewer lines. 28
d. Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 15 29
or CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 30
e. Dispose of any excess material. 31
2. Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench 32
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 33
b. Dewater existing line to be removed. 34
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 10 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Dispose of any sewage from existing line to be removed for sanitary sewer 1
lines. 2
d. Cut any service, lateral, or main connections prior to removal. 3
e. Remove existing utility line and properly dispose of as approved by City. 4
3. Utility Manhole Abandonment 5
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 6
b. Remove and dispose of existing frame, cover, grade rings, and manhole cone 7
section. 8
c. Cut and plug existing service, lateral, and main lines with 2000 psi concrete in 9
accordance with Section 03 30 00. 10
d. Backfill manhole with utility sand in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 11
4. Utility Manhole Removal 12
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 13
b. Remove and dispose of existing frame, cover, and grade rings. 14
c. Dispose of any sewage from existing manhole for sanitary sewer manholes. 15
d. Demolish and remove entire concrete manhole. 16
e. Plug existing service, lateral, and main lines with abandonment plugs. 17
5. Plugging of Utility Lines 18
a. Water Line Pressure Plugs 19
1) Ductile Iron and PVC C900 Water Lines 20
a) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 21
b) Plug line with MJ Plug with mechanical restraint and blocking in 22
accordance with Section 33 14 10. 23
2) Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar Wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type Water Lines 24
a) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 25
b) Plug line using: 26
(1) Fabricated plug restrained by welding in accordance with Section 27
33 14 12; or 28
(2) Blind flange in accordance with Section 33 14 12. 29
3) Buried Steel Water Lines 30
a) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 31
b) Plug line using: 32
(1) Fabricated plug restrained by welding in accordance with Section 33
33 14 13; or 34
(2) Blind flange in accordance with Section 33 14 13. 35
b. Utility Line Abandonment Plugs 36
1) Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 37
2) Dispose of any sewage for sanitary sewer lines. 38
3) Install bulkhead sufficient to retain CLSM plug before it has cured. 39
4) Backfill trench adjacent to pipe plug with CLSM to top of pipe. 40
5) Plug minimum 2 feet of existing pipe with CLSM in accordance with 41
Section 03 34 14. 42
a) Pressure plugs may be used for water line abandonment plugs as an 43
acceptable alternative. 44
6. Utility Junction Structure Removal 45
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 46
b. Remove and dispose of existing frame, cover, hatch, and grade rings. 47
c. Dispose of any sewage from existing manhole for sanitary sewer manholes. 48
d. Demolish and remove entire concrete structure. 49
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 11 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Plug existing service, lateral, and main lines with abandonment plugs. 1
B. Water Items 2
1. Water Valve Removal 3
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 4
b. Remove and dispose of valve box. 5
c. Remove and dispose of valve bonnet, wedge, and stem. 6
d. Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 7
2. Water Valve Removal and Salvage 8
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 9
b. Remove and dispose of valve box. 10
c. Remove valve bonnet, wedge, and stem, and deliver to the City as directed by 11
City Inspector. 12
d. Protect salvaged materials from damage. 13
e. Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 14
3. Water Valve Abandonment 15
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 16
b. Remove the top 2 feet of the valve stack and any valve extensions. 17
c. Fill the remaining valve stack with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 18
4. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage 19
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 20
b. Remove fire hydrant. 21
c. Install abandonment plug on fire hydrant lead line. 22
d. Deliver salvaged fire hydrant to the City as directed by City. 23
e. Protect salvaged materials from damage. 24
5. Water Meter Removal and Salvage 25
a. Coordinate with City to have City remove and salvage water meter. 26
1) Contractor shall not remove water meter. 27
b. Remove and dispose of curb stop, and meter boxes. 28
c. Remove and salvage meter box lid and deliver to City as directed by City 29
Inspector. 30
d. Crimp abandoned service lines. 31
e. Backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 32
6. Concrete Water Vault Removal 33
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 34
b. Coordinate with City to have City remove and salvage water meter if 35
applicable. 36
1) Contractor shall not remove water meter. 37
c. Remove and salvage valve, if applicable. 38
d. Remove and salvage vault lid. 39
e. Remove and salvage test stations. 40
f. Protect salvaged materials from damage. 41
g. Remove and dispose of piping and other appurtenances. 42
h. Deliver salvaged material to City as directed by City Inspector. 43
i. Demolish and remove entire concrete water vault. 44
j. Plug existing service and main lines with abandonment plugs. 45
k. Dispose of excess materials. 46
7. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment 47
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 48
02 41 14
UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 12 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Remove top 2 feet of the cathodic test station stack and contents. 1
c. Fill any remaining voids with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 2
C. Stormwater Items 3
1. Stormwater Inlet Removal 4
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 5
b. Demolish and remove entire concrete inlet. 6
c. Plug existing lateral and main lines with abandonment plugs. 7
2. Headwall/SET Removal 8
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 9
b. Demolish and remove concrete headwall/SET. 10
c. Plug existing lateral and main lines with abandonment plugs. 11
3. Trench Drain Removal 12
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 13
b. Remove and dispose of existing pipe. 14
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 15
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 16
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 17
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 20
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 21
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 22
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 23
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 24
END OF SECTION 25
26
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
27
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 1 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 02 41 15 1
PAVING REMOVAL 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Construction methods for 6
a. Remove Concrete Pavement 7
b. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter 8
c. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter 9
d. Remove Sidewalk 10
e. Remove Curb Ramp 11
f. Remove Asphalt Pavement 12
g. Remove Driveway 13
h. Remove Brick Pavers 14
i. Remove Permeable Pavers 15
j. Wedge Milling 16
k. Surface Milling 17
l. Butt Joint Milling 18
m. Pavement Pulverization 19
n. Obliterate Abandoned Road 20
o. Pavement Removal for Utility Trenching 21
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 22
1. None. 23
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 24
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 25
Contract. 26
2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 27
3. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sedimentation Control. 28
4. Section 32 01 17 – Flexible Pavement Repair. 29
5. Section 32 01 29 – Rigid Paving Repair. 30
6. Section 32 11 33 – Cement Treated Base Courses. 31
7. Section 34 71 13 – Traffic Control. 32
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 33
A. Measurement and Payment 34
1. Remove Concrete Pavement 35
a. Measurement 36
1) Measured per square yard from back of curb to back of curb or edge of 37
concrete to edge of concrete for existing concrete pavement for all 38
thicknesses. 39
b. Payment 40
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 2 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2
price bid per square yard for “Remove Concrete Pavement.” 3
c. The price bid shall include: 4
1) Sawing and breaking the material 5
2) Removal of monolithic concrete curb and concrete pavement 6
3) Loading 7
4) Unloading 8
5) Storing 9
6) Hauling 10
7) Salvaging or disposing 11
8) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of concrete 12
2. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter 13
a. Measurement 14
1) Measured per linear foot of “Remove Curb and Gutter.” 15
b. Payment 16
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 17
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 18
price bid per linear foot for “Remove Curb and Gutter.” 19
c. The price bid shall include: 20
1) Sawing and breaking the material 21
2) Removal of concrete curb and gutter 22
3) Cleaning 23
4) Loading 24
5) Unloading 25
6) Storing 26
7) Hauling 27
8) Salvaging or disposing 28
9) Repair adjacent pavement and curb and gutter damaged by the removal of 29
curb and gutter 30
3. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter 31
a. Measurement 32
1) Measured per square yard of “Remove Concrete Valley Gutter.” 33
b. Payment 34
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 35
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 36
price bid per square yard for “Remove Concrete Valley Gutter.” 37
c. The price bid shall include: 38
1) Sawing and breaking the material 39
2) Removal of concrete valley gutter 40
3) Cleaning 41
4) Loading 42
5) Unloading 43
6) Storing 44
7) Hauling 45
8) Salvaging or disposing 46
9) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of concrete valley 47
gutter 48
49
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 3 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Remove Sidewalk 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per square foot of “Remove Sidewalk.” 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6
price bid per square foot for “Remove Sidewalk.” 7
c. The price bid shall include: 8
1) The removal of integral sidewalk walls 9
2) The removal of landscape walls adjacent to sidewalk less than 3 feet in 10
height 11
3) Sawing and breaking the material 12
4) Cleaning 13
5) Loading 14
6) Unloading 15
7) Storing 16
8) Hauling 17
9) Salvaging or disposing 18
10) Repair to adjacent curb or curb and gutter damaged by the removal of 19
sidewalk 20
5. Remove Curb Ramp 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measured per each of “Remove Curb Ramp.” 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 25
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26
price bid per each for “Remove Curb Ramp” for: 27
a) Various types. 28
c. The price bid shall include: 29
1) Removal of curb ramp, curb ramp curbs, flares, and detectable warning tiles 30
2) Sawing and breaking the material 31
3) Loading 32
4) Unloading 33
5) Storing 34
6) Hauling 35
7) Salvaging or disposing 36
8) Repair to adjacent curb, curb and gutter, or sidewalk damaged by the 37
removal of curb ramp 38
6. Remove Asphalt Pavement 39
a. Measurement 40
1) Measured per square yard from gutter edge to gutter edge or edge to edge 41
of existing asphalt pavement for all thicknesses. 42
b. Payment 43
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 44
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 45
price bid per square yard for “Remove Asphalt Pavement.” 46
c. The price bid shall include: 47
1) Sawing 48
2) Breaking the material 49
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 4 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) Removal of asphalt pavement 1
4) Loading 2
5) Unloading 3
6) Storing 4
7) Hauling 5
8) Salvaging or disposing 6
9) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of asphalt 7
7. Remove Driveway 8
a. Measurement 9
1) Measured per square foot of “Remove Driveway.” 10
b. Payment 11
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 12
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 13
price bid per square foot for “Remove Driveway” for: 14
a) Various pavement types (gravel, concrete, asphalt, pavers). 15
c. The price bid shall include: 16
1) Sawing 17
2) Breaking the material 18
3) Removal of driveway material 19
4) Loading 20
5) Unloading 21
6) Storing 22
7) Hauling 23
8) Salvaging or disposing 24
9) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of the driveway 25
8. Remove Brick Pavers 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measured per square foot of “Remove Brick Pavers.” 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31
price bid per square foot for “Remove Brick Pavers.” 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Full-depth removal of bricks and any brick base material to existing 34
subgrade. 35
2) Sawing 36
3) Breaking the material 37
4) Removal of brick pavers 38
5) Cleaning 39
6) Loading 40
7) Unloading 41
8) Storing 42
9) Hauling 43
10) Disposal 44
11) Salvage and delivery to City, if required 45
12) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of bricks 46
9. Remove Permeable Pavers 47
a. Measurement 48
1) Measured per square foot of “Remove Permeable Pavers.” 49
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 5 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3
price bid per square foot for “Remove Permeable Pavers.” 4
c. The price bid shall include: 5
1) Full-depth removal of any permeable pavers and paver base material to 6
existing subgrade or compacted soil. 7
2) Sawing 8
3) Breaking the material 9
4) Removal of permeable pavers 10
5) Cleaning 11
6) Loading 12
7) Unloading 13
8) Storing 14
9) Hauling 15
10) Disposal 16
11) Salvage and delivery to City, if required 17
12) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of permeable pavers 18
10. Wedge Milling 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measured per square yard of “Wedge Milling.” 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24
price bid per square yard for “Wedge Milling.” 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Milling 27
2) Rolling 28
3) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement 29
4) Cleaning 30
5) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings 31
6) Loading 32
7) Unloading 33
8) Storing 34
9) Hauling 35
10) Salvaging or disposing 36
11) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by wedge milling 37
11. Surface Milling 38
a. Measurement 39
1) Measured square yard of “Surface Milling.” 40
b. Payment 41
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 42
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 43
price bid per square yard for “Surface Milling.” 44
c. The price bid shall include: 45
1) Milling 46
2) Rolling 47
3) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement 48
4) Cleaning 49
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 6 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings 1
6) Loading 2
7) Unloading 3
8) Storing 4
9) Hauling 5
10) Salvaging or disposing 6
11) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by surface milling 7
12. Butt Joint Milling 8
a. Measurement 9
1) Measured per linear foot of “Butt Milling.” 10
b. Payment 11
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 12
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 13
price bid per linear feet for “Butt Milling.” 14
c. The price bid shall include: 15
1) Milling 16
2) Rolling 17
3) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement 18
4) Cleaning 19
5) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings 20
6) Loading 21
7) Unloading 22
8) Storing 23
9) Hauling 24
10) Salvaging or disposing 25
11) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by butt milling 26
13. Pavement Pulverization 27
a. Measurement 28
1) Measured per square yard of “Pavement Pulverization.” 29
b. Payment 30
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32
price bid per square yard for “Pavement Pulverization.” 33
c. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Pulverization 35
2) Base undercutting 36
3) Mixing and compaction 37
4) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings 38
5) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement 39
6) Temporary removal and stockpiling of pulverized material 40
7) Loading 41
8) Unloading 42
9) Storing 43
10) Hauling 44
11) Salvaging or disposing 45
12) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by pavement pulverization 46
14. Obliterate Abandoned Road 47
a. Measurement 48
1) Measured per square yard of “Obliterate Abandoned Road.” 49
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 7 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3
price bid per square yard for “Obliterate Abandoned Road.” 4
c. The price bid shall include: 5
1) Salvaging and replacing topsoil 6
2) Furnishing and installing any new topsoil 7
3) Removal of abandoned structures within the roadway 8
4) Scarifying, mixing, and shaping abandoned roadway 9
5) Sodding 10
6) Removal of any material or items specified under Obliterate 11
7) Loading 12
8) Unloading 13
9) Storing 14
10) Hauling 15
11) Salvaging or disposing 16
12) Clean-up 17
15. Pavement Removal for Utility Trenching 18
a. Measurement 19
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the installation of water, wastewater, 20
or stormwater piping. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water, wastewater, or 24
stormwater piping installed. 25
1.3 REFERENCES 26
A. Abbreviations 27
1. HMA – Hot-mix Asphalt 28
B. Reference Standards 29
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 30
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 31
unless a date is specifically cited. 32
2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 33
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 34
A. Sequencing 35
1. Sidewalk Construction 36
a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities: 37
1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 38
a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 39
route that has been signed and sealed by a registered professional 40
engineer to the City for review. 41
b. The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 42
Control items included with the project. 43
c. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 44
State, and local guidelines. 45
d. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 46
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 8 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Pavement Removal 1
a. Install traffic control devices prior to removal of pavement per the Drawings. 2
b. If no traffic control plan is provided, submit a traffic control plan that has been 3
signed and sealed by a registered professional engineer to the City for review. 4
B. Pre-removal Meeting 5
1. Hold a preinstallation meeting prior to performing any tasks included under Paving 6
Removal. Invite the City and appropriate representatives. The following items will 7
be reviewed and discussed at the meeting: 8
a. All removal limits for any pavement to be removed 9
b. Concrete paving removal method 10
1.5 SUBMITTALS 11
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 12
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 13
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 14
A. Informational Submittal: 15
1. Equipment Information 16
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 17
1) Equipment name 18
2) Size 19
3) Intended use 20
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 23
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 24
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 28
2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 29
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 30
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 31
PART 3 - EXECUTION 32
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 33
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 34
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 9 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION 1
A. Site Preparation 2
1. Mark all pavement removal limits prior to construction. 3
2. City will review and provide direction to Contractor, regarding proposed limits 4
prior to saw cutting, milling, or any other pavement removal activities. 5
3. For maintenance projects, the City will mark the limits of Paving Removal prior to 6
construction. 7
3.4 PAVEMENT REMOVAL 8
A. Sawing 9
1. Full-depth saw cut all pavement to be removed. 10
2. Make a clean, smooth cut producing a groove 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch wide and full 11
depth. 12
3. Any saw cut wider than 1/4 inch will not be accepted. 13
4. Re-saw pavement edge after pavement is removed as many times as necessary to 14
provide a smooth, neat, straight pavement edge free from chips or gouges. 15
Contractor to re-saw a minimum of one time. 16
5. If a saw cut falls within 5 feet of an existing joint, pavement edge, or edge of gutter, 17
remove paving to the nearest joint, pavement edge, or gutter edge. 18
6. Minimize dust and residue from entering the atmosphere by using water, vacuums, 19
or other approved dust reducing measures. 20
7. Utilize erosion control measures to prevent dust and residue from entering the 21
storm drain system in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 22
8. Use care to prevent fracturing or spalling of adjacent existing pavement. Repair any 23
damage done to the existing pavement due to saw cutting or pavement removal in 24
accordance with Sections 32 01 17 or 32 01 29 at no cost to the City. 25
B. Remove Concrete Paving 26
1. Saw Cut 27
a. In accordance with this Section. 28
2. Minimum Limits of Removal 29
a. Parallel to the Centerline 30
1) Minimum cut along street path is: 31
a) 5 feet in total length 32
b) 1 foot from the edge of the trench 33
b. Perpendicular to the Center Line – Multiple Lanes 34
1) Remove full panel of one lane width if trench or repairs are contained 35
within the lane. 36
2) For locations where two or more lanes are affected, remove the full width 37
of affected lanes. 38
3) Maintain minimum gutter width of 2 feet from back of curb at all times. 39
c. Perpendicular to the Center Line – Single Lane 40
1) General: 41
a) 1 foot from the edge of the trench 42
b) Minimum gutter width is 2 feet from back of curb. 43
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 10 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c) Remove curb if trench edge or repair is closer than 2 feet from back of 1
curb. 2
2) Concrete alley or residential street less than 30 feet wide: 3
a) Remove pavement from centerline to back of curb. Curb will be 4
considered subsidiary to removal of pavement. 5
3) Concrete alley or residential street greater than 30 feet wide: 6
a) Maintain a minimum of 10 feet from center line or gutter to trench edge 7
or repair. 8
b) Remove pavement starting at the centerline if trench edge or repair is 9
less than 10 feet from centerline. 10
c) If the trench edge or repair is within 10 feet of the back of curb, remove 11
pavement from trench edge or repair to back of curb. Curb will be 12
considered subsidiary to removal of pavement. 13
3. Construction 14
a. A drop hammer or guillotine-style concrete breaker is not allowed without prior 15
approval by City. 16
b. Pavement removal method to be discussed and approved by City during the 17
Pre-removal Meeting. 18
c. Preferred method: 19
1) Saw cut sections of the concrete pavement. 20
2) Vertically lift concrete pavement section in whole pieces in a way that does 21
not damage existing features. 22
d. If pavement can’t be removed utilizing the preferred method, utilize a 23
jackhammer to break-up concrete and remove using a front-end loader or 24
backhoe. 25
C. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter 26
1. Saw Cut 27
a. In accordance with this Section 28
2. Minimum Limits of Removal 29
a. Minimum width of 2 feet from back of curb. 30
b. Minimum length of 30 inches 31
D. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter 32
1. Saw Cut 33
a. In accordance with this Section 34
2. Minimum Limits of Removal 35
a. Minimum width of 5 feet 36
b. Remove from gutter edge to gutter edge or from centerline to gutter edge 37
c. Remove concrete in accordance with Remove Concrete Paving 38
E. Remove Sidewalk and Curb Ramp 39
1. Saw Cut 40
a. In accordance with Sawing 41
2. Minimum Limits of Sidewalk Removal 42
a. Minimum sidewalk removal width and length of 5 feet 43
b. Remove to the nearest sidewalk joint if nearest sidewalk joint is within 3 feet of 44
specified removal limits. 45
c. Remove to the edge of sidewalk if the edge of sidewalk is within 5 feet of 46
specified removal limits. 47
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 11 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Remove curb ramp to the nearest joint. Do not saw cut and leave in place any 1
portion of the existing curb ramp unless specified in the Drawings. 2
F. Remove Asphalt Paving 3
1. Saw Cut 4
a. In accordance with this Section 5
b. Protect asphalt edges to prevent spalling or damage. 6
c. If damage or spalling occurs, obtain direction from the City for repairs, if 7
necessary. 8
2. Minimum Limits of Removal 9
a. Parallel to the Centerline 10
1) Minimum cut along the street path is: 11
a) 5 feet in total length 12
b) 1 foot from the edge of the trench if the trench width is wider than 5 13
feet 14
b. Perpendicular to the Center Line – Multiple Lanes 15
1) If the trench or repairs occur between the center line and the inside lane 16
line, remove the full lane width. 17
2) If the trench or repairs occur between the gutter edge and the outside lane, 18
remove from the lane line to the gutter edge. 19
3) If the trench or repairs occur between two lanes, remove half-lane-width to 20
half-lane-width. 21
c. Perpendicular to the Center Line – Single Lane 22
1) General: 23
a) 2 feet from the edge of the trench 24
b) Minimum width from repair to gutter edge is 10 feet. 25
c) Remove pavement to gutter edge if distance from trench or repair to 26
gutter edge is less than 10 feet 27
2) Concrete alley or residential street less than 30 feet wide: 28
a) Remove pavement from centerline to gutter edge. 29
3) Concrete alley or residential street greater than 30 feet wide: 30
a) Maintain a minimum of 10 feet from center line or gutter edge to trench 31
edge or repair. 32
b) Remove pavement starting at the center line if trench edge or repair is 33
less than 10 feet from centerline. 34
c) Remove pavement from trench edge or repair to gutter if distance from 35
trench edge or repair to the face of curb is less than 10 feet. 36
3. Construction 37
a. Utilize a milling machine to remove pavement where possible in accordance 38
with this Section. 39
b. Obtain approval prior to construction to utilize alternative equipment for 40
asphalt pavement removal. 41
G. Remove Driveway 42
1. Saw Cut 43
a. In accordance with this Section 44
2. Minimum Limits of Removal 45
a. If the driveway is concrete, remove to nearest driveway joint. 46
47
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 12 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
H. Remove Brick Pavers and Permeable Pavers 1
1. Saw Cut 2
a. In accordance with Sawing 3
b. Saw cut 2 feet beyond the limits of the pavers if the adjacent pavement is 4
concrete or asphalt. 5
2. Remove pavers to the limits specified in the Drawings. 6
3. If salvaging pavers for re-use, remove, palletize and either deliver to specified 7
location in Drawings or stockpile for re-use on the Project. 8
I. Milling 9
1. General 10
a. Mill surfaces to the depth specified in the Drawings. 11
b. Milled surface should be rough. If necessary, grind or mill the surface again to 12
make the surface rough. 13
c. If the milled surface is going to be opened to traffic: 14
1) Install a temporary transition section. 15
2) An acceptable transition is 2 inches over 5 feet. 16
3) A different transition may be approved by City prior to opening the milled 17
surface to traffic. 18
d. Remove excess material and clean milled surfaces 19
e. Stockpiling of milled material will not be permitted within the right of way 20
unless otherwise approved by City. 21
2. Milling Equipment 22
a. Provide equipment that meets the following criteria. 23
1) Power operated milling machine capable of removing the specified 24
pavement thickness in maximum of two passes 25
2) Self-propelled with sufficient power, traction, and stability to maintain 26
accurate depth of cut and slope 27
3) Able to immediately remove material cut from the surface of the roadway 28
and discharge the cuttings into a truck utilizing an integral loading and 29
reclaiming system 30
4) Equipped with a dust control system 31
5) Equipped with a manual system that provides uniform varying depths of cut 32
while the machine is in motion. 33
3. Wedge and Surface Milling 34
a. Only used for roadway maintenance. Only utilized with prior approval by City 35
or as specified in Drawings. 36
b. Wedge Mill existing asphalt or concrete from the gutter edge at a minimum 37
depth of 2 inches and transition to match the existing pavement within a 5 foot 38
width. 39
c. Surface Mill existing asphalt to the depth specified on Drawings. 40
d. Provide a uniform milled surface free from gouges, ridges, oil film, and other 41
irregularities. 42
e. Wedge milling includes the portion of HMA pavement that covers the existing 43
concrete curb and gutter. This depth is estimated to vary from 2 inches to the 44
full height of the curb. This additional depth would be milled prior to milling 45
the minimum 2 inches previously specified. 46
f. Perform wedge or surface milling operations in a continuous manner for the 47
length specified in the Drawings. 48
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 13 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Butt Joint Milling 1
a. Butt joint will be full width of overlay operation 2
b. Typical locations for butt joints are at the beginning and ending of streets where 3
asphalt paving is removed or where a street is being overlaid. Butt joints may 4
be required in other locations as specified in the Drawings. 5
c. Butt joints at a minimum of 20 feet wide (perpendicular to the center line) for 6
the width specified in the Drawings. 7
d. Taper the butt joint from 2 inches to 0 inches adjacent to existing pavement at 8
the start or end of the project limits or as specified in the Drawings. 9
e. Provide a temporary asphalt transition in accordance with this Section. 10
J. Pavement Pulverization 11
1. Pulverization 12
a. Pulverize the existing pavement to a depth of 8 inches. In accordance with 13
Section 32 11 33. 14
b. Temporarily remove and stockpile pulverized material. 15
c. After temporary removal, cut subgrade or base material down 2 inches. 16
2. Cement Application 17
a. Use 3.5 percent Portland cement 18
b. In accordance with Section 32 11 33. 19
3. Mixing 20
a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33 21
4. Compaction 22
a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33 23
5. Finishing 24
a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33 25
6. Curing 26
a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33 27
7. If the existing pavement has a combination of 10 inches of HMA pavement and 28
crushed stone or gravel 29
a. 2 inch cutting is not required 30
b. Pulverize existing pavement 2 inches deep 31
c. Temporarily remove and stockpile pulverized material 32
K. Obliterating Abandoned Roadway 33
1. Strip and windrow existing topsoil before shaping operations 34
2. Remove asphalt or concrete pavement in accordance with this Section. 35
3. Remove any abandoned structures within the roadway unless otherwise specified in 36
the Drawings. 37
4. Scarify and mix the abandoned roadbed with soil and blade to produce a smooth, 38
uniform appearance. 39
5. Fill, cut, and shape the abandoned road to blend into the surrounding terrain. 40
6. Eliminate or re-align existing ditches as appropriate to maintain positive drainage. 41
7. Cover disturbed areas with topsoil after shaping operations. 42
8. Install sod within the limits of disturbance after topsoil is installed. 43
44
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 14 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
L. Disposal, Salvaging, and Recycling Removed Pavement 1
1. Contractor is responsible for any material removed during Paving Removal 2
activities. 3
2. Dispose of all material in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and 4
regulations. 5
3. The disposal, salvaging, and recycling of any material removed as part of Paving 6
Removal is considered subsidiary to the applicable items. 7
4. Contractor is encouraged, but not required, to salvage and recycle as much material 8
as possible. Any recycled material used on a City project shall be in accordance 9
with the requirements of the appropriate Section based on the intended use. 10
3.5 REPAIR 11
A. Repair the following items to remain if any damage is caused due to pavement removal 12
activities at no cost to the City: 13
1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement 14
2. Adjacent sidewalk 15
3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter 16
4. Subgrade or base material 17
5. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances 18
6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe 19
7. Landscape beds or planters 20
8. Sod 21
9. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 22
10. Retaining walls 23
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 24
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 25
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 29
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30
31
02 41 15
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 15 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 1
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 2
END OF SECTION 3
4
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
5
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 1 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 03 00 00 1
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Material requirements for concrete and concrete reinforcing. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete 13
4. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 14
5. Section 31 37 00 – Riprap 15
6. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements 16
7. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving 17
8. Section 32 13 16 – Decorative Concrete Paving 18
9. Section 32 16 00 – Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways 19
10. Section 32 32 00 – Retaining Walls 20
11. Section 33 05 61 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 21
12. Section 33 42 11 – Stormwater Pipe and Boxes 22
13. Section 33 42 23 – Stormwater Headwalls, Wingwalls, and End Treatments 23
14. Section 33 42 30 – Stormwater Junction Boxes 24
15. Section 33 42 33 – Stormwater Curb Inlets and Area Drains 25
16. Section 41 14 00 – Batching Equipment 26
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 27
A. Measurement and Payment 28
1. Measurement 29
a. Concrete and concrete reinforcing materials, equipment, tools, testing, and 30
incidentals are subsidiary to the installation of various items. 31
2. Payment 32
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 33
subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of 34
concrete and concrete reinforcing, and will not be measured or paid for 35
separately. 36
37
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 2 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A. Reference Standards 2
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 3
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 4
unless a date is specifically cited. 5
2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 6
a. 211, Proportioning of Concrete Mixes 7
b. 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete 8
c. 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 9
3. ASTM International (ASTM): 10
a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel 11
b. A615, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for 12
Concrete Reinforcement 13
c. A675, Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special 14
Quality, Mechanical Properties 15
d. A955, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plan Stainless Steel Bars for 16
Concrete Reinforcement 17
e. A996, Standard Specification for Rail-Steel and Axle-Steel Deformed Bars for 18
Concrete Reinforcement 19
f. A1064, Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire 20
Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete 21
g. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates 22
h. C94, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete 23
i. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement 24
j. C260, Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 25
k. C494, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 26
l. C1116, Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete 27
m. C1399, Standard Test Method for Obtaining Average Residual-Strength of 28
Fiber-Reinforced Concrete 29
4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 30
Specifications (DMS) 31
a. DMS-4515, Multiple Piece Tie Bars for Concrete Pavements 32
b. DMS-4550, Fibers for Concrete 33
c. DMS-4600, Hydraulic Cement 34
d. DMS-4610, Fly Ash 35
e. DMS-4640, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 36
f. DMS-4650, Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation 37
Retardants 38
g. DMS-6100, Epoxies and Adhesives 39
5. TxDOT Test Procedures: 40
a. Tex-401-A, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate 41
b. Tex-409-A, Free Moisture and Water Absorption in Aggregate for Concrete 42
c. Tex-470-A, Optimized Aggregate Gradation for Hydraulic Cement Concrete 43
Mix Designs 44
d. Tex-425-A, Determining Moisture Content in Fine Aggregate by the “Speedy” 45
Moisture Method 46
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 47
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 3 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.5 SUBMITTALS 1
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 3
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4
A. Shop Drawing 5
1. Concrete Mix Design – Submit a design of the concrete mix at least 4 weeks prior 6
to the start of construction activities requiring concrete unless approved otherwise 7
by the City. Provide the mix design in accordance with the class of concrete or 8
concrete mix design specified in the Drawings including: 9
a. Concrete Material Source Information 10
1) Concrete supplier name 11
2) Project name and address 12
3) Contractor name 13
4) Mixture Identification Number 14
b. Design Requirements and Design Summary Including: 15
1) The combined aggregate gradation, source, and material testing results in 16
accordance with Section 32 05 16. 17
2) Maximum slump 18
3) Concrete intended use (sidewalk, roadway, etc) and class designation 19
4) Design water to cement (w/c) ratio 20
5) Design Target Strength 21
6) 7-Day and 28-Day compressive strengths in accordance with ACI 301 and 22
318 23
7) Batch weights, specific gravity, and type/class information for: 24
a) Cement 25
b) Supplementary cementing materials (if used) 26
c) Coarse Aggregate 27
d) Fine Aggregate 28
e) Water 29
8) Chemical admixtures – Type and amount used 30
9) Product Data for all chemical admixtures, cement, and fly ash used. 31
c. Statement from the concrete supplier verifying concrete has been tested and 32
handled in accordance with ASTM C94. 33
2. Product Data 34
a. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer that is supplying curing 35
compounds, evaporation retardant, joint fillers, or chemical additives to be used 36
on the project. 37
b. Product data sheets for all products other than epoxy to include: 38
1) Manufacturer name 39
2) Date 40
3) Material description 41
4) Point of delivery 42
5) Data and test results as required in this Section 43
6) Material Safety Data Sheets (if applicable, required for Epoxy and Curing 44
Compounds) 45
7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data (if applicable) 46
8) Application Recommendations (if applicable) 47
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 4 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9) Manufacturer’s Recommended Storage and Handling instructions 1
c. Epoxy Product Data Sheet Additional Requirements: 2
1) Resin or hardener components 3
2) Brand name 4
3) Name of manufacturer 5
4) Lot or batch number 6
5) Temperature range for storage 7
6) Date of manufacture 8
7) Expiration date 9
8) Quantity contained 10
d. Fiber Reinforcing Submittal Requirements 11
1) Product data sheet 12
2) Letter of certification stating compliance with the requirements of this 13
Section and other applicable standards. 14
3) Report that provides test results for Fiber Testing in accordance with DMS-15
4550, Fibers for Concrete 16
4) Delivery, storage, and handling instructions 17
5) Dosage requirements to provide concrete reinforcing in accordance with the 18
requirements of this Section and any other applicable related Sections. 19
6) Installation and mixing instructions 20
7) Provide the City with test results in accordance with this Section and DMS-21
4550, Fibers for Concrete. 22
B. Informational Submittals 23
1. Source Locations 24
a. Provide the location of all material sources 25
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 30
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 31
66 00. 32
B. Storage and Stockpiling 33
1. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material (SCM) 34
a. Store all cement and SCM in weatherproof enclosures to protect them from 35
dampness or absorption of moisture. 36
2. Steel Reinforcement 37
a. Store reinforcement above ground surface on skids, platforms, or other support. 38
b. Protect reinforcement from mechanical damage and surface deterioration 39
caused by exposure to conditions that could cause rust. 40
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 41
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 42
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 5 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
2.2 MATERIALS 3
A. Concrete Production Materials 4
1. Cementitious Material 5
a. Defined as the cement and supplementary cementing materials used in concrete. 6
b. Cement 7
1) Furnish cement Type I, II, or I/II in accordance with ASTM C150 Portland 8
Cement. 9
2) Provide cement from sources that are in accordance with DMS-4600 and 10
listed on TxDOT’s Material Producer List (MPL) entitled “Hydraulic 11
Cement”. 12
c. Supplementary Cementing Materials (SCM) 13
1) Fly Ash 14
a) Refer to DMS – 4610 for types of Fly Ash 15
b) Acceptable Fly Ash includes: 16
(1) Class C and Class F 17
(2) Ultra-Fine (UFFA) 18
(3) Modified Class F (MFFA) 19
c) Provide fly ash in accordance with DMS-4610 and from sources listed 20
on TxDOT’s MPL entitled “Fly Ash”. 21
d) Refer to Table 2 for Concrete Classes and Mix Design Options. 22
2) Other SCMs 23
a) No other SCM will be approved for use. 24
2. Water 25
a. Provide mixing water and curing water free from oils, acids, organic matter, or 26
other deleterious substances. 27
b. Provide water from municipal supplies approved by the Texas Department of 28
Health. 29
c. Obtain approval from the City if using water not approved by the Texas 30
Department of Health prior to construction. 31
1) If approved to use water from a non-pre-approved source, water testing 32
may be required. The City will request tests and provide minimum criteria. 33
3. Aggregate 34
a. General 35
1) Recycled crushed concrete pavement may be used as coarse or fine 36
aggregate in Class A, B, E, and P concrete. 37
2) A maximum of 20 percent of the fine aggregate may consist of recycled 38
crushed concrete pavement. 39
b. Fine aggregate 40
1) In accordance with Section 32 05 16 41
c. Coarse Aggregates 42
1) Provide coarse aggregate consisting of clean, tough, durable fragments in 43
accordance with Section 32 05 16. 44
2) Provide coarse aggregates that meet the gradation shown in Table 1 when 45
tested in accordance with Tex-401-A. 46
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 6 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) Select aggregate gradation based on the allowable grade for the appropriate 1
concrete class shown in shown in Table 1. 2
Table 1 3
Coarse Aggregate Gradation Chart 4
Aggregate
Grade
No.1
Maximum
Nominal
Size
Percent Passing on Each Sieve
2–
1/2” 2” 1–
1/2”1” 3/4” 1/2” 3/8” #4 #8
1 2” 100 80–
100
50–
85
20–
40
0–5
2(467) 1-1/2” 100 95–
100
35–
70
10–
30
0–5
3 1-1/2” 100 95–
100
60–
90
25–
60
0–5
4 (57) 1” 100 95–
100
25–
60
0– 10 0– 5
5 (67) 3/4” 100 90–
100
20–
55
0– 10 0– 5
6 (7) 1/2” 100 90–
100
40–
70
0– 15 0– 5
7 3/8” 100 70–
95
0– 25
8 3/8” 100 95–
100
20–
65
0– 10
1. Corresponding ASTM C33 gradation shown in parentheses 5
4. Chemical Admixtures 6
a. General 7
1) Only water reducing and air-entraining admixtures are allowed. 8
2) Provide admixtures in accordance with DMS-4640, Chemical Admixtures 9
for concrete. 10
3) Do not use Type C, E, F, or G admixtures in Class S bridge deck concrete. 11
4) Do not use chemical admixtures containing calcium chloride in any 12
concrete. 13
b. Water Reducing Admixture 14
1) Provide water-reducing admixtures in accordance with ASTM C494. Types 15
A, D, F, and G will be allowed. 16
a) ASTM C494, Types “A” and “F”: 17
(1) Improves quality of concrete at lower cement content 18
(2) Increase slump without increasing water-cement ratio 19
b) ASTM C494, Types “D” and “G”: 20
(1) Maintains workability during hot weather placement 21
c. Air-Entraining Admixture 22
1) Provide air-entraining admixtures in accordance with ASTM C260. 23
2) Maintain a total air content between 4 and 6 percent. 24
3) Do not exceed the manufacturer’s recommended dosage. 25
B. Concrete Placement Materials 26
27
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 7 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Reinforcing Steel 1
a. Provide type, size, grade, and quantity of steel reinforcement as specified in the 2
Drawings. 3
b. Provide Grade 60 or above steel bar reinforcing unless otherwise indicated in 4
the Drawings. 5
c. Provide reinforcement free from dirt, loose rust, painting, oil, or other foreign 6
material. 7
d. Provide corrosion protection if specified in the Drawings. 8
e. Provide deformed reinforcing steel in accordance with one of the following: 9
1) New Billet Steel in accordance with ASTM A615, Grades 60, 75, or 80 10
2) Axle Steel in accordance with ASTM A996, Type A, Grade 60 11
a) Provide as straight bars only and do not bend them. 12
3) Rail Steel in accordance with ASTM A996 Type R, Grade 60. 13
a) Rail steel only allowed in concrete pavement. Provide as straight bars 14
only and do not bend them. 15
f. Provide bars in accordance with the size and weight requirements for 16
reinforcing in ASTM A615. 17
g. Twisted bars are not considered deformed and will not be accepted by the City. 18
h. Steel Wire Reinforcement will not be accepted by the City. 19
i. Spiral Reinforcement 20
1) Provide smooth or deformed wire conforming to ASTM A1064. 21
2) Provide bars in accordance with ASTM A615, ASTM A996 Type A, or 22
ASTM A675 Grade 80 meeting dimensional requirements of ASTM A615. 23
j. Bending 24
1) Bend all bars cold in a shop true to the shapes specified in the Drawings. 25
2) Bend all bars used for stirrups and ties around a pin having a diameter at 26
least two times the minimum thickness of the bar. 27
3) Perform all other bends in accordance with the latest code of Standard 28
Practice of Reinforcing Steel Institute. 29
4) Bend stainless reinforcing steel in accordance with ASTM A955. 30
2. Fiber Reinforcing. 31
a. General 32
1) Use fiber reinforcing only when using Class A or B concrete when 33
specified in the Drawings. Do not use for structures or roadway paving. 34
2) Refer to Table 2 for concrete classes. 35
b. Material 36
1) Provide fibers in accordance with ASTM C1116, including alkali-proof, 37
non-absorptive synthetic fibers, resistant to deterioration due to long-term 38
exposure to moisture or substances present in admixtures, and do not 39
contribute to nor interfere with the air entrainment of the concrete. 40
2) Provide macrosynthetic fibers for reinforcing. Do not use natural, steel, 41
glass, or any other type without prior approval by the City. 42
3) Provide fibers that meet a minimum average residual strength of 115 psi 43
when tested in accordance with ASTM C1399 with the following 44
modifications: 45
a) Initial deflection for the initial crack of 0.02000 inches. 46
b) Sample tolerance of average residual strength not below 10 percent of 47
the specified required value. 48
c. Length and Size 49
1) Provide fibers minimum 2 inches in length. 50
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 8 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Testing 1
1) The use of fiber reinforcing does not change the strength or fresh concrete 2
requirements per this specification. 3
e. Rejection 4
1) Any concrete installed with fiber reinforcing that is non-compliant with the 5
requirements of this Section or other applicable related Sections will be 6
removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 7
3. Tie Bars 8
a. Refer to pertinent Sections and City standard details for specific uses and 9
installation requirements for Multiple Piece Tie Bars and Single Piece Tie Bars. 10
b. Install bars in accordance with the size, type, and location specified in the 11
Drawings. 12
c. Provide straight deformed steel tie bars in accordance with ASTM A615. 13
d. Install tie bars per the size and spacing specified in the Drawings. 14
e. Do not bend or use bent tie bars. Tie bars should remain straight. 15
f. Multiple Piece Tie Bars 16
1) Provide multiple piece tie bars in accordance with DMS-4515, Multiple 17
Piece Tie Bars for Concrete Pavements. 18
4. Dowel Bars 19
a. General 20
1) Install bars in accordance with the size, type, and location shown on the 21
Drawings. 22
2) Refer to pertinent Sections and City standard details for uses and 23
installation requirements. 24
b. Dowel Bars 25
1) Provide smooth, straight dowel bars free of burrs with a yield strength of at 26
least 60 kilo-pound per square inch (ksi) as specified in the Drawings. 27
2) Provide steel in accordance with ASTM A615 or meet the physical 28
requirements of ASTM A36 for smooth bars that are larger than 3/8 inch in 29
diameter. 30
3) Coat dowels with a thin film of grease, wax, silicone, or other approved de-31
bonding material. 32
4) Designate smooth bars by diameter in inches. 33
c. Dowel Caps 34
1) Provide dowel caps on the lubricated end of each dowel bar used in an 35
expansion joint. 36
2) Provide dowel caps filled with a soft compressible material with enough 37
range of movement to allow complete closure of expansion joint. 38
3) Provide dowel caps to the length specified in the Drawings. The cap should 39
have sufficient length to allow at least a 1.25-inch gap between the end of 40
the bar and the edge of the cap. 41
4) Provide caps for dowel bars with an internal diameter sufficient to permit 42
the cap to freely slip over the bar, but do not have an internal diameter that 43
exceeds the bar diameter by more 1/8 inch. 44
5. Reinforcement Supporting Devices 45
a. Use reinforcement supporting devices for construction of sidewalks, driveways, 46
roadways, crosswalks, and any other concrete paving operation. 47
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 9 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Provide positioning and supporting devices (baskets and chairs) capable of 1
securing and holding the reinforcing steel in proper position before and during 2
paving. 3
c. Do not allow construction personnel to walk on the reinforcement bars. Replace 4
any broken chairs prior to concrete placement. 5
d. Provide supporting devices (baskets and chairs) made of plastic or non-rusting 6
metal. 7
1) Supporting devices to show no visible indications of deterioration after 8
immersion in a 5-percent solution of sodium hydroxide for 120-hours. 9
2) Provide the City with test results or product data sheets proving devices are 10
in accordance with the requirements of this Section if requested. 11
6. Epoxy 12
a. Provide Type 3, Class C epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100. 13
b. City to approve all epoxy and adhesive products prior to use. Submit a Product 14
Data Sheet in accordance with this Section. 15
c. Do not use damaged or previously opened containers. 16
d. Do not use any material showing evidence of crystallization, lumps, skinning, 17
extreme thickening, or settling of pigments that cannot be readily dispersed 18
with normal agitation. 19
e. Follow sound environmental practices when disposing of epoxy and adhesive 20
wastes. 21
f. Dispose of all empty containers separately. Completely empty and mix the 22
epoxy before disposal. 23
7. Evaporation Retardant 24
a. Provide evaporation retardant in accordance with DMS-4650. 25
8. Curing 26
a. The use of mats, plastic, or film to be approved by the City prior to use. 27
b. Provide membrane curing compounds in accordance with this specification and 28
DMS-4650. 29
1) Provide curing material in accordance with the requirements of DMS-4650 30
unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 31
2) Provide a curing compound that does not react deleteriously with concrete 32
or its compounds. 33
3) Curing compound to produce a firm, continuous uniform moisture-34
impermeable film free from pinholes and adhere to surface of damp 35
concrete. 36
4) The City may reject any concrete not cured properly due to improperly 37
applied curing compound or faulty materials. 38
5) The City may reject the curing compound based on visual or odor defects. 39
6) Curing compound to be delivered to the job site in the manufacturer's 40
original containers only, with original label containing the following: 41
a) Manufacturer's name 42
b) Trade name of the material 43
c) Batch number or symbol with which test samples may be correlated 44
C. Concrete Mix Design 45
1. General 46
a. Furnish mix designs using ACI 211 or Tex-470-A. 47
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 10 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Maintain mix design and maximum water to cement ratio once mix design is 1
approved by City. 2
c. Do not place concrete until the mix design has been approved by the City. The 3
City may require any concrete placed prior to approval to be removed and 4
replaced at no cost to the City. 5
d. Perform mix design proportioning by absolute volume method unless otherwise 6
approved. 7
e. Perform cement replacement using equivalent weight method unless otherwise 8
approved. 9
f. Do not exceed specified water to cement ratios listed in Table 2 for concrete 10
classes when designing the mixture. 11
g. Provide a mix design after the trial batch tests are complete in accordance with 12
the requirements in this Section. 13
2. Cementitious Material 14
a. Do not exceed 700 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard of concrete 15
unless otherwise specified or approved by the City. 16
b. Use cement of the same type and from the same source for monolithic 17
placements. 18
3. Concrete Classes 19
a. General 20
1) Provide concrete mix designs in accordance with the requirements shown in 21
Table 2 for the class of concrete specified in the Drawings. 22
2) Refer to the Drawings and the General Usage column on Table 2 for 23
concrete class information. 24
b. Class P Concrete 25
1) Use air entraining admixture. 26
2) Class P1 Concrete 27
a) Use Class P1 concrete for machine paved concrete roadways and 28
alleyways unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or directed by 29
City. 30
3) Class P2 Concrete 31
a) Provide Class P2 concrete for hand poured concrete roadways, 32
driveways, alleyways, and all other hand poured, vehicular trafficked 33
concrete pavement unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 34
c. High Early Strength Concrete (HES) 35
1) Use air entraining admixture. 36
2) Provide HES concrete in accordance with the requirements of Table 2. 37
3) Use HES concrete only when specified in the Drawings or when directed 38
by City. 39
4) HES may be approved for use when a roadway or driveway needs to be 40
opened to traffic quickly. 41
5) Perform tests at 24 hours to verify compressive strength of HES concrete is 42
minimum 3,200 psi. 43
6) Maximum coarse aggregate size is 1–1/2 inches. 44
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 11 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 2 1
Concrete Classes 2
Class
of
Concrete
Design
Strength1,
Min f’c
(psi)
Maximum
Water to
Cementitious
Material
Ratio
Coarse
Aggregate
Grades2,3
Cement
Types
Mix
Design
Options General Usage
4
A 3,000 0.60 1 – 4, 8
Only
Cement
Types I,
II, I/II
are
allowed
1 and 2
Non-monolithic curb
and curb & gutter,
sidewalks, sidewalk
walls, and driveways.
B 2,000 0.60 2 – 7
Traffic signal
controller foundations,
small roadside signs,
and anchors
C5 3,600 0.45 1 – 6 1 – 4
Culverts (except top
slab of direct traffic
culverts)
D 750 to
1,200 0.60 1 – 4 1
Concrete base material
for trench repair. Only
Type II cement is
allowed.
E 3,000 0.50 2 – 5 1 – 4 Seal concrete
F5 Note 6 0.45 2 – 5 Note 6
Drilled shafts, bridge
substructure, bridge
railing, railroad
structures, retaining
wall (cast-in-place),
and concrete traffic
barrier (cast-in-place)
H5 Note 6 0.45 3 – 6 1 – 4 Precast concrete
S5 4,000 0.45 2 – 5 1 – 4
Riprap, bridge slabs,
top slabs of direct
traffic culverts,
approach slabs,
headwalls, wingwalls,
cast-in-place inlets and
manholes
P18 4,000 0.50 2 – 3 1 – 4
Machine poured
concrete pavement and
monolithic curbs
P28 4,500 0.45 2 – 3 1 – 4
Hand poured concrete
pavement, monolithic
curbs, and decorative
concrete pavement
HES8 4,500 0.45 2 – 3 Note 7
Concrete pavement and
concrete pavement
repair
1. Design strength must be attained within 56 days. 3
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 12 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Do not use Grade 1 coarse aggregate except in foundations with 4 inch minimum clear spacing between 1
reinforcing steel bars unless otherwise specified on the Drawings or approved by the City. Do not use Grade 1 2
aggregate in drilled shafts. 3
3. Use Grade 8 aggregate in extruded curbs unless otherwise approved by the City or specified on the Drawings. 4
4. For information only. 5
5. Structural concrete classes. 6
6. As shown on the Drawings. 7
7. Mix design options do not apply. 700 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard limit does not apply. 8
8. For machine poured concrete, use a minimum cementitious material content of 517 pounds per cubic yard. For 9
hand poured concrete, use a minimum cementitious material content of 564 pounds per cubic yard. 10
4. Slump 11
a. Provide concrete with a slump in accordance with Table 3 unless otherwise 12
specified in the Drawings. 13
b. Request approval to exceed the slump limits listed in Table 3 with the mix 14
design submittal as part of the Action Submittal. 15
c. Do not exceed maximum slump during production of the mix design or during 16
concrete placement. 17
d. Any concrete placed with a slump exceeding the limits shown in Table 3 will 18
be rejected and removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 19
Table 3 20
Concrete Pavement Slump Requirements 21
Concrete Use1
Slump
Range2,
Inch
Walls (over 9 inches thick), caps, columns, piers, approach slabs 3 – 5
Bridge slabs, top slabs of direct traffic culverts 3 – 5
Inlets, manholes, walls (less than 9 inches thick), bridge railing, culverts,
concrete traffic barrier 4 – 6
Precast concrete 4 – 9
Underwater concrete placements 6 – 8
Drilled shafts, slurry displaced and underwater drilled shafts Note 3
Machine Poured Paving (Class P1 Concrete) 1.5 – 3
Hand Poured Paving (Class P2 and HES Concrete) 3 – 4
Curb, gutter, curb and gutter, sidewalk, driveways, riprap, small roadside sign
foundations, concrete pavement repair, concrete repair, concrete base material
for trench repair.
2 – 4
1. For information only. 22
2. For fiber reinforced concrete, perform slump before addition of fibers. 23
3. As shown on the Drawings. 24
5. Mix Design Options 25
a. Option 1: Replace 20 to 35 percent of the cement with Class F fly ash 26
b. Option 2: Replace 35 to 50 percent of the cement with MFFA. 27
c. Option 3: Replace 35 to 50 percent of the cement with a combination of Class 28
F fly ash, MFFA, or UFFA. No more than 35 percent may be fly ash. 29
d. Option 4: Replace 35 to 50 percent of the cement with a combination of Class 30
C fly ash and at least 6 percent UFFA. No more than 35 percent may be Class C 31
fly ash. 32
33
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 13 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
6. Trial Batch Production and Testing 1
a. Trial Batch 2
1) Produce a trial batch of the mix design in accordance with the requirements 3
of the concrete class specified in the Drawings, using the same materials 4
proposed for the project. 5
2) Perform testing and provide the results verifying the concrete mix design is 6
in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Testing to include: 7
a) Fresh concrete tests for air content and slump 8
b) Strength testing at 7 days and 28 days 9
3) Do not modify the mix design after the City has approved it. 10
4) Submit a new mix design if a change is made to concrete supplier. 11
Table 4 12
Concrete Discharge Times 13
Fresh Concrete Temperature,
Degrees Fahrenheit
Max Time After
Batching for Concrete
Not Containing Type B
or D Admixtures,
Minimum
Max Time After
Batching for Concrete
Containing Type B or
D Admixtures2,
Minimum
90 and Above 45 75
Between 75 and 90 60 90
Below 75 90 120
1. Admixture Types are defined in DMS-4640
2. Concrete must contain at least the minimum manufacturer’s recommended dosage of Type B or D admixture.
3. Batching can occur at a commercial concrete site or at a batch plant.
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 14
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 15
A. Concrete Mix Design and Verification 16
1. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design is subject to removal 17
and replacement at no cost to the City. 18
B. Concrete Production Acceptance 19
1. During production and placement of concrete, perform testing to verify the concrete 20
is in accordance with the requirements in this Section for admixtures, mix design, 21
slump, and compressive strength. 22
C. Concrete Placement Acceptance 23
1. General 24
a. If concrete is suspected of having foreign material, City may reject at any time 25
and the concrete may be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 26
b. Acceptance will be based on attaining the strength and the fresh concrete tests. 27
c. 28
2. Placement Sampling 29
a. Perform all fresh and hardened concrete testing at the frequency shown on 30
Table 5. 31
b. If any test comes back as non-conforming, stop production and placement of 32
concrete until the reason has been determined and resolved. 33
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 14 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Any concrete that was placed is subject to further testing and removal and 1
replacement at no cost to the City. 2
Table 5 3
Testing Frequencies 4
Concrete Placements Frequency
Bridge Deck Placements
Test the first 3 loads, then every 60 cubic
yards or a fraction thereof specified by the
City.
All Other Structural Class Concrete
Placements
One test every 60 cubic yards or a fraction
thereof per class per day as specified by the
City
Non-Structural Class Concrete Placements One test every 180 cubic yards or a fraction
thereof as specified by the City
3. Testing of Fresh Concrete 5
a. Sample and test fresh concrete for properties listed in Table 6. 6
b. Take the sample at the time of discharge from the delivery truck. 7
c. Concrete that is exhibiting segregation, excessive bleeding, or has a slump 8
lower than the minimum slump allowed per concrete type after addition of all 9
water withheld will be rejected. Contractor will remove and replace at no cost 10
to the City. 11
Table 6 12
Fresh Concrete Tests 13
Tests Test Methods
Slump Tex-415-A
Temperature Tex-422-A
Air Content 1 Tex-414-A, Tex-416-A, or ASTM C457
1. Only required when air-entraining admixtures are used.
1. Concrete Strength Test 14
a. General 15
1) Perform strength testing for all projects containing more than 60 cubic 16
yards of concrete. 17
2) Provide trained technicians during concrete paving to cast test cylinders in 18
accordance with ASTM C31. 19
3) Refer to Table 2 for required strength for each concrete class. 20
b. Sampling 21
1) Collect 4 test cylinders from a representative portion of concrete being 22
placed for every 150-cubic yards, with no less than two sets of cylinders 23
taken from any one day’s paving activities. 24
2) After the cylinders have been cast by trained technicians, transport samples 25
to the lab and test in accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C39. Provide 26
test results to the City. 27
3) Test the 4 cylinders per the following: 28
a) 1 of the cylinders tested at 7 days, 29
b) 2 cylinders tested at 28 days, and 30
c) 1 cylinder held and tested at 56 days, if necessary. 31
32
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 15 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Acceptance 1
1) If the 28-day test results for the cylinders taken indicate deficient strength, 2
the Contractor may, at their own expense, core the pavement in question 3
and have the cores tested by another approved laboratory, in accordance 4
with ASTM C42 and ACI 318 protocol. 5
2) Average of the 28-day test results of all cores within a designated area must 6
meet 100 percent of the minimum specified strength. 7
3) If any individual cylinder or core results in less than 90 percent of design 8
strength, additional cores will be taken to identify the limits of the non-9
compliant concrete at no cost to the City. 10
4) All concrete considered non-compliant will be removed and replaced at no 11
cost to the City. 12
2. Cracked Concrete Acceptance Policy 13
a. If cracks greater than 0.025-inches exist in concrete pavement upon completion 14
of the project and prior to the termination of the maintenance period, the City 15
may require corrective action that could include removal and replacement at no 16
cost to the City depending on the cause of the cracking. 17
b. Corrective Actions: 18
1) The City will determine whether the following options are viable. The City 19
will evaluate each crack greater than 0.025-inches during the final 20
inspection and prior to the end of the maintenance period. 21
2) Routing and Sealing: 22
a) Perform the routing and sealing work as directed by the Project 23
Inspector, at no cost to the City, regardless of the cause of the cracking. 24
3) If routing and sealing is not a viable solution due to the cause of the 25
cracking, or the size, remove and replace the concrete. 26
4) If the cause of the cracking is determined to be due to deficient subgrade, 27
remove and replace the subgrade with flexible base or another approved 28
subgrade within the limits of the deficient concrete. 29
3. Aggregate Moisture Testing 30
a. Perform testing and provide results in accordance with 32 05 16. 31
b. City may request this test to be performed at any time. 32
D. Non-Conforming Work 33
1. Concrete Mix Design and Production Materials 34
a. The City may reject the mix design if not in accordance with the requirements 35
of this Section. 36
1) Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject 37
to removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 38
b. If the trial batch fails to meet the requirements specified in this Section, the 39
Contractor will produce test results for trial batches until the trial batch meets 40
the requirements specified herein at no cost to the City. 41
c. The City may perform verification testing on all materials to verify the 42
conformance of the mixture. 43
PART 3 - EXECUTION 44
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 45
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 46
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 16 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 1
3.4 INSTALLATION 2
A. Batching Equipment 3
1. Batching equipment shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 41 14 4
00. 5
B. Refer to the following Sections for all installation requirements: 6
1. Section 03 30 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete 7
2. Section 03 80 00 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 8
3. Section 31 37 00 for Riprap 9
4. Section 32 13 13 for Concrete Paving 10
5. Section 32 13 16 for Decorative Concrete Paving 11
6. Section 32 16 00 for Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways 12
7. Section 32 32 00 for Retaining Walls 13
8. Section 33 05 61 for Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 14
9. Section 33 42 11 for Stormwater Pipe and Boxes 15
10. Section 33 42 23 for Stormwater Headwalls, Wingwalls, and End Treatments 16
11. Section 33 42 30 for Stormwater Junction Boxes 17
12. Section 33 42 33 for Stormwater Curb Inlets and Area Drains 18
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 19
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 20
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 22
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 23
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 24
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 25
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 26
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 27
28
03 00 00
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING
Page 17 of 17
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 1 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 03 30 00 1
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, 6
mixture design, and placement procedures. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 14
4. Section 32 01 29 – Rigid Paving Repair. 15
5. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 16
6. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 17
7. Section 41 14 00 – Batching Equipment. 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Measurement 21
a. Cast-in-place concrete materials, equipment, tools, testing, and incidentals are 22
subsidiary to the installation of structures or item being installed. 23
2. Payment 24
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 25
subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of cast-26
in-place concrete. 27
1.3 REFERENCES 28
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 29
1. HPC – High Performance Concrete 30
2. PSI – Pounds per square inch 31
B. Definitions 32
1. Substructure 33
a. Structures that are below ground, partially below ground, or retain earth. 34
Substructures could include: footings, columns, caps, abutments, piers, culverts, 35
retaining walls, headwalls, wingwalls, riprap, other bridge substructure 36
elements, and other concrete structures as indicated, or not included as a 37
superstructure. 38
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 2 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Superstructure 1
a. Structures that are elevated above ground. Superstructures could include: bridge 2
slabs, decks, flat slabs, slab and girder units, approach slabs, or other bridge 3
superstructure elements as indicated. 4
C. Reference Standards 5
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 6
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 7
unless a date is specifically cited. 8
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 9
3. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 10
a. ACI 207 – Mass Concrete. 11
4. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 12
Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 13
a. Item 420 – Concrete Substructures. 14
b. Item 422 – Concrete Superstructures. 15
c. Item 426 – Post-Tensioning. 16
d. Item 441 – Steel Structures. 17
e. Item 448 – Structural Field Welding. 18
5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 19
Specifications (DMS): 20
a. DMS-4650 – Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation 21
Retardants. 22
b. DMS-4675 – Cementitious Grouts and Mortars for Miscellaneous Applications. 23
c. DMS-6100 – Epoxies and Adhesives. 24
d. DMS-6160 – Water Stops, Nylon-Reinforced Neoprene Sheet, and Elastometric 25
Pads. 26
e. DMS-6310 – Joint Sealants and Fillers. 27
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 28
1.5 SUBMITTALS 29
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 30
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 31
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 32
A. Shop Drawings 33
1. Concrete Mix Design 34
a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 35
2. Product Data 36
a. Provide a product data sheet from each manufacturer supplying the following in 37
accordance with Section 03 00 00: 38
1) Curing compounds 39
2) Evaporation retardant 40
3) Joint fillers 41
4) Chemical additives 42
5) Epoxy 43
6) Fiber reinforcing 44
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 3 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7) Bond breaker material 1
3. Curing Method, Equipment, and Materials 2
a. Provide the method of curing, list of materials, and list of equipment to be used 3
for review. Obtain approval prior to placing concrete. 4
b. If different methods, equipment, or materials will be used in various locations, 5
provide each method, equipment, and material used at each location using cast-6
in-place concrete. 7
4. Heat Control Plan 8
a. Provide a heat control plan for monolithic placements specified as mass 9
concrete in the Drawings. 10
b. Develop using TxDOT’s ConcreteWorks software, or another approved method 11
in accordance with ACI 207. 12
1) Use historical temperature ranges for the anticipated time of the mass 13
placement. 14
2) Re-create plan if the work schedule shifts by more than one month. 15
c. Provide a heat control plan including the following applicable elements: 16
1) Selection of concrete ingredients including aggregates, gradation, and 17
cement types to minimize heat of hydration; 18
2) Use of ice or other concrete cooling ingredients; 19
3) Use of liquid nitrogen dosing systems; 20
4) Controlling rate or time of concrete placement; 21
5) Use of insulation or supplemental external heat to control heat loss; 22
6) Use of supplementary cementing materials; 23
7) Use of a cooling system to control the core temperature; or 24
8) Variation of the duration formwork remains in place. 25
B. Informational Submittals: 26
1. Source Locations 27
a. Location of all material sources 28
1. Testing Laboratory 29
a. Submit for review and approval the following information for each testing 30
laboratory used on the project: 31
1) Testing Laboratory Name 32
2) Location 33
3) Tests performed 34
a) Summary of each test performed at each lab, if multiple labs are used. 35
4) ACI Certification 36
a) All labs and Contractor personnel performing concrete testing must be 37
ACI certified. 38
2. Falsework and Forms Drawings 39
a. Submit Drawings for falsework and forms for the following items: 40
1) Vertical forms for piers and single column bents; 41
2) Load supporting forms for caps and tie-beams; 42
3) Form attachments for bridges to be widened; and 43
4) Other items specified in the Drawings or by the city. 44
b. Design and construct falsework to safely carry the maximum anticipated loads 45
and to provide the necessary rigidity. 46
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 4 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Use AASHTO’s Guide Design Specifications for Bridge Temporary Works and 1
Construction Handbook for Bridge Temporary works for falsework and shoring 2
information. 3
d. Provide design calculations when requested and show all essential details of 4
proposed forms, falsework, and bracing signed and sealed by a licensed 5
professional engineer in the state of Texas. 6
e. The Contractor is responsible for the design and safety of all falsework and 7
forms. 8
f. Account for the weight of materials and live loading when designing forms. 9
3. Equipment Information 10
a. Submittal for all major equipment including: 11
1) Equipment name and description 12
2) Size 13
3) Intended use 14
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 17
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 18
A. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 19
00. 20
B. Storage and Stockpiling 21
1. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material 22
a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 23
2. Steel Reinforcement 24
a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 25
3. Chemical Admixture, Epoxy, Curing Compound, and Other Materials 26
a. Follow manufacturer’s instructions regarding storage and application at 27
temperatures of material. 28
4. Epoxy 29
a. In accordance with Section 32 13 13. 30
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 31
A. Weather Conditions 32
1. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 33
2. Do not place concrete in contact with any material coated with frost or with a 34
temperature of 32 degrees Fahrenheit or lower. 35
3. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is below 40 36
degrees Fahrenheit and falling unless approved. 37
4. Place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is at least 35 degrees 38
Fahrenheit and rising or above 40 degrees Fahrenheit. 39
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 40
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 5 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2
2.2 MATERIALS 3
A. Concrete Production Materials 4
1. Concrete Class 5
a. As specified in the Drawings or in accordance with the usage stated in Section 6
03 00 00. 7
2. Provide cementitious materials, water, aggregate, chemical admixtures, reinforcing 8
materials, and evaporation retardant in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 9
13 13. 10
B. Concrete in Water 11
1. Design the mix in accordance with Section 03 00 00 with a minimum cement 12
content of 650 pounds per cubic yard for concrete to be placed under water. Include 13
an anti-washout admixture in the mix design as necessary. 14
C. Grout, Mortar, and Epoxy 15
1. Provide grout in accordance with DMS-4675. 16
2. For use with Anchor Bolts or Dowels 17
a. Provide grout, epoxy, or epoxy mortar as the binding agent unless otherwise 18
specified in the Drawings. 19
b. Neat Epoxy 20
1) Provide a Type 3 epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100. 21
c. Epoxy Mortar 22
1) Provide a Type 8 epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100. 23
D. Jointing Materials 24
1. Joint Fillers 25
a. Provide in accordance with Section 32 13 13 and DMS-6310. 26
b. Superstructures 27
1) Provide joint materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification 28
Item 422 29
2. Joint Sealants 30
a. Provide in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 31
E. Waterstops 32
1. Provide rubber or polyvinyl chloride (PVC) waterstops in accordance with DMS-33
6160 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 34
F. Curing 35
1. Provide membrane curing compounds in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 36
DMS-4650. 37
2. Cotton Mats 38
a. Provide cotton mats consisting of a filling material of cotton “bat” or “bats” (at 39
least 12 ounces per square yard) completely covered with unsized cloth (at least 40
6 ounces per square yard) stitched longitudinally with continuous parallel rows 41
of stitching spaced at less than 4 inches or tuft both longitudinally and 42
transversely at intervals less than 3 inches. 43
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 6 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Provide cotton mats free from tears and in good general condition. 1
c. Provide a flap at least 6 inches wide consisting of 2 thicknesses of the covering 2
and extending along 1 side of the mat. 3
d. When using cotton mats, provide a layer of polyethylene sheeting on top of the 4
cotton mats. 5
3. Burlap Mats 6
a. Provide burlap material which complies with AASHTO M 182, Class 3 (10 7
ounces per square yard) with the following additions: 8
1) Do not use burlap fabricated from bags. 9
2) Do not use burlap containing any water-soluble ingredient. 10
b. Provide burlap only previously used for curing concrete. 11
c. Provide burlap mats free from contamination with any substance foreign to the 12
concrete curing process, such as grease or oil. 13
d. Concrete will be rejected if cured with contaminated burlap mats. 14
e. When using burlap mats, provide a layer of polyethylene sheeting on top of the 15
burlap mats. 16
4. Polyethylene Sheeting 17
a. Provide polyethylene sheeting a minimum of 4 millimeters thick and free from 18
visible defects. 19
b. Provide only clear or opaque white sheeting when the ambient temperature 20
during curing exceeds 90 degrees Fahrenheit, or when applicable to control 21
temperature during mass pours. 22
5. Burlap-Polyethylene Mats 23
a. Provide mats made from burlap impregnated on one side with a film of opaque 24
white pigmented polyethylene. 25
b. Provide laminated mats with a minimum of one layer of an impervious material 26
such as polyethylene, vinyl plastic, or other acceptable material (either as a 27
solid sheet or impregnated into another fabric) 28
c. Provide mats free of visible defects. 29
G. Formwork Materials 30
1. Timber Forms 31
a. Provide properly seasoned, good-quality lumber free from imperfections that 32
compromise the material strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. 33
b. Provide timber or lumber in accordance with the requirements for species and 34
grade in the submitted falsework and form drawings. 35
c. Maintain forms or form lumber to maintain a good, clean condition. 36
d. Do not use any split, warped, bulged, or marred lumber, or any lumber with 37
defects that will produce inferior work. 38
e. Provide form lining for all formed surfaces except: 39
1) The inside of culvert barrels, inlets, manholes, and box girders; 40
2) Surfaces that are subsequently covered by backfill materials, or are 41
completely enclosed; and 42
3) Any surface formed by a single finished board or by plywood. 43
f. Provide form lining of an approved type, such as Masonite or plywood. Do not 44
provide thin membrane sheeting, such as polyethylene sheets, for form lining. 45
g. Use plywood a minimum of 3/4 inch thick. Place the grain of the face plies on 46
plywood forms parallel to the span between the supporting studs or joists unless 47
otherwise indicated on the submitted falsework and form drawings. 48
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 7 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
h. Use plywood for forming exposed surfaces in accordance with the requirements 1
for B-B Plyform Class 1 or Class 2 Exterior of the US Department of 2
Commerce Voluntary Product Standard PS 1. 3
i. Space studs and joists so the facing form material remains in true alignment 4
under the imposed loads. 5
j. Space wales close enough to hold forms securely to the designated lines and 6
scabbed at least 4 feet on each side of joints to provide continuity. Place a row 7
of wales near the bottom of each placement. 8
k. Place facing material with parallel and square joints, securely fastened to 9
supporting studs. 10
l. Place forms with the form panels symmetrical (long dimensions set in the same 11
direction) for surfaces exposed to view and receiving only an ordinary surface 12
finish. 13
m. Make molding for chamfer strips or other materials that will not split when 14
nailed and can be maintained to a true line without warping. 15
n. Fill forms at all sharp corners and edges with triangular chamfer strips 16
measuring 3/4 inches on the sides unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 17
o. Remove metal and wooden spreaders separating the forms as the concrete is 18
being placed. 19
p. Provide adequate clean-out openings for narrow walls and other locations 20
where access to the bottom of the forms is not readily available. 21
2. Metal Forms 22
a. Requirements for timber forms also apply to metal forms. Metal forms do not 23
require lining unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 24
b. Use form metal thick enough to maintain the true shape without warping or 25
bulging. 26
c. Countersink all bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides. 27
d. Design clamps, pins, or other connecting devices to hold the forms rigidly 28
together and to allow removal without damage to the concrete. 29
e. Use metal forms that present a smooth surface and line up properly. 30
H. Repair Materials 31
1. In accordance with Section 32 01 29. 32
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 33
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 34
A. Tests and Inspections 35
1. Material Source Testing and Submittals 36
a. Perform in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 37
PART 3 - EXECUTION 38
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 39
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 40
41
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 8 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION 1
A. Hauling 2
1. Deliver concrete to the Site in accordance with Sections 41 14 00 and 03 00 00. 3
2. Maintain concrete delivery and placement rates to prevent cold joints and in 4
accordance with Section 03 00 00. 5
3. Any concrete not placed within the time limits specified under Section 03 00 00 6
will be rejected. 7
4. Protect concrete transported by conveyors from sun and wind to prevent loss of 8
slump and workability. Shade or wrap the pipes the concrete is pumped through, if 9
necessary. 10
a. Wrap pipes in wet burlap. 11
5. Adding Water or Chemical Admixtures 12
a. Water may be added to the truck until the slump test is conducted. Once the 13
slump test is conducted, the addition of water or admixtures is not permitted 14
unless the slump is too low or otherwise permitted. 15
b. When water or air entraining admixture is added, turn the drum or blades at 16
least 30 additional revolutions at mixing speed to ensure thorough and uniform 17
mixing of the concrete. 18
c. When water is added, do not exceed the approved mix design water to 19
cementitious material ratio. 20
d. Do not add water or chemical admixtures after any concrete has been 21
discharged. 22
B. Transport and Discharging 23
1. Arrange discharging equipment, such as chutes, troughs, conveyors, pipes, and 24
vertical downspouts, to prevent segregation of the concrete material. 25
2. Keep all transporting and discharging equipment clean and free from hardened 26
concrete coatings. 27
3. Discharge water used for cleaning clear of the concrete. 28
4. Discharging Time 29
a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 30
C. Concrete Temperature 31
1. Place concrete according to the following temperature limits for the classes of 32
concrete defined in Section 03 00 00. 33
a. Class C, F, or H 34
1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 95 degrees 35
Fahrenheit. 36
b. Class S Culvert Top Slabs 37
1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 85 degrees 38
Fahrenheit. 39
c. Class A and B 40
1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is greater than 50 degrees 41
Fahrenheit. 42
d. Mass Concrete 43
1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 75 degrees 44
Fahrenheit. 45
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 9 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
D. Surface Preparation 1
1. Thoroughly wet all forms and adjacent hardened concrete prior to placing concrete. 2
2. Remove any remaining puddles of excess water before placing concrete. 3
3. Provide surfaces in a moist, saturated surface-dry condition when concrete is placed 4
on them. 5
4. Ensure the subgrade or foundation is moist before placing concrete on grade. 6
3.4 INSTALLATION 7
A. Superstructure Construction 8
1. Construct all superstructures in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification 9
Item 422. 10
B. Schedule Restrictions 11
1. Reducing Schedule Restrictions 12
a. The Contractor may request to perform additional testing to reduce the schedule 13
restrictions required. At the time of request, the City will provide additional 14
testing requirements based on the site conditions. 15
b. If the Contractor does not perform additional strength testing, the 7-day lab-16
cured tests will be used for strength determination unless otherwise specified in 17
the Drawings. 18
2. Setting Forms 19
a. Attain at least 3,000 psi compressive strength before erecting forms on concrete 20
footings supported by piling or drilled shafts, or on individual drilled shafts. 21
b. Erect forms on spread footings and culvert footings after the concrete has aged 22
at least 2 curing days. 23
c. Place concrete only after the forms and reinforcing steel have been inspected. 24
d. Support tie beam or cap forms by falsework on previously placed tie beams 25
only if the tie beam concrete has attained a compressive strength of 3,000 psi 26
and the member is properly supported. 27
e. Maintain curing as required until completion of the curing period. 28
f. Place superstructure forms or falsework on the substructure only if the 29
substructure concrete has attained a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 30
psi. 31
3. Placement of Superstructure Members 32
a. Place superstructure members or precast substructure members only after the 33
substructure concrete has attained a compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 34
4. Opening to Traffic 35
a. Direct traffic culverts may be opened to traffic when the design strength 36
specified in the Drawings or in Section 03 00 00 has been reached and after the 37
curing period has ended. 38
b. Obtain approval before opening direct traffic culverts to the traveling public. 39
5. Post-Tensioned Construction 40
a. Ensure strength requirements specified in the Drawings for structural element 41
designed to be post-tensioned are met for stressing and staged loading of 42
structural elements. 43
44
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 10 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Falsework and Forms 1
1. Falsework 2
a. Provide falsework design and materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard 3
Specification Item 420. 4
2. Forms 5
a. Provide formwork design and materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard 6
Specification Item 420. 7
b. Provide bond-breaking layer on timber and metal forms. 8
D. Drains 9
1. Install and construct weep holes and roadway drains as specified in the Drawings. 10
E. Placing Reinforcement and Post-Tensioning 11
1. Place reinforcement in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 12
2. Do not weld reinforcing steel supports to other reinforcing steel unless specified in 13
the Drawings. 14
3. Place post-tensioning ducts, anchorages, and other hardware in accordance with the 15
approved prestressing details and TxDOT Standard Specification Item 426. Keep 16
ducts free of obstructions until all post-tensioning operations are complete. 17
F. Joints 18
1. Expansion Joints 19
a. Construct joints and devices in accordance with the Drawings. 20
b. Use light wire or nails to anchor any preformed fiber joint material to the 21
concrete on 1 side of the joint. 22
c. Ensure finished joints are in accordance with the Drawings with the concrete 23
sections completely separated by the specified opening or joint material. 24
d. Remove all concrete within the joint opening immediately after form removal 25
and again where necessary after surface finishing. 26
2. Construction Joints 27
a. Make construction joints of the type and at the locations specified in the 28
Drawings. 29
b. Additional joints in other members are not permitted without approval. 30
c. Place approved additional joints using details specified in the Drawings. 31
d. Make construction joints square and normal to the forms unless otherwise 32
specified in the Drawings or by the City. 33
e. Use bulkheads in the forms for all vertical joints. 34
f. Thoroughly roughen the top surface of a concrete placement terminating at a 35
horizontal construction joint as soon as possible after initial set is attained. 36
g. Thoroughly clean the hardened concrete surface of all loose material, laitance, 37
dirt, and foreign matter, and saturate with water. 38
h. Remove all free water and moisten the surface before concrete or bonding grout 39
is placed against it. 40
i. Ensure the surface of the existing concrete is in a saturated surface-dry 41
condition immediately before placing subsequent concrete. 42
1) A saturated surface-dry condition is achieved when the surface remains 43
damp when exposed to sunlight for 15 minutes. 44
45
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 11 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
j. Wet the existing concrete by ponding water on the surface for 24 hours before 1
placing subsequent concrete. 2
1) Use high-pressure water blasting if ponding is not possible to achieve a 3
saturated surface-dry condition 15 to 30 minutes before placing the 4
concrete. 5
k. Draw forms tight against the existing concrete. 6
l. Bonding agents are not required unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or 7
by the City. 8
m. Coat the joint surface with bonding mortar, grout, epoxy, or other material if a 9
bonding agent is required. 10
n. Provide Type V epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100 for bonding fresh 11
concrete to hardened concrete. 12
o. Place the bonding epoxy on a clean, dry surface, and place the fresh concrete 13
while the epoxy is still tacky. 14
p. Place bonding mortar or grout on a surface in a saturated surface-dry condition, 15
and place the concrete before the bonding mortar or grout dries. 16
q. Place other bonding agents in accordance with the manufacturer’s 17
recommendations. 18
G. Placing Concrete 19
1. General 20
a. Minimize segregation while placing concrete. 21
b. Produce and place a uniform, dense compact mass of concrete. 22
c. Ensure concrete free-falls no more than 5 feet except in the case of drilled 23
shafts, thin walls such as culverts, or as allowed by other items. 24
d. Fill the forms by depositing concrete as close to final position as possible. Do 25
not deposit large quantities of concrete in one location and move the concrete to 26
fill the forms. 27
e. Remove any hardened concrete splatter ahead of the plastic concrete. 28
f. Deposit concrete in layers no more than 36 inches deep unless otherwise 29
permitted. 30
g. Avoid cold joints in monolithic placement. Sequence successive layers or 31
adjacent portions of concrete so they can be vibrated into a homogeneous mass 32
with the previously placed concrete before it sets. 33
h. Re-Vibration 34
1) When re-vibrating between adjacent or successive placements of concrete, 35
verify approved time lapse between adjacent or successive placements with 36
the City. 37
2) The timeframe between adjacent or successive placements will be subject 38
to approval by the City. 39
3) General accepted timeframes include: 40
a) No more than 1 hour to elapse 41
b) If the concrete contains at least the minimum recommended dosage of 42
Type B or D admixture, the City may approve 1.5 hours to elapse. 43
2. In Cold Weather 44
a. Provide and install recording thermometers, maturity meters, or other suitable 45
temperature measuring devices capable of determining the temperature of the 46
concrete to verify all concrete is in accordance with the following temperature 47
limits: 48
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 12 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1) Maintain the temperature at all surfaces of concrete in bents, piers, culvert 1
walls, retaining walls, parapets, wingwalls, top slabs of non-direct traffic 2
culverts, and other similar formed concrete at or above 40 degrees 3
Fahrenheit for 72 hours from the time of placement. 4
2) Maintain the temperature of all other concrete, including the bottom slabs 5
(footings) of culverts placed on or in the ground above 32 degrees 6
Fahrenheit for 72 hours from the time of placement. 7
b. Use coverings, insulated forms, artificial heating, or other means until all 8
requirements for curing have been satisfied. Do not apply heat directly to 9
concrete surfaces. 10
c. Plan for cold weather and have all necessary heating and covering material 11
ready for use. If any concrete is damaged due to poor planning, remove and 12
replace concrete at no cost to the City. 13
d. In accordance with ambient temperature requirements of this Section and 14
Section 03 00 00. 15
3. In Hot Weather 16
a. Keep the concrete at or below the maximum temperature at the time of 17
placement. 18
b. To control the concrete temperature, use ice, liquid nitrogen, shade, or water on 19
aggregate stockpiles. 20
4. In Water 21
a. Deposit concrete in water only when specified in the Drawings or with 22
approval from the City. 23
b. Make forms or cofferdams tight enough to prevent any water current passing 24
through. 25
c. Do not pump water during or within 36 hours of concrete placement. 26
d. Place the concrete with a tremie, pump, or other approved method. 27
1) Do not allow the concrete to fall freely through the water and do not disturb 28
the concrete after it has been placed. 29
e. Keep the concrete surface level during placement. 30
f. Submerge the lower end of the tremie or pump hose in the concrete at all times. 31
g. Use continuous placing operations until the work is complete. 32
5. Mass Placements 33
a. Develop and obtain approval for a heat control plan for monolithic placements 34
specified in the Drawings as mass concrete. 35
b. Place in accordance with the following temperature limits during the heat 36
dissipation period for mass monolithic placements: 37
1) The temperature differential between the central core of the placement and 38
the exposed concrete surface does not exceed 35 degrees Fahrenheit 39
2) The temperature at the central core of the placement does not exceed 160 40
degrees Fahrenheit 41
3) Revise the heat control plan as necessary to maintain the temperature 42
limitations. 43
4) Repair any resulting cracking if the temperature differential between the 44
central core of the placement and the nearest concrete surface exceeds 35 45
degrees Fahrenheit, at no cost to the City. 46
c. Furnish and install enough temperature recording devices, maturity meters, or 47
other approved equivalent devices to monitor the heat dissipation. 48
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 13 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Maintain temperature control methods for 4 days unless otherwise directed or 1
approved based on the heat control plan. 2
e. Install devices using the following parameters: 3
1) Measuring Surface Temperature 4
a) Install no more than 3 inches from the surface. 5
2) Measuring Core Temperature 6
a) Install mid-way between the point of maximum predicted heat to the 7
nearest surface. 8
f. Do not use maturity meters to predict strength. 9
g. If the core temperature exceeds 160 degrees Fahrenheit, the mass concrete will 10
be subject to removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 11
1) Do not move forward with subsequent construction until the City has 12
evaluated the mass concrete. 13
6. In Foundation and Substructure 14
a. Perform any pumping or bailing from a suitable sump located outside the 15
forms. 16
b. Construct or adjust all temporary wales or braces inside cofferdams as the work 17
proceeds to prevent unauthorized construction joints. 18
c. Footings 19
1) Do not place concrete in footings until the depth and formwork has been 20
inspected. 21
2) Place concrete footings upon seal concrete after the cofferdams are free 22
from water and the seal concrete is cleaned. 23
d. Columns 24
1) Place concrete in columns monolithically between construction joints 25
unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 26
2) Place the column concrete to the lower level of the cap or tie beam and 27
delay placing the cap or tie beam on top of the column until the column 28
concrete has reached a compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 29
7. In Box Culverts 30
a. For locations where the culvert is more than 4 feet in clear height, delay placing 31
the top slab until the wall concrete has reached a compressive strength of 3,000 32
psi. 33
b. Finishing 34
1) Footing slab 35
a) Provide a smooth, uniform finish. 36
2) Direct traffic top slabs 37
a) Finish in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification Item 422. 38
3) Other top slabs 39
a) Float finish 40
H. Extending Existing Substructures 41
1. Removal 42
a. Remove portions of the existing structure to the lines and dimensions specified 43
in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 44
b. Repair any minor damage to the existing structure in accordance with Section 45
32 01 29. 46
c. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 47
d. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment 48
unless directed to or approved by the City. 49
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 14 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Use equipment that will not damage the remaining concrete. 1
2. Splicing Reinforcing Steel 2
a. Splice new reinforcing bars to exposed bars in the existing structure using lap 3
splices in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 4
b. Welded splices are permitted, perform welds in accordance with TxDOT 5
Standard Specification Item 448. 6
3. Concrete Preparation 7
a. Roughen and clean concrete surfaces in contact with new construction before 8
placing forms. 9
b. Prepare joint surfaces in accordance with this Section. 10
I. Consolidation 11
1. Consolidate concrete and flush mortar to the form surfaces with immersion type 12
vibrators. Do not use vibrators that operate by attachment to forms or 13
reinforcement, unless otherwise approved. 14
2. Vibrate the concrete immediately after deposit. Space points of vibration to ensure 15
complete consolidation and thorough working of the concrete around the 16
reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and into the corners and angles of the forms. 17
3. Insert the vibrators vertically where possible. 18
4. Vibrate the entire depth of each lift and penetrate the previous lift 2 to 3 inches 19
where applicable. 20
5. Do not use the vibrator to move the concrete to other locations in the forms. 21
6. Do not drag the vibrator through the concrete. 22
7. Thoroughly consolidate concrete along construction joints by operating the vibrator 23
along and close to the joint surface. Do not vibrate against the joint surface. 24
8. Continue vibration until the concrete surrounding reinforcements and fixtures is 25
completely consolidated. 26
9. Hand-space or rod the concrete if necessary to ensure flushing of mortar to the 27
surface of all forms. 28
J. Dowels and Anchor Bolts 29
1. Install dowels and anchor bolts by casting them in-place or by grouting with grout, 30
epoxy, or epoxy mortar, unless otherwise specified. 31
2. Form or drill holes for grouting. 32
3. Follow the manufacturer’s recommended installation procedures for pre-packaged 33
grout or epoxy anchor systems. 34
4. Test anchors if specified in the Drawings or required within applicable Sections. 35
5. Drill holes for anchor bolts to accommodate the bolt embedment specified in the 36
Drawings. 37
6. Make holes for dowels at least 12 inches deep unless otherwise specified in the 38
Drawings. 39
7. Hole Diameter Size 40
a. A minimum of twice the dowel or bolt diameter 41
b. When using cementitious grout or epoxy mortar, do not exceed the dowel or 42
bolt diameter plus 1.5 inches. 43
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 15 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. When using neat epoxy, make the hole diameter 1/16 to 1/4 inch greater than 1
the dowel or bolt diameter, unless otherwise specified by the epoxy 2
manufacturer. 3
8. Thoroughly clean holes of all loose material, oil, grease, or other bond-breaking 4
substance, and blow them clean with filtered compressed air. 5
9. Use a wire brush followed by oil-free compressed air to remove all loose material 6
from the holes, repeating as necessary until no more material is removed. 7
10. Ensure holes are in a surface-dry condition when epoxy type materials are used and 8
a surface-moist condition when cementitious grout is used. 9
11. Develop and demonstrate for approval a procedure for cleaning and preparing the 10
holes for installation of the dowels and anchor bolts. 11
12. Completely fill the void between the hole and dowel or bolt with grouting material. 12
13. Follow all product recommendations for pre-packaged systems. 13
K. Finishing of Surfaces 14
1. Standard Surfaces 15
a. Provide a consistent and uniform surface for all visible concrete surfaces. 16
b. Apply an ordinary smooth surface finish to all concrete surfaces unless a flat, 17
textured, broom, or trowel surface is specified in this Section, the Drawings, or 18
as directed by the City. 19
c. Repair defects and surface irregularities in accordance with this Section. 20
Remove and replace any visible surfaces with defects or irregularities that are 21
unable to be repaired. 22
d. Apply an ordinary smooth surface finish as the final finish to the following 23
exposed concrete surfaces, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the 24
City: 25
1) Inside and top of inlets 26
2) Inside and top of manholes 27
3) Inside of sewer and appurtenances 28
4) Inside of culvert barrels 29
e. Form marks and chamfer edges do not need to be smoothed for the inside of 30
culvert barrels. 31
2. Horizontal Surfaces 32
a. Do not use mortar topping for surfaces, unless otherwise directed by the City. 33
b. Strike off to grade and finish all unformed upper surfaces and float the surface. 34
c. Slope the following to drain water from the surface 35
1) Tops of caps and piers between bearing areas from the center slightly 36
toward the edge 37
2) The tops of abutment and transition bent caps from the backwall to the edge 38
d. Construct bearing areas for steel units in accordance with TxDOT Standard 39
Specification Item 441. 40
e. Finish 41
1) Standard 42
a) Smooth trowel finish 43
2) Bearing area under the expansion ends of concrete slabs and slab and girder 44
spans 45
a) Steel-trowel finish to the grades specified 46
3) Bearing areas under elastomeric bearing pads or nonreinforced bearing seat 47
buildups 48
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 16 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a) Textured, wood float finish 1
4) Do not allow the bearing area to vary from a level plane by more than 1/16 2
inch in all directions. 3
f. Cast bearing seat buildups or pedestals for concrete units integrally with the cap 4
or a construction joint. 5
g. Provide a latex-based mortar, an epoxy mortar, or an approved proprietary 6
bearing mortar for bearing seat buildups cast with a construction joint. 7
h. Construct pedestals of Class C concrete, reinforced as specified in the Drawings 8
or, for pedestals less than 12 inches in height, as indicated in Figure 1 and 2 9
10
Figure 1 11
Section Through Bearing Seat Buildups 12
Figure 2 13
Section Through Bearing Seat Buildups 14
15
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 17 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
L. Curing 1
1. General 2
a. Perform curing in accordance with approved methods. 3
b. Curing Day 4
1) Standard 5
a) The temperature, taken in the shade, is above 50 degrees Fahrenheit for 6
at least 19 hours. 7
2) Cold Day 8
a) The temperature of all surfaces of the concrete is maintained above 40 9
degrees Fahrenheit for the entire 24 hours. 10
c. The curing period begins when all concrete has attained its initial set in 11
accordance with Tex-440-A, unless otherwise indicated in the Drawings. 12
d. Curing Locations 13
1) For vertical surfaces, use form or membrane curing unless otherwise 14
specified in the Drawings or by the City. 15
2) For horizontal surfaces of HPC or mass concrete, use only water curing. 16
3) For horizontal or unformed surfaces of all other concrete, use water or 17
membrane curing. 18
4) For the top surface of any concrete structure that additional concrete will be 19
placed and bonded onto at a later date, use water curing. Examples include, 20
but are not limited to stub walls, caps with backwalls, and risers. 21
5) Cure all other concrete as specified in other applicable Sections. 22
e. Curing Timeframes: 23
1) Standard 24
a) Cure all concrete for 4 consecutive days 25
2) Vertical Surfaces 26
a) Form cure for 48 hours after placement followed by 4 days of form 27
curing. 28
b) Form cure for 12 hours after placement followed by membrane cure in 29
accordance with manufacturer recommendations, as specified by the 30
Drawings, or as directed by the City. 31
c) HPC concrete 32
(1) Form cure for 48 hours after placement followed by membrane 33
cure in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, as 34
specified by the Drawings, or as directed by the City . 35
3) Mass Concrete 36
a) If forms are removed prior to 4 days of curing, form cure as required by 37
the heat control plan and then membrane cure in accordance with 38
manufacturer recommendations, as specified by the Drawings, or as 39
directed by the City. 40
f. If using membrane curing, apply within 2 hours of form removal. 41
2. Form Curing 42
a. When forms are left in contact with the concrete, other curing methods are not 43
required except for exposed surfaces and for cold weather protection. 44
b. Use other approved curing methods if forms are removed prior to the 4 day 45
curing period. 46
3. Water Curing 47
a. Keep all exposed surfaces of the concrete continuously wet for the required 48
curing timeframe. 49
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 18 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Use water in accordance with Section 03 00 00. Do not use water that stains or 1
leaves a residue. 2
4. Blankets 3
a. Keep the concrete continuously wet by maintaining wet cotton or burlap mats 4
in direct contact with the concrete for the required curing time. 5
b. Cover the cotton or burlap mats with a layer of polyethylene sheeting. 6
c. Weigh the mats adequately to provide continuous contact with all concrete. 7
d. Cover surfaces that cannot be cured by direct contact with mats by forming an 8
enclosure well anchored to the forms or ground so outside air cannot enter the 9
enclosure. 10
1) Provide sufficient moisture inside the enclosure to keep all surfaces of the 11
concrete wet. 12
5. Membrane Curing 13
a. Do not vary the type of curing compound throughout the project. 14
b. Apply membrane curing at a rate of approximately 180 square feet per gallon 15
unless otherwise specified in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, 16
as specified by the Drawings, or as directed by the City. 17
c. Do not spray curing compound on projecting reinforcing steel or concrete that 18
will later form a construction joint. 19
d. Do not apply membrane curing to dry surfaces. Follow the manufacturer’s 20
recommendations for what level of surface moisture to apply curing compound. 21
e. Leave the film unbroken for the minimum curing period specified by the 22
manufacturer. 23
f. Correct damaged membrane immediately by reapplication of membrane. 24
M. Removal of Falsework and Forms 25
1. Follow curing requirements when removing forms. 26
2. For mass placements, keep forms in place for 4 days following concrete placement 27
unless otherwise specified by the heat control plan, in the Drawings, or by the City. 28
3. Do not remove weight-supporting forms and falsework spanning more than 1 foot 29
for all bridge components and culvert slabs until the concrete has attained a 30
compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 31
4. Remove inside forms (walls and top slabs) for box culverts and sewers after 32
concrete has attained 75 percent of the design compressive strength. 33
5. If a form is not providing support, the form may be removed provided the removal 34
does not disturb other forms that are providing support. 35
6. Metal Appliances: 36
a. Remove all metal appliances used inside forms to a depth of at least one-half 37
inch from the concrete surface. 38
b. Remove appliances without chipping or spalling the concrete. 39
c. If the concrete is damaged, the City will decide if the concrete can be repaired, 40
or if it will need to be replaced. 41
d. Replace any concrete that has been damaged due to the removal of metal 42
appliances at no cost to the City. 43
7. Do not leave any forms or falsework in place unless otherwise specified in the 44
Drawings or as directed by the City. 45
3.5 REPAIR 46
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 19 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
A. Repair Surface Defects and Irregularities 1
1. Chip away all loose or broken material to sound concrete where porous, spalled, or 2
honeycombed areas are visible after form removal. 3
2. Repair spalls in accordance with Section 32 01 29. 4
3. Clean and fill holes or spalls caused by the removal of form and falsework with 5
latex grout, cement grout, or epoxy grout. Fill only the holes. Do not blend the 6
patch with the surrounding concrete. 7
4. Remove all fins, rust stains, runs, drips, or mortar from surfaces that will be 8
exposed. Smooth all form marks and chamfer edges by grinding or dry-rubbing. 9
5. Ensure all repairs are dense, well-bonded, and properly cured. Finish exposed large 10
repairs to blend with the surrounding concrete where a higher class of finish is not 11
specified. 12
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 14
A. Concrete Mix Design and Verification 15
1. Perform testing in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 16
B. Concrete Production and Placement Acceptance 17
1. Perform production and placement testing in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 18
C. Non-Conforming Work 19
1. General 20
a. The City may at any time reject a material if it fails to meet the requirements 21
specified in this Section. 22
b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed 23
concrete if any material is found to be non-conforming, at no additional cost to 24
the City. 25
c. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. 26
2. Aggregates 27
a. If the aggregates fail to meet the requirements specified in Section 32 05 16, the 28
City may reject the aggregates. 29
3. Concrete Mix Design and Production Materials 30
a. If the mix design fails to meet the requirements specified in this Section and 31
Section 03 00 00, the City may reject the mix design. 32
b. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject to 33
removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 34
c. The City may perform verification testing on all materials to verify the 35
conformance of the mixture. 36
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 37
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 38
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 39
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 40
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 41
03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 20 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 1
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 2
END OF SECTION 3
4
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
5
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 03 80 00 1
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Modifications to existing concrete structures, including manholes, junction boxes, 6
vaults, retaining walls, wingwalls, headwalls, and culverts. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 14
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 15
5. Section 03 34 13 - Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 16
6. Section 32 32 00 – Retaining Walls. 17
7. Section 33 05 05 - Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19
A. Measurement and Payment 20
1. Measurement 21
a. Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures materials, equipment, tools, 22
testing, and incidentals are subsidiary to the structure or item being installed. 23
2. Payment 24
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 25
subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of 26
Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 27
1.3 REFERENCES 28
A. Reference Standards 29
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 30
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 31
unless a date is specifically cited. 32
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 33
Specifications (DMS): 34
a. DMS-6100, Epoxies and Adhesives. 35
3. TxDOT Concrete Repair Manual. 36
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1
1.5 SUBMITTALS 2
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 4
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 5
A. Product Data 6
1. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer supplying curing 7
compounds, evaporation retardant, joint fillers, or chemical additives to be used on 8
the project. 9
2. Product data sheets for all products other than epoxy including: 10
a. Manufacturer name 11
b. Date 12
c. Material description 13
d. Point of delivery 14
e. Data and test results as required in this Section 15
f. Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable, required for Epoxy and Curing 16
Compounds 17
g. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 18
h. Application Recommendations, if applicable 19
i. Manufacturer’s Recommended Storage and Handling instructions 20
3. Epoxy Product Data Sheet Additional Requirements: 21
a. Resin or hardener components 22
b. Brand name 23
c. Name of manufacturer 24
d. Lot or batch number 25
e. Temperature range for storage 26
f. Date of manufacture 27
g. Expiration date 28
h. Quantity contained 29
B. Information Submittals 30
1. Equipment Information 31
a. Submittal for all major equipment including: 32
1) Equipment name and description 33
2) Size 34
3) Intended use 35
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 38
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 39
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 40
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 41
66 00. 42
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
2.2 MATERIALS 5
A. Cast-in-Place Concrete 6
1. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 03 30 00. 7
B. Controlled Low Strength Material 8
1. In accordance with Section 03 34 13. 9
C. Steel Reinforcement 10
1. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 11
D. Epoxy Bonding Agent 12
1. Provide a two component, solvent-free, asbestos-free, moisture-insensitive epoxy 13
resin material used to bond plastic concrete to hardened concrete in accordance with 14
DMS-6100, Type V. 15
E. Backfill material 16
1. Trenches 17
a. In accordance with Section 33 05 05. 18
2. Retaining walls 19
a. In accordance with Section 32 32 00. 20
F. Repair Mortars 21
1. Provide an asbestos free, moisture insensitive, polymer-modified, Portland cement-22
based cementitious trowel grade mortar for repairs on horizontal or vertical 23
surfaces. 24
G. Pipe Penetration Sealants 25
1. Provide one component polyurethane, bentonite-free, extrudable swelling waterstop 26
that is chemically resistant, not soluble in water, and capable of withstanding 27
wet/dry cycling. 28
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 29
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 30
PART 3 - EXECUTION 31
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 32
33
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.2 EXAMINATION 1
A. Verification of Conditions 2
1. Examine existing structure to be modified for damage or defects that may affect 3
modification. 4
a. Report issue to City for review before beginning modification. 5
3.3 PREPARATION 6
A. Connection Surface Preparation 7
1. Remove all deteriorated materials, dirt, oil, grease, and all other bond inhibiting 8
materials from the surface by dry mechanical means such as sanding or grinding. 9
a. Irregular voids or surface stones do not need to be removed if they are sound, 10
free of laitance, and firmly embedded into parent concrete, subject to the City's 11
final inspection. 12
B. Reinforcing Steel Preparation 13
1. Clean reinforcing steel shown to be incorporated in new concrete of existing 14
demolished concrete by wire brush or other similar means to remove all loose 15
material and products of corrosion before proceeding with the repair. 16
2. If reinforcing steel is exposed, clean by wire brush or other similar means to 17
remove all contaminants. 18
3. If half of the diameter or more of the reinforcing steel is exposed, chip out a 19
minimum of 1 inch behind the steel. 20
4. Cut, bend, or lap to new reinforcing as specified in the Drawings and provide with 21
1-inch minimum cover all around. 22
3.4 INSTALLATION 23
A. General 24
1. When drilling holes for dowels or bolts at new or existing concrete, stop drilling if 25
rebar is encountered and relocate the hole to avoid rebar as approved by the City 26
and Engineer. 27
2. Do not cut rebar without prior approval by the City and Engineer. 28
B. Concrete Removal 29
1. Remove concrete designated to be removed to specific limits as shown on the 30
Drawings by chipping, jack-hammering, or saw-cutting as appropriate in areas 31
where concrete is to be taken out. 32
a. Do not jackhammer sanitary sewer manhole penetrations. 33
2. Remove concrete in such a manner that surrounding concrete or existing reinforcing 34
to be left in place and existing in place equipment is not damaged. 35
3. Where existing reinforcing is exposed due to saw cutting/core drilling and no new 36
material is to be placed on the sawcut surface, apply a coating or surface treatment 37
of epoxy to the entire cut surface to a thickness of 1/4 inch. 38
4. In all cases where the joint between new concrete or grout and existing concrete 39
will be exposed in the finished work, except as otherwise shown or specified, 40
provide a 1-inch deep saw cut on each exposed surface of the existing concrete at 41
the edge of concrete removal. 42
03 80 00
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Modification 1
1. When doweling in new concrete to existing structure, drill a hole 1/4 inch larger 2
than the diameter of the dowel. 3
a. Thoroughly clean the hole of all loose particles and dust and blow clean with 4
filtered compressed air prior to installing epoxy. 5
2. Roughen the existing concrete surface by dry mechanical means such as sanding or 6
grinding prior to placing grout, epoxy, or new concrete. 7
3. Place concrete as specified in the Drawings and in accordance with Section 03 30 8
00. 9
3.5 REPAIR 10
A. Repair damaged concrete specified to be left in place in accordance with the TxDOT 11
Concrete Repair Manual. 12
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 14
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 15
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 16
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 17
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 18
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 19
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 20
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 21
END OF SECTION 22
23
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
24
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 26 05 00 1
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. All labor, materials, and equipment required to install, test, and provide an 6
operational electrical system as specified in the Drawings 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Division 26 – Electrical. 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Furnish and Install Electrical Service 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per each electrical service installed 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 21
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 22
unit price bid per each for “Furnish/Install Electrical Service” for: 23
a) Various types. 24
b) Various sizes. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Furnishing and installing all the components of the electrical service as 27
specified by the Drawings 28
2) All necessary permits and fees and other costs 29
3) Coordinating with the utility company for all work and materials provided 30
by the utility company 31
4) Poles 32
5) Service supports 33
6) Foundations 34
7) Anchor bolts 35
8) Riprap 36
9) Enclosures 37
10) Switches 38
11) Breakers 39
12) Service conduit 40
13) Fittings 41
14) Service conductors 42
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
15) Brackets 1
16) Bolts 2
17) Hangers 3
18) Hardware 4
19) Equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 5
20) Excavation 6
21) Disposal of excess material 7
22) Haul off 8
23) Cleanup 9
2. Relocate Electrical Service 10
a. Measurement 11
1) Measured per each electrical service relocated. 12
b. Payment 13
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 14
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 15
unit price bid per each for “Relocate Electrical Service” for: 16
a) Various types. 17
b) Various sizes. 18
c. The price bid shall include: 19
1) Disconnecting and isolating the existing electrical service as specified in 20
the Drawings 21
2) Relocating the service supports 22
3) New service support foundation 23
4) Furnishing and compacting of backfill 24
5) Paying all fees, permits, and other costs 25
6) Coordination with the utility company for all work and materials provided 26
by the utility company 27
7) Removal and disconnection of equipment and materials 28
8) Poles 29
9) Service supports 30
10) Foundations 31
11) Anchor bolts 32
12) Riprap 33
13) Enclosures 34
14) Switches 35
15) Breakers 36
16) Service conduit 37
17) Fittings 38
18) Service conductors 39
19) Brackets 40
20) Bolts 41
21) Hangers 42
22) Hardware 43
23) Equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 44
24) Excavation 45
25) Disposal of excess material 46
26) Haul off 47
27) Cleanup 48
49
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Remove Electrical Service 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per each of the electrical service removed 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 5
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 6
unit price bid of each for “Remove Electrical Service” for: 7
a) Various types. 8
b) Various sizes. 9
c. The price bid shall include: 10
1) Coordination with the utility company to disconnect and isolate the 11
electrical service 12
2) Removing the service supports 13
3) Furnishing and compaction of backfill 14
4) Materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 15
5) 16
1.3 REFERENCES 17
A. Reference Standards 18
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 19
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 20
unless a date is specifically cited. 21
1. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 22
Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges: 23
a. Item 441, “Steel Structures” 24
b. Item 445, “Galvanizing” 25
c. Item 449, “Anchor Bolts” 26
d. Item 618, “Conduit” 27
e. Item 620, “Electrical Conductors” 28
f. Item 627, “Treated Timber Poles” 29
g. Item 628, “Electrical Services” 30
h. Item 656, “Foundations for Traffic Control Devices” 31
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 32
Specifications (DMS): 33
a. DMS-11080, “Electrical Services” 34
3. TxDOT Material Producer List (MPL) 35
4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 36
5. National Electrical Code (NEC) 37
6. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 38
7. Canadian Electrical Code (CSA) 39
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 40
A. Coordination 41
1. Where references are made to the Related Work paragraph in each Specification 42
Section, referring to other Sections and other Divisions of the Specifications, the 43
Contractor shall provide such information or Work as may be required in those 44
references, and include such information or Work as may be specified. 45
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Division 26 requirements apply to electrical work provided under any division of 1
the Specifications. 2
B. Service and Metering 3
1. Obtain service from the electric service provider at 120/240 Volts, Single Phase, 4
Three Wire, 60 Hz from transformer equipment furnished and installed by the 5
power company. 6
2. Power company responsibilities: 7
a. Furnishing and installing the primary overhead conductors and pole line 8
b. Furnishing and installing the transformer or riser pole, primary cutouts, 9
lightning arresters and grounding 10
c. Furnishing and installing primary conduits and cables 11
d. Furnishing and installing the transformer pad and grounding (if pad-mounted 12
transformer) 13
e. Furnishing and installing transformer 14
f. Terminating underground primary cables 15
g. Furnishing metering current transformers (CT's), meter and meter wiring 16
h. Terminating secondary cables to the service transformer 17
i. Furnishing meter base and enclosure 18
3. Contractor responsibilities: 19
a. Furnishing and installing secondary conduits and cables 20
b. Furnishing and installing power company approved metering current 21
transformer enclosure (if required by power company) 22
c. Installing meter base 23
d. Furnishing and installing an empty conduit with pull line from the metering 24
current transformer enclosure to the meter enclosure. Conduit size and type 25
approved by the power company 26
e. Coordinating electrical service installation with power company 27
4. City responsibilities: 28
a. Negotiating with power company for the costs of new or revised services 29
b. Making payment directly to power company for such costs 30
C. Codes, Inspections and Fees 31
1. Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees required for permits and inspections. 32
1.5 SUBMITTALS 33
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 34
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 35
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 38
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 39
40
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 2
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 3
66 00. 4
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 5
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 7
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 8
2.2 MANUFACTURER / MATERIALS 9
A. Manufacturers 10
1. Provide material in accordance with TxDOT’s Traffic Material Producer List: 11
http://ftp.dot.state.tx.us/pub/txdot-info/cmd/mpl/qtrfsigeqp.pdf 12
a. Manufacturers on this list shall be in accordance with this Section and related 13
Sections. 14
2. Electrol Systems Meter Pedestal, Stainless Steel: 15
a. TY D (120/240)070(NS)SS(E)PS(U), or 16
b. Approved equal. 17
3. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 18
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 19
B. Materials 20
1. Provide materials that comply with the details shown on the plans, the requirements 21
of this Item, and the pertinent requirements of the following TxDOT specifications: 22
a. Item 441 23
b. Item 445 24
c. Item 449 25
d. Item 618 26
e. Item 620 27
f. Item 627 28
g. Item 656 29
2. Provide new materials, except where specified in the Drawings to be reused. 30
3. For the installation of electrical services, use new materials that meet the 31
requirements of the NEC, UL, CSA, and NEMA, and are in accordance with DMS-32
11080, “Electrical Services.” 33
4. Provide prequalified electrical services prequalified from TxDOT’s MPL. Notify 34
the City in writing of selected materials from the MPL intended for use on each 35
project. 36
5. Pedestal Service shall be custom made in accordance with the Contract Documents 37
a. Supplied with 100 amp main breaker 38
b. 1-50a/1p for traffic signal 39
c. 1-20a/2p for lighting 40
d. 1-15a/1p for control circuit interior photo cell with windows 41
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Hand-off-Auto Selector Switch 1
f. 200 amp meter socket 2
6. Pedestal service type shall be used unless otherwise approved by the City. 3
7. Pedestal service enclosure shall be aluminum and light green in color. 4
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 5
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 6
PART 3 - EXECUTION 7
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 8
3.2 EXAMINATION 9
A. Interpretation of Drawings 10
1. Coordinate the conduit installation with other trades and the actual supplied 11
equipment. 12
2. Where circuits are shown as home runs: Provide fittings and boxes for complete 13
raceway installation. 14
3. Verify exact locations and mounting heights of lighting fixtures, switches and 15
receptacles prior to installation. 16
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 17
3.4 INSTALLATION 18
A. Installation 19
1. General 20
a. Perform work as specified in the Drawings an in accordance with the 21
requirements of this Section. 22
b. Use established industry and utility safety practices when installing, relocating, 23
or removing electrical services located near overhead or underground utilities. 24
1) Consult with the appropriate utility company before beginning work. 25
2. Installation 26
a. Furnish and install electrical service equipment. 27
b. Ensure components of the electrical service meet the requirements of the 28
Contract Documents. 29
c. Follow NEC and local utility company requirements when installing the 30
electrical equipment. 31
1) Coordinate the utility companies’ work for providing service. 32
3. Relocation 33
a. Coordinate relocation with the appropriate utility company before beginning 34
work. 35
b. Remove and reinstall existing electrical service in accordance with this Section. 36
1) Replace or add circuit breakers as specified in the Drawings. 37
38
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Removal 1
a. Coordinate removal with the appropriate utility company before beginning 2
work. 3
1) Before the removal of the electrical service, disconnect and isolate any 4
existing electrical service equipment in accordance with the utility 5
company’s requirements. 6
b. Remove existing electrical service support a minimum of 2 feet below finished 7
grade unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 8
c. Repair the remaining hole by backfilling with material equal in composition 9
and density to the surrounding area. 10
d. Replace any surfacing such as asphalt pavement or concrete riprap with like 11
material to equivalent condition. 12
e. Disconnect conductors and remove them from the conduit. 13
1) Cut off all protruding conduit 6 inches below finished grade. 14
2) Abandoned conduit need not be removed unless specified in the Drawings. 15
f. Reconnect conductors and conduit to be reused when specified in the Drawings. 16
1) Any necessary splices should be made in ground boxes, unless otherwise 17
specified in the Drawings, and approved by City. 18
g. Accept ownership of unsalvageable materials, and dispose of them in 19
accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations. 20
B. Phase Balancing 21
1. Connect circuits on motor control centers and panelboards to result in evenly 22
balanced loads across all phases. 23
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 24
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 25
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP 27
A. Tests and Settings 28
1. Test systems and equipment furnished under Division 26. 29
2. Repair or replace all defective work as directed by City. 30
3. Adjust the systems as specified and/or required in accordance with manufacturer 31
and utility requirements. 32
4. Prior to energizing electrical equipment, perform the following tests: 33
a. Submit a sample test form or procedure. 34
b. Submit test reports required by the utility comapny and data within 30 days 35
after the test. 36
c. Include names of all test personnel. 37
d. Initial each test. 38
5. Check wire and cable terminations for tightness. 39
6. Verify all terminations at transformers, equipment, capacitor connections, panels, 40
and enclosures by producing a 1-2-3 rotation on a phase sequence motor when 41
connected to A, B, and C phases. 42
7. Inspect, set, and test mechanical operation for circuit breakers, disconnect switches, 43
motor starters, and control equipment. 44
26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
8. Check interlocking, control, and instrument wiring for each system and/or part of a 1
system to prove the system will function as specified in the Drawings. 2
9. Schedule and coordinate testing with the City a minimum of 2 weeks in advance. 3
10. Provide qualified test personnel, instruments, and test equipment. 4
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
26 05 26
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 26 05 26 1
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Grounding Conductors. 6
2. Ground Rod. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Grounding Conductors 16
a. Measurement 17
1) Measured per linear foot of grounding conductor installed. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 20
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 21
unit price bid per linear foot of “Bare Elec Conductor” installed for: 22
a) Various types. 23
b) Various sizes. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing and installing Grounding Conductor as specified by the 26
Drawings 27
2. Ground Rod 28
a. Measurement 29
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the various Traffic Signal Structures 30
being installed. 31
b. Payment 32
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 33
Item are subsidiary to various Traffic Signal Structures being installed and 34
shall be subsidiary to the unit price bid per various Traffic Signal Structures 35
being installed, no other compensation will be allowed. 36
3. Power Lead-in Cable 37
a. Measurement 38
1) Measured per linear foot of power lead-in cable installed. 39
40
26 05 26
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2
and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 3
unit price bid per linear foot of “Insulated Elec Conductor” installed for: 4
a) Various types. 5
b) Various sizes. 6
c. The price bid shall include: 7
1) Furnishing and installing Power Lead-in Cable as specified by the 8
Drawings 9
1.3 REFERENCES 10
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 11
1. AWG: American wire gauge 12
2. PVC: polyvinyl chloride 13
3. RHW: Rubber insulation, heat resistance of 75℃, water resistance 14
4. THHN: Thermoplastic, high heat resistance, nylon coated 15
5. A/C: alternating current 16
B. Reference Standards 17
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 18
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 19
unless a date is specifically cited. 20
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 21
Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges: 22
a. Item 620, Electrical Conductors. 23
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Materials 24
Specification: 25
a. DMS-11040, Electrical Conductors. 26
4. Federal Specification A-A-59544 27
5. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 28
a. ASTM B33, Standard Specification for Tin-Coated Soft or Annealed Copper 29
Wire for Electrical Purposes. 30
b. ASTM B8, Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper 31
Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft. 32
6. International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA). 33
7. National Electric Code (NEC). 34
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 35
1.5 SUBMITTALS 36
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 37
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 38
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 39
A. Product Data Sheets are required for: 40
1. Grounding conductor. 41
26 05 26
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Grounding rod. 1
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 4
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 5
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 6
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 7
66 00. 8
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 9
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 10
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 11
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 12
2.2 MATERIALS 13
A. Materials 14
1. Grounding Conductor 15
a. Grounding Conductor shall be in accordance with TxDOT DMS-11040. 16
b. The grounding conductor shall be a #6 AWG solid copper wire. 17
c. The conductor shall be bonded to all ground rods. 18
2. Ground Rod 19
a. Ground rod electrodes shall be copper-bonded steel being at least 5/8 inch in 20
diameter. 21
b. All ground rods shall be a minimum of 8 feet, with a minimum of 6 feet buried. 22
3. Power lead-in cable 23
a. Power lead-in cable shall be stranded RHW copper wire and suitable for A/C 24
electric service. 25
b. The cable shall be capable of operating at 600 volts maximum and suitable for 26
use at conductor temperatures not exceeding 167 degrees Fahrenheit (75 degrees 27
Celsius). 28
c. Material and construction shall be in accordance with the applicable 29
requirements of IMSA and NEC standards. 30
d. Conductors shall be stranded, anneal coated copper. 31
e. Coated wire 32
1) Use copper wire in accordance with ASTM B33 before insulating or 33
stranding. 34
f. Stranding shall be class B, in accordance with the latest edition of ASTM B8. 35
g. Insulation shall be THHN and comply with Federal Specification A-A-59544 36
and all applicable ASTM standards. 37
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 38
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 39
26 05 26
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 4
3.4 INSTALLATION 5
A. Special Techniques 6
1. Ground Conductors 7
a. Perform Work as specified in the Drawings. 8
2. Ground Rod 9
a. Properly install and connect a ground rod for each controller cabinet, power 10
drop, and signal pole pier to reduce any extraneous voltage to a safe level. 11
b. The ground rod shall be located to minimize the length of the grounding-12
conductor run. 13
c. For pole-mounted cabinets, a grounding rod and grounding conductor shall be 14
installed at the nearest foundation or ground box. 15
d. All grounding circuits shall be substantial, permanent, and electrically 16
continuous with an ohms-to-ground resistance not to exceed 10 ohms when 17
tested by volt-ohm-meter. 18
e. Illumination poles shall use concrete-grounded electrodes. 19
f. Grounding Connectors and Electrodes 20
1) When the location precludes driving a single ground rod to a depth of 8 feet 21
(2.4 m), or when a multiple ground rod matrix is used to obtain the required 22
resistance to ground, ground rods shall be spaced at least 6 feet apart and 23
bonded by a minimum No. 6 AWG copper wire. 24
2) Connection of grounding circuits to grounding electrodes shall be by 25
devices which will ensure a positive, fail-safe grip between the conductor 26
and the electrode. 27
a) No splice joint will be permitted in the grounding conductor. 28
3) Each grounding rod shall be driven into the ground to a depth sufficient to 29
provide the required resistance (10 ohms) between electrodes and ground. 30
3. Power Lead-in Cable 31
a. Perform work as specified in the Drawings. 32
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 33
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 34
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 35
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 36
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 37
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 38
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 39
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 40
26 05 26
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 1
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 2
END OF SECTION 3
4
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
5
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 1 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 26 05 33 1
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Furnish and install complete raceway systems as shown on the Drawings and as 6
specified herein. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14
A. Measurement and Payment 15
1. Conduits and Related Hardware 16
a. Measurement 17
1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface from center line to center 18
line between ground boxes or poles, a combination of the two, or to the 19
termination point of conduit installed. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per linear foot of conduit installed for: 24
a) Various sizes. 25
b) Various types. 26
c) Various installation methods. 27
c. The price bid shall include: 28
1) Installation of Conduit and Related Hardware as specified by the Drawings 29
2) Elbows 30
3) Couplings 31
4) Weatherheads 32
2. Conduit Boxes 33
a. Measurement 34
1) Measured per each Conduit Box installed. 35
b. Payment 36
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 37
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 38
price bid per each of conduit box installed. 39
c. The price bid shall include: 40
1) Furnishing and installing the Conduit Box as specified by the Drawings 41
2) Excavation 42
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 2 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 1
4) Clean-up 2
1.3 REFERENCES 3
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 4
1. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride 5
2. HDPE: High Density Polyethylene 6
3. BX: Product B Experimental 7
4. AC: Armored cable 8
B. Reference Standards 9
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 10
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 11
unless a date is specifically cited. 12
2. American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI): 13
a. ANSI C80.5, American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Aluminum 14
Conduit (ERAC). 15
3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 16
a. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volt Maximum). 17
b. C80.1, Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit. 18
c. TC-2, Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Tubing and Conduit. 19
d. TC-3, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and 20
Tubing. 21
e. TC-7, Smooth-Walled Coilable Electrical Polyethylene Conduit. 22
4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 23
a. 70 – National Electrical Code (NEC). 24
1) Article 350, Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Type LFMC. 25
2) Chapter 9, Tables. 26
5. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 27
a. 6, Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit – Steel. 28
b. 514B, Conduit, Tubing and Cable Fittings. 29
c. 651, Standard for Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. 30
C. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the 31
Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of UL. 32
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 33
1.5 SUBMITTALS 34
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 35
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 36
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 37
A. Product Data 38
1. Submit to the City, in accordance with Division 1, the manufacturers' names and 39
product designation or catalog numbers of all materials specified 40
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 41
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 3 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 2
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 3
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 4
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 5
66 00. 6
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10
2.2 MATERIALS 11
A. Materials 12
1. Liquidtight Steel Flexible Metal Conduit 13
a. Interlocked steel core 14
b. PVC jacket rated for 80 degrees Celsius 15
c. In accordance with NEC Article 350 16
d. Fittings 17
e. Extruded from 6063 T-1 alloy 18
f. Maximum 0.1 percent copper content 19
g. In accordance with: 20
1) ANSI C80.5 21
2) UL-6 22
2. Rigid Steel Conduit 23
a. Hot dip galvanized 24
b. Threads: Hot galvanized after cutting 25
c. In accordance with: 26
1) NEMA C80.1 27
3. Rigid PVC Schedule 80 Conduit 28
a. Designed for use above ground and underground as described in the NEC 29
b. Resistant to sunlight 30
c. UL Labeled 31
d. In accordance with: 32
1) NEMA TC-2 33
2) UL 651 34
e. Fittings in accordance with: 35
1) NEMA TC-3 36
2) UL 514B 37
4. Rigid PVC Schedule 40 Conduit 38
a. Designed for use underground as described in the NEC 39
b. Resistant to sunlight 40
c. UL Labeled. 41
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 4 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. In accordance with: 1
1) NEMA TC-2 2
2) UL 651 3
e. Fittings in accordance with: 4
1) NEMA TC-3 5
2) UL 514B 6
5. HDPE Conduit 7
a. Designed for use underground as described in the NEC 8
b. Resistant to sunlight 9
c. UL Labeled 10
d. In accordance with: 11
1) UL 651A 12
2) UL 651B 13
3) NEMA TC-7 14
6. Raceway Boxes 15
a. For use on exposed raceway systems only. 16
b. Boxes for underground systems shall be in accordance with Section 26 05 43. 17
c. Box size 18
1) Distance between each raceway entry inside the box and the opposite wall 19
shall be no less than 6 times the trade size of the largest raceway in a row. 20
2) Distance shall be increased for additional entries by the amount of the sum 21
of the diameters of all other raceway entries in the same row on the same 22
wall of the box. 23
3) Each row calculated individually, and the single row that provides the 24
maximum distance used to size box. 25
2.3 ACCESSORIES 26
A. Conduit Outlet Bodies 27
1. Up to and including 2-1/2 inches 28
a. Galvanized steel 29
b. Captive screw-clamp cover 30
c. Neoprene gasket 31
d. Stainless steel screws and clamps 32
2. Larger than 2-1/2 inches 33
a. Use junction boxes. 34
B. Conduit Hubs 35
1. Watertight 36
2. Threaded galvanized steel 37
3. Insulated throat 38
4. Stainless steel grounding screw 39
C. Grounding Bushings 40
1. Insulated lay-in lug grounding bushings 41
2. Tin-plated copper grounding path 42
3. Integrally molded noncombustible phenolic insulated surfaces rated 150 degrees 43
Celsius 44
4. Plastic insert cap each bushing 45
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 5 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5. Lug size shall be sufficient to accommodate maximum ground wire size in 1
accordance with the NEC for the application 2
D. Raceway Sealant 3
1. Use for sealing of raceway hubs entering or terminating in boxes or enclosures 4
where specified in the Drawings. 5
E. Conduit Penetration Seals 6
1. Use for conduit wall and floor seals. 7
F. Conduit and related hardware 8
1. All PVC conduits, including elbows and couplings, shall be schedule 40 PVC 9
conduit, conforming to Federal Specification W-C-1094 and UL Standard UL-651. 10
All conduit sizes shall be as specified in the Drawings. 11
2. Rigid metal conduit shall be steel, hot-dipped galvanized inside and outside. 12
3. Weather heads shall be made of aluminum and may be the threaded or clamp-on. 13
G. Expansion/Deflection Fittings 14
1. Use: 15
a. Embedded in concrete 16
b. Exposed 17
2. Description: 18
a. Internal grounding 19
b. 4-inch movement 20
c. Stainless steel/cast iron 21
H. Expansion Fittings: 22
1. Galvanized steel 23
2. 8-inch movement 24
3. Internal grounding 25
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26
PART 3 - EXECUTION 27
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 28
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 29
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 30
3.4 APPLICATION 31
A. Interface with Other Work 32
1. Coordinate the placement of conduit and related components with other trades and 33
existing installations. 34
B. Unless specified in the Drawings or directed by the City, the conduit type installed with 35
respect to the location shall be as follows: 36
1. Underground, 18 inches or more cover: 37
a. Rigid PVC Schedule 40 or HDPE 38
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 6 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Underground, less than 18 inches cover: 1
a. Rigid PVC Schedule 80 or HDPE 2
3. Exposed: 3
a. Rigid galvanized steel 4
4. Final connection to equipment subject to vibration: 5
a. Liquidtight Steel Flexible Metal Conduit 6
C. Box Applications 7
1. Furnish raceway junction, pull, and terminal boxes with NEMA ratings for the 8
location in which they are installed. 9
2. Exposed switch, receptacle, and lighting outlet boxes and conduit fittings shall be 10
galvanized steel. 11
3. Furnish boxes with factory mounting lugs. Drilling through the back of any box or 12
enclosure is prohibited. 13
D. Conduit Outlet Bodies Applications 14
1. Conduits up to and including 2-1/2 inches: 15
a. Conduit outlet bodies may be used, except where junction boxes are specified 16
in the Drawings. 17
2. Conduits larger than 2-1/2 inches: Use junction boxes. 18
E. Conduit Hub Applications 19
1. Unless specifically stated herein or specified in the Drawings, all raceways shall 20
terminate at an outlet with a conduit hub. 21
a. Locknut or double locknut terminations will not be permitted. 22
F. Insulated Grounding Bushing Applications 23
1. Use: Terminate raceways at bottom entry to pad-mounted electrical equipment or 24
switchgear, if there is no wall or floor pan on which to anchor or terminate the 25
raceway. 26
2. Other raceways: Terminate on enclosures with a conduit hub. 27
3. Grounding bushing caps: Remain on the bushing until the wire is ready to be 28
pulled. 29
G. Conduit Fittings Applications 30
1. Combination expansion deflection fittings: Install where conduits cross structure 31
expansion joints, on conduit transitions from underground to above ground, and 32
where installed in exposed conduit runs such that the distance between expansion-33
deflection fittings does not exceed 150 feet of conduit run. 34
2. Expansion fittings: Install in lieu of a combination expansion-deflection fitting, on 35
the exposed side of conduit transitions from underground to above ground, where 36
the earth has been disturbed to a depth of more than 10 feet. 37
H. Conduit Penetration Seals Applications 38
1. Conduit wall seals: Use where underground conduits penetrate walls or at other 39
locations specified in the Drawings. 40
2. Conduit sealing bushings: Use to seal conduit ends exposed to the weather and at 41
other locations specified in the Drawings. 42
43
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 7 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
I. Conduit Tag Applications 1
1. Tag all conduits within 1 foot of the entry of equipment, and all wall and floor 2
penetrations. 3
2. Tag all underground conduits and ducts at all locations exiting and entering from 4
underground, including manholes and handholes. 5
J. Raceway Installation 6
1. No conduit smaller than 1¼ inch electrical trade size. 7
2. No more than the equivalent of 3 - 90-degree bends in any 1 run. 8
3. Do not pull wire until the conduit system is complete in all details. 9
4. Install all underground raceways in accordance with Section 26 05 43. 10
5. Where raceways enter or leave the system, where the raceway begins or ends, or 11
where the system could be subjected to the entry of moisture, rain, or liquid of any 12
type, the raceway shall be tightly sealed using watertight sealant (Duxseal or equal) 13
at the higher elevation, both before and after the installation of cables, to eliminate 14
entry of water or moisture to the raceway system at any time. 15
a. Any damage to new or existing equipment due to the entrance of moisture from 16
unsealed raceways shall be corrected by complete replacement of such 17
equipment at no cost to the City. 18
b. Cleaning or drying of such damaged equipment will not be acceptable. 19
6. Conduit supports, other than for underground raceways 20
a. Space at intervals of 8 feet or less as required to obtain rigid construction. 21
7. Single conduits: 22
a. Support with 1-hole pipe clamps in combination with 1 screw back plates, to 23
raise conduits from the surface. 24
8. Multiple runs of conduits 25
a. Supported on trapeze type hangers with horizontal members and threaded 26
hanger rods not less than 3/8 inch in diameter. 27
9. Surface mounted panel boxes, junction boxes, and conduit 28
a. Supported by strut to provide a minimum of 1/2 inch clearance between wall 29
and equipment. 30
10. Conduit hangers 31
a. Attach to structural steel by means of beam or channel clamps. Use concrete 32
inserts of the spot type where attached to concrete surfaces. 33
11. Conduits on exposed work 34
a. Install at right angles to and parallel with the surrounding wall. 35
b. Conform to the form of the ceiling. 36
c. No diagonal runs. 37
d. Provide concentric bends in parallel conduit runs. 38
e. Install conduit perfectly straight and true. 39
12. Conduits terminated into enclosures: Install perpendicular to the walls where 40
flexible liquidtight or rigid conduits are required. 41
a. Do not use short sealtight elbow fittings for such terminations, except for 42
connections to instrumentation transmitters where multiple penetrations are 43
required. 44
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 8 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
13. Use insulated throat grounding bushings for conduits containing equipment 1
grounding conductors and terminating in boxes. Connect grounding conductors to 2
the box. 3
14. Install conduits using threaded fittings. Do not use running threads. 4
15. PVC conduit 5
a. Use glued type conduit fittings. 6
16. HDPE conduit 7
a. Use fittings by same manufacturer as conduit. 8
17. Liquidtight flexible steel conduit 9
a. Primary and secondary of transformers 10
b. Generator terminations 11
c. Other equipment where vibration is present 12
d. Connections to instrumentation transmitters, where multiple penetrations are 13
required 14
e. Do not use in other locations. 15
f. Maximum length: Not greater than that of a factory manufactured long radius 16
elbow of the conduit size being used 17
g. Maximum bending radius shall be in accordance with NEC Chapter 9, Table 2. 18
h. Do not use BX or AC type prefabricated cables. 19
18. Conduits passing through openings in walls or floor slabs 20
a. Seal remaining openings against the passage of flame and smoke. 21
19. Conduit ends exposed to the weather or corrosive gases 22
a. Seal with conduit sealing bushings. 23
20. Raceways terminating in Control Panels or boxes containing electrical equipment 24
a. Do not install to enter from the top of the panel or box. 25
b. Seal with a watertight sealant: Duxseal or equal. 26
21. Conduit 27
a. The Contractor will be required to coordinate with all local utility companies, 28
long distance communication companies, City utilities, railroad companies, and 29
Dig Tess, if applicable, to ascertain exact locations of conflicting underground 30
services. 31
b. The location of conduits and ground boxes are diagrammatic only and may be 32
shifted by the City to accommodate field conditions. 33
c. The maximum allowable overcut shall be 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter for bores. 34
d. The vertical and horizontal tolerances shall not exceed 18 inches (457 mm) as 35
measured from the intended target point for bores. 36
e. The use of a pneumatically driven device for punching holes beneath the 37
pavement (commonly known as a "missile") will not be permitted. 38
f. Conduit installed for future use shall have a non-metallic, nylon type pull string 39
and shall be capped using standard weather tight conduit caps, as approved by 40
the City. 41
g. The Contractor shall place duct seal or foam at the ends of all conduit where 42
conductors and/or cables are present. 43
h. New Conduit 44
1) All underground conduit shall be schedule 40 PVC conduit. 45
2) All conduit or raceways above ground shall be rigid metal. 46
3) All conduit and fittings shall be of the sizes and types specified in the 47
Drawings. 48
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 9 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4) Each section of conduit shall bear evidence of approval by UL. 1
5) Conduit terminating in posts or pedestal bases shall not extend vertically 2
more than 3 inches above the concrete foundation. 3
6) Field bends in conduit shall have a minimum radius of 12 diameters of the 4
nominal size of the conduit. 5
7) Exposed vertical conduit shall be galvanized rigid metal and reamed, with 6
couplings made tight. PVC conduit shall be joined by the solvent-weld 7
method in accordance with the conduit manufacturer's recommendations. 8
8) No reducer couplings shall be used unless specified in the Drawings. 9
9) Conduit and fittings shall have burrs and rough places smoothed and shall 10
be clean and free of obstructions before the cable is installed. 11
10) Field cuts shall be made with a hacksaw only and shall be square and true 12
so the ends will butt or come together for the full diameter thereof. 13
a) In no case shall a cutting torch be used to cut or join conduit. 14
11) Slip joints or running threads will not be permitted for coupling conduit 15
unless approved by the City. 16
12) When a standard coupling cannot be used, an approved union coupling 17
shall be used and shall provide a water-tight coupling between the conduit. 18
13) Couplings shall be properly installed to bring their ends of connected 19
conduit together to produce a good, rigid connection throughout the entire 20
length of the conduit run. 21
14) Where the coating on a rigid metal conduit run has been damaged in 22
handling or installation, such damaged parts shall be thoroughly painted 23
with rust preventive paint. 24
15) Ends of conduits shall be capped or plugged until installation of the wire is 25
complete. 26
16) Upon request by the City, the Contractor shall draw a full-size metal wire 27
brush, attached by swivel joint to a pull tape, through the metal conduit to 28
ensure the conduit is clean and free from obstructions. 29
17) Conduits shall be placed in an open trench at a minimum 24 inches (612 30
mm) depth below the curb grade in the sidewalk areas, or 18 inches (450 31
mm) below the finished street grade in the street area. 32
18) Conduit placed for concrete encasement shall be secured and supported in 33
such a manner the alignment will not be disturbed during placement of the 34
concrete. 35
a) No concrete shall be placed until all conduit ends have been capped and 36
all box openings closed. 37
19) PVC conduit placed under existing pavement, sidewalks, and driveways, 38
shall be placed by first providing a void through which the PVC conduit 39
shall be inserted. 40
a) The void may be made by boring. 41
b) Use of water or other fluids in connection with the boring operation 42
will be permitted only to lubricate cuttings. 43
c) Water jetting will not be permitted. 44
20) If, as determined by the City, placing of conduit by boring is impractical, 45
written permission may be granted by the Traffic Services Manager or 46
designee for the Contractor to cut the existing pavement. 47
21) Pits for boring shall not be closer than 2 feet (612 mm) to the back of the 48
curb or the outside edge of the shoulder. 49
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 10 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a) The boring method used shall not interfere with the operation of streets, 1
highways, or other facilities, and shall not weaken or damage any 2
embankment structure or pavement. 3
22) Backfill - Compaction & Density Test for All Ditch lines 4
a) All ditch lines within paving areas of existing and proposed streets and 5
within 2 feet (600 mm) of the back of curb are to be mechanically 6
tamped. 7
b) All tamping is to be density controlled to 90 percent standard proctor 8
density at optimum moisture content and no greater than 5 percent 9
optimum or less than 2 percent below optimum. 10
c) All backfill material is to be select native material with 6-inch (150 11
mm) diameter clods and smaller. 12
d) It is permissible to put backfill in 6 inches to 8 inches (150 mm to 400 13
mm) lifts with densities being taken for each foot (300 mm) of 14
compacted material on offsetting stations of 50 feet (15.9 M). 15
23) Provide adequately bent conduit and properly excavate so as to prevent 16
damage to the conduit or conductor by a bend radius too short. 17
24) All conduit runs shall be continuous and of the same material (metal only 18
or PVC only). 19
25) Where tying into existing conduit, the Contractor must continue with the 20
same material (metal to metal or PVC to PVC). 21
26) Each length of galvanized rigid metal conduit, where used, shall be reamed 22
and threaded on each end and couplings shall be made up tight. 23
27) White-lead paint or equal shall be used on threads of all joints. 24
28) Metal conduit and fittings shall have burrs and rough places smoothed. 25
29) Where the coating on a metal conduit run has been damaged in handling or 26
installation, such damaged parts shall be thoroughly painted with rust 27
preventive paint. 28
i. Existing Conduit 29
1) Prior to pulling cable in existing underground conduit, the conduit shall be 30
cleaned with a mandrel or cylindrical wire brush and blown out with 31
compressed air. 32
2) If conduit appears to be blocked, the Contractor shall make an attempt to 33
clear the conduit by rodding, at no additional cost to the City. 34
3) If the existing conduit cannot be used, the Contractor may be required to 35
repair and/or replace this conduit as directed by the Engineer. 36
a) Repair of this conduit will be paid for as "Extra Work" on a Change 37
Order. 38
4) The City shall be notified prior to disconnection or removal of any existing 39
cable. 40
22. Conduits from external sources entering or leaving a multiple compartment 41
enclosure 42
a. Stub up into the bottom horizontal wireway or other manufacturer designated 43
area, directly below the vertical section in which the conductors are to be 44
terminated. 45
23. Conduits entering from cable tray 46
a. Stub into the upper section. 47
24. Install conduit sealing and drain fittings in areas designated as NEMA 4X or 48
NEMA 7. 49
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 11 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
25. Conduit identification plates 1
a. Install on all power, instrumentation, alarm, and control conduits at each end of 2
the run and at intermediate junction boxes and manholes. 3
b. Install conduit plates before conductors are pulled into conduits. 4
c. Coordinate exact identification plate location with the City at the time of 5
installation to provide uniformity of placement and ease of reading. 6
26. Pull mandrels through all existing conduits to be reused and through all new 7
conduits 2 inches in diameter and larger prior to installing conductors. 8
27. Install 3/16-inch polypropylene pull lines in all new conduits noted as spares or 9
designated for future equipment. 10
28. Install conduit to drain away from the equipment served. If conduit drainage is not 11
possible, use conduit seals to plug the conduits at the point of attachment to the 12
equipment. 13
29. Route conduits to avoid crossing pipe shafts, access hatches, or vent duct openings, 14
present or future, in floor or ceiling construction. 15
30. Do not use running threads. 16
31. Conduits passing from heated to unheated spaces, exterior spaces, refrigerated 17
spaces, or cold air plenums 18
a. Seal with watertight sealant (Duxseal or equal). 19
32. Locate conduits a minimum of 3 inches from steam or hot water piping. 20
a. Where crossings are unavoidable, locate conduit at least 1 inch from the 21
covering of the pipe crossed. 22
33. Conduits terminating at a cable tray 23
a. Support independently from the cable tray. 24
b. Provide conduit support within 1-feet of the cable tray. 25
c. Weight of the conduit not supported by cable tray. 26
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 27
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 28
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 29
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 30
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 31
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 32
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 33
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 34
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 35
36
26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 12 of 12
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
26 05 35
GROUND BOXES
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 26 05 35 1
GROUND BOXES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Ground Boxes 6
2. Remove Ground Boxes 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 26 05 34 – Conduit. 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Furnish and Install Ground Boxes 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per each ground box installed for: 19
a) Various sizes. 20
b) Various types. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24
price bid per each “Ground Box” installed for: 25
a) Various sizes. 26
b) Various types. 27
c. The price bid shall include: 28
a) Furnishing and installing Ground Boxes as specified in the Drawings 29
b) Excavation and backfill 30
c) Enclosures 31
d) Covers 32
e) Bolts 33
f) Gravel 34
g) Concrete apron, if required 35
2. Remove Ground Boxes 36
a. Measurement 37
1) Measured per each ground box removed for: 38
a) Various sizes. 39
b) Various types. 40
b. Payment 41
26 05 35
GROUND BOXES
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 1
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2
price bid per each “Ground Box” removed for: 3
a) Various sizes. 4
b) Various types. 5
c. The price bid shall include: 6
1) Removing Ground Boxes as specified in the Drawings 7
2) Excavation and backfill 8
1.3 REFERENCES 9
A. Reference Standards 10
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 11
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 12
unless a date is specifically cited. 13
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 14
Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges: 15
a. Item 624, Ground Boxes. 16
b. Item 421, Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 17
c. Item 432, Riprap. 18
d. Item 440, Reinforcement for Concrete. 19
e. Item 618, Conduit. 20
f. Item 620, Electrical Conductors. 21
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 22
Specifications (DMS): 23
a. DMS-11070, Ground Boxes. 24
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 25
1.5 SUBMITTALS 26
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 27
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 28
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29
A. Product Data Sheets are required for: 30
1. Ground boxes 31
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 34
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 35
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 36
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 37
66 00. 38
26 05 35
GROUND BOXES
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
2.2 MATERIALS 5
A. Materials 6
1. Traffic Signal Ground boxes shall be as follows: 7
a. Martin Enterprises or equal, size 24x36x24 (TxDOT Type D) 8
1) Provide fabricated precast polymer concrete ground boxes in accordance 9
with DMS-11070. 10
2) Ground boxes shall have bolted down covers. 11
3) Cast iron covers are not allowed. 12
4) Covers will clearly contain the words “TRAFFIC SIGNAL”. 13
2. Fiber Ground Boxes shall be as follows: 14
a. Martin Enterprises or equal, size 24x36x36 (TxDOT ITS) 15
1) Provide fabricated precast polymer concrete ground boxes in accordance 16
with DMS-11070. 17
2) Ground boxes shall have bolted down covers. 18
3) Cast iron covers are not allowed. 19
4) Covers will clearly contain the words “DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE 20
TRAFFIC SIGNAL”. 21
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 22
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 23
PART 3 - EXECUTION 24
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 25
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 26
3.3 PREPARATION [NO USED] 27
3.4 INSTALLATION 28
A. Special Techniques 29
1. Use established industry and utility safety practices when installing or removing 30
ground boxes located near underground utilities. Consult with the appropriate utility 31
company before beginning work. 32
2. Fabricate and install ground boxes as specified in the Drawings. Install ground box 33
to approved line and grade. 34
3. Utilize precast concrete ground boxes in accordance with this and related Sections. 35
4. Construct concrete aprons as specified in the Drawings and in accordance with 36
TxDOT Item 421. 37
26 05 35
GROUND BOXES
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5. A minimum gravel fill of 9 inches shall be placed under each ground box and a 1
concrete skirt installed around each ground box as specified in the Drawings. 2
6. Lube the bolts, clean out the cover rim, and clean the ground box inside and out 3
prior to final inspection. 4
7. Removal 5
a. Remove existing ground boxes and concrete aprons to at least 6 in. below the 6
conduit level. 7
b. Uncover conduit to a sufficient distance so 90 degree bends can be removed, 8
and conduit reconnected. 9
c. Clean the conduit in accordance with Section 26 05 34. 10
d. Replace conduit within 5 ft. of the ground box. 11
e. Remove old conductors and install new conductors as specified in the 12
Drawings. 13
f. Backfill area with material equal in composition and density to the surrounding 14
area. Replace surfacing material with similar material to an equivalent 15
condition. 16
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 17
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 18
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 19
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 20
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 21
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 22
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 23
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 24
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 25
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 26
END OF SECTION 27
28
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
29
26 56 00
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 26 56 00 1
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Installation, relocation, and removal of Roadway Illumination Assemblies and 6
foundations. 7
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11
Contract. 12
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13
3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 14
4. Section 26 05 13 – Zinc Coated Steel Wire. 15
5. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill. 16
6. Section 33 05 30 – Location of Existing Utilities. 17
7. Section 34 41 23 – Treated Timber Poles. 18
8. Section 34 41 24 – Drilled Shaft Foundations. 19
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20
A. Measurement and Payment 21
1. Roadway Illumination Assemblies 22
a. Measurement 23
1) Measured per each “Roadway Illumination Assembly” furnished and 24
installed. 25
b. Payment 26
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28
price bid per each “Roadway Illumination Assembly” furnished and 29
installed for: 30
a) Various types. 31
c. The price bid shall include: 32
1) Furnishing, assembling, and installing each Roadway Illumination 33
Assembly as specified by the Drawings 34
2) Drilled shaft foundation 35
3) Treated timber pole 36
4) Arms 37
5) Anchor bolts 38
6) Fixtures 39
7) Internal electrical conductors 40
8) Connection and mounting hardware 41
26 56 00
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9) Bases 1
10) Lamps 2
11) Preparing submittals 3
12) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 4
13) Coordination and notification 5
14) Assembly and transportation of all items 6
15) Excavation 7
16) Hauling 8
17) Disposal of excess material 9
18) Protection of the excavation 10
19) Clean-up 11
20) Testing 12
2. Ornamental Illumination Assemblies 13
a. Measurement 14
1) Measured per each “Ornamental Illumination Assembly” furnished and 15
installed. 16
b. Payment 17
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 18
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 19
price bid per each “Ornamental Illumination Assembly” furnished and 20
installed for: 21
a) Various types. 22
c. The price bid shall include: 23
1) Furnishing, assembling, and installing each Ornamental Illumination 24
Assembly as specified by the Drawings 25
2) Drilled shaft foundation 26
3) Treated timber pole 27
4) Arms 28
5) Anchor bolts 29
6) Fixtures 30
7) Internal electrical conductors 31
8) Connection and mounting hardware 32
9) Bases 33
10) Lamps 34
11) Preparing submittals 35
12) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 36
13) Coordination and notification 37
14) Assembly and transportation of all items 38
15) Excavation 39
16) Hauling 40
17) Disposal of excess material 41
18) Protection of the excavation 42
19) Clean-up 43
20) Testing 44
3. Lighting Fixtures 45
a. Measurement 46
1) Measured per each Lighting Fixture furnished and installed. 47
b. Payment 48
26 56 00
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2
price bid per each “Lighting Fixture” installed for: 3
a) Various types. 4
b) Various power. 5
c. The price bid shall include: 6
1) Furnishing Lighting Fixture, if required 7
2) Assembling Lighting Fixture 8
3) Lamp 9
4) Wiring connections 10
5) Disposal of any unused, replaced or excess materials 11
6) Clean-up 12
7) Testing 13
4. Contact Enclosure 14
a. Measurement 15
1) Measured per each Contact Enclosure furnished and installed. 16
b. Payment 17
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 18
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 19
price bid per each “Contact Enclosure” furnished and installed for: 20
a) Various mounting methods. 21
c. The price bid shall include: 22
1) Furnishing and installing Contact Enclosure 23
2) Mounting materials 24
3) Clean-up 25
5. Wood Light Pole Arm 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measured per each 8’ Wood Light Pole Arm furnished and installed. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31
price bid per each “8’ Wood Light Pole Arm” installed. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Furnishing and installing each 8’ Wood Light Pole Arm as specified in the 34
Drawings 35
2) Mounting Hardware 36
3) Disposal of excess material 37
4) Clean-up 38
6. Conductor Reconnection 39
a. Measurement 40
1) Measured per each conductor reconnected. 41
b. Payment 42
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 43
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 44
price bid per each “Reconnect Conductor”. 45
c. The price bid shall include: 46
1) Reconnection of conductors using City approved method as specified by 47
the Drawings 48
2) Testing of connection 49
26 56 00
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7. Roadway Illumination Assembly Removal and Salvage 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per each Roadway Illumination Assembly removed and 3
salvaged. 4
b. Payment 5
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 6
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 7
price bid per each “Salvage Roadway Illumination Assembly” performed. 8
c. The price bid shall include: 9
1) Removal and salvage of Pole, arm, light fixture, and lamp as specified in 10
the Drawings 11
2) Maintain existing street light circuit including new ground box and 12
reconnection of circuits, if required by City 13
3) Removal of existing street light pole foundation 2’ below grade 14
4) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 15
5) Delivery of salvaged materials to City-specified location 16
6) Hauling 17
7) Clean-up 18
8. Street Light Pole Relocation 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measured per each Street Light Pole removed and relocated. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24
price bid per each “Relocate Street Light Pole” performed. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Removal of Street Light Pole as specified in the Drawings 27
2) Relocate existing street light pole to new location 28
3) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill material 29
4) Drilled shaft foundation 30
5) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 31
6) Coordination and notification 32
7) Assembly and transportation of all items 33
8) Excavation 34
9) Hauling 35
10) Disposal of excess material 36
11) Protection of the excavation 37
12) Clean-up 38
13) Testing 39
1.3 REFERENCES 40
A. Reference Standards 41
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 42
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 43
unless a date is specifically cited. 44
2. National Electric Code (NEC). 45
3. Underwriters Laboratories (UL). 46
26 56 00
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1
A. Coordination 2
1. Notify City a minimum of 7 days before beginning Work. 3
2. Notify City 2 days prior to pouring roadway illumination assembly foundations in 4
accordance with 34 41 24. 5
3. Coordinate with the City for pole types, template dimensions and anchor bolts, and 6
any questions about installing the foundations and conduit. 7
4. Coordinate with City to determine location of City underground street luminaire 8
cable and conduit. 9
5. Obtain and pay for all permits as required to Work in right-of-way. 10
B. Preinstallation Meetings 11
1. A pre-installation meeting will be required unless City directed otherwise. 12
1.5 SUBMITTALS 13
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 14
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 15
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 16
A. Product Data Sheets 17
1. Submit product data sheets for roadway illumination assemblies to City for 18
approval prior to ordering materials. 19
B. Shop Drawings 20
1. Shop Drawings will be required for each Illumination Assembly and shall include: 21
a. Material Data 22
b. Pole dimensions and data 23
c. Luminaire arm dimensions and data 24
d. Attachment details 25
e. Fixtures 26
f. Base details 27
g. Anchor bolt data 28
h. Wall thickness 29
i. Permissible loading and allowable stress 30
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 31
A. Warranty Documentation 32
1. Provide manufacturer warranty information to the City. 33
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 35
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 36
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 37
1. Contactor and City shall visually inspect roadway illumination assemblies after 38
removal to determine the condition of the hardware. 39
26 56 00
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Protect all salvageable material during transport to City specified storage facility. 1
3. Delivered material must be in the same condition as post-removal inspection. 2
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 3
1. Parts shall be properly protected so no damage or deterioration occurs during a 4
prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation. 5
2. Protect exposed anchor bolts until pole shaft is installed. 6
3. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight and 7
extremes in temperature. 8
4. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 9
66 00. 10
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 11
1.12 WARRANTY 12
A. Manufacturer Warranty 13
1. Manufacturer’s warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. 14
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 15
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS 16
A. Refer to Drawings and Contract Documents to determine if any Items are to be 17
purchased from the City and installed by the Contractor. 18
2.2 MATERIALS 19
A. Manufacturers 20
1. Provide material in accordance with TxDOT’s Traffic Material Producer List: 21
http://ftp.dot.state.tx.us/pub/txdot-info/cmd/mpl/qtrfsigeqp.pdf 22
a. Manufacturers on this list must also comply with this Section and related 23
Sections. 24
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 25
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 26
3. Lighting Fixtures 27
a. Thoroughfares: 28
1) Philips Road Focus RFL series, or 29
2) Approved equal. 30
b. Residential lighting: 31
1) Philips Road Focus RFM series, or 32
2) Approved equal. 33
B. Description 34
1. Regulatory Requirements 35
a. All Work related to the installation of roadway illumination assemblies shall be 36
in accordance with the National Electric Code (NEC). 37
C. Performance / Design Criteria 38
1. Ornamental Light Poles 39
a. As specified in the Drawings. 40
26 56 00
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. In accordance with City Standard Details. 1
2. Lighting Fixtures 2
a. As specified in the Drawings. 3
b. In accordance with City Standard Details. 4
3. Wood Light Poles 5
a. In accordance with Section 34 41 23. 6
4. Wood Light Pole Arms 7
a. In accordance with City Standard Details. 8
5. Aluminum Electrical Conductors 9
a. Conductor sizes as specified in the Drawings. 10
b. Use stranded insulated conductors rated for 600 volts and approved for wet 11
locations. 12
c. Marked in accordance with UL and NEC requirements. 13
6. Roadway illumination pole foundations 14
a. Foundations shall be Class C (3000 PSI) concrete. 15
1) In accordance with Section 03 30 00. 16
b. Foundation shall be per City Standards Details unless otherwise in the 17
Drawings. 18
c. In accordance with 34 41 24. 19
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 20
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 21
A. Tests and Inspections 22
1. Notify the Traffic Division 24 hours in advance (between 8:00 am and 5:00 pm) of 23
all concrete pours. 24
a. City must be present when concrete is placed on the Project Site. 25
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 26
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 27
3.2 EXAMINATION 28
A. Verification of Conditions 29
1. Contractor shall verify by exploratory excavation, if needed, that existing 30
underground utilities are not in conflict with proposed foundations. 31
a. All exploratory excavation shall conform to Section 33 05 30. 32
2. Contractor shall contact the following entities at least 48 hours in advance of 33
excavation: 34
a. DIG TESS 35
b. City of Denton Water Department 36
c. City of Denton Traffic Department 37
3. No additional payment will be made for relocation of any foundations or conduit 38
due to location of existing utilities. 39
4. The Engineer may shift an assembly’s location, if necessary, to avoid conflict with 40
utilities. 41
26 56 00
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION 1
A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 2
1. Contractor shall be responsible for the following at no additional cost to the City: 3
a. Prevent any property damage to property owner's poles, fences, shrubs, 4
mailboxes, etc. Any damaged property will be restored as directed by 5
Engineer. 6
b. Adjust and repair any existing landscaping and the sprinkler systems as directed 7
by the Engineer to allow for the placement of all roadway illumination 8
equipment. This shall be done in a manner equal to or better than the areas 9
adjacent to the damaged areas. 10
c. Provide access to all driveways during construction, unless authorized by the 11
City. 12
d. Protect all underground and overhead utilities and repair any damages. 13
3.4 INSTALLATION 14
A. General 15
1. Roadway illumination assemblies shall be installed on the median on the divided 16
roadways unless otherwise directed by the City. 17
2. Roadway illumination shall be based on RP-8 staggered by switching side of the 18
road on the undivided roadways. 19
3. Prevent scarring or marring of poles, mast arm, and fixtures. 20
4. Stake, install, and align each assembly as specified in the Drawings. 21
5. Test installed roadway illumination assembly with City present. 22
B. Foundations 23
1. In accordance with 34 41 24. 24
2. Dimensions shown on Drawings for locations of street light foundations, conduit 25
and other items may be varied to meet local conditions; subject to approval of 26
Engineer. 27
3. Do not use screw-in type foundations. 28
4. Do not place grout between base plate and foundation. 29
5. Foundation piers shall be drilled plumb. 30
6. The top of foundation shall be poured level. 31
7. The top 3 inches of the exposed pier (height) above finished grade shall have the 32
sonotube removed. 33
8. Anchor bolts shall extend above the top of the foundation concrete. 34
9. Anchor bolts, ground rod, reinforcing, and conduit shall be in place before pouring 35
concrete in pier foundations. 36
10. Install anchor bolts and coat anchor bolt threads. 37
11. Tighten anchor bolts for poles with shoe bases. 38
12. Pier foundations shall be 1 continuous concrete pour. 39
13. Foundations shall have a chamfered edge (beveled) at the top. 40
14. Top of foundation shall be 3 inches above the finished grade unless specified in the 41
Drawings. 42
26 56 00
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
15. Foundations in medians shall be placed in the center of the median between the 2 1
curbs, unless specified in the Drawings. 2
16. Foundations shall not be drilled within 3 feet of a water line or fire hydrant. 3
17. In residential areas foundations shall be placed in the street right of way (R.O.W.) 4
in line with the property line between lots and at the break of the radius point of the 5
street curb at street intersections. 6
18. Foundations shall not be placed in sidewalks (or location of future sidewalks) or 7
sidewalk ramps. 8
19. No street light poles shall be placed on foundations prior to 7 days following 9
pouring of concrete. 10
20. Erect structures after foundation has attained its design strength as required in 11
Section 03 30 00. 12
C. Lighting Fixtures 13
1. 400W equivalent LEDs for major thoroughfares and 250W equivalent LEDs for 14
minor thoroughfares. 15
D. Wood Light Pole Arm 16
1. Luminaire arm shall be 8 foot unless otherwise approved. 17
E. Wood Light Pole 18
1. In accordance with Section 34 41 23. 19
F. Relocation 20
1. Disconnect and remove conductors from abandoned circuits. 21
2. Remove abandoned circuit or ducts to a point 6 inches below final grade. 22
3. Reconnect conduit, ducts, conductors to be reused. 23
4. Replace damaged conduit, ducts, and conductors. 24
5. Install existing structures on new foundations. 25
6. Furnish and install new internal conductors, fused and unfused connectors, and 26
fixtures. 27
7. Test installed roadway illumination assembly with City present. 28
8. Accept ownership of unsalvageable materials and dispose of in accordance with 29
federal, state, and local regulations. 30
G. Removal 31
1. Remove roadway illumination assembly components in accordance with 32
established industry and utility safety practices. 33
2. Remove transformer bases from transformer base poles. 34
3. Remove luminaires and mast arms from the pole shaft. 35
4. Stockpile pole shafts, mast arms, and assembly hardware at a location designated 36
by the City. 37
5. Pole shafts, mast arms, and assembly hardware will remain City property unless 38
otherwise shown on the plans or directed. 39
6. Disconnect and remove conductors from abandoned circuits. 40
7. Remove abandoned conduit and ducts to a point 6 inches below final grade. 41
8. Destroy existing transformer bases to prevent reuse. 42
26 56 00
ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9. Remove abandoned concrete foundations to a point 2 ft. below final grade. 1
10. Backfill the hole with material that is equal in composition and density to the 2
surrounding area. 3
11. Replace surfacing material with similar material to an equivalent condition. 4
12. Accept ownership of unsalvageable materials and dispose of in accordance with 5
federal, state, and local regulations. 6
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 7
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 8
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 10
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 11
3.10 CLEANING 12
A. Contractor shall clean up and remove all loose material resulting from construction 13
operations. 14
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 18
END OF SECTION 19
20
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
21
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 31 10 00 1
SITE CLEARING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Site Preparation 6
a. Preparing the right-of-way and designated easements for construction 7
operations by the removal and disposal of obstructions within the project limits. 8
b. Removing trees and shrubs. 9
c. Pruning trees and shrubs. 10
d. Tree protection fence 11
e. Trunk protection 12
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 13
1. None. 14
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 15
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 16
Contract. 17
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 18
3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition. 19
4. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 20
5. Section 31 23 16 – Unclassified Excavation. 21
6. Section 34 71 13 – Traffic Control 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
A. Measurement and Payment 24
1. Site Preparation 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured per lump sum of Site Preparation within the project limits, when 27
specifically required by the Contract Documents. Otherwise this item is 28
considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 29
b. Payment 30
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32
price bid for lump sum for “Site Preparation.” 33
c. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Full compensation for Site Preparation as specified by the Drawings 35
2) Tools, equipment, and labor and incidentals needed to execute work 36
3) Sawing 37
4) Grading and backfilling of holes 38
5) Excavation 39
6) Topsoil and sod limits of tree removal disturbance unless quantified 40
separately under another bid item 41
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7) Tree and shrub protection for trees and shrubs to remain 1
8) Replace any tree designated to remain that is damaged during tree removal 2
9) Tree wound treatment material 3
10) Tree and shrub pruning 4
11) Disposal of debris, tree clippings, limbs, leaves, and pine needles removed 5
as part of pruning 6
12) Trunk Protection 7
a) Closed cell foam pad 8
b) Wood planks 9
c) Steel straps 10
13) Tree protection fence 11
a) Woven wire fence 12
b) T-Bar posts 13
c) One strand barbed wire fence 14
d) Tundra weight orange flagging 15
14) Remove, haul-off, and dispose of: 16
a) Trees, shrubbery, grass and all other vegetation not designated to 17
remain 18
b) Stumps, roots, brush, and logs 19
c) Abandoned utility pipes or conduits 20
d) Fence and fence posts if Fence Removal bid item is not used 21
e) Gravel, stone, or boulders, not including removal of gravel or stone 22
driveways, roads, or other driving surfaces. 23
f) Scrap metal 24
g) All rubbish or debris 25
h) All obstructions and objectionable material not specifically included in 26
another bid item 27
1.3 REFERENCES 28
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 29
1. SWPPP – Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 30
2. MUTCD – Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices 31
3. pH – Potential of Hydrogen 32
B. Reference Standards 33
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 34
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 35
unless a date is specifically cited. 36
2. Tree Care Industry Association (TCIA) / American National Standards Institute 37
(ANSI): 38
a. A300, Tree, Shrub, and Other Woody Plant Management – Standard Practices 39
(Pruning). 40
3. National Arborist Association Pruning Standards 41
4. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 42
5. City of Denton Development Code 43
44
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1
A. Disposal Letter 2
1. Provide the City with a Disposal Letter in accordance with Division 01. 3
B. Permits 4
1. For commercial and residential construction, a Clear and Grade Permit is required 5
to be obtained from City. 6
a. No excavation or embankment activities will be allowed without an executed 7
construction contract and an assigned City inspector. 8
b. Remove and replace any embanked soils if excavation and/or embankment 9
activities are performed prior to an executed construction contract and an 10
assigned City inspector at no cost to the City. 11
2. Tree Removal Permit in accordance with the City of Denton Development Code is 12
required. 13
3. Tree Inventory Plan prepared in accordance with the City of Denton Development 14
Code or as specified in the Drawings. 15
a. Provide Tree Inventory Plan sufficient for the purposes of obtaining a Tree 16
Removal Permit. 17
1) If insufficient, provide a Tree Inventory Plan that has been prepared by an 18
arborist or a registered landscape architect. 19
b. Provide the City with the correct documents for obtaining the Tree Removal 20
Permit. 21
4. SWPPP – Provide a SWPPP in accordance with Section 01 57 13. 22
C. Sequencing 23
1. Sidewalk Construction 24
a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities: 25
1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 26
a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 27
route that has been signed and sealed by a registered professional 28
engineer to the City for review. 29
b. The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 30
Control items included with the project. 31
c. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 32
State, and local guidelines. 33
d. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 34
D. Pre-Site Clearing Meeting 35
1. Hold a site clearing meeting prior to performing any tasks included under Site 36
Clearing with City and appropriate representatives. 37
2. Clearly mark all: 38
a. Trees and shrubs to remain 39
b. Trees and shrubs to remove 40
c. Trees and shrubs to be pruned pre and post construction as specified in the 41
Drawings. 42
3. Have the SWPPP in place and inspected by Watershed Protection prior to Site 43
Clearing activities. 44
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Review Tree Inventory Plan as prepared for Tree Removal Permit or in the 1
Drawings. 2
5. Confirm approval of the Tree Removal Permit. 3
6. Confirm trees and shrubs to be removed during pre-site clearing meeting 4
7. Confirm limits for Site Preparation during pre-site clearing meeting. 5
1.5 SUBMITTALS 6
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 7
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 8
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 9
A. Product Data: 10
1. Tree wound treatment material product data 11
B. Informational Submittal 12
1. Certificates 13
a. Certified Arborist 14
1) A company with a certified arborist is required when performing Tree and 15
Shrub Pruning. Provide the certificate of the employee(s) from the 16
company performing the pruning. 17
2. Equipment Information 18
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 19
1) Equipment name 20
2) Size 21
3) Intended use 22
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 25
A. Certifications 26
1. Tree and Shrub Pruning 27
a. A company with a certified arborist is required. 28
b. Provide the certificate of the employee(s) from the company performing the 29
proposed pruning. 30
2. Tree Inventory Plan or Tree Removal Permit 31
a. A certified arborist or a registered landscape architect is required. 32
b. Provide the certificate or license information of the employee(s) from the 33
company preparing the plan and/or permit. 34
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 35
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 36
A. An ISA Certified Arborist is required to be on site during all pruning activities. 37
38
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Avoid pruning between February and July. 1
1. When pruning activities need to occur between February and July, use an approved 2
wound treatment material. 3
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 5
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 6
2.2 PRODUCTS 7
A. Tree Wound Treatment 8
B. Root Barrier 9
1. Century Products, or 10
2. Approved equal. 11
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 12
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 13
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 14
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 15
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 16
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 17
3.4 EXECUTION 18
A. General 19
1. Removal 20
a. Notify the City in writing when items required to be removed are: 21
1) Buried and not easily detected from the surface 22
2) Not specified in the Drawings. 23
2. Accept ownership and dispose of all materials removed within project limits. 24
3. Plug remaining ends of abandoned underground utilities over 3 inches in diameter 25
with concrete to form a tight closure. 26
4. Backfill, compact, and restore areas where items have been removed unless 27
otherwise specified in the Drawings. 28
5. Do not remove any trees unless directed by City or as specified in the Drawings. 29
6. Dispose of all trees within 24 hours of removal. 30
7. Dispose of all material in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and 31
regulations. 32
B. Hazardous Material 33
1. This item does not include the removal and disposal of hazardous material. 34
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Notify the City immediately if any hazardous or questionable materials not shown 1
in the Drawings are encountered. 2
3. Test, remove, and dispose of hazardous material in accordance with Division 01. 3
C. Tree and Shrub Protection 4
1. General 5
a. Perform all excavation and earthwork within the drip line of trees by hand. 6
b. Do not park or service equipment, store materials, or disturb the root area under 7
the branches of trees designated to remain. 8
c. Protect trees designated to remain during construction activity from: 9
1) Compaction of root area by material storage 10
2) Compaction by driving or parking within the drip-line 11
3) Trunk damage by moving equipment, material storage, nailing, or bolting 12
4) Girding by tying constrictive material to trees 13
5) Poisoning by pouring solvents, gas, paint, etc. on or around trees and roots 14
6) Cutting of roots 1.5 inch in diameter or more. 15
7) Changes of soil pH factor by disposal of lime based material such as 16
concrete within the drip line. 17
8) Deformation or permanent damage to the trunk or limbs 18
d. Treatment of Damaged Limbs 19
1) Saw clean all damaged areas and damaged limbs over 1 inch in diameter 20
and treat with an approved wound treatment material. 21
2) Treat with an approved wound treatment within 20 minutes of damaging 22
the tree. 23
2. Tree Protection Fence 24
a. Install tree protection fence at the drip line around trees designated to be 25
protected in Drawings. 26
b. If field conditions do not allow fencing to be installed at the drip line, obtain 27
City approval to install tree protection fencing at a minimum of 8 feet from the 28
trunk. 29
c. Provide “Keep Out. Tree Preservation” signs for protected trees. 30
d. Use the following to construct the Tree Protection Fence unless otherwise 31
specified in Drawings 32
1) Woven wire fence installed with T-Bar posts 33
2) Space T-Bar posts at 10 feet on center 34
3) Place one strand barbed wire along the top of poses. 35
4) Tie tundra weight orange flagging that is 2 feet in length at 3 feet on center 36
along the woven wire. 37
e. Do not install mulch within 12 inches of tree trunk. 38
f. Maintain existing grade within the tree protection fence unless otherwise 39
specified in Drawings. 40
3. Trunk Protection 41
a. Install Trunk Protection as specified in Drawings. 42
b. Use the following to construct the Trunk Protection unless otherwise specified 43
in Drawings 44
1) Closed cell foam pad around trunk 45
a) Extend the foam pad 6 inches above and 6 inches below the wood 46
planks. 47
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) 4-foot-long planks that are 4 inches wide and 2 inches thick. Staple planks 1
together using steel straps on top of the foam pad and around the trunk. 2
c. Mulch: 3
1) Provide a 2-foot-wide mulch barrier around the tree trunk. 4
d. Provide “Caution. Tree Protection Area” orange tape around protected tree 5
trunks. 6
D. Tree and Shrub Removal 7
1. Remove tree stumps: 8
a. To 12 inches or more below the finished grade when tree is outside of the limits 9
of additional construction activities 10
b. To natural ground when area will be covered by 3 feet or more of embankment 11
c. Completely remove all stumps and roots when the area will be used as borrow 12
or embankment within the project limits. 13
2. Backfill holes with acceptable material and compact flush with surrounding area. 14
3. Install top soil and sod within limits of tree and shrub removal unless topsoil and 15
sod will be installed as part of the project. 16
E. Tree and Shrub Pruning 17
1. Equipment: 18
a. Use a Vermeer V-1550 RC root pruner or equal to perform all root pruning 19
operations. 20
2. Use tree wound treatment when pruning trees or shrubs during the months of 21
February to July. 22
3. Perform all tree, shrub, and root pruning under the supervision of a certified 23
arborist. 24
4. Prune lower limbs to prevent breakage and to permit access by construction 25
machinery during grading, field/site preparation, and clearing and grubbing 26
operations. 27
5. Prune limbs in accordance with ANSI A300 and National Arborist Association 28
Pruning Standards. 29
6. Prune shade trees in accordance with Class IV National Arborist Association 30
Pruning Standards 31
7. Make cuts as close as possible to the trunk or parent limb without cutting into the 32
limb collar or leaving a protruding stub. 33
8. Remove suckers to the height of the lowest main branch. 34
9. Disinfect tools with 70 percent methyl alcohol, benzalkonium chloride, cholerine 35
solution, or other approved disinfectant prior to: 36
a. Pruning oak trees 37
b. Cutting any tree of different type than previous tree pruned 38
10. Tree pruning on 2-inch diameter or larger trees: 39
a. Undercut one-third through the limb 8 to 12 inches from the main stem 40
b. Remove limb 4 to 6 inches outside the first cut. 41
c. Remove stub with an even flush cut so that the limb collar protrudes 42
approximately 0.5 inch 43
d. Do not allow limb to fall free if it could damage any other limbs or items 44
e. Treat exposed cuts with wound treatment within 20 minutes of the cut 45
31 10 00
SITE CLEARING
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.5 REPAIR 1
A. Repair the following at no cost to the City if any damaged due to Site Clearing 2
activities: 3
1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement 4
2. Adjacent sidewalk 5
3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter 6
4. Subgrade or base material 7
5. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances 8
6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 9
7. Landscape beds or planters 10
8. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 11
9. Retaining walls 12
10. Trees, shrubs, sodding, and topsoil 13
B. Tree Replacement 14
1. Replace any existing tree permanently damaged by construction activities at no cost 15
to the City. Replace tree with an equal or larger caliper tree. 16
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 17
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 19
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 20
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 21
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 22
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 23
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 24
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 25
END OF SECTION 26
27
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
28
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 31 23 16 1
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Excavation for general site grading, street grading, and channel excavation. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition. 13
4. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 14
5. Section 31 00 00 – Site Clearing. 15
6. Section 31 24 00 – Embankments. 16
7. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sedimentation Controls. 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Unclassified Excavation 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measured per cubic yard in its final position using the average end area 22
method of Excavation performed. Limits of measurement shown in the 23
Drawings. 24
b. Payment 25
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 26
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 27
price bid per cubic yard for “Unclassified Excavation.” 28
c. The price bid shall include: 29
1) Shrinkage and/or swelling factors. Contractor is responsible for 30
determining factors and will not be compensated separately. 31
2) Excavation of all materials within excavation limits 32
3) Finishing parkways and medians 33
4) Excavation 34
5) Safety 35
6) Dewatering 36
7) Temporary drainage 37
8) Drying 38
9) Dust control 39
10) Reworking or replacing over excavated material in rock cuts 40
11) Placement 41
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
12) Compaction 1
13) Loading, hauling, and unloading 2
14) Disposal of unsuitable and excess materials not used elsewhere on the job 3
site 4
15) Finishing slopes, ditches, and channels 5
16) Maintenance blading or scarifying the ground surface 6
17) Equipment 7
18) Tools, equipment, and labor and incidentals needed to execute work 8
1.3 REFERENCES 9
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 10
1. ROW: Right-of-Way 11
2. SWPPP: Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 12
B. Classification: 13
1. All authorized excavation is considered unclassified and involves removal of all 14
materials necessary to complete excavation of the site. Any reference to rock, 15
limestone, or other material on the Drawings and/or this specification is solely for 16
the City and the Contractor’s information and is not to be taken as an indication or 17
guarantee of classification of excavation. Payment will not be separated based on 18
classification of excavation unless expressly noted in the Drawings. 19
C. Reference Standards 20
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 21
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 22
unless a date is specifically cited. 23
a. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA): 24
1) Technical Manual Section 5. 25
2) Laws and Regulations Standard 1926, Safety and Health Regulations for 26
Construction. 27
b. City of Denton Development Code 28
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 29
A. Permits 30
1. For commercial and residential construction, a Clear and Grade Permit is required. 31
a. No excavation or embankment activities will be allowed without an executed 32
construction contract and an assigned City inspector. 33
b. If the City determines or suspects excavation and/or embankment activities 34
have occurred prior to an executed contract and a City inspector assigned, all 35
construction activities could be suspended for at least 30 days pending the 36
results of the Pre-Earthwork meeting. 37
c. Any damages caused by early clearing and grading activities will be repaired at 38
no cost to the City. 39
B. Sequencing 40
1. Sidewalk Construction 41
a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities: 42
1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 43
a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 44
route to City for review. 45
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 1
Control items included with the project. 2
c. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 3
State, and local guidelines. 4
d. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 5
C. Pre-Earthwork Meeting 6
1. Hold a Pre-Earthwork meeting at the same time as the Pre-Site Clearing Meeting. 7
Invite the City and appropriate representatives. 8
2. Clearly mark all the following items prior to the meeting: 9
a. All requirements for pre-site clearing meeting in accordance with 31 00 00. 10
b. Excavation limits 11
c. Cut/fill stakes 12
3. Submit means and methods for any rock cutting for review prior to the Pre-13
Earthwork Meeting. 14
4. Have the SWPPP in place and inspected by Watershed Protection in accordance 15
with Section 01 57 13 prior to excavation activities. 16
5. Determine any site-specific constraints or concerns prior to meeting for review. 17
1.5 SUBMITTALS 18
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 19
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 20
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 21
A. Informational Submittal 22
1. Equipment Information 23
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 24
1) Equipment name 25
2) Size 26
3) Intended use 27
2. Explosives, Blasting, and Rock Ripping 28
a. Submit storage locations and guidelines for using explosives. 29
b. For rock ripping and blasting, submit means and methods prior to Pre-30
Earthwork meeting for review. 31
c. Provide a list of personnel and employer who will be handling and using 32
explosives. Provide reference information including previous projects and 33
certifications proving explosive qualifications. 34
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 35
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 37
A. Excavation Safety 38
1. Perform all excavations in a safe manner. 39
2. Comply with the requirements of OSHA 29 CFR part 1926 and state requirements 40
when performing excavation, sheeting, and bracing. 41
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 2
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material prior to any excavation 3
activities beginning in accordance with Section 01 66 00. 4
2. Store excavated material to be used in other areas within the right-of-way (ROW) 5
or easement limits unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. 6
a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of excavated materials 7
within ROW or easements, secure and maintain an adequate storage location 8
off-site. 9
3. Store material and equipment in approved areas that are at least 30 feet from edge 10
of road limits. Install erosion control fencing around staging areas. 11
4. For urban areas with limited staging areas, designate offsite location for storing and 12
staging of materials and equipment. If this is not feasible, obtain approval from the 13
City to stage and store materials within project site. 14
5. All offsite staging areas to be in accordance with SWPPP and Watershed Protection 15
requirements. Offsite staging areas are considered part of the project site and will 16
need to be included with the SWPPP and Watershed Protection review. 17
6. If excavated material is stored off-site: 18
a. Provide an authorized letter from property owner approving the storage of 19
excavated materials. 20
b. Contractor is responsible for negotiating and coordinating with the property 21
owner. 22
c. The City is not responsible for establishing an off-site location. 23
d. The City is not liable for any damage resulting in off-site storage of excavated 24
materials. 25
7. Remove any excavated material not used in other areas within 48 hours of 26
excavation activities. 27
8. Do not block drainage ways, inlets, or driveways with excavation activities or 28
materials. 29
9. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 30
10. Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans or as 31
approved by the City if excavation is performed during active traffic. 32
11. Do not store material within the drip line of any tree or in landscaped areas. 33
12. Install tree protection in accordance with Section 31 10 00. 34
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 35
A. Existing Conditions 36
1. Any data provided regarding subsurface conditions of excavated material is not 37
intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity of proposed 38
excavated material. 39
2. The City is not responsible for interpretations or conclusions made by the 40
Contractor regarding the existing material to be excavated. 41
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 42
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 1
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 2
2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 3
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 4
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION 6
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 7
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 8
3.3 PREPARATION 9
A. Surface Preparation 10
1. If needed, provide temporary drainage to maintain positive drainage throughout 11
excavation activities. Any temporary drainage construction will be considered 12
subsidiary to excavation. 13
2. Dewatering and temporary storm drain activities will be considered part of the 14
SWPPP and Watershed Protection review and are required to be in accordance with 15
all requirements listed therein. 16
B. Demolition / Removal 17
1. Remove any existing pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15 and 02 41 13. 18
3.4 EXCAVATION 19
A. General 20
1. Accept ownership of unsuitable or excess material and dispose of material off-site 21
in accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations. City is not responsible for 22
any disposed material or disposal activities. 23
2. Perform excavations while material to be excavated is dry aside from water applied 24
for dust control. 25
3. Contractor is responsible for the condition of the subgrade until the pavement is in 26
place. 27
4. Over-excavate and replace any portion of subgrade that becomes damaged or 28
unstable due to weather or construction activities prior to stabilizing the subgrade, 29
installing base material, or placing the pavement. This will be at no cost to the City. 30
5. Separate, remove, and dispose of unacceptable fill material as defined in Section 31 31
24 00 in accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations. 32
6. Maintain positive drainage in the excavated area to avoid damage to any existing 33
structures, proposed structures, and the roadway. 34
7. Shape slopes to avoid loosening material below or outside the proposed grade. 35
8. Remove and dispose of slides as directed. 36
37
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Earth Cut 1
1. Excavate to finish grade or subgrade within acceptable subgrade tolerances. 2
2. Use approved embankment material compacted in accordance with 31 24 00 to 3
replace over-excavated material at no cost to City. Anticipated reasons for over 4
excavation can include, but are not limited to: 5
a. Excavation below an acceptable subgrade tolerance 6
b. Soils damaged due to weather or construction activities 7
3. Shape and compact subgrade in accordance with Section 31 24 00. 8
4. Subgrade Tolerances 9
a. Excavate to within 0.1 foot in all directions. 10
b. In areas of over excavation, provide fill material approved by the City at no cost 11
to City. 12
C. Rock Cut 13
1. Do not use dynamite or rock ripping within 500 feet of residences or commercial 14
development. 15
2. Blasting 16
a. Obtain City approval prior to any blasting. 17
b. Send notification at least 15 days in advance to all property owners within 18
1,000 feet of the blasting site. 19
c. Follow all OSHA regulations for explosives and blasting agents, including but 20
not limited to requirements in the OSHA Technical Manual Section 5, and 21
OSHA Laws and Regulations Standard 1926, Safety and Health Regulations for 22
Constructions. 23
d. Use only authorized workers with training, knowledge, or experience in the 24
field of transporting, storing, handling, and use of explosives. 25
1) Authorized workers also need to have working knowledge of State and 26
local laws and regulations pertaining to explosives. 27
e. If there are concerns that seismic vibrations may cause damage to adjacent 28
structures, provide: 29
1) A structural engineer to determine safe limits to prevent any damage. 30
2) All equipment, monitors, tools, and engineering design necessary at no cost 31
to the City. 32
f. Use blasting mats or other approved containment equipment to ensure that no 33
rocks or debris will be thrown into the air. 34
g. Comply with all City of Denton noise ordinances when blasting. 35
3. Excavate to finish grade or subgrade within acceptable subgrade tolerances. 36
4. For small pockets or thin layers, remove rock to at least 12-inches below subgrade. 37
5. Use approved embankment material compacted in accordance with 31 24 00 to 38
replace over excavated material at no cost to City. 39
D. Water for Construction 40
1. Provide water as needed for site preparation, compaction, dust control, and other 41
incidental activities in accordance with local requirements in accordance with 42
Section 01 35 13. 43
44
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
E. Dewatering 1
1. Dewatering is subsidiary to excavation and includes the installation and operation 2
of all pumping, bailing, well-pointing, sumps, and draining necessary to keep the 3
excavation free from groundwater, seepage water, water from storm drains, 4
wastewater collection systems, ditches, creeks, ponds, and other sources. 5
2. Keep channels, trenches, pits, and other low point excavations drained as much as 6
practical during construction at no cost to the City. 7
3. Construction will not be permitted in standing water. 8
4. Conform all discharge from dewatering activities to Federal, State, and local 9
requirements in a manner approved by the City. 10
5. Control outlet velocities from dewatering discharges to prevent erosion. 11
F. Excavated Material 12
1. Maintain safe and convenient access to private and public properties adjacent to 13
excavation activities unless specified in the Drawings. Obtain approval from the 14
City for maintenance of access methods. 15
2. Acceptable fill material may be used for embankment in accordance with 31 24 00. 16
3. Stockpile acceptable excavated materials on-site in accordance with Sections 31 10 17
00 and 31 24 00. Proper erosion control and BMPs to be utilized in accordance with 18
the Drawings, local guidelines, and approved by the City. 19
G. Methods of Excavation 20
1. Submit means and methods for review by the City prior for any method of 21
excavation that is not using traditional excavation methods. 22
2. Comply with all Federal, State, and local regulations when developing and 23
submitting for approval any alternative method. 24
3. If an alternative method is requested and approved after contract execution, perform 25
excavation at no additional cost to the City beyond the stated excavation unit price 26
in the bid form. 27
3.5 REPAIR 28
A. Repair the following at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due to excavation 29
activities: 30
1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement to remain 31
2. Adjacent sidewalk to remain 32
3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter to remain 33
4. Adjacent subgrade or base material to remain 34
5. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances 35
6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 36
7. Landscape beds or planters 37
8. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 38
9. Retaining walls 39
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 40
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 41
31 23 16
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7
END OF SECTION 8
9
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
10
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 31 24 00 1
EMBANKMENT 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Furnishing, placing, and compacting approved soils for construction. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 31 10 00 – Site Clearing. 13
4. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sedimentation Controls. 14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15
A. Measurement and Payment 16
1. Embankment 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per cubic yard in its final position using the average end area 19
method of Embankment performed. Limits of measurement shown in the 20
Drawings. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed in accordance with this item and measured as 23
provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per 24
cubic yard for “Embankment.” 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Transporting or hauling material 27
2) Placing, compacting, and finishing Embankment 28
3) Construction Water 29
4) Dust Control 30
5) Proof Rolling 31
6) Disposal of excess materials 32
7) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 33
2. Select Fill Embankment 34
a. Measurement 35
1) Measured cubic yard in its final position using the average end area method 36
of Select Fill Embankment performed. Limits of measurement shown in the 37
Drawings. 38
39
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed in accordance with this item and measured as 2
provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per 3
cubic yard for “Select Fill Embankment”. 4
c. The price bid shall include: 5
1) Transporting or hauling material 6
2) Placing, compacting, and finishing Embankment 7
3) Construction Water 8
4) Dust Control 9
5) Clean-up 10
6) Proof Rolling 11
7) Disposal of excess materials 12
8) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 13
1.3 REFERENCES 14
A. Reference Standards 15
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 16
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 17
unless a date is specifically cited. 18
2. ASTM Standards: 19
a. D2487, Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes 20
(Unified Soil Classification System). 21
b. D4318, Test Procedure for Determining Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and 22
Plasticity Index of Soils. 23
c. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 24
Soil Using Standard Effort. 25
d. D6938, Standard Test Methods for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil 26
and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 27
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 28
A. Permits 29
1. For commercial and residential construction, a Clear and Grade Permit is required. 30
a. No excavation or embankment activities will be allowed without an executed 31
construction contract and an assigned City inspector. 32
b. Any excavation or embankment activities performed prior to an executed 33
construction contract and an assigned City inspector is subject to additional 34
testing, compaction, and site requirements at no cost to the City. 35
B. Sequencing 36
1. Install all erosion control measures in accordance with Section 31 25 14 prior to 37
commencing any earthwork activities. 38
2. Complete all site clearing in accordance with Section 31 10 00 prior to commencing 39
any earthwork activities. 40
C. Pre-Earthwork Meeting 41
1. A Pre-Earthwork Meeting is not required for Capital Improvement projects. 42
2. Hold a Pre-Earthwork meeting at the same time as the Pre-Site Clearing Meeting. 43
Invite the City and appropriate representatives. 44
45
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Clearly mark all the following items prior to the meeting: 1
a. All requirements for pre-site clearing meeting in accordance with 31 10 00. 2
b. Excavation limits 3
c. Cut/fill stakes 4
4. Have the SWPPP in place and inspected by Watershed Protection in accordance 5
with Section 01 57 13 prior to Excavation activities. 6
5. Determine any site-specific constraints or concerns prior to meeting for review. 7
1.5 SUBMITTALS 8
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 9
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any lime 10
treating activities. 11
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 12
A. Information Submittal 13
1. Equipment Information 14
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 15
1) Equipment name 16
2) Size 17
3) Intended use 18
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 19
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 20
1. All test reports generated during testing. 21
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 23
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 24
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 25
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 26
66 00. 27
2. Within Existing Rights-of-Way (ROW) 28
a. Store soil within existing ROW, easements, or temporary construction 29
easements, unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. 30
b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets, or driveways. 31
c. When the Work is performed in active traffic areas, store materials only in 32
areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. 33
d. In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 34
landscaped areas. 35
3. Designated Storage Areas 36
a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage within the ROW, easement 37
or temporary construction easement, secure and maintain an adequate storage 38
location. 39
b. Provide an affidavit verifying rights have been secured to store the materials on 40
private property. 41
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Do not block drainage ways. 1
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 2
A. Ambient Conditions 3
1. Surface temperature must be at least 40°F and the ambient temperature must be 4
45°F and rising. 5
2. Do not install embankment during or shortly after rain events which prevent proper 6
work placement of the material and compaction. 7
a. Prior to resuming compaction operations: 8
1) Let soil dry to optimal density. 9
2) Remove muddy material off the surface to expose firm and compacted 10
materials. 11
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 12
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 13
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 14
2.2 MATERIALS 15
A. General 16
1. Furnish material capable of forming a stable embankment. 17
2. Furnish material free from trees, stumps, roots, vegetation, or other deleterious 18
materials. 19
B. Acceptable Fill Material 20
1. In-situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC, or GC in accordance with ASTM 21
D2487. 22
2. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, and organics. 23
3. Can be placed free from voids. 24
4. Has 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve. 25
5. Meets the requirements of Table 1. 26
Table 1 – Acceptable Fill Material Requirements 27
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Liquid Limit (LL) Tex-104-E ≤ 50
Plasticity Index (PI) Tex-106-E ≤ 35
Sulfate Limit Tex-145-E ≤ 3000 ppm
Bar Linear Shrinkage Tex-107-E ≥ 2
C. Blended Fill Material 28
1. In-situ soils classified as SP, SM, GP, or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487. 29
2. Blended with in-situ or imported Acceptable Fill material in accordance with the 30
requirements of this Section. 31
3. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, and organics. 32
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Has 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve. 1
5. Final blended product meets the requirements of Table 1. 2
D. Unacceptable Fill Material 3
1. In-situ soils classified as ML, MH, PT, OL, or OH in accordance with ASTM 4
D2487 5
E. Select Fill Material 6
1. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 7
2. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, and organics. 8
3. Can be placed free from voids. 9
4. Has 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve. 10
5. Meets the requirements of Table 2. 11
12
Table 2 – Select Fill Material Requirements 13
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Liquid Limit (LL) Tex-104-E ≤ 35
Plasticity Index (PI) Tex-106-E ≤ 20
Sulfate Limit Tex-145-E ≤ 2000 ppm
Bar Linear Shrinkage Tex-107-E ≥ 2
14
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 15
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 16
A. Borrow material shall be tested prior to delivery to the Site. 17
1. Provide Proctor Test results, Gradation, and Atterberg Limits for Borrow material 18
from each source. 19
a. All testing listed above shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D698, 20
D6913, and D4318 respectively. 21
PART 3 - EXECUTION 22
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 23
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 24
3.3 PREPARATION 25
A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 26
1. Pavement 27
a. Conduct activities in such a way that does not damage existing pavement 28
designated to remain. 29
b. Repair or replace any pavement damaged due to the negligence of the 30
contractor outside the limits designated for pavement removal at no additional 31
cost. 32
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Trees 1
a. Flag and protect all trees designated to remain in accordance with Section 31 10 2
00. 3
b. Conduct embankments in a manner such that there is no damage to the tree 4
canopy. 5
c. Prune or trim tree limbs as specified in the Drawings or as directed by City. 6
1) Pruning or trimming may only be accomplished with equipment 7
specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming. 8
3. Above ground Structures 9
a. Protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction. 10
B. Surface Preparation 11
1. Backfill stump holes or other small incidental excavations due to site clearing with 12
material of same properties as in-situ material. 13
2. Scarify base soil surface on which the embankment will be constructed to a 14
minimum depth of 6 inches. 15
3. Bench slopes before placing new material. 16
3.4 EMBANKMENT 17
A. General 18
1. Provide material type as specified in the Drawings. 19
2. Begin filling in the lowest section or the toe of the work area. 20
3. When fill is placed directly or upon older fill, remove debris and any loose material 21
and proof roll existing surface. 22
4. After spreading the loose lifts to required thickness and adjusting its moisture 23
content as necessary, simultaneously recompact scarified material with the placed 24
embankment material. 25
5. Compact material in loose lifts no greater than 8 inches. 26
6. Roll with enough passes to achieve the minimum required compaction. 27
7. Provide water sprinkled as necessary to achieve required moisture levels for 28
specified compaction. 29
8. Do not add additional lifts until the entire previous lift is properly compacted. 30
B. Surface Water Control 31
1. Grade surface horizontally but provide with sufficient longitudinal and transverse 32
slope to allow for runoff of surface water from every point. 33
2. Conduct fills so no obstruction to drainage from any other sections of fill is created. 34
3. Install temporary dewatering sumps in low areas during filling where excess 35
amounts of runoff collect. 36
4. Compact uniformly throughout. Keep surfaces of fill reasonably smooth and free 37
from humps and hollows that would prevent proper uniform compaction. 38
C. Earth Embankments 39
1. Construct embankments in successive layers, evenly distributing materials in 40
lengths suited for sprinkling and rolling. 41
2. Move the material dumped in piles or windrows by blading or by similar methods 42
and incorporate it into uniform layers. 43
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Construct embankments in layers approximately parallel to the finished grade of the 1
street. 2
4. Featheredge or mix abutting layers of dissimilar material for at least 100 feet to 3
ensure no abrupt changes in the material. 4
5. Break down clods or lumps of material and mix embankment until a uniform 5
material is attained. 6
6. Establish grade and shape to the typical sections specified in the Drawings. 7
7. Maintain finished sections of embankment to the grade and compaction 8
requirements until the project is accepted. 9
D. Rock Embankments 10
1. Rock Embankments for roadways are only allowed when specified in the Drawings. 11
2. Construct rock embankments in successive layers for the full width of the roadway 12
cross-section with a depth of 18 inches or less. 13
3. The layer depth for large rock sizes shall not exceed a depth of 18 inches in any 14
case. 15
4. Fill voids created by the large stone matrix with smaller stones during the 16
placement and filling operations. 17
5. Ensure the depth of the embankment layer is greater than the maximum dimension 18
of any rock. 19
6. Do not place rock greater than 18 inches in its maximum dimension. 20
7. Do not place rock embankments in any location where future utilities are 21
anticipated. 22
8. Construct the final layer with graded material so the density and uniformity is in 23
accordance with compaction requirements. 24
E. Density Control 25
1. Determine maximum dry density and moisture content using ASTM D698 and 26
submit moisture-density curves to City for review. 27
2. Compact each lift to meet the following requirements: 28
a. For soils with a PI less than 35, compact to 98% of maximum dry density, plus 29
or minus 2%. 30
b. For soils with a PI greater than 35, compact to at least 98% of maximum dry 31
density. 32
F. Maintenance of Moisture and Reworking 33
1. Maintain the density and moisture content once all requirements are met. 34
2. For soils with a PI greater than 15, maintain the moisture content no lower than 4 35
percentage points below optimum. 36
3. Rework the material to obtain specified compaction when the material loses the 37
required stability, density, moisture, or finish. 38
4. Alter the compaction methods and procedures on subsequent work to obtain 39
specified density as directed by City. 40
3.5 REPAIR 41
42
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
A. Repair the following at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due to Embankment 1
activities: 2
1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement to remain 3
2. Adjacent sidewalk to remain 4
3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter to remain 5
4. Adjacent subgrade or base material to remain 6
5. Utility pipes 7
6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 8
7. Landscape beds or planters 9
8. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 10
9. Retaining walls 11
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 13
A. Field Tests and Inspections 14
1. Proctors 15
a. Perform Proctor Tests in accordance with ASTM D698. 16
b. Notify the City if the characteristic of the soil changes. 17
c. Perform new Proctors for varying soils: 18
1) When indicated in the geotechnical investigation in the Appendix 19
2) If notified by the Engineer 20
3) At the convenience of the City 21
d. For Embankments where different soil types are present and are blended, the 22
Proctors shall be based on the mixture of those soils. 23
2. Proof Rolling 24
a. City must be on-site during proof rolling operations. 25
b. Make at least two passes with the proof roller, offsetting each trip by at most 26
one tire width. 27
c. Correct areas of rutting or pumping and unstable or non-uniform areas in 28
accordance with this Section. 29
3. Density Testing of Embankments 30
a. Density Testing shall be in accordance with ASTM D6938. 31
b. City must be on site during density testing. 32
c. For Embankments under future pavement: 33
1) Perform density testing twice per working day when compaction operations 34
are being conducted. 35
2) Measure density every 100’ along corridor. 36
3) City to determine density testing locations. 37
d. For Embankments not under future pavement or structures: 38
1) The City will perform density testing once per working day when 39
compaction operations are being conducted. 40
2) Measure density every 250’ along embankment. 41
3) City to determine density testing locations. 42
e. Test reports shall include: 43
1) Location of test by station number 44
2) Time and date of test 45
31 24 00
EMBANKMENT
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) Depth of testing 1
4) Field moisture 2
5) Dry density 3
6) Proctor identifier 4
7) Percent Proctor Density 5
B. Non-Conforming Work 6
1. All non-conforming work shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the 7
City. 8
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 9
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 10
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 11
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 12
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 13
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 14
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 15
END OF SECTION 16
17
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
18
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 1 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
SECTION 31 25 14 1
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 2
3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Installation and maintenance of temporary control measures necessary to prevent 7
and control soil erosion, sedimentation, and water pollution. 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12
Contract. 13
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14
3. Section 32 05 26 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Triangular Sediment Filter Dike 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measured per linear foot of Triangular Sediment Filter Dike installed. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 22
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 23
at the unit price bid per linear foot for “Triangular Sediment Filter 24
Dike” installed. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Furnishing and installing Triangular Sediment Filter Dike as specified 27
by the Drawings 28
2) Filter fabric 29
3) Net reinforcement 30
4) Fasteners 31
5) Stone overflows 32
6) Cleaning 33
7) Disposal of silt 34
8) Repair of damaged Triangular Sediment Filter Dike 35
2. Silt Fence 36
a. Measurement 37
1) Measured per linear foot of Silt Fence installed. 38
b. Payment 39
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 40
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 41
price bid per linear foot for “Silt Fence” installed. 42
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 2 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Furnishing and installing Silt Fence as specified by the Drawings 2
2) Posts 3
3) Filter fabric 4
4) Net reinforcement 5
5) Fasteners 6
6) Stone overflows 7
7) Safety caps 8
8) Cleaning 9
9) Disposal of silt 10
10) Repair of damaged Silt Fence 11
3. Check Dam 12
a. Measurement 13
1) Measured per linear foot of Check Dam installed. 14
b. Payment 15
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 16
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 17
price bid per linear foot for “Check Dam” installed. 18
c. The price bid shall include: 19
1) Furnishing and installing Check Dam as specified by the Drawings 20
2) Aggregate, wire reinforcement, and filter fabric 21
3) Excavation 22
4) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 23
5) Cleaning 24
6) Disposal of silt 25
7) Repair of damaged Check Dam 26
4. Organic Filter Tube 27
a. Measurement 28
1) Measured per linear foot of Organic Filter Tube installed. 29
b. Payment 30
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32
price bid per linear foot for “Organic Filter Tube” installed. 33
c. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Furnishing and installing Organic Filter Tube as specified by the Drawings 35
2) Containment mesh 36
3) Core material 37
4) Posts 38
5) Rock bags 39
6) Cleaning 40
7) Disposal of silt 41
8) Repair of damaged Organic Filter Tube 42
5. Inlet Protection 43
a. Measurement 44
1) Measured per each of Inlet Protection installed. 45
b. Payment 46
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 47
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 48
price bid per each for “Inlet Protection” installed. 49
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 3 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Furnishing and installing Inlet Protection as specified by the Drawings 2
2) All items pertaining to Organic Filter Tubes or rock bags for erosion 3
control as needed 4
3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 5
4) Cleaning 6
5) Disposal of silt 7
6) Repair of damaged Inlet Protection items 8
6. Erosion Control Blanket 9
a. Measurement 10
1) Measured per square yard of Erosion Control Blanket installed. 11
b. Payment 12
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 14
price bid per square yard for “Erosion Control Blanket” installed. 15
c. The price bid shall include: 16
1) Furnishing and installing Erosion Control Blanket as specified by the 17
Drawings 18
2) Blanket and staples 19
3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 20
4) Cleaning 21
5) Disposal of silt 22
6) Repair of damaged Erosion Control Blanket 23
7. Stabilized Construction Exit 24
a. Measurement 25
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 28
item are subsidiary to the various items bid and no other compensation will 29
be allowed. 30
8. Mulching 31
a. Measurement 32
1) Measured square yard of Mulching installed. 33
b. Payment 34
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 35
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 36
price bid per square yard for “Mulching” installed. 37
c. The price bid shall include: 38
1) Furnishing and installing Mulching as specified by the Drawings 39
2) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 40
9. Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap 41
a. Measurement 42
1) Measured per each Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap installed. 43
b. Payment 44
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 45
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 46
price bid per each for “Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap” installed. 47
c. The price bid shall include: 48
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 4 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
1) Furnishing and installing Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap as specified by the 1
Drawings 2
2) Filter stone 3
3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 4
4) Cleaning 5
5) Disposal of silt 6
6) Repair of damaged Pipe Inlet Sediment Traps 7
10. Stone Outlet Sediment Trap 8
a. Measurement 9
1) Measured per each Stone Outlet Sediment Trap installed. 10
b. Payment 11
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 12
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 13
price bid per each for “Stone Outlet Sediment Trap” installed. 14
c. The price bid shall include: 15
1) Furnishing and installing Stone Outlet Sediment Trap as specified by the 16
Drawings 17
2) Filter stone 18
3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 19
4) Cleaning 20
5) Disposal of silt 21
6) Repair of damaged Stone Outlet Sediment Traps 22
11. Turf Reinforcement Mat 23
a. Measurement 24
1) Measured square yard of Turf Reinforcement Mat installed. 25
b. Payment 26
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28
price bid per square yard for “Turf Reinforcement Mat” installed. 29
c. The price bid shall include: 30
1) Furnishing and installing Turf Reinforcement Mat as specified by the 31
Drawings 32
2) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 33
3) Cleaning 34
4) Disposal of silt 35
5) Repair of damaged Pipe Inlet Sediment Traps items 36
12. Dewatering Controls 37
a. Measurement 38
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 39
b. Payment 40
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 41
item are subsidiary to the various items bid and no other compensation will 42
be allowed. 43
13. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Device Installation 44
a. Measurement 45
1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 46
b. Payment 47
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 5 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1
shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for all “Storm Water Pollution 2
Prevention Device Installation”. 3
c. The price bid shall include: 4
1) Furnishing and installing all items under Storm Water Pollution Prevention 5
Device Installation as specified by the Drawings 6
2) Excavation 7
3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 8
4) Cleaning 9
5) Disposal of silt 10
6) Repair of damaged Storm Water Pollution Prevention Devices 11
14. Remove Storm Water Pollution Prevention Devices 12
a. Measurement 13
1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 14
b. Payment 15
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 16
shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for all “Remove Storm Water 17
Pollution Prevention Devices.” 18
19
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 6 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Removing all items previously installed as part of the Storm Water 2
Pollution Prevention Plan as specified by the Drawings 3
2) Loading, unloading, and hauling 4
3) Cleaning 5
4) Disposal of silt 6
1.3 REFERENCES 7
A. Reference Standards 8
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 9
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 10
unless a date is specifically cited. 11
2. North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) Integrated Stormwater 12
Management (iSWM) Technical Manual. 13
3. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 14
Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 15
a. Item 169, Soil Retention Blankets. 16
4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Departmental Material 17
Specifications (DMS): 18
a. DMS-6200, Filter Fabric. 19
b. DMS-6230, Temporary Sediment Control Fence Fabric. 20
c. DMS-6370, Erosion Control Blankets. 21
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 22
A. Sequencing 23
1. Ensure erosion control measures are fully installed prior to any earth disturbing 24
activities begin. 25
2. Contact Watershed Protection division for initial inspection prior to any earth 26
disturbing activities. 27
3. On phased projects, final stabilization shall be completed and Erosion and Sediment 28
Control devices removed from each phase as construction is completed. 29
1.5 SUBMITTALS 30
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 31
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 32
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 33
A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) submittals in accordance with Section 34
01 57 13. 35
B. Product Data 36
1. Provide product data from each manufacturer supplying Erosion and Sediment 37
Control devices and accessories. 38
2. Product data sheets for all products to include: 39
a. Manufacturer name 40
b. Date 41
c. Material description 42
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 7 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
d. Point of delivery 1
e. Data and test results as specified in this Section 2
f. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 3
g. Application Recommendations, if applicable 4
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 7
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 8
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 9
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 10
66 00. 11
2. Store all storm water pollution prevention materials in accordance with 12
manufacturer’s recommendations. 13
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 14
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17
2.2 MATERIALS 18
A. Triangular Sediment Filter Dike 19
1. Fabric 20
a. Provide fabric in accordance with the following criteria: 21
22
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 90-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 60-lbs
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 280-psi
Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 30 to No. 100
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 70 percent min
23
2. Wire Mesh Support 24
a. The dike structure shall be 6-gauge 6” x 6” wire mesh folded into 25
triangular form being 18-inches on each side. 26
B. Silt Fence 27
1. Fabric 28
a. Provide fabric in accordance with the following criteria: 29
30
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 90-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 60-lbs
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 8 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 280-psi
Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 30 to No. 100
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 70 percent min
1
2. Posts 2
a. Provide steel T-section or L-section posts, 1.3 pounds per linear foot, and 4 feet 3
in length minimum. 4
b. Provide plastic caps on all steel posts in areas exposed to pedestrian traffic. 5
c. Wood posts may be approved by City if project duration is expected to be less 6
than 90 days. 7
3. Net Reinforcement 8
a. Provide net reinforcement of at least 12 gauge galvanized welded wire mesh, 9
with a maximum opening size of 2x2 inches. 10
11
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 9 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
4. Stone Overflows 1
a. Provide 1 1/2 inch washed stone aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 2
26. 3
C. Check Dam 4
1. Aggregate 5
a. Provide 3 to 6 inch aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26 for check 6
dam heights of 24 inches or less. 7
b. Provide 4 to 8 inch aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26 for check 8
dam greater than 24 inches in height. 9
2. Wire 10
a. If required, provide mesh consisting of minimum 20 gauge galvanized wire. 11
3. Fabric 12
a. For check dams greater than 18 inches in height, provide filter fabric in 13
accordance with the following criteria: 14
15
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi
Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 20 max
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min
16
D. Organic Filter Tube 17
1. Containment Mesh 18
a. Provide biodegradable, photodegradable, or recyclable containment mesh with 19
a minimum rated life of one year under normal site conditions, such as burlap, 20
twine, UV photodegradable plastic, or polyester. 21
1) Obtain approval from the City for use of any other material. 22
b. Provide recyclable containment mesh for temporary organic filter tube 23
installation. 24
c. Provide biodegradable or photodegradable containment mesh when organic 25
filter tube will remain in place as part of vegetative system. 26
2. Core Material 27
a. Provide biodegradable or recyclable core material such as compost, mulch, or 28
coir. 29
1) Obtain approval from the City for use of any other material. 30
3. Posts 31
a. Provide steel T-section or L-section posts, 1.3 pounds per linear foot or 2 32
inches by 2 inches wooden posts. 33
b. Provide posts at least 6 inches longer than the outside diameter of the Organic 34
Filter Tube. 35
E. Inlet Protection 36
1. Provide Inlet Protection comprised of Organic Filter Tubes or rock bags for erosion 37
control in accordance with this Section. 38
39
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 10 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
F. Erosion Control Blanket 1
1. Blanket 2
a. In accordance with DMS 6370. 3
2. Staples 4
a. In accordance with the Erosion Control Blanket manufacturer 5
recommendations. 6
G. Stabilized Construction Exit 7
1. Aggregate 8
a. Provide 3 to 6 inch aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26. 9
H. Mulching 10
1. Provide type of organic mulching as specified in the Drawings. 11
I. Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap 12
1. Riprap 13
a. Provide 6 to 12 inch Dry Stone Riprap in accordance with Section 31 37 00. 14
2. Filter Stone 15
a. Provide 1 1/2 inch washed stone aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 16
26. 17
3. Wire 18
a. Provide mesh consisting of minimum 20 gauge galvanized wire with 1/2 inch 19
by 1/2 inch openings. 20
4. Fabric 21
a. Provide Filter Fabric meeting the following criteria: 22
23
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi
Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 20 max
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min
24
5. Concrete Block 25
a. Provide standard 8-inch x 8-inch x 16-inch concrete masonry units in 26
accordance with ASTM C139. 27
J. Stone Outlet Sediment Trap 28
1. Riprap 29
a. Provide 6 to 12 inch Dry Stone Riprap in accordance with Section 31 37 00. 30
2. Filter Stone 31
a. Provide 1 1/2 inch washed stone aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 32
26. 33
34
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 11 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3. Fabric 1
a. Provide Filter Fabric in accordance with the following criteria: 2
3
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi
Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 20 max
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min
4
K. Turf Reinforcement Mat 5
1. Provide Turf Reinforcement Mats in accordance with TxDOT Item 169 Approved 6
Products List, Erosion Control Approved Products and in accordance with the 7
following criteria: 8
9
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Minimum Thickness ASTM D6525 0.25 in
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 80 percent
Tensile Strength ASTM D6818 175 lbs/ft
10
L. Dewatering Controls 11
1. Sediment Filter Bag 12
a. Provide sediment filter bags made of non-woven, needle-punched, geotextile 13
that meets the following criteria: 14
15
Property Test Method Specification Limit
Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs
Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs
Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi
Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min
Water Flow Rate ASTM D4491 85 to 110 gpm/ft2
16
2. Temporary Sediment Tank 17
a. Provide compartmented container with a storage volume equal to 1 cubic foot 18
for each gallon per minute of pump discharge capacity. 19
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 20
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21
PART 3 - EXECUTION 22
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 23
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 24
25
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 12 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION 1
A. General 2
1. Remove trees, brush, stumps, and other objectionable material that will interfere 3
with the construction of the erosion control measure. 4
B. Erosion Control Blanket 5
1. Remove rocks, dirt clods, stumps, and other objectionable material that will prevent 6
the mat from lying in direct contact with the soil. 7
C. Mulching 8
1. Fertilize and treat soil prior to mulching installation when used with final 9
vegetation. 10
a. Fertilization and soil treatment are not required when using mulching with 11
hydroseeding or when seed is spread during winter months. 12
D. Turf Reinforcement Mat 13
1. Remove rocks, dirt clods, stumps, and other objectionable material that will prevent 14
the mat from lying in direct contact with the soil. 15
3.4 INSTALLATION 16
A. Triangular Sediment Filter Dike 17
1. The internal support for the dike structure shall be 6-gauge 6 inch x 6 inch 18
wire mesh or 6-guage 4 inch x 4 inch welded wire fabric folded into triangular 19
form eighteen (18) inches on each side. 20
2. Tie-in to the existing grade should be accomplished by: 21
a. embedding the fabric six-inches below the top of ground on the upslope 22
side; 23
b. extending the fabric to form a 12 inch skirt on the upstream slope and 24
covering it with 3 to 5 inches of 1½ inch washed filter stone; or 25
c. entrenching the base of the triangular dike four inches below ground. 26
1) For (b) above, the skirt and the upslope portion of the triangular dike 27
skeleton should be anchored by metal staples on two-foot centers, 28
driven a minimum of six inches into the ground (except where crossing 29
pavement or exposed limestone). When installed on pavement, the 30
washed rock in option (b) may be replaced by bags filled with 1½ inch 31
washed filter stone placed at 4 foot spacing to anchor the end of the 32
filter fabric to the pavement. 33
3. Filter material shall lap over ends six (6) inches to cover dike-to-dike junction; 34
each junction shall be secured by shoat rings. Where the dike is placed on 35
pavement, two rock bags shall be used to anchor the overlap to the pavement. 36
Additional bags shall be used as needed to ensure continuous contact with the 37
pavement (no gaps). 38
4. Sand bags or large rock should be used as ballast inside the triangular dike 39
section to stabilize the dike against the effects of high flows. 40
5. Sufficient room for the operation of sediment removal equipment shall be 41
provided between the dike and other obstructions in order to properly remove 42
sediment. 43
6. The ends of the dike shall be turned upgrade to prevent bypass of stormwater. 44
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 13 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
7. When used as a perimeter control on drainage areas larger than 0.5 acres, a 1
stone overflow structure may be necessary at low points to act as a controlled 2
overflow point in order to prevent localized flooding and failure of the dike. 3
8. If used as check dams in small swales (drainage areas less than 3 acres), the 4
dikes shall be installed according to the spacing and other criteria in Check 5
Dam. 6
B. Silt Fence 7
1. Provide silt fence near the downstream perimeter of a disturbed area to intercept 8
sediment from sheet flow. 9
2. Install posts 18 inches deep, maximum 6 feet on center. 10
3. Dig 6-inch x 6-inch trench on uphill side of fence and embed fabric and wire mesh. 11
Backfill the trench. 12
4. Attach net reinforcement to posts with clips for steel posts or staples for wood posts 13
in at least four equally spaced locations per post. 14
5. Fasten fabric to top of net reinforcement at a maximum spacing of 15 inches. 15
6. Locate splices in fabric at a post and provide a 3-foot overlap ensuring no leakage 16
or bypass. 17
7. Install stone overflow structures at low points or spaced at approximately 300 feet if 18
there is no apparent low point. 19
8. Turn last 10 feet of Silt Fence slightly uphill to prevent bypass. 20
9. Repair or replace any posts, net reinforcement, or fabric that are bent, torn, or 21
otherwise unable to function as intended in accordance with this Section. 22
C. Check Dam 23
1. Place the aggregate to the lines, height, and slopes specified in the Drawings. 24
2. Place Check Dams perpendicular to the direction of flow. 25
D. Organic Filter Tube 26
1. Install Organic Filter Tubes near the downstream perimeter of a disturbed area to 27
intercept sediment from sheet flow. 28
2. When placed on soil, excavate a 1-inch to 2-inch deep bedding trench along the 29
length of the Organic Filter Tubes. 30
3. Secure Organic Filter Tubes using posts to prevent displacement as a result of 31
normal rain events, damage to the logs, and flow from penetrating under the logs. 32
a. Rock bags may be used in place of posts on paved surfaces. 33
4. Overlap ends of Organic Filter Tubes by at least 18 inches and secure ends together 34
preventing gaps from forming. 35
5. Turn last 10 feet of Organic Filter Tubes slightly uphill to prevent bypass. 36
E. Inlet Protection 37
1. Install prefabricated inlet protection systems in accordance with manufacturer’s 38
instructions. 39
2. Install Organic Filter Tubes, rock bags, and filter fabric as specified in the 40
Drawings and in accordance with this Section. 41
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 14 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3. Install inlet protection systems to provide 2-inch overflow capability to allow storm 1
water overflow during extreme storm events or when filter media on protection 2
device clogs. 3
F. Erosion Control Blanket 4
1. Use an Erosion Control Blanket anywhere seeding is to be used and the slope is 5
steeper than a 6:1 slope. 6
2. Use Turf Reinforcement Mat when stabilizing slopes of 2:1 or steeper. 7
3. Provide blanket on sod locations only when specified in the Drawings. 8
4. Dig 6 inch trench along the entire perimeter of the installation area. 9
5. Lay Erosion Control Blanket into trench and backfill with compacted soil. 10
6. Fasten Erosion Control Blanket in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 11
7. Ensure staples are installed parallel to the direction of flow. 12
8. Overlap ends of Erosion Control Blanket by a minimum of 3 feet, and longitudinal 13
edges by 6 inches. 14
9. Staple Erosion Control Blanket at all critical channel points and all overlaps. 15
G. Stabilized Construction Exit 16
1. Install stabilized construction exit as specified in the Drawings. 17
2. Install stabilized construction exits at any point where traffic will be leaving a 18
construction site to or from a street, alley, sidewalk, or parking area. 19
3. Slope stabilized construction exit away from offsite paved surfaces or incorporate a 20
drainage swale to prevent runoff from leaving the construction site. 21
4. Do not place stabilized construction exits at the lowest point on the construction site 22
or on top of utility lines. 23
5. Minimum width of 15 feet for one-way and 20 feet for two-way. 24
H. Mulching 25
1. Spread organic mulch by hand or mechanical means providing complete, uniform 26
coverage of the specified area. 27
2. Install mulching to a thickness between 1 to 2 inches. 28
3. Anchor mulching by application of fiber mulch binder, synthetic mulch binder, 29
using a tractor-drawn crimper to punch into the soil, or by placing netting above the 30
mulch and stapled into the ground when placed on slopes of 3:1 or steeper. 31
4. Do not use mulching on slopes of 1.5:1 or steeper. 32
I. Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap 33
1. Install pipe inlet sediment trap as specified in the Drawings. 34
2. Provide a stormwater and sediment storage area upslope of the pipe inlet sediment 35
trap to a minimum volume equal to the runoff calculated from the temporary 36
control design storm. 37
3. Provide side slopes surrounding the storage area at 2:1 or flatter. 38
4. Install the pipe inlet sediment trap to a maximum height of half the inlet pipe 39
diameter. 40
5. Install pipe inlet sediment trap to provide 2-inch overflow capability to allow storm 41
water overflow during extreme storm events or when filter media on protection 42
device clogs. 43
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 15 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
J. Stone Outlet Sediment Trap 1
1. Install stone outlet sediment trap as specified in the Drawings. 2
2. Provide a stormwater and sediment storage area upslope of the pipe inlet sediment 3
trap to a minimum volume equal to the runoff calculated from the temporary 4
control design storm. 5
3. Install the pipe inlet sediment trap to a maximum height of half the inlet pipe 6
diameter. 7
4. Grade side slopes surrounding the storage area at 2:1 or flatter. 8
5. Install pipe inlet sediment trap to provide 2-inch overflow capability to allow storm 9
water overflow during extreme storm events or when filter media on protection 10
device clogs. 11
K. Turf Reinforcement Mat 12
1. Install turf reinforcement mats as specified in the Drawings and manufacturer’s 13
recommendations. 14
2. Install turf reinforcement mats immediately after completing grading of the slope or 15
channel, and at most within 14 days after completing the grading. 16
3. Install turf reinforcement mats vertically down slope on steep cut/fill slopes, 17
embankments, and steep channel slopes above the water surface level. 18
4. Install turf reinforcement mats horizontally (parallel to flow) for channel slopes 19
below the water surface level. 20
5. Dig 6 inch trench along the entire perimeter of the installation area. 21
6. Lay turf reinforcement mat into trench and backfill with compacted soil. 22
7. Fasten turf reinforcement mat in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 23
8. Ensure staples are installed parallel to the direction of flow. 24
9. Overlap ends of turf reinforcement mat by a minimum of 3 feet, and longitudinal 25
edges by 6 inches. 26
10. Staple turf reinforcement mat at all critical channel points and all overlaps. 27
3.5 REPAIR 28
1. Repair any controls determined to no longer be functioning as intended in 29
accordance with this Section. 30
2. Repair devices as soon as exposed ground has dried sufficiently to prevent further 31
damage from equipment operations needed for repairs. 32
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 33
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 34
A. Field Inspections 35
1. Inspect all storm water pollution prevention controls at least once every 7 calendar 36
days with City Watershed Protection Division. 37
2. Inspect dewatering pumps and sediment controls hourly while pumps are in 38
operation. 39
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 40
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 41
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 16 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 1
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 2
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3
3.13 MAINTENANCE 4
A. General 5
1. If a storm water pollution prevention control ceases to function as intended, repair 6
and replace the device or any portions necessary. Repeated failure indicates a 7
device is insufficient and additional or different Erosion and Sediment Control 8
devices must be selected. 9
2. Remove sediment, debris, and litter from all devices as necessary to maintain 10
intended operation. 11
3. Continue maintenance of all erosion and sediment control devices until vegetative 12
cover reaches 70 percent density, as determined by the City. 13
B. Check Dam 14
1. Remove silt when it reaches a depth equal to one-third the height of the dam or one 15
foot, whichever is less. 16
C. Dewatering Controls 17
1. Repair areas eroded due to dewatering pumping and install erosion control devices 18
to prevent further erosion. 19
2. Clean sediment tanks when they become half full of sediment. 20
21
31 25 14
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
Page 17 of 17
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 1 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 01 29 1
CONCRETE REPAIR 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Concrete Repair Including: 6
a. Concrete Paving Repair 7
b. Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Trench 8
c. Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair 9
d. Concrete Structure Repair, Concrete Crack Repair 10
e. Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks 11
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 12
1. None. 13
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 14
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 15
Contract. 16
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 17
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcement. 18
4. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 19
5. Section 32 11 23 – Flexible Base Courses. 20
6. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 21
7. Section 32 13 73 – Concrete Paving Joint Sealants. 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
A. Measurement and Payment 24
1. Concrete Paving Repair 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Paving Repair installed. 27
b. Payment 28
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30
price bid per square yard for “Concrete Paving Repair” installed for: 31
a) Various Street Classifications. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Paving Repair as specified by the 34
Drawings 35
2) Subgrade removal and replacement as specified on the Drawings 36
3) Sawing and removal of existing pavement 37
4) Removal of base material as needed 38
5) Water 39
6) Loading 40
7) Unloading 41
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 2 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
8) Storing 1
9) Hauling 2
10) Handling of materials 3
11) Traffic control for all testing 4
12) Trial batches (as needed) 5
13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 6
14) Concrete 7
15) Aggregate 8
16) Supplementary cementing materials 9
17) Concrete additives 10
18) Mixing 11
19) Placement of concrete 12
20) Finishing of concrete 13
21) Curing and curing compounds 14
22) Joint sealant 15
23) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 16
24) Disposal of excess material 17
25) Clean-up 18
2. Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Trench 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Trench 21
installed. 22
b. Payment 23
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 25
price bid per square yard for “Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Trench” 26
installed for: 27
a) Various Street Classifications. 28
c. The price bid shall include: 29
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Trench as 30
specified by the Drawings 31
2) Sawing 32
3) Water 33
4) Loading 34
5) Unloading 35
6) Storing 36
7) Hauling 37
8) Handling of materials 38
9) Traffic control for all testing 39
10) Trial batches (as needed) 40
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 41
12) Concrete 42
13) Aggregate 43
14) Supplementary cementing materials 44
15) Concrete additives 45
16) Mixing 46
17) Placement of concrete 47
18) Finishing of concrete 48
19) Curing and curing compounds 49
20) Joint sealant 50
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 3 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
21) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 1
22) Disposal of excess material 2
23) Clean-up 3
3. Concrete Structure Repair 4
a. Measurement 5
1) Measured per square foot of Concrete Structure Repair installed. 6
b. Payment 7
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 8
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 9
price bid per square foot for “Concrete Structure Repair” installed. 10
c. The price bid shall include: 11
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Structure Repair as specified by the 12
Drawings 13
2) Sawing and removal of existing pavement 14
3) Removal of base material as needed 15
4) Water 16
5) Loading 17
6) Unloading 18
7) Storing 19
8) Hauling 20
9) Handling of materials 21
10) Traffic control for all testing 22
11) Trial batches (as needed) 23
12) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 24
13) Concrete 25
14) Aggregate 26
15) Supplementary cementing materials 27
16) Concrete additives 28
17) Mixing 29
18) Placement of concrete 30
19) Finishing of concrete 31
20) Curing and curing compounds 32
21) Joint sealant 33
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 34
23) Disposal of excess material 35
24) Clean-up 36
4. Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair 37
a. Measurement 38
1) Measured per square foot of Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair installed. 39
b. Payment 40
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 41
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 42
price bid per square foot for Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair installed. 43
c. The price bid shall include: 44
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair as specified 45
by the Drawings 46
2) Sawing and removal of existing pavement 47
3) Removal of base material as needed 48
4) Water 49
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 4 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5) Loading 1
6) Unloading 2
7) Storing 3
8) Hauling 4
9) Handling of materials 5
10) Traffic control for all testing 6
11) Trial batches (as needed) 7
12) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 8
13) Concrete 9
14) Aggregate 10
15) Supplementary cementing materials 11
16) Concrete additives 12
17) Mixing 13
18) Placement of concrete 14
19) Finishing of concrete 15
20) Curing and curing compounds 16
21) Joint sealant 17
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 18
23) Disposal of excess material 19
24) Clean-up 20
5. Concrete Crack Repair 21
a. Measurement 22
1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Crack Repair installed. 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 25
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26
price bid per linear foot for Concrete Crack Repair installed. 27
c. The price bid shall include: 28
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Crack Repair as specified by the 29
Drawings 30
2) Sawing 31
3) Concrete 32
4) Aggregate 33
5) Supplementary cementing materials 34
6) Concrete additives 35
7) Mixing 36
8) Placement of concrete 37
9) Finishing of concrete 38
10) Curing and curing compounds 39
11) Joint sealant 40
12) Loading 41
13) Unloading 42
14) Storing 43
15) Hauling 44
16) Handling of materials 45
17) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 46
informational submittals. 47
18) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 48
19) Tools 49
20) Equipment 50
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 5 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
6. Cleaning and Sealing Joints 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per linear foot of Cleaning and Sealing Joints installed. 3
2) This item is considered subsidiary to other pertinent items when used, 4
which can include, but is not limited to, Concrete Paving and Concrete 5
Paving Repair. 6
b. Payment 7
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 8
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 9
price bid per linear foot for Cleaning and Sealing Joints installed. 10
c. The price bid shall include: 11
1) Furnishing and installing Cleaning and Sealing Joints as specified by the 12
Drawings 13
2) Cleaning and joint sealant materials 14
3) Loading 15
4) Unloading 16
5) Storing 17
6) Hauling 18
7) Handling of materials 19
8) Traffic control for all testing 20
9) Trial batches (as needed) 21
10) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 22
11) Joint sealant 23
12) Clean-up 24
1.3 REFERENCES 25
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 26
1. TxDOT – Texas Department of Transportation 27
B. Definitions 28
C. Reference Standards 29
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 30
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 31
unless a date is specifically cited. 32
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards: 33
a. ASTM C928 – Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Rapid-Hardening 34
Cementitious Materials for Concrete Repairs. 35
3. TxDOT Concrete Repair Manual. 36
4. TxDOT Standards: 37
a. Tex-418-A – Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 38
b. Tex-448-A – Flexural Strength of Concrete Using Simple Beam Third-Point 39
Loading. 40
c. DMS-4655, Concrete Repair Materials. 41
d. DMS-6100 – Epoxies and Adhesives. 42
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 43
1.5 SUBMITTALS 44
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 45
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 6 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 2
A. Shop Drawings 3
1. Product Data 4
a. Submit product data for all products used for Cleaning and Sealing Joints. 5
Provide product data in accordance with Section 32 13 73 and this Section. 6
2. Concrete Mix Design 7
a. Provide a mix design for each class or type of concrete used in accordance with 8
Section 03 00 00 and DMS-4655. 9
3. Structural Repair 10
a. Submit all materials and application methods for approval at least 3 weeks prior 11
to performing any structural repair work. 12
4. Crack Repair 13
a. Submit all materials and application methods for approval prior to performing 14
any crack repair work. 15
B. Information Submittals 16
1. Equipment Information 17
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 18
1) Equipment name and description 19
2) Size 20
3) Intended use 21
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 24
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 26
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 27
66 00. 28
B. Follow all delivery, storage, and handling requirements for concrete in Section 32 05 29
16, 32 11 23, 32 13 13, 32 13 73, and 03 00 00. 30
C. Follow all manufacturer recommendations for delivery, storage, and handling 31
requirements specified in the product data. 32
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 33
A. Follow all field condition requirements in Section 32 05 16, 32 11 23, 32 13 13, 32 13 34
73, and 03 00 00. 35
B. Follow all manufacturer recommendations for field conditions specified in the product 36
data. 37
C. Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair 38
1. Place concrete if the air temperature is 40 degrees Fahrenheit and rising. 39
40
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 7 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3
2.2 MATERIALS 4
A. Refer to City Standard Details and Section 33 05 05 for requirements for excavation, 5
embedment, and backfill. 6
B. Concrete Paving Repair: 7
1. Refer to Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13 for material requirements. 8
2. Concrete Class: 9
a. Standard Concrete Pavement: Concrete Class P2 or HES 10
1) Provide HES concrete designed to attain a minimum compressive strength 11
in accordance with Section 03 00 00. Use HES when concrete needs to be 12
open to traffic within 72 hours. 13
2) Provide Class P2 concrete when possible. 14
3) Use standard concrete pavement unless otherwise approved by the City or 15
specified in the Drawings. 16
b. Alternate Concrete Material: Type A or B concrete listed on TxDOT’s DMS-17
4655 Concrete Repair Materials. 18
1) The Contractor may request to use Type A or B concrete. The Contractor 19
must obtain approval in writing unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 20
3. Reinforcing Steel, Dowel Bars, and Tie Bars 21
a. Provide reinforcing steel, dowel bars, and tie bars in accordance with Section 22
03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 23
C. Concrete Structure Repair 24
1. Concrete Repair Materials: 25
a. Provide repair materials suitable for the appropriate horizontal, vertical, or 26
overhead application in accordance with the requirements in DMS-4655. 27
b. Trowel-Applied: 28
1) Use Type C in vertical and overhead applications that are less than 3 inches 29
unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 30
c. Horizontal or Form-and-Pour Applications: 31
1) Use neat Type A or Type D materials for applications that are less than 3 32
inches thick. 33
2) Use extended Type A or Type D for repairs exceeding 3 inches in depth. 34
d. Use Type D instead of Type A if rapid strength gain is not necessary. 35
e. Use Type B only if specified in the Drawings or approved by the City. 36
f. The City may reject any product based on structural compatibility. 37
2. Pneumatically Applied Materials: 38
a. Provide concrete conforming to TxDOT Item 431 – Pneumatically Placed 39
Concrete. 40
b. Only use pneumatically applied materials when specified in Drawings or 41
approved by the City. 42
c. Prepare trail batches of any proposed repair material and application method as 43
specified by Item 431, this Section, the Drawings, and/or directed by the City. 44
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 8 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Epoxy Mortars 1
a. Use Type 8 neat epoxy or epoxy mortar per DMS-6100 – Epoxies and 2
Adhesives for repairs less than 1 inch thick unless otherwise noted on the plans. 3
4. Concrete: 4
a. Concrete Class: Class C for substructures, Class S for decks, or concrete 5
designed to the strength specified in the Drawings unless the following 6
conditions apply: 7
1) An option for vertical/overhead repairs greater than 6 inches thick, 8
2) For full or partial depth slab repairs, 9
3) For replacement of entire members or elements, or 10
4) As an option for horizontal repairs greater than 4 inches thick. 11
5) If the previous conditions apply, stop work until the City provides written 12
direction on how to proceed. 13
b. Do not use corrosion-inhibiting admixtures unless specified in the Drawings or 14
approved by the City. 15
5. Steel 16
a. Provide reinforcing in accordance with the Drawings and Section 03 00 00. 17
D. Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair: 18
1. Refer to Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13 for material requirements. 19
2. Concrete Type: 20
a. Provide Type B concrete in accordance with DMS-4655 unless otherwise 21
specified in the Drawings. 22
b. Use a packed blend of cement, sand, and gravel (maximum size 3/8 inch) which 23
requires the addition of water and has a maximum shrinkage of 0.15 percent in 24
accordance with ASTM C928. 25
3. Do not use chlorides, magnesium, or gypsum to accelerate setting time. 26
4. Demonstrate the mixture meets a minimum compressive strength of 5,100 psi in 7 27
days and 6,300 psi in 28 days before spall repair operations. Test in accordance 28
with Tex-418-A and Tex-448-A. Provide test results as part of concrete submittal. 29
5. Do not use polymeric patching material unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 30
or approved by the City. 31
E. Concrete Crack Repair 32
1. Use epoxy injection, gravity filling, routing and sealing, or surface sealing. 33
2. Provide materials in accordance with TxDOT’s Concrete Repair Manual. Select a 34
pre-approved material meeting the requirements of the applicable DMS when 35
available. 36
3. Provide materials and application methods for approval prior to crack repair. 37
F. Cleaning and Sealing Joints 38
1. Provide joint and crack sealants in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 39
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 40
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 41
PART 3 - EXECUTION 42
43
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 9 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.1 EQUIPMENT 1
A. Provide equipment necessary to complete the specified concrete repair in accordance 2
with Section 32 05 16, 32 11 23, 32 13 13, 32 13 73, and 03 00 00. 3
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 4
3.3 PREPARATION 5
A. Concrete Paving Repair (Non-Structural) 6
1. Remove the existing concrete pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15. 7
B. Cleaning and Sealing Joints 8
1. Prepare the site in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 9
3.4 CONCRETE REPAIR 10
A. Concrete Paving Repair 11
1. General 12
a. Half-depth repairs will not be allowed. Perform only full-depth concrete 13
pavement repairs. 14
b. Refer to City Standard Details for concrete pavement sections and subgrade 15
depth based on street classifications. Standard street classifications are: All 16
Residential, Residential Collector, Commercial Collector, and Arterial. 17
2. Pavement Section for Standard Pavement Repair: 18
a. Subgrade Repairs: 19
1) Once the pavement has been removed, repair any damaged subgrade using 20
Flexible Base, TY A, GR 1-2 in accordance with Section 32 11 23 or as 21
specified in the Drawings. 22
2) Remove and replace subgrade under paving repair section with Flexible 23
Base TY A, GR 1-2 if specified in the Drawings. This will be considered 24
subsidiary to the Concrete Paving Repair item. 25
3) After removing the pavement, if the existing subgrade is found to be 26
deficient by the City, stop work and obtain approval from the City 27
indicating how to proceed. 28
b. Pavement Section 29
1) Compare the existing concrete pavement section with the City Standard 30
Details for Concrete Paving based on the street classification specified on 31
the Drawings. 32
2) If the existing concrete pavement section matches or is thicker than the 33
Standard Detail, match the existing pavement section. 34
3) If the existing concrete pavement section is thinner than the detail, install 35
concrete pavement to the thickness specified on the City Standard Detail. 36
4) Full-depth installation of concrete pavement is considered subsidiary to 37
Concrete Paving Repair. 38
3. Pavement Section for Utility Service Trench 39
a. If a street classification is specified in the Drawings: 40
1) Follow the same process for selecting a pavement section for standard 41
pavement repair. 42
2) Full-depth installation of concrete pavement is considered subsidiary to 43
Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Service Trench. 44
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 10 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. If no street classification is specified in Drawings: 1
1) Match thickness specified on the City Standard Detail for Existing 2
Pavement Trench. 3
4. Concrete Installation: 4
a. Reinforcing: 5
1) Use tie bars and epoxy in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 6
2) Place tie bars as shown on the Drawings or in the City Standard Details. 7
3) Drill holes in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13 into the 8
existing concrete at least 10 inches deep unless otherwise directed. Inject 9
the holes with Type 3, Class C epoxy in accordance with Section 03 00 00 10
before inserting tie bars. 11
4) Place reinforcing steel and dowel bars of the size and spacing shown on the 12
Drawings or in the City Standard Details. Lap all longitudinal steel at least 13
25 inches. Provide and place steel supports in accordance with Section 03 14
00 00 and 32 13 13 as needed. 15
b. Concrete Placement and Joints: 16
1) Mix, place, cure, and test concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 17
32 13 13. 18
2) Install and restore joints in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 19
B. Concrete Structure Repair 20
1. Follow procedures outlined in the TxDOT Concrete Repair Manual unless 21
otherwise specified in the Drawings. 22
C. Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair 23
1. General: 24
a. Saw at least 1.5 inches deep around the repair area before concrete removal 25
unless otherwise directed. Provide a vertical face around the perimeter of the 26
repair area. 27
b. Protect and maintain existing reinforcing if encountered, unless it is damaged or 28
otherwise directed by the City. 29
c. If the City determines that the existing reinforcing is damaged, full-depth 30
remove and replace concrete. Perform full-depth paving repair in accordance 31
with this Section. 32
2. Removal of Concrete: 33
a. Remove deteriorated concrete to a depth of at least 1.5 inches or the maximum 34
depth of the deteriorated concrete, whichever is greater. 35
b. If deteriorated concrete is deeper than 1.5 inches in depth, use chipping 36
hammers not heavier than the nominal 15-pound class or hydro-demolition 37
equipment. 38
3. Concrete Placement: 39
a. Clean the surface so it is free of loose particles. 40
b. Mix, place, and cure the concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 41
13 13. 42
c. Screed concrete to the existing roadway surface. 43
4. Texture: Match existing pavement. 44
D. Concrete Crack Repair 45
1. Follow procedures outlined in the TxDOT Concrete Repair Manual unless 46
otherwise specified in the Drawings. 47
32 01 29
CONCRETE REPAIR
Page 11 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Submit application methods for review and approval prior to performing any crack 1
repair. 2
E. Cleaning and Sealing Joints 3
1. Install joint sealants in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 4
F. Disposal, Salvaging, and Recycling 5
1. Perform in accordance with Section 02 41 15. 6
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 7
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 8
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 9
A. Concrete Testing 10
1. Perform testing in accordance with this specification and Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 11
00, and 32 13 13. 12
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 13
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 14
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 15
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 16
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 17
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 18
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 19
END OF SECTION 20
21
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
22
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 05 16 1
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Coarse and fine aggregate requirements for asphalt and concrete. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Aggregate materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals will not be measured or paid for 14
separately. All items required for the testing and furnishing of aggregates is subsidiary 15
to other pertinent items. 16
1.3 REFERENCES 17
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 18
1. AQMP – Texas Department of Transportation’s Aggregate Quality Monitoring 19
Program (Tex-499-A) 20
2. BRSQC – Texas Department of Transportation’s Bituminous Rated Source Quality 21
Catalog 22
3. CRSQC – Texas Department of Transportation’s Concrete Rated Source Quality 23
Catalog 24
4. HMA – Hot-Mix Asphalt 25
5. RAP – Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement 26
6. RAS – Recycled Asphalt Shingles 27
7. SAC – Surface Aggregate Classification 28
8. TxDOT – Texas Department of Transportation 29
9. WWARP – Wet Weather Accident Reduction Program 30
B. Reference Standards 31
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 32
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 33
unless a date is specifically cited. 34
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 35
Specifications (DMS) 36
a. DMS-9210, Limestone Rock Asphalt (LRA). 37
3. TxDOT Test Procedures: 38
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Tex-100-E, Surveying and Sampling Soils for Highways. 1
b. Tex-107-E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils. 2
c. Tex-200-F, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. 3
d. Tex-203-F, Sand Equivalent Test. 4
e. Tex-217-F, Determining Deleterious Material and Decantation Test for Coarse 5
Aggregates (Bituminous Mixtures). 6
f. Tex-221-F, Sampling Aggregate for Bituminous Mixtures, Surface Treatments, 7
and Limestone Rock Asphalt. 8
g. Tex-280-F, Determining Flat and Elongated Particles. 9
h. Tex-402-A, Fineness Modulus of Fine Aggregate. 10
i. Tex-406-A, Material finer than No. 200 Sieve in Mineral Aggregates 11
(Decantation Test for Concrete Aggregates) 12
j. Tex-408-A, Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregate for Concrete. 13
k. Tex-410-A, Abrasion of Coarse Aggregate Using the Los Angeles Machine. 14
l. Tex-411-A, Soundness of Aggregate Using Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium 15
Sulfate. 16
m. Tex-413-A, Determining Deleterious Material in Mineral Aggregate. 17
n. Tex-460-A, Determining Crushed Face Particle Count. 18
o. Tex-499-A, Aggregate Quality Monitoring Program. 19
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 20
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 25
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 26
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 27
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 28
66 00. 29
B. Storage and Stockpiling of Aggregates 30
1. General 31
a. Selected stockpiling location should be relatively flat. Clean the area of trash, 32
weeds, and grass. 33
b. Stockpile aggregates for each source and type separately. 34
c. Do not add materials to approved stockpiles. 35
d. Prevent segregation of the aggregates and maintain the stockpiles. 36
2. Coarse Aggregates 37
a. Separate the stockpiles into different gradations. 38
b. The stockpiles should be separated so that the grading requirements of final 39
product are met when the piles are combined. 40
c. No more than 20 percent by weight of material that passes a number 8 sieve 41
will be allowed in the coarse aggregate stockpile unless specified in the 42
Drawings. 43
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Fine Aggregates 1
a. Stockpiles may contain coarse aggregate of up to 20-percent by weight. 2
b. The coarse aggregate included in the fine aggregate stockpile is required to 3
meet the quality tests specified in Table 2. 4
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 5
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 7
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 8
2.2 MATERIALS 9
A. General 10
1. Provide aggregates free from loam, clay balls, or other injurious foreign matter 11
occurring either free or as a coating. 12
2. Provide aggregates in accordance with the definitions in Tex-100-E. 13
3. Perform, document, and provide all test results for aggregate testing. 14
4. Provide aggregates from sources that stockpile each type of aggregate separately. 15
5. Furnish LRA in accordance with DMS-9210, “Limestone Rock Asphalt (LRA)” 16
when used. 17
6. Provide aggregates for asphalt production from TxDOT’s Bituminous Rated Source 18
Quality Catalog (BRSQC). 19
7. Provide aggregates for concrete production from TxDOT’s Concrete Rated Source 20
Quality Catalog (CRSQC). 21
8. Submit material tests from source locations to verify the aggregates are in 22
accordance with this Section. 23
9. Conform aggregate sampling to Tex-221-F. 24
Table 1 25
Aggregate Types 26
Type Material
A Gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or LRA
B Crushed gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or LRA
C Gravel, crushed slag, or crushed stone
D Crushed gravel, crushed slag, or crushed stone
B. Coarse Aggregate 27
1. The portion of the total aggregates retained on the number 10 sieve. 28
2. Provide coarse aggregate of uniform quality throughout. 29
3. Asphalt Requirements 30
a. General 31
1) Provide aggregates from stockpiles that have no more than 20% material 32
passing the number 8 sieve. 33
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Provide aggregates that meet the definitions of crushed gravel or crushed 1
stone in accordance with Tex-100-E. 2
3) Use only the rated values on the BRSQC for hot-mix. Rated values for 3
surface treatment do not apply to coarse aggregate sources used in hot-mix 4
asphalt. 5
4) Maximum aggregate size should not be over half of the proposed lift depth 6
to prevent particle on particle contact issues. 7
b. RAP 8
1) Aggregate from RAP is not required to meet the requirements of Table 2 9
unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or directed by the City. 10
c. SAC Requirements 11
1) Furnish aggregate with a minimum SAC of A for all surface course asphalt 12
lifts used on travel lanes. The BRSQC lists the SAC for sources on the 13
AQMP. 14
2) Do not blend aggregate to meet the SAC unless otherwise approved. 15
3) If blending is approved by the City: 16
a) Class A and Class B aggregates are defined in TxDOT WWARP. 17
b) Class B aggregate meeting all other requirements in Table 2 may be 18
blended with a Class A aggregate to meet requirements for Class A 19
materials. 20
(1) Ensure that at least 50 percent by weight, or volume if required, of 21
the material retained on the Number 4 sieve comes from the Class 22
A aggregate source. 23
c) Blend by volume if the bulk specific gravities of Class A and B 24
aggregates differ by more than 0.300. 25
d) Coarse aggregate from RAP and RAS will be considered as Class B 26
aggregate for blending purposes. 27
4. Concrete Requirements 28
a. General 29
1) Provide coarse aggregate consisting of durable particles of gravel, crushed 30
blast furnace slag in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C989 31
Grade 100 or 120, recycled crushed hydraulic cement concrete, crushed 32
stone, or combinations which are free from frozen material and from 33
injurious amounts of salt, alkali, vegetable matter, or other objectionable 34
material. 35
2) Provide coarse aggregate of uniform quality throughout. 36
37
38
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 2 1
Coarse Aggregate Requirements 2
Property Test Method Requirement
Sampling Tex-221-F –
SAC Tex-499-A
(AQMP)Note 1
Deleterious material, percent maximum Tex-217-F, Part 1 1.5
Decantation, percent maximum Tex-406-A, Part 2 1.5
Los Angeles Abrasion, percent maximum Tex-410-A 40
Magnesium sulfate soundness,2,3 5 cycles, percent
maximum (non-air-entrained concrete and asphalt)Tex-411-A 25
Coarse aggregate angularity, 2 crushed faces, percent
minimum Tex-460-A, Part 1 85
Additional Requirements for Asphalt
Flat and elongated particles at 5:1, percent maximum Tex-280-F 10
Additional Requirements for Concrete
Magnesium sulfate soundness,2,4 5 cycles, percent
maximum (air-entrained concrete)Tex-411-A 18
Weight of Clay Lumps, percent maximum
Tex-413-A
0.25
Weight of Shale, percent maximum 1.0
Weight of Laminate and Friable Particle, percent
maximum 5.0
1. SAC A for All Surface Courses Unless Otherwise Noted on Drawings.
2. Recycled crushed hydraulic cement concrete is not subject to 5-cycle magnesium sulfate soundness
requirements.
3. Only when air-entrained concrete is required by the plans.
4. FOR CONCRETE ONLY: If the material finer than the number 200 sieve is determined to be at least 85%
calcium carbonate in accordance with Tex-406-A:
Increase the decantation limit to 3.0 percent for all classes of concrete.
Increase the decantation limit to 5.0 percent for Class A, B, and P concrete.
Provide test results with concrete action submittals.
C. Fine Aggregate 3
1. Consists of crushed stone, crushed gravel, sand, and/or limestone or steel slag 4
screenings 5
2. Provide fine aggregate, except for field sand, from coarse aggregate sources that 6
meet the requirements of this specification. 7
3. Asphalt Requirements 8
a. Provide sand, limestone, or steel slag screenings passing the number 40 sieve 9
that conform to the requirements shown in Table 3. 10
b. Provide aggregates free from impurities. 11
c. Use fine aggregate, with the exception of field sand, from coarse aggregate 12
sources that conform to requirements in Table 3. 13
d. Sand 14
1) No more than 15 percent of the total aggregate may be field sand or other 15
uncrushed fine aggregate. 16
2) Gradation – The gradation of the sand is the portion of the total aggregate 17
that passes the No. 10 sieve. Provide sand that is well graded and composed 18
of sound, durable sand particles. 19
20
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Concrete Requirements 1
a. Provide fine aggregate consisting of natural sand, manufactured sand, or a 2
combination of the two, that is clean, hard, durable, uncoated, and free from 3
clay lumps. 4
b. Provide fine aggregate free from frozen material and injurious amounts of salt, 5
alkali, vegetable matter, or other objectionable material. 6
Table 3 7
Fine Aggregate Requirements 8
Property Test Method Requirement
Requirements for Asphalt
Linear Shrinkage, Percent, Maximum Tex-107-E 3
Organic Impurities Tex-408-A None allowed
Additional Requirements for Concrete
Weight of clay lumps, percent maximum Tex-413-A 0.50
Sand Equivalent, percent maximum Tex-203-F 80
Fineness Modulus Tex-402-A 2.3 to 3.1
Organic Impurities* Tex-408-A None allowed
* - Only when air-entrained concrete is required by the plans.
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 10
A. Aggregate Quality Requirements 11
1. Submit material tests from source location to verify the aggregates are in 12
accordance with the applicable requirements in Tables 2 and 3. 13
a. Test and Evaluation Reports 14
a) Provide testing and evaluation reports to the City for each material 15
being used to prepare concrete pavement. Test samples or provide 16
product data verifying source material complies with all requirements 17
in this Section. Materials to be tested include, but are not limited to: 18
(1) Coarse and Fine Aggregate Testing 19
(a) Provide verification that the material source location is listed 20
on TxDOT’s CRSQC. If listed, source quality testing may be 21
waived. 22
(b) If the source location is not listed on TxDOT’s CRSQC, 23
provide all testing and evaluation reports to verify the source 24
material complies with all requirements in Section 32 05 16. 25
(2) Cement and Supplementary Cementing materials 26
(3) Manufacturer supplied testing and product data 27
2. Submit new material tests from any new source location. 28
B. Non-Conforming Work 29
1. General 30
a. The City may at any time reject a material if it is found to be non-conforming to 31
this Section. 32
b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed 33
Concrete Pavement if any material used is found to be non-conforming at no 34
cost to the City. 35
36
32 05 16
AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Aggregates 1
a. Test in accordance with specified ASTM and TxDOT Test Methods in this 2
Section. 3
b. Aggregates that fail to meet the requirements of this Section will be rejected. 4
c. Aggregate source locations may be rejected if supplied aggregates do not meet 5
the requirements of this Section. 6
d. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. 7
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 8
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 9
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 10
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 11
3.4 INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 13
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 14
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 16
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 17
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 18
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 19
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 20
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 21
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 22
END OF SECTION 23
24
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
25
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 11 23 1
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Foundation course for surface course or other base course composed of flexible 6
base constructed in one or more courses in accordance with the typical section 7
specified in the Drawings. 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12
Contract. 13
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14
3. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Flexible Base 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measured by the square yard of Flexible Base Course installed. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per square yard for Flexible Base Course installed for: 24
a) Various depths. 25
b) Various grades. 26
c) Various types. 27
c. The price bid shall include: 28
1) Furnishing and installing Flexible Base Course as specified by the 29
Drawings 30
2) Loading 31
3) Unloading 32
4) Hauling 33
5) Storing 34
6) Disposal of excess materials 35
2. Rework 36
a. Payment 37
1) Material used and work performed for reworking will not be paid for 38
directly but will be subsidiary to original item bid. 39
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.3 REFERENCES 1
A. Definitions 2
1. RAP – Recycled Asphalt Pavement. 3
B. Reference Standards 4
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 5
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 6
unless a date is specifically cited. 7
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 8
a. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 9
Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)) 10
b. D6938, Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil 11
and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 12
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedures: 13
a. Tex-104-E, Determining Liquid Limits of Soils 14
b. Tex-106-E, Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils 15
c. Tex-107-E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils 16
d. Tex-110-E, Particle Size Analysis of Soils 17
e. Tex-116-E, Ball Mill Method for Determining the Disintegration of Flexible 18
Base Material 19
f. Tex-117-E, Triaxial Compression for Disturbed Soils and Base Materials 20
g. Tex-140-E, Measuring Thickness of Pavement Layer 21
h. Tex-411-A, Soundness of Aggregate Using Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium 22
Sulfate 23
i. Tex-413-A, Determining Deleterious Material in Mineral Aggregate 24
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 25
1.5 SUBMITTALS 26
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 27
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery of materials. 28
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29
A. Informational Submittals 30
1. Proposed source and supplier of flexible base material. 31
2. Equipment Information 32
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 33
1) Equipment name and description 34
2) Size 35
3) Intended use 36
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 37
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 38
1. All test reports generated during testing. 39
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 2
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 3
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 4
1. Deposit material directly on subgrade and spread and shape same day. 5
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 6
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 7
66 00. 8
2. Stockpiling 9
a. When required, stockpile base material at a location approved by City. 10
b. Create stockpiles in layers no greater than 2 feet thick. 11
c. Stockpile must have a total height between 6 feet and 12 feet. 12
d. Do not load material from stockpile until City has approved stockpile 13
construction. 14
e. Load by making successive vertical cuts through the entire depth of the 15
stockpile. 16
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 17
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 18
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 19
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS 20
A. Existing Products 21
1. Recycled Concrete 22
a. Recycled concrete may only be used in Type D Flexible Base when obtained 23
from the City. 24
1) Coordinate with City regarding quantity available for use in the Work. 25
a) Contractor will not be entitled to additional payment or to submit a 26
Contract Claim if recycled concrete is not available for their use. 27
b. City-furnished recycled concrete is not subject to the requirements of Table 1. 28
c. The final blended product will be subject to the requirements of Table 1. 29
2.2 MATERIALS 30
A. General 31
1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality in accordance with this 32
Section and as specified in the Drawings. 33
2. Notify City of changes to material sources. 34
3. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction 35
throughout the duration of the project to assure materials accordance with this 36
Section. 37
38
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Aggregates 1
1. Furnish aggregate of the type and grade specified in the Drawings and in 2
accordance with the requirements of Table 1. 3
2. If blending of sources is approved by the City, ensure each source is in accordance 4
with the requirements of Table 1. 5
3. Do not use additives, such as but not limited to lime, cement, or fly ash to modify 6
aggregates to meet the requirements of Table 1 unless approved by the City. 7
a. Additives may be used during final placing as directed by the geotechnical report. 8
9
Table 1 10
Material Requirements 11
Property Test Method Grade 1 Grade 2
Master gradation sieve size
(% retained)
Tex-110-E
2-1/2 in. – 0
1-3/4 in. 0 0–10
7/8 in. 10–35 –
3/8 in. 30–50 –
No. 4 45–65 45–75
No. 40 70–85 60–85
Liquid limit, % max.1 Tex-104-E 35 40
Plasticity index, max.1 Tex-106-E 10 12
Wet ball mill, % max.2
Tex-116-E
40 45
Wet ball mill, % max. increase
passing the No. 40 sieve 20 20
Classification3
Tex-117-E
1.0 1.1–2.3
Min. compressive strength3, psi
lateral pressure 0 psi 45 35
lateral pressure 15 psi 175 175
1. Determine plastic index in accordance with Tex 107-E (linear shrinkage) when liquid limit is unattainable as 12
defined in Tex 104-E. 13
2. When a soundness value is required by the Drawings, test material in accordance with Tex 411-A. 14
3. Meet both the classification and the minimum compressive strength, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 15
C. Flexible Base Types 16
1. Type A 17
a. Flexible Base Course consisting of limestone aggregate obtained from single, 18
naturally occurring source in accordance with Section 32 05 16. 19
b. Do not use gravel or recycled materials in Type A Flexible Base Course. 20
2. Type B 21
a. Flexible Base Course consisting of limestone aggregate obtained from two or 22
more naturally occurring sources in accordance with Section 32 05 16. 23
b. Do not use gravel or recycled materials in Type B Flexible Base Course. 24
3. Type D 25
a. Flexible Base Course consisting of Type A material in addition to up to 30% 26
recycled material. 27
b. Ensure final blended material is in accordance with the requirements of Table 1. 28
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
D. Recycled Materials 1
1. General 2
a. Obtain City approval prior to using any recycled materials. 3
b. Furnish recycled materials free from reinforcing steel and other objectional 4
material. 5
c. Furnish recycled materials with at most 1.5 percent deleterious material when 6
tested in accordance with TEX-413-A. 7
2. Recycled Asphalt Pavement (RAP) 8
a. Up to 30% of Flexible Base Course material may be RAP when approved by 9
the City. 10
b. Crush RAP such that 100% passes the 2 inch sieve. 11
E. Water 12
1. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable material. 13
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 14
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15
PART 3 - EXECUTION 16
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 17
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 18
3.3 PREPARATION 19
A. Surface Preparation 20
1. Shape subgrade or existing base to within 0.2 feet of finished grade according to the 21
typical sections specified in the Drawings or as directed by City. 22
2. Proof roll subgrade material and correct soft spots as directed. 23
3. Remove unsuitable soil or material and replace with acceptable soil. 24
4. When material is imported from a borrow source, manipulate and thoroughly mix 25
new base with existing material to provide uniform mixture before shaping. 26
B. Demolition / Removal 27
1. Remove existing pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15 as specified in the 28
Drawings. 29
3.4 INSTALLATION 30
A. General 31
1. Construct each layer uniformly, free of loose or segregated areas, and with the 32
required density and moisture content. 33
2. Maximum layer depth of flexible base course in single layer not to exceed 6 inches. 34
3. Minimum layer depth of flexible base course is 2 inches. 35
4. Where subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches in thickness, construct in 2 or more 36
courses of equal thickness not exceeding 4 inches. 37
5. Provide a smooth surface in accordance with the typical sections, lines, and grades 38
specified in the Drawings or as directed by City. 39
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Equipment 1
1. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the 2
work. 3
2. Compaction 4
a. Sheepsfoot roller required for all compaction operations. 5
1) Alternate Equipment 6
a) Contractor may use alternative compaction equipment that produces 7
equivalent results if approved by City prior to use. 8
b) Discontinue use of the alternate equipment and furnish the specified 9
equipment if the desired results are not achieved. 10
2) City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and 11
quality requirements of the Contract Documents are not met. 12
C. Placement 13
1. Spread and shape flexible base into a uniform layer by approved means the same 14
day as delivered unless otherwise approved by City. 15
2. Move all material from the location in which it is deposited no more than once. 16
3. Place material such that it is mixed to minimize segregation. 17
4. Construct layers to the thickness specified in the Drawings while maintaining the 18
shape of the course. 19
5. Control dust by sprinkling. 20
6. Correct or replace segregated areas as directed. 21
7. Place successive base courses and finish courses using the same construction 22
methods required for the first course. 23
8. When required to use multiple lifts, ensure successive base courses and finish 24
courses are placed such that section breaks do not align. 25
D. Compaction 26
1. Compact using density control unless otherwise specified in the Contract 27
Documents. 28
2. Bring each layer to the moisture content directed. When necessary, sprinkle the 29
material to the extent necessary to provide not less than the required density as 30
specified in this Section. 31
3. Compact the full depth of the subbase or base to the extent necessary to remain firm 32
and stable under construction equipment. 33
4. Density Control 34
a. Compact until the entire depth of the mixture has achieved a uniform density 35
not less than 98 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM 36
D698. 37
b. Final moisture content shall be plus or minus 2 percent of optimum. 38
E. Finishing 39
1. After completing compaction, clip, skin, or tight-blade surface with a maintainer or 40
subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 41
2. Remove loosened material and dispose of it at an approved location. 42
3. Seal the clipped surface immediately by rolling with an appropriate size pneumatic 43
tire roller until a smooth surface is attained. 44
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Add small increments of water as needed during rolling. 1
5. Shape and maintain the course and surface in accordance with the typical sections, 2
lines, and grades as specified in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 3
6. In areas where surfacing is to be placed, correct grade deviations greater than 1/4 4
inch in 16 feet measured longitudinally or greater than 1/4 inch over the entire 5
width of the cross-section. 6
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 7
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 8
A. Reworking a Flexible Base Section 9
1. Rework any constructed course which fails to meet the requirements of this Section. 10
2. Reworking includes loosening, adding material or removing unacceptable material 11
if necessary, mixing as directed, compacting, and finishing. 12
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 13
A. Field Test and Inspections 14
1. Test in accordance with Section 01 45 23. 15
2. Density Test 16
a. City must be on site during density testing 17
b. Measure density of flexible base course in accordance with ASTM D6938. 18
c. Measure density every 100’ along corridor or as directed by City. 19
d. City to determine density testing locations. 20
3. Depth Test 21
a. City must be on site during density testing 22
b. Measure depth of flexible base course in accordance with Tex-140-E in hand 23
excavated holes. 24
c. Measure depth every 300’ along corridor or as directed by City. 25
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 29
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30
3.13 MAINTENANCE 31
A. Maintain the completed flexible base in good condition, satisfactory to the City as to 32
grade, crown, and cross section until the overlaying or next course is constructed. 33
34
32 11 23
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
32 11 29
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 11 29 1
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Treating subgrade, subbase, and base courses by pulverization and addition of lime. 6
2. Mixing and compacting the mix material to the required density. 7
B. Deviations from City of Denton Standards: 8
1. None. 9
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10
1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 11
2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 12
3. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 13
4. Section 31 23 16 – Unclassified Excavation. 14
5. Section 31 24 00 – Embankments. 15
6. Section 32 11 23 – Flexible Base Courses. 16
7. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving. 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Commercial Lime Slurry 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measured by ton (dry weight) as calculated from minimum percent dry 22
solids content of slurry multiplied by weight of Commercial Lime Slurry 23
installed. 24
b. Payment 25
1) The materials furnished in accordance with this item and measured as 26
provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton 27
for “Commercial Lime Slurry.” 28
c. The price bid shall include: 29
1) Furnishing Commercial Lime Slurry as specified by the Drawings 30
2) Hauling 31
3) Unloading 32
4) Storing 33
5) Handling 34
2. Quicklime 35
a. Measurement 36
1) Measured by ton (dry weight) of Quicklime installed. 37
38
32 11 29
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The materials furnished in accordance with this item and measured as 2
provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton 3
of “Quicklime” installed. 4
c. The price bid shall include: 5
1) Furnishing Quicklime as specified by the Drawings. 6
2) Hauling 7
3) Unloading 8
4) Storing 9
5) Handling 10
3. Lime Treatment 11
a. Measurement 12
1) Measured by square yard of base course treated. 13
b. Payment 14
1) The work performed in accordance with this item and measured as 15
provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per 16
square yard of “Lime Treatment” for: 17
a) Various depths. 18
c. The price bid shall include: 19
1) Treating base course as specified in the Drawings 20
2) Subgrade preparation 21
3) Excavation 22
4) Loading 23
5) Unloading 24
6) Hauling 25
7) Disposal of excess material 26
8) Compaction 27
9) Clean-up 28
1.3 REFERENCES 29
A. Definitions 30
1. Commercial Lime Slurry: liquid mixture of hydrated lime solids and water 31
delivered to a project in slurry form. 32
2. Quicklime: dry material consisting of calcium oxide furnished in Grade DS – 33
“pebble” quicklime suitable for use in the preparation of slurry for wet placing. 34
B. Reference Standards 35
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 36
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 37
unless a date is specifically cited. 38
2. ASTM International (ASTM): 39
a. C977, Standard Specification for Quicklime and Hydrated Lime for Soil 40
Stabilization. 41
b. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 42
Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)). 43
c. D6938, Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil 44
and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 45
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 46
Specifications (DMS) 47
32 11 29
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. DMS-6350, Lime and Lime Slurry. 1
4. TxDOT Test Procedures: 2
a. Tex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing. 3
b. Tex-140-E, Measuring Thickness of Pavement Layer. 4
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 5
1.5 SUBMITTALS 6
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 7
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any lime 8
treating activities. 9
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 10
A. Informational Submittals 11
1. Proposed source and supplier of lime treatment material. 12
2. Equipment Information 13
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 14
1) Equipment name and description 15
2) Size 16
3) Intended use 17
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 18
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 19
1. All test reports generated during testing. 20
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 22
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 23
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 24
1. List the weight of lime measured on certified scales on each truck ticket. 25
2. Submit delivery tickets, certified by supplier, that include weight with each bulk 26
delivery of lime to the site. 27
3. When using slurry, spread lime across treatment area when delivered in accordance 28
with this Section. 29
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 30
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 31
66 00. 32
2. Store Quicklime pellets in closed, weatherproof containers. 33
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 34
A. Ambient Conditions 35
1. Surface temperature must be at least 60°F and the ambient temperature must be 36
45°F and rising. 37
B. Suspend Lime Treatment if: 38
32 11 29
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Ambient Condition requirements are not met 1
2. City determines weather conditions are unsuitable 2
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 4
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5
2.2 MATERIALS 6
A. General 7
1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality in accordance with the 8
Drawings and this Section. 9
2. Notify the City of the proposed material sources and changes to material sources. 10
3. Obtain City approval for material sources. 11
4. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction. 12
5. Furnish lime in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C977. 13
6. Furnish lime in slurry or Quicklime pebble form. 14
B. Slurry Grades 15
1. Prior to treating the base select a grade to be used and notify the City. 16
2. Furnish Commercial Lime Slurry in accordance with DMS-6350 and the applicable 17
grade requirements below: 18
19
Minimum Dry Solids
Contents by Percentage
of the Slurry
Grade 2 35
Grade 3 46
20
C. Quicklime 21
1. Furnish Grade DS Quicklime only in accordance with DMS-6350. 22
D. Flexible Base Courses 23
1. Furnish base material in accordance with Section 32 11 23, for the type and grade 24
specified in the Drawings, before the addition of lime. 25
E. Embankment 26
1. Furnish Embankments in accordance with Section 31 24 00 before the addition of 27
lime. 28
F. Water 29
1. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable material. 30
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 31
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 32
32 11 29
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION 4
A. Surface Preparation 5
1. Shape the subgrade or existing base to within 0.2 feet of finished grade in 6
accordance with typical sections specified in the Drawings or as directed. 7
2. Proof roll the subgrade and correct any rutting. 8
3. Remove unsuitable soil or material and replace with acceptable soil. 9
4. When material is imported from a borrow source, manipulate and thoroughly mix 10
new base with existing material to provide uniform mixture before shaping. 11
B. Demolition / Removal 12
1. Remove existing pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15 as shown in the 13
Drawings. 14
2. Remove existing soil in accordance with Section 31 23 16 as shown in the 15
Drawings. 16
3.4 INSTALLATION 17
A. General 18
1. Produce a completed course of treated material containing: 19
a. Uniform lime mixture, free from loose or segregated areas 20
b. Uniform density and moisture content 21
c. Well bound for full depth 22
d. A smooth surface suitable for placing subsequent courses 23
2. Maximum layer depth of 6 inches of lime treatment in single layer. 24
3. Minimum layer depth of 2 inches of lime treatment. 25
4. For treated subgrades exceeding 6 inches deep, pulverize, apply lime, mix, 26
compact, and finish in equal layers not exceeding 4 inches deep. 27
B. Equipment 28
1. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the 29
work. 30
2. Pulverization Equipment 31
a. Provide pulverization equipment that: 32
1) Cuts and pulverizes material uniformly to the proper depth with cutters 33
plane to a uniform surface over the entire width of the cut. 34
2) Provides a visible indication of the depth of cut at all times 35
3) Uniformly mixes the materials. 36
3. Compaction 37
a. Sheepsfoot roller required for all compaction operations. 38
39
32 11 29
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Proof Rolling 1
a. Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut or 2
pump. 3
1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck with 4
minimum 1,500-gallon capacity. 5
5. Slurry Equipment 6
a. Provide a distributor truck equipped with an agitator, or 7
b. Provide a pump for agitating the slurry. 8
6. Substitution requests for equipment not indicated above shall be processed in 9
accordance with Section 01 25 00. 10
a. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and 11
quality requirements of the Contract Documents are not met. 12
C. Pulverization 13
1. Pulverize or scarify existing material after shaping so 100 percent passes a 2 1/2 14
inch sieve. 15
2. If the material cannot be uniformly processed to the required depth in a single pass, 16
excavate and windrow the material to expose a secondary grade to achieve 17
processing to depth as specified in the Drawings. 18
D. Application of Lime 19
1. General 20
a. Uniformly apply lime in accordance with the Drawings or as directed by the 21
City. 22
b. Add lime in accordance with percentage specified in Geotechnical report or as 23
directed by the City. 24
c. Apply lime slurry only on an area where mixing can be completed during the 25
same working day. 26
d. Apply Quicklime pebbles only on an area where mixing can be completed 27
immediately after placement. 28
2. Slurry Placement 29
a. Apply Commercial Lime Slurry with a percentage not less applicable for grade 30
used. 31
b. Make successive passes over a measured surface of roadway until the proper 32
moisture and lime content have been achieved. 33
3. Quicklime Pebble Placement 34
a. Spread Quicklime pebbles using a rotary vane spreader. 35
E. Mixing 36
1. Begin mixing within 6 hours of application of lime. 37
2. Thoroughly mix the material and lime using approved equipment. 38
3. Mix until a homogeneous, friable mixture of material and lime is obtained, free 39
from all clods and lumps. 40
4. Do not mix greater than 1 inch deeper than specified stabilization depth. 41
5. Mix materials containing plastic clay or other materials not readily mixed with lime 42
as thoroughly as possible at the time of lime application. Bring mixture to the 43
proper moisture content and seal with a pneumatic roller. 44
6. Allow the mixture to cure for 72 hours. 45
32 11 29
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7. When Quicklime pebble is used allow the mixture to cure for 2 to 4 days as 1
directed. 2
8. Sprinkle the treated materials during the mixing and curing operation to achieve 3
adequate hydration and proper moisture content. 4
9. After curing, resume mixing until a homogeneous, friable mixture is obtained. 5
10. After mixing, City may sample the mixture at roadway moisture and test in 6
accordance with Tex-101-E, Part III, to determine compliance with the following 7
gradation requirements: 8
9
Sieve Size Minimum % Passing
1-3/4 in. 100
3/4 in. 85
No. 4 60
10
F. Compaction 11
1. General 12
a. Begin compaction immediately after final mixing. 13
b. Aerate and sprinkle as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. 14
c. When multiple lifts are required bring each layer to moisture content as directed 15
by the City. 16
2. Proof Rolling 17
a. City must be on-site during proof rolling operations. 18
b. Minimum of 2 passes made with the proof roller, offsetting each trip by at most 19
one tire width. 20
c. Correct areas of rutting or pumping greater than 3/4 in and unstable or non-21
uniform areas in accordance with this Section. 22
3. Density Control 23
a. Compact until entire depth of mixture has achieved a uniform density of not 24
less than 98 percent of the maximum density in accordance with ASTM D698. 25
b. Final moisture content shall be plus or minus 2 percent of optimum. 26
G. Finishing 27
1. Complete after compaction of the final course. 28
2. Clip, skin, or tight-blade surface of lime-treated material with a maintainer or 29
subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 30
3. Remove loosened material and dispose of at an approved location. 31
4. Roll the clipped surface immediately with pneumatic tire roller until a smooth 32
surface is attained. 33
5. Maintain density control by adding small amounts of water as needed during 34
rolling. 35
6. Shape and maintain the course and surface in conformity with the typical sections, 36
lines, and grades shown in the Drawings or as directed. 37
H. Curing 38
1. Allow lime treatment to cure in accordance with finished pavement type. 39
a. Concrete pavement 40
1) Sprinkle with water 41
32 11 29
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Maintain moisture during curing 1
3) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing except as 2
required for sprinkling. 3
b. Asphalt Pavement 4
1) Apply an asphalt material in accordance with 32 12 16 at a rate of 0.05 to 5
0.20 gallon per square yard. 6
2) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing. 7
2. Allow lime treatment to cure for minimum number of days in accordance with 8
requirements for PI of untreated material: 9
10
Untreated Material Curing (Days)
PI 35 2
PI > 35 5
3. Begin paving operations or add other courses within 14 calendar days of final 11
compaction. 12
4. Keep treated subgrade moist preventing cracking until pavement or other courses 13
are placed. 14
5. If the pavement or other courses are not to be placed within 14 days of final 15
compaction apply a seal coat to the treated subgrade surface in accordance with 16
Section 32 12 16. 17
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 18
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 19
A. Reworking 20
1. Reworking includes loosening, adding material, or removing unacceptable material, 21
if necessary, mixing as directed, compacting, and finishing. 22
2. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses required 23
moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or the project 24
is accepted. 25
a. Continue until material is in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 26
b. Rework in accordance with this Section. 27
3. A minimum of 72 hours of curing time after the initial mixing of the subgrade will 28
be required before remixing is allowed and the placement of base courses or other 29
construction activities are permitted. 30
4. When a section is reworked more than 72 hours after completion of compaction, 31
add additional lime at 25 percent of the percentage specified. 32
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 33
A. Field Test and Inspections 34
1. Perform tests in accordance with Section 01 45 23. 35
2. Density Test 36
a. City must be on site during density testing 37
b. Measure density of lime treated subgrade in accordance with ASTM D6938. 38
c. Measure density every 100’ along corridor. 39
d. City determines density testing locations. 40
32 11 29
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Depth Test 1
a. City must be on site during density testing. 2
b. Measure depth of lime treated subgrade in accordance with Tex-140-E in hand 3
excavated holes. 4
c. Measure depth every 250’ along corridor. 5
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 6
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 7
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 8
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 9
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 10
3.13 MAINTENANCE 11
A. Maintain the completed soil lime base in good condition and satisfactory to the City as 12
to grade, crown, and cross section until the overlaying or next course is constructed. 13
B. Keep treated subgrade moist preventing cracking until pavement or other courses are 14
placed. 15
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 16
END OF SECTION 17
18
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
19
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 1 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 12 16 1
ASPHALT PAVING 2
3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Material requirements and construction methods for: 7
a. Asphalt Pavement 8
b. Asphalt Level-Up 9
c. Temporary Asphalt Pavement 10
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 11
1. None. 12
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 13
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 14
Contract. 15
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 16
3. Section 32 01 17 – Flexible Paving Repair. 17
4. Section 32 11 29 – Lime Treated Base Courses. 18
5. Section 32 12 73 – Asphalt Paving Joint Sealants. 19
6. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 20
7. Section 41 14 00 – Batching Equipment. 21
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 22
A. Measurement and Payment 23
1. Asphalt Pavement (SY) 24
a. Measurement 25
1) Measured per square yard of Asphalt Pavement installed. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per square yard for “Asphalt Pavement (SY)” for: 30
a) Various types. 31
b) Various depths. 32
c) Various performance grade binders. 33
d) Various SAC requirements. 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Furnishing and installing Asphalt Pavement as specified by the Drawings 36
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 37
3) Testing and trial batches 38
4) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 39
informational submittals 40
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 2 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
5) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 1
6) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 2
7) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 3
8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 4
2. Asphalt Pavement (TON) 5
a. Measurement 6
1) Measured tons of Asphalt Pavement (TON) installed 7
a) Tonnage is based on the rate of 110 lb/SY/in (pounds/square 8
yard/pavement inch) 9
b. Payment 10
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 11
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 12
price bid per ton for “Asphalt Pavement (TON)” for: 13
a) Various types. 14
b) Various depths. 15
c) Various performance grade binders. 16
d) SAC requirements. 17
c. The price bid shall include: 18
1) Furnishing and installing Asphalt Pavement as specified by the Drawings 19
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 20
3) Testing and trial batches 21
4) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 22
informational submittals 23
5) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 24
6) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 25
7) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 26
8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 27
28
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 3 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Asphalt Level-Up 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured ton of Asphalt Level-Up installed 3
a) Tonnage is based on the rate of 110 lb/SY/in (pounds/square 4
yard/pavement inch) 5
b. Payment 6
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 7
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 8
price bid per ton for “Asphalt Level-Up”. 9
c. The price bid shall include: 10
1) Furnishing and installing Asphalt Level-Up as specified by the Drawings 11
2) Shaping and fine grading the roadbed (as needed) 12
3) Testing and trial batches 13
4) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 14
informational submittals 15
5) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 16
6) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 17
7) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 18
8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 19
4. Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measured per square yard of Temporary Asphalt Pavement installed. 22
b. Payment 23
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 25
price bid per square yard for Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement for: 26
a) Various depths of TY B asphalt pavement. 27
b) Various types of subgrade. 28
c) Examples: 29
(1) Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement, 4” of TY B on 6” of 30
Flexbase Subgrade 31
(2) Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement, 6” of TY B on 8” of 32
Cement Stabilized Subgrade 33
(3) Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement, 8” of TY B on 10” of Lime 34
Stabilized Subgrade 35
c. The price bid shall include: 36
1) Furnishing and installing Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement as 37
specified by the Drawings 38
2) Installation and of temporary asphalt 39
3) Any subgrade required per the drawings or requested by the Contractor due 40
to site conditions. Subgrade could consist of compacted subgrade, treated 41
subgrade, or flexible base. 42
4) Maintaining temporary asphalt for the duration of the traffic control phase 43
it is used for. 44
5) Removal of the temporary asphalt is considered subsidiary to the 45
installation. 46
6) Shaping and fine grading the roadbed (as needed) 47
7) Testing and trial batches (as needed) 48
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 4 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
8) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 1
informational submittals 2
9) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 3
10) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 4
11) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 5
12) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 6
1.3 REFERENCES 7
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 8
1. AQMP – Texas Department of Transportation’s Aggregate Quality Monitoring 9
Program (Tex-499-A) 10
2. BRSQC – Texas Department of Transportation’s Bituminous Rated Source Quality 11
Catalog 12
3. HMA – Hot-Mix Asphalt 13
4. MPL – Texas Department of Transportation’s Material Producer List 14
5. MTD – Material Transfer Device 15
6. PCE – Prime, Cure, and Erosion Control 16
7. RAP – Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement 17
8. RAS – Recycled Asphalt Shingles 18
9. SAC – Surface Aggregate Classification 19
10. TCEQ – Texas Commission on Environmental Quality 20
11. TGC – Texas Gyratory Compactor 21
12. TxDOT – Texas Department of Transportation 22
13. VMA – Voids in Mineral Aggregate 23
B. Reference Standards 24
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 25
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 26
unless a date is specifically cited. 27
2. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) 28
a. Handbook 44 – Specifications, Tolerances, and Other Technical Requirements 29
for Weighing and Measuring Devices. 30
3. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 31
Standards: 32
a. M323, Standard Specification for Superpave Volumetric Mix Design 33
b. R35, Standard Practice for Superpave Volumetric Design for Hot Mix Asphalt 34
c. T48, Standard Method of Test for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open 35
Cup 36
d. T201, Kinematic Viscosity of Asphalts (Bitumens) 37
e. T202, Standard Method of Test for Viscosity of Asphalts by Vacuum Capillary 38
Viscometer 39
f. T315, Standard Method of Test for Determining the Rheological Properties of 40
Asphalt Binder Using a Dynamic Shear Rheometer (DSR) 41
g. T316, Standard Method of Test for Viscosity Determination of Asphalt Binder 42
Using Rotational Viscometer 43
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 5 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
h. T313, Test Method for Determining the Flexural Creep Stiffness of Asphalt 1
Binder Using the Bending Beam Rheometer (BBR) 2
4. TxDOT Test Procedures: 3
a. Tex-106-E, Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils 4
b. Tex-107-E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils 5
c. Tex-200-F, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 6
d. Tex-204-F, Design of Bituminous Mixtures 7
e. Tex-205-F, Laboratory Method of Mixing Bituminous Mixtures 8
f. Tex-206-F, Compacting Specimens Using the Texas Gyratory Compactor 9
(TGC) 10
g. Tex-207-F, Determining Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures 11
h. Tex-211-F, Recovery of Asphalt from Bituminous Mixtures by the Abson 12
Process 13
i. Tex-212-F, Determining Moisture Content of Bituminous Materials 14
j. Tex-217-F, Determining Deleterious Material and Decantation Test for Coarse 15
Aggregates 16
k. Tex-222-F, Sampling Bituminous Mixtures 17
l. Tex-226-F, Indirect Tensile Strength Test 18
m. Tex-227-F, Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity of Bituminous Mixtures 19
n. Tex-236-F, Determining Asphalt Content from Asphalt Paving Mixtures by the 20
Ignition Method 21
o. Tex-242-F, Hamburg Wheel-Tracking Test 22
p. Tex-243-F, Tack Coat Adhesion 23
q. Tex-244-F, Thermal Profile of Hot Mix Asphalt 24
r. Tex-406-A, Material Finer than 75 µm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates 25
(Decantation Test for Concrete Aggregates) 26
s. Tex-499-A, Texas Department of Transportation’s Aggregate Quality 27
Monitoring Program (AQMP) 28
t. Tex-530-C, Effect of Water on Bituminous Paving Mixtures 29
u. Tex-540-C, Measurement of Polymer Separation on Heating in Modified 30
Asphalt Systems 31
v. Tex-541-C, Rolling Thin Film Oven Test for Asphalt Binders 32
w. Tex-923-K, Verifying the Accuracy of Liquid Additive Metering Systems 33
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 34
A. Pre-Paving Meeting 35
1. Hold meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under Asphalt Paving. 36
2. Invite the City and appropriate representatives. 37
3. Prior to pre-paving meeting, prepare the following: 38
a. Paving Plan including: 39
1) Paving widths 40
2) Joint offsets 41
3) Lift thicknesses for each paving course 42
b. Paving Process including: 43
1) Process to balance production, delivery, paving, and compaction to achieve 44
continuous placement operations and good ride quality. 45
2) Procedures to construct quality longitudinal and transverse joints 46
3) Proposed rolling pattern in accordance with Asphalt Placement. 47
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 6 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Action and Information Submittals to be reviewed and approved: 1
1) Product Data 2
2) Hot-Mix Asphalt Mix Design 3
3) Trial Batch Testing 4
4) Certifications 5
5) Testing and Evaluation Reports 6
6) Equipment Submittal 7
7) Location of all Material Sources 8
8) Testing Laboratory 9
1.5 SUBMITTALS 10
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 11
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any Asphalt 12
Paving activities. 13
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 14
A. Shop Drawings 15
1. Product Data 16
a. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer that is supplying 17
asphalt binder, tack coat, Fog Seal, PCE, mineral filler, or additives to be used 18
on the project. 19
b. Product data sheets will include: 20
1) Manufacturer name 21
2) Date 22
3) Material description 23
4) Point of delivery 24
5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification 25
6) Material Safety Data Sheets (if applicable, required for PCE and all 26
additives) 27
7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data (if applicable) 28
8) Application Recommendations (if applicable) 29
9) Liquid Antistripping Agent Specific Data: 30
a) Specific gravity of the agent at the manufacturer’s recommended 31
addition temperature 32
b) Manufacturer’s recommended dosage range 33
c) Manufacturer’s Recommended Storage and Handling instructions 34
2. Hot-Mix Asphalt Mix Design – Provide the project mix design using the template 35
provided in Tex-204-F. The submittal will include: 36
a. The combined aggregate gradation, source, specific gravity, and percent of each 37
material used. 38
b. Asphalt binder content and aggregate gradation of Reclaimed Asphalt Paving 39
(RAP) and Recycled Asphalt Shingles (RAS) stockpiles. 40
c. The target laboratory-molded density. 41
d. Results of all applicable tests in accordance with Delivery, Storage, and 42
Handling, Materials, and Source Quality Control. 43
e. Additive information including type, quantity, addition rate, and moisture 44
resistance requirements 45
f. The mixing and molding temperatures. 46
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 7 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
g. The signature of the person or persons performing the design. 1
h. The date the mixture design was performed. 2
i. The unique identification number for the mixture design. 3
B. Informational Submittals 4
1. Source Locations 5
a. Provide the location of all material sources 6
2. Equipment Information 7
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 8
1) Equipment name 9
2) Size 10
3) Intended use 11
3. Certificates 12
a. Provide material certifications for all asphalt paving materials certifying the 13
material complies with this Section. 14
b. Additional PCE Certifications 15
1) Provide a certification letter from an approved analytical lab per TxDOT’s 16
MPL with the product data sheet for PCE that has been signed by a lab 17
official indicating the PCE formulation does not: 18
a) Meet any characteristics of a Resource Conservation Recovery Act 19
(RCRA) hazardous waste. 20
b) Contain any or Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) in the product. 21
4. Test and Evaluation Reports 22
a. Provide testing and evaluation reports to the City for each material being used 23
to prepare asphalt pavement. Test samples to verify source material complies 24
with all requirements in this specification. Materials to be tested include, but 25
are not limited to: 26
1) Coarse and Fine Aggregate Testing 27
a) Provide verification material source location is listed on TxDOT’s 28
BRSQC. If it is listed, source quality testing may be waived. 29
b) If the source location is not listed on TxDOT’s BRSQC, provide all 30
testing and evaluation reports to verify the source material complies 31
with all requirements of Section 32 05 16. 32
2) Asphalt Binder 33
a) Manufacturer Supplied Testing Reports for Performance Grade Asphalt 34
Binder 35
b) Daily records of asphalt binder temperatures in accordance with section 36
Placement Operations. 37
b. Gyratory Compactor 38
1) Supply the City with the gyratory compactor correlation factor determined 39
as part of Source Quality Control. 40
c. Trial Batch 41
1) Provide a testing and evaluation report to the City for the trial batch 42
prepared in accordance with Source Quality Control. The trial batch will be 43
a representative sample verifying that the mix design meets the 44
requirements of this specification. 45
2) Provide the mix design that was used to produce the trial batch with the 46
trial batch test and evaluation reports. 47
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 8 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
5. Testing Laboratory 1
a. Submit for review and approval the following information for each testing 2
laboratory used on the project: 3
1) Testing Laboratory Name 4
2) Location 5
3) What tests will be performed at the lab if multiple labs are used. 6
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 7
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 8
1. All test reports generated during testing. 9
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 11
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 12
A. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 13
00. 14
B. Provide electronic copies of asphalt pavement delivery tickets that include: 15
1. Asphalt Plant Name 16
2. Date 17
3. Project Identification Number 18
4. Purchase order number 19
5. Delivery ticket number 20
6. Plant Identification 21
7. Mix Identification 22
8. Vehicle Identification 23
9. Point of delivery 24
10. Total Weight of the Load 25
11. Tare Weight of the Vehicle 26
12. Quantity delivered 27
13. Weight of Mixture in each Load 28
14. Load Number or Sequential Ticket Number for the Day 29
C. Storage, Heating, and Application Temperatures of Bituminous Materials 30
1. Store and apply materials at the lowest temperature yielding satisfactory results. 31
2. Use storage and application temperatures in accordance with Table 1. 32
3. No material will be heated above the maximum temperature shown. 33
4. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for agitation requirements in storage. 34
5. Manufacturer’s instructions regarding application and storage temperatures 35
supersede those in Table 1. 36
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 9 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 1 1
Storage and Application Temperatures 2
Type – Grade
Application Storage Maximum
Degrees
Fahrenheit
Recommended Range
Degrees Fahrenheit
Maximum Allowable
Degrees Fahrenheit
CSS-1h 50 – 130 140 140
PCE 50 – 130 140 140
PG Binders 275 – 350 350 350
D. Storage and Stockpiling of Recycled Materials 3
1. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) 4
a. Test any RAP stockpiles (coarse and fine) for decantation in accordance with 5
Tex-406-A, Part 1. 6
b. Determine the plasticity index for RAP stockpiles (coarse and fine) in 7
accordance with Tex-106-E if the decantation value exceeds 5 percent. 8
c. Decantation and plasticity index requirements do not apply to RAP samples 9
with asphalt removed by extraction or ignition. 10
2. Recycled Asphalt Shingles 11
a. Stockpile to contain less than 0.5 percent deleterious materials. 12
b. Test stockpile in accordance with Tex-217-F, Part 3 to determine deleterious 13
material content. 14
E. Storage of Hot-Mix Asphalt 15
1. Do not store mixture long enough to affect the quality of the mixture. 16
2. Do not store mixture at the plant for longer than 12 hours unless otherwise 17
approved by City. 18
3. Provide asphalt storage sufficient to meet the plant requirements. 19
4. Heat asphalt by steam coils. Steam coils to be tight enough to prevent leakage of 20
moisture into the asphalt. 21
5. Store asphalt in accordance to the temperature requirements in Table 1. 22
6. Direct fire heating will not be permitted. 23
7. Agitating asphalt with steam or air will not be permitted. 24
8. Steam heating in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 25
F. Storage of Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving 26
1. Store temporary asphalt paving using the same storage requirements as Hot-Mix 27
Asphalt Paving. 28
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS 29
A. Weather Conditions 30
1. Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving 31
a. Place mixture when the roadway surface temperature is at or above the 32
temperatures listed in Table 2 unless otherwise approved or as specified in the 33
Drawings. 34
b. Measure the roadway surface temperature with a hand-held thermal camera or 35
infrared thermometer. 36
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 10 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
c. If roadway temperatures will reach the required temperature within 2 hours, the 1
City may allow placement before the roadway surface reaches the required 2
temperature. 3
d. Place mixtures only when weather conditions and moisture conditions of the 4
roadway surface are suitable as determined by the City. 5
e. The City may restrict the Contractor from paving if the ambient temperature is 6
likely to drop below 32 degrees Fahrenheit within 12 hours of paving. 7
Table 2 8
Pavement Surface Temperatures 9
High Temperature
Binder Grade
Minimum Pavement Surface Temperatures
(degrees Fahrenheit)
Subsurface Layers or Night
Paving Operations
Surface Layers Placed in
Daylight Operations
PG 64-22, PG 70-22,
And Prime Coat 60 50
1. Temporary Asphalt Paving 10
a. Install temporary asphalt paving using the same temperature requirements as 11
Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving. 12
2. Prime Coat 13
a. Apply the mixture in accordance with Table 2. 14
b. Measure the air temperature in the shade away from artificial heat. 15
c. The City will determine when weather conditions are suitable for application. 16
d. Do not permit traffic, hauling, or placement of subsequent courses over freshly 17
constructed prime coats. 18
e. Maintain the primed surface until placement of subsequent courses or 19
acceptance of the work. 20
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 21
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 22
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 23
2.2 MATERIALS 24
A. Use materials shown in Table 3, unless otherwise approved by City or specified in the 25
Drawings. 26
Table 3 27
Typical Material Use 28
Material Application Allowable Material
Hot-Mixed, Hot-Laid Asphalt Mixtures PG 64-221 and PG 70-221
Tack Coat and Fog Seal Type CSS-1h
Prime Coat PCE
Erosion Control PCE
1. Refer to Asphalt Binder for information on when each performance grade binder is allowed.
29
30
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 11 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Aggregate 1
1. Provide aggregates in accordance with Section 32 05 16. 2
2. Provide aggregates from sources in accordance with this Section and 32 05 16. 3
3. Notify the City of all source locations and any changes to material source or mix 4
design. 5
4. Aggregates for Asphalt Pavement to be approved by the City prior to use in 6
accordance with this Section. 7
5. Determine aggregate gradations for mixture design and production testing based on 8
the washed sieve analysis given in Tex-200-F, Part 2. 9
6. The Surface Aggregate Classification (SAC) will be SAC-A unless otherwise 10
specified in the Drawings for all surface courses. The SAC will only apply to the 11
aggregate used on the travel lanes unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 12
Provide aggregates in accordance with all SAC requirements in Section 32 05 16. 13
7. Coarse Aggregate 14
a. Provide aggregates in accordance with the requirements of Section 32 05 16. 15
8. Fine Aggregate 16
a. Provide fine aggregates that consists of crushed stone, crushed gravel, sand, 17
and/or limestone or steel slag screenings in accordance with Section 32 05 16. 18
b. Provide fine aggregate in accordance with the gradation requirements shown in 19
Table 4. 20
c. No more than 15% of the total aggregate may be field sand or other uncrushed 21
fine aggregate. 22
d. Limestone or Steel Slag Screenings 23
1) Limestone or steel slag screenings may constitute part of or all of the fine 24
aggregate. 25
2) Provide screenings that conform to the requirements for Fine Aggregate in 26
Section 32 05 16. 27
Table 4 28
Gradation Requirements for Fine Aggregate 29
Sieve Size percent Passing by Weight or Volume
3/8-inch 100
No. 8 70–100
No. 200 0–30
C. Mineral Filler 30
1. Mineral filler is allowed unless otherwise specified in the Drawings and should 31
consist finely divided material such as: 32
a. Stone dust 33
b. Crushed fines 34
c. Hydrated lime 35
1) Use no more than 2 percent unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 36
2) Use no more than 1 percent if a substitute binder is used (refer to Table 10) 37
unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 38
d. Portland cement 39
1) Use no more than 2 percent unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 40
e. Fly ash 41
2. Provide mineral fillers that: 42
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 12 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Are sufficiently dry, free flowing, and free from clumps and foreign matter 1
b. Meet the gradation requirements shown in Table 5 when performing Tex-200-F 2
Part 1 (based on weight) or Part 3 (based on volume). 3
c. In accordance with the requirements listed in Source Quality Control. 4
Table 5 5
Gradation Requirements for Mineral Filler 6
Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight
No. 8 100
No. 200 55–100
D. Asphalt Binder 7
1. Asphalt binder will be PG64-22 for TY B mix designs unless otherwise approved 8
by the City or specified in the Drawings. 9
2. Asphalt binder will be PG70-22 for TY D and TY C mix designs unless otherwise 10
approved by the City or specified in the Drawings. 11
3. Provide material that: 12
a. Is produced from crude petroleum. 13
b. Is homogenous and free from water and residue from distillation of coal, coal 14
tar, or paraffin oil. 15
c. Will not foam when heated to 347 degrees Fahrenheit 16
d. In accordance with the requirements shown in Table 6 for performance grade 17
asphalt binder. 18
e. Shows no separation when tested in accordance with Tex-540-C 19
20
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 13 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 6 1
Performance Grade Asphalt Binder 2
Property and Test Method
Performance Grade
PG 64 PG 70
-22 -22
Average 7-Day Max Pavement Design Temperature, Degrees Celsius
1 < 64 <70
Min Pavement Design Temperature, Degrees Celsius 1
(i.e. design temperature shall be greater than shown)>-22 >-22
Original Binder
Flash Point Temperature, AASHTO T48:
Minimum, degrees Celsius 230
Viscosity, AASHTO T482,3 or T3162,3
Maximum, 3.0 Pa*s, Test Temperature, Degrees Celsius 135
Dynamic Shear, AASHTO T315:4
G*/sin(δ), Minimum, 2.00-kPa7
Test Temperature at 10-rad/s, Degrees Celsius
64 70
Elastic Recovery, D 6084, 50 Degrees Fahrenheit, percent minimum- 30
Rolling Thin Film Oven (Tex-541-C)
Maximum Loss, maximum percent 1.0
Dynamic Shear, AASHTO T315:
G*/sin(δ), Minimum, 2.20-kPa, Maximum, 5.0-kPa
Test Temperature at 10-rad/s, Degrees Celsius
64 70
Pressure Aging Vessel (PAV) Residue (R28)
PAV Aging Temperature, degrees Celsius 100
Dynamic Shear, AASHTO T315:
G*/sin(δ), Maximum, 5,000-kPa
Test Temperature at 10-rad/s, Degrees Celsius
25 25
Creep Stiffness, AASHTO T313:5,6
S, Maximum, 300-MPa
m-value, Minimum 0.300
Text Temperature at 60 s, Degrees Celsius
-12 -12
Direct Tension, AASHTO T314:6
Failure Strain, Minimum, 1.0 percent
Test Temperature at 1.0-mm/min, Degrees Celsius
-12 -12
1. Pavement temperatures are estimated from air temperatures using an algorithm contained in the TxDOT
PGEXCEL3.XLS software program, may be provided by the City, or by following the procedures as outlined
in AASHTO MP2 and PP28.
2. This requirement may be waived at the discretion of the City if the supplier warrants that the asphalt binder can
be adequately pumped, mixed and compacted at temperatures that meet all applicable safety, environmental,
and constructability requirements. At test temperatures where the binder is a Newtonian fluid, any suitable
standard means of viscosity measurement may be used, including capillary (AASHTO T201 or T202) or
rotational viscometry (AASHTO T48 or T316). A waiver will need to be submitted to the City for approval
prior to asphalt paving.
3. Viscosity at 135 degrees Celsius is an indicator of mixing and compaction temperatures that can be expected in
the lab and field. High values may indicate high mixing and compaction temperatures. Additionally, significant
variation can occur from batch to batch. Be aware that variation could significantly impact mixing and
compaction operations. Contractor is responsible for addressing any constructability issues which may arise.
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 14 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
4. For quality control of unmodified asphalt binder production, measurement of the viscosity of the original
asphalt binder may be substituted for dynamic shear measurements of G*/sin(δ) at test temperatures where the
asphalt is a Newtonian fluid. Any suitable standard means of viscosity measurement may be used, including
capillary (AASHTO T201 or T202) or rotational viscometry (AASHTO TP48 or T316).
5. Silicone beam molds as described in AASHTO TP 1-93 are acceptable for use.
6. If creep stiffness is below 300 MPa, direct tension test is not required. If creep stiffness is between 300 and 600
MPa, the direct tension failure strain requirement can be used instead of the creep stiffness requirement. The m-
value requirement must be satisfied in both cases.
E. Emulsified Asphalt for Tack Coat and Fog Seal (CSS-1h) 1
1. Use cationic emulsion CSS-1h in accordance with the requirements shown in Table 2
7 unless approved by the City or specified in the Drawings. 3
2. The material will be composed of a paving asphalt base uniformly emulsified with 4
water. 5
3. The material will be homogenous throughout and when stored will show no signs of 6
separation within 3-days after delivery. 7
4. Do not dilute emulsified asphalts at the terminal, in the field, or at any other 8
location before use. 9
5. Temperature 10
a. Never raise the temperature of the emulsion above 160 degrees Fahrenheit after 11
it is loaded for transportation from refinery to the purchaser. 12
b. Tack coat and prime coat may be reheated 13
c. Prevent localized overheating when reheating the material. 14
d. Do not allow the material to cool to a temperature of less than 40 degrees 15
Fahrenheit. 16
e. Apply the material at the manufacturer’s recommended temperature. 17
f. Provide a thermometer capable of testing the temperature of the asphalt binder 18
on site at all times. 19
20
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 15 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 7 1
Tests and Properties of Cationic Emulsions 2
Property
Test
Procedure
Slow Setting
Type – Grade
CSS-1h
Min Max
Viscosity, Saybolt Furol
at 77 degrees Fahrenheit, second
at 122 degrees Fahrenheit, second
T 72 20
–
100
–
Sieve Test, percent T 59 – 0.1
Cement Mixing, percent T 59– 2.0
Coating Ability and Water
Resistance:
Coating, Dry Aggregate, After Spraying
Coating, Wet Aggregate, After Spraying
T 59
–
–
–
–
Demulsibility, 35 ml 0.8 percent
Sodium dioctyl sulfosuccinate, percent T 59 – –
Storage Stability, 1 day, percent T 59– 1
Particle Charge Test T 59 Positive
Distillation Test:
Residue by Distillation, percent by weight
Oil Distillate, percent by volume of Emulsion
T 59 60
–
–
0.5
Tests on Residue from Distillation:
Penetration at 77 degrees Fahrenheit, 100-g, 5-
seconds
Solubility in Trichloroethylene, percent
Ductility at 77 degrees Fahrenheit, 5 cm/min, cm
T 49
T 44
T 51
70
97.5
80
110
–
–
F. Emulsified Asphalt for Prime Coat, Curing, and Erosion Control (PCE) 3
1. Use slow setting PCE in accordance with the requirements shown in Table 8 unless 4
approved by the City or specified in the Drawings. 5
2. PCE may be used as a prime coat for base materials, curing seal for stabilized base 6
materials, and erosion control applications such as dust control, soil surface 7
stabilization, or mulch binder. 8
3. Do not dilute emulsified asphalts at the terminal, in the field, or at any other 9
location before use. 10
11
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 16 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 8 1
Tests and Properties of PCE Emulsions 2
Property
Test
Procedure
Type – Grade
Slow Setting
PCE1
Min Max
Viscosity, Saybolt Furol
at 77 degrees Fahrenheit, second
at 122 degrees Fahrenheit, second
T 72
10
–
100
–
Sieve Test, percent T 59 – 0.1
Miscibility T 592 Pass –
Demulsibility, 35 mL of 0.10 N CaCl2, percent T 59 – –
Storage Stability, 1 day, percent T 59 – –
Particle Size5, percent by volume < 2.5 µm Tex-238-F3 90 –
Asphalt Emulsion Distillation to 500 degree Fahrenheit
Followed by Cutback Asphalt Distillation of Residue to
680 degrees Fahrenheit
Residue after both distillations, percent by weight
Total oil distillate from both distillations, percent
by volume of emulsion
T 59 &
T 78
–
–
–
–
Residue by Distillation, percent by weight T59 – –
Residue by Evaporation, percent by weight T 594 60 –
Tests on Residue after all Distillation(s):
Viscosity, 140 degrees Fahrenheit, poise
Kinematic Viscosity5, 140 degrees Fahrenheit, cSt
Flash Point C.O.C, degrees Fahrenheit
Solubility in Trichloroethylene, percent
Float Test, 122 degrees Fahrenheit, seconds
T 202
T 201
T 48
T 44
T 50
–
100
400
–
–
–
350
–
–
–
1. Each PCE shipment will include the information indicated under Source Quality Control
2. Except the dilution shall use 350-mL distilled or deionized water and a 100-mL beaker.
3. Use Tex-238-F, beginning at “Particle Size Analysis by Laser Diffraction”, with distilled or deionized water as
a medium and no dispersant, or use another approved method.
4. Except the sample shall remain in the oven until foaming ceases, then cooled and weighed.
5. PCE must meet either the kinematic viscosity requirement or the particle size requirement
G. Additives 3
1. General: 4
a. Only use additives when they are specified in the Drawings unless otherwise 5
approved by the City. 6
b. If additives are used, additive information to be provided as part of the HMA 7
Mix Design Action Submittal. 8
c. Stop production if the production mixture does not meet moisture resistance 9
requirements and correct the problem. 10
d. Verify when antistripping agents are added at the plant (batch or source 11
location) that: 12
1) The measuring device for the addition of the agent is connected into the 13
automatic plant controls to automatically adjust the supply to the plant 14
production and provide consistent percentage in the mixture. 15
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 17 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Set automatic plant controls so that an interruption of asphalt antistripping 1
agent’s flow causes plant shutdown. 2
2. Lime Antistripping Agent: 3
a. Do not allow lime to be added directly into the mixing drum at any plant where 4
lime is removed through the exhaust stream unless the plant has a baghouse or 5
dust collection system that reintroduces the lime into the drum. 6
b. If lime is used, provide only commercial lime slurry in accordance with Section 7
32 11 29. 8
c. Add between 0.5 and 2.0 percent commercial lime slurry by weight of the 9
individual aggregate treated. 10
d. Mix the lime slurry in a suitable pug mill mixer with the aggregate. 11
e. Mix with aggregate between the plant cold feeds and the dryer or mixing drum 12
during mixture production. 13
3. Liquid Antistripping Agent 14
a. Add to the binder in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Do not 15
exceed the manufacturer’s maximum recommended dosage rate. 16
b. Provide a liquid antistripping agent uniform and shows no evidence of 17
crystallization, settling, or separation. 18
c. Ensure all liquid antistripping agents arrive in: 19
1) Properly labeled and unopened containers shipped directly from the 20
manufacturer 21
2) Sealed tank trucks with an invoice to show contents and quantities 22
d. Handle in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 23
e. Add at the manufacturer’s recommended addition temperature. 24
f. Add into the asphalt line by means of an in-line-metering device and a blending 25
device to disperse the agent. 26
g. Furnish a meter that reads in increments of 0.1 gallons or less. 27
4. Antistripping Additive Meters 28
a. Provide a means to check the accuracy of meter output for liquid and lime 29
additives. 30
b. For liquid additive meters, verify accuracy of the meter in accordance with Tex-31
923-K. 32
c. Ensure the accuracy of the meter is within 5.0 percent. 33
H. Recycled Materials 34
1. General 35
a. Use of RAP and RAS is permitted unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 36
b. Do not exceed the maximum allowable percentages of RAP and RAS shown in 37
Table 9 unless specified in the Drawings. 38
c. Determine asphalt binder content and gradation of the RAP and RAS stockpiles 39
for mixture design purposes in accordance with Tex-236-F. 40
d. The City may verify the asphalt binder content of the stockpiles at any time 41
during production. 42
e. Perform all tests specified in the Drawings and listed under Source Quality 43
Control. 44
f. Asphalt binder from RAP and RAS is designated as recycled asphalt binder. 45
g. Calculate and ensure that the ratio of the recycled asphalt binder to total binder 46
does not exceed percentages shown in Table 10 during mixture design ad HMA 47
production when RAP or RAS is used. 48
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 18 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
h. Use a separate cold feed bin for each stockpile of RAP and RAS during HMA 1
production. 2
i. Surface, intermediate, and base mixes referenced in Table 9 and 10 are defined 3
as follows: 4
1) Surface –This is the pavement course placed at the top of the pavement 5
structure. RAP or RAS will not be permitted for use in the surface course. 6
2) Intermediate – TY B asphalt courses placed directly under the surface 7
course and above the base course. 8
3) Base – TY B asphalt course placed directly under the intermediate course in 9
the HMA pavement structure. 10
2. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) 11
a. Consists of salvaged, milled, pulverized, broken, or crushed asphalt pavement. 12
b. Use of RAP is permitted for TY B asphalt courses unless otherwise specified in 13
the Drawings. 14
c. Crush or break RAP so that 100 percent of the particles pass the No. 2 sieve. 15
d. Fractionated RAP is defined as 2 or more RAP stockpiles that are divided into 16
coarse and fine fractions. 17
e. Ensure that the coarse RAP stockpile contains only material retained on a 3/8 18
inch or 1/2 inch sieve unless otherwise approved. 19
f. Ensure that the fine RAP stockpile contains only material passing the 3/8 inch 20
or 1/2 inch sieve unless otherwise approved. 21
g. The maximum percentages of fractionated RAP may be comprised of coarse or 22
fine fractionated RAP. 23
h. The maximum percentages of fractionated RAP may also be a combination of 24
both coarse and fine fractionated RAP. 25
i. Provide RAP material free from dirt or other objectionable materials. 26
j. Do not use any RAP material if the decantation value exceeds 5 percent and the 27
plasticity index is greater than 8. 28
k. Conform storing and stockpiling RAP to the requirements under Delivery, 29
Storage, and Handling. 30
Table 9 31
Maximum Allowable Amounts of RAP1 32
Maximum Allowable
Fractionated RAP2 (percent)
Maximum Allowable
Unfractionated RAP3, (percent)
Surface Intermediate Base Surface Intermediate Base
0.0 25.0 30.0 0.0 10.0 10.0
1. Must also meet the recycled binder to total binder ratio shown in Table 10.
2. Up to 5 percent RAS may be used separately or as a replacement for fractionated RAP
3. Unfractionated RAP may not be combined with fractionated RAP or RAS.
3. Recycled Asphalt Shingles (RAS) 33
a. RAS is processed asphalt shingle material from manufacturing of asphalt 34
roofing shingles or from re-roofing residential structures. 35
b. Post-manufactured RAS is processed manufacturer’s shingle scrap by-product. 36
c. Post-consumer RAS is processed shingle scrap removed from residential 37
structures. 38
d. Comply with all regulatory requirements stipulated for RAS by the TCEQ. 39
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 19 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Use of post-manufactured RAS or post-consumer RAS (tear-offs) is permitted 1
for TY B asphalt courses unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 2
f. RAS may be used separately or in conjunction with RAP. 3
g. Up to 5 percent RAS may be used separately or as a replacement for 4
fractionated RAP in accordance with Table 9 and 10. 5
h. Process RAP by ambient grinding or granulating such that 100 percent of the 6
particles pass the 3/8 inch sieve when tested in accordance with Tex-200-F, 7
Part 1. 8
i. Perform a sieve analysis on processed RAS material before extraction (or 9
ignition) of the asphalt binder. 10
j. Add sand meeting the requirements of fine aggregate in Section 32 05 16 and 11
fine aggregate gradation to RAS stockpiles if needed to keep the processed 12
material workable. 13
k. Fine RAP may also be added to RAS stockpiles if needed to keep the processed 14
material workable. 15
l. Any stockpile that contains RAS will be considered a RAS stockpile. 16
m. RAS is limited to no more than 5.0 percent of the HMA mixture in accordance 17
with Table 9. 18
n. Certify compliance of the RAS with DMS-11000, “Evaluating Using 19
Nonhazardous Recyclable Materials Guidelines.” 20
o. Treat RAS as an established nonhazardous recyclable material if it has not 21
encountered any hazardous materials. 22
p. Use RAS from shingle sources on the TxDOT MPL or approved by City. 23
q. Substantially remove all materials before use that are not part of the shingle 24
such as wood, paper, metal, plastic, and felt paper. 25
r. Do not use RAS if the deleterious materials content is more than 0.5 percent of 26
the stockpiled RAS unless otherwise approved. 27
Table 10 28
Allowable Substitute PG Binders and Maximum Recycled Binder Ratios 29
Originally
Specified
PG Binder
Allowable
Substitute
PG Binder
Maximum Ratio of Recycled Binder to Total
Binder1, (percent)
Surface Intermediate Base
PG 64-222 None 0.0 30.0 30.0
PG 70-222 64-22 0.0 20.0 20.0
1. Combined recycled binder from RAP and RAS
2. Use no more than 20.0 percent recycled binder when using this originally specified PG binder.
I. Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving Mix Design 30
1. Prepare a mix design for each asphalt type specified in the Drawings (TY B, C, or 31
D) in accordance with the requirements listed in Table 11. 32
2. Design the mixture using a Texas Gyratory Compactor (TGC). 33
3. Provide a mix design after the trial batch tests are complete in accordance with the 34
requirements in this Section. 35
a. Superpave Mix Design: Prepare in accordance with M323 and R35. 36
37
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 20 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 11 1
Dense Graded Hot-Mix Master Gradation Limits (% Passing by Weight of Volume) 2
and VMA Requirements 3
Sieve Size B
Fine Base
C
Coarse Surface
D
Fine Surface
2 inch – – –
1-1/2 inch 100.01 ––
1 inch 98.0 – 100.0 100.0
1 –
3/4 inch 84.0 – 98.0 95.0 – 100.0 100.0
1
1/2 inch – – 98.0 – 100.0
3/8 inch 60.0 – 80.0 70.0 – 85.0 85.0 – 100.0
No. 4 40.0 – 60.0 43.0 – 63.0 50.0 – 70.0
No. 8 29.0 – 43.0 32.0 – 44.0 35.0 – 46.0
No. 30 13.0 – 28.0 14.0 – 28.0 15.0 – 29.0
No. 50 6.0 – 20.0 7.0 – 21.0 7.0 – 20.0
No. 200 2.0 – 7.0 2.0 – 7.0 2.0 – 7.0
Design VMA, Percent Minimum
– 13.0 14.0 15.0
Production (Plant-Produced) VMA, Percent Minimum
– 12.5 13.5 14.5
Allowable PG Binder
- PG64-22 PG 70-22 PG70-22
1. Defined as maximum sieve size. No tolerances allowed.
J. Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement 4
1. Temporary HMA Pavement in accordance with all the requirements of TY B 5
asphalt. 6
2. Submit a mix design if TY B Asphalt Paving is not being used as a pavement 7
course other than for temporary hot-mix asphalt. 8
3. No trial batches will be required to verify mix design for temporary HMA 9
pavement. 10
K. Trial Batch Production and Testing 11
1. Trial Batch 12
a. Produce a trial batch of the mix design based on the requirements of the 13
specified asphalt mix (TY B, C, or D) in a large enough quantity to ensure the 14
mixture meets the Section requirements. Perform testing on the trial batch to 15
verify the mixture produced using the submitted mix design in accordance with 16
the requirements in Table 11, 12, 13, and 14. 17
b. Provide the necessary quantity of each material to the laboratory for testing and 18
production of the trial batch. 19
c. Perform testing on the trial batch to verify the mix design is in conformance 20
with the requirements of this specification. 21
d. If the trial batch does not meet the requirements of this Section, prepare a 22
revised mix design. Produce and test trial batches until a trial batch is produced 23
that meets all of the requirements in this Section. 24
e. Use only equipment and materials proposed for use on the project to produce 25
the trial batch. 26
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 21 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
f. Use materials to produce the trial batch in accordance with all requirements in 1
this Section. 2
g. Use a TxDOT MPL laboratory to perform the Hamburg Wheel test. Refer to 3
Table 18 for requirements. 4
h. Provide a new trial batch when the plant or plant location is changed. 5
2. Gyratory Compactor 6
a. Use a TGC calibrated in accordance with Tex-914-K, Part 2 when designing 7
the mixture in accordance with Tex-204-F, Part 2 for molding production 8
samples. 9
b. Use the dense-graded design procedure provided in Tex-204-F. 10
c. Use Tex-206-F, Part 2 to perform a gyratory compactor correlation when the 11
City uses a different gyratory compactor during verification testing. Apply the 12
correlation factor to all subsequent production test results when applicable. 13
3. Target laboratory-molded density when the TGC is used 14
a. Design the mixture at a 96.5 percent target laboratory-molded density. Increase 15
the target laboratory-molded density to 97.0 percent or 97.5 percent at the 16
Contractor’s discretion or when specified in the Drawings. 17
b. Use an approved laboratory from the TxDOT MPL to perform the Hamburg 18
Wheel test and provide the results with the mix design. Refer to Table 18 for 19
requirements. 20
c. The mix design in accordance with the requirements under section Materials 21
and Source Quality Control. 22
4. Ignition Oven Correction Factor 23
a. Determine the aggregate and asphalt correction factors from the ignition oven 24
in accordance with Tex-236-F. 25
b. Provide the City with split samples of the mixtures including all additives 26
(except water) and blank samples used to determine the correction factors for 27
the ignition oven used for QA testing during production. 28
5. Boil Test 29
a. Perform Tex-530-C and retain the tested sample until completion of the project 30
or as directed. 31
b. Use this sample for comparison purposes during production. 32
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 22 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 12 1
Laboratory Mixture Design Properties 2
Mixture Property Test Method Requirement
Target Laboratory-Molded Density (TGC),
percent
Tex-207-F 96.51
Indirect Tensile Strength (dry), psi Tex-226-F 85-200
2
Boil test3 Tex-530-C –
1. Increase to 97.0 percent or 97.5 percent at the Contractor’s discretion or when specified in the Drawings.
2. The City may allow the IDT strength to exceed 200 psi if the corresponding Hamburg Wheel rut depth is greater
than 3.0 mm and less than 12.5 mm.
3. Used to establish baseline for comparison to production results. May be waived when approved.
Table 13 3
Operational Tolerances for Mix Design and Trial Batch Testing 4
Description
Test
Method
Allowable Difference
Between Trial Batch
and
Mix Design
Individual percent retained for No. 8 sieve and larger Tex-200-F
Or
Tex-236-F
Must be Within Master
Grading Limits in Table
11
Individual percent retained for sieves smaller than
No. 8 and larger than No. 200
Percent passing the No. 200 sieve
Asphalt binder content, percent Tex-236-F +/- 0.5
Laboratory-molded density, percent
Tex-207-F
+/- 1.0
In-place air voids, percent N/A
Laboratory-molded bulk specific gravity N/A
VMA, percent, minimum Tex-204-F Note 1
Theoretical maximum specific (Rice)gravity Tex-227-F N/A
1. Test and verify Table 11 requirements are met.
L. Production Operations 5
1. General 6
a. Take corrective action and receive approval to proceed after any production 7
suspension for noncompliance to the specification. 8
b. Submit a new mix design and perform a new trial batch when the asphalt binder 9
content of: 10
1) Any RAP stockpile used in the mix more than 0.5 percent higher than the 11
value shown on the mixture design report. 12
2) Any RAS stockpile used in the mix more than 2.0 percent higher than the 13
value shown on the mixture design report. 14
2. Mixture and Discharge of Materials 15
a. Notify the City of the target discharge temperature and produce the mixture 16
within 25 degrees Fahrenheit of the target. 17
b. Monitor the temperature of the material in the truck before shipping to ensure 18
temperature does not exceed 350 degrees Fahrenheit and does not fall lower 19
than 215 degree Fahrenheit. 20
c. The City will not pay for or allow placement of any mixture produced above 21
350 degree Fahrenheit. 22
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 23 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Control the mixing time and temperature so that all moisture is substantially 1
removed from the mixture before discharging from the plant. 2
e. Production Testing – Obtain the sample immediately after discharging the 3
mixture into the truck and perform the production testing in accordance with 4
Source Quality Control promptly. 5
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 6
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 7
A. Tests and Inspections 8
1. Verification Testing 9
a. Verification testing will be performed in accordance with Tex-500-C, Part 3 10
2. Material Source Testing and Submittals 11
a. Perform testing on all materials that have changed source locations to verify the 12
material conforms to all requirements in this specification. 13
b. Provide new submittals for all materials produced from a new source location. 14
c. Perform all Source Quality Control tests required. Use the test results from the 15
Source Quality Control tests as a comparison during construction. 16
d. Aggregate Quality Requirements 17
1) Perform all aggregate testing in accordance with Section 32 05 16. 18
e. Mineral Filler 19
1) Refer to Table 14 for testing requirements. 20
f. Asphalt Binder Quality Requirements 21
1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with Action Submittals. 22
2) Refer to Table 14 and Materials for testing requirements. 23
g. Emulsified Asphalt for Tack Coat and Fog Seal (CSS-1h) 24
1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with Action Submittals. 25
2) Testing will be done in accordance with Tex-500-C, Part 3 26
3) Refer to Table 14 and Materials for testing requirements. 27
h. Emulsified Asphalt for Prime Coat, Curing, and Erosion Control (PCE) 28
1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with Action Submittals. 29
2) Refer to Table 14 and Materials for testing requirements. 30
Table 14 31
Material Source Quality Testing 32
Material Characteristic Test Method Requirement
Aggregate Perform all aggregate testing in accordance with Section 32 05 16
Mineral Filler Linear Shrinkage Tex-107-E 3 percent maximum
Asphalt Binder
Perform all tests specified under Materials and Source Quality
Control. Provide testing and evaluation reports in accordance with
Action Submittals
Tack Coat and
Fog Seal (CSS-1h)
Prime Coat, Curing,
and Erosion Control
(PCE)
3. HMA Mix Design and Trial Batch 33
a. Perform the required tests specified under Materials and provide testing and 34
evaluation reports in accordance with Action Submittals. 35
4. Temporary Asphalt Pavement 36
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 24 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Source Quality Control testing and inspections is not required for temporary 1
HMA pavement. 2
5. Asphalt Production Acceptance 3
a. General 4
1) Perform Tex-226-F on the first day of production to confirm the indirect 5
tensile strength does not exceed 200 psi. 6
2) Take corrective action to bring the mixture within specification compliance 7
if the indirect tensile strength exceeds 200 psi unless otherwise directed. 8
b. Production Lot 9
1) A production lot consists of 4 equal sublots. 10
2) The default quantity of a lot is: 11
a) 1,000 tons 12
b) 9,000 SY for 2” pavement course thickness 13
c) 4,500 SY for 4” pavement course thickness 14
d) 3,000 SY for 6” pavement course thickness 15
e) 2,500 SY for 8” pavement course thickness 16
f) 1,500 SY for 12” pavement course thickness 17
3) The City may change the standard lot size based on the anticipated daily 18
production to ensure there are 3 or 4 sublots produced each day. 19
c. Production Sampling 20
1) Mixture Sampling 21
a) Obtain hot-mix samples from trucks at the plant in accordance with 22
Tex-222-F. 23
b) Blind Samples 24
(1) The City may select “blind” samples throughout the project for 25
verification testing. 26
(2) Test the blind sample in accordance with asphalt production testing 27
and provide testing and evaluation reports to the City in accordance 28
with Action Submittals. 29
2) Asphalt Binder Sampling 30
a) Obtain a 1 quart sample of the asphalt binder at approximately the same 31
time the mixture sample is obtained for regular samples and blind 32
samples. 33
b) Sample from a port located immediately upstream from the mixing 34
drum or pug mill in accordance with Tex-500-C, Part 2. 35
c) Label the can with the date and sequential testing number that 36
corresponds with the mixture sample obtained at the same time. 37
d. Production Testing 38
1) General 39
a) Control the production process and perform production tests to verify 40
the asphalt produced is within the operational tolerances listed in Table 41
15. 42
b) The City may sample and test at any time during production to verify 43
compliance. 44
c) Take immediate corrective action if the laboratory-molded density on 45
any test is less than 95 percent or greater than 98 percent to bring the 46
mixture within these tolerances. 47
d) The City may suspend work at any time if a sample does not conform 48
to the requirements in this specification. 49
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 25 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
e) The City may suspend operations if the Contractor’s corrective actions 1
do not produce acceptable results. 2
f) The City will allow production to resume when test results or other 3
information indicates that the next mixture produced will be within 4
operational tolerances. 5
e. Operational Tolerances 6
1) Gradation 7
a) Suspend operation and take corrective action if any aggregate is 8
retained on the maximum sieve size shown for Dense Graded Hot-Mix 9
Master Gradation Limits. 10
b) Production will be suspended when test results for gradation exceed the 11
operational tolerances for: 12
(1) 3 consecutive tests on the same sieve 13
(2) 4 consecutive tests on any sieve unless otherwise directed 14
2) Asphalt Binder Content 15
a) Suspend production and shipment of the mixture if the test results 16
deviate from the mix design by more than the operational tolerance 17
shown in Table 15 for any asphalt binder content test. 18
3) Voids in Mineral Aggregate (VMA) 19
a) Take immediate action if the VMA for any test is less than the 20
minimum VMA requirement shown for Dense Graded Hot-Mix Master 21
Gradation Limits. 22
b) Suspend production and shipment of the mixture if the City’s VMA 23
results: 24
(1) On 2 consecutive tests are below the minimum VMA requirement. 25
(2) Is more than 0.5 percent below the minimum VMA requirement 26
c) For asphalt installed with non-conforming VMA, the City may: 27
(1) Require removal and replacement of any asphalt installed 28
(2) Allow the asphalt to remain in place without payment. 29
f. Moisture Content 30
1) Determine the moisture content, if requested, by oven-drying in accordance 31
with Tex-212-F, Part 2 and verify that the mixture conforms to the 32
requirements in Table 15. 33
g. Individual Loads of Hot-Mix 34
1) The City may reject individual truckloads of hot-mix at any time if the City 35
suspects the load does not conform to the requirements of this specification. 36
2) When a load of hot-mix is rejected for reasons other than temperature, 37
contamination, or excessive uncoated particles, the Contractor may request 38
that the rejected load be tested within 4 hours of rejection. 39
3) Sample and test the mixture. If the test results are within the operational 40
tolerances in Table 15, payment will be made for the load. If the test results 41
are not within operational tolerances, no payment will be made. 42
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 26 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 15 1
Production Testing 2
Description
Test
Method
Operational
Tolerances
Contractor
Testing
Frequency
City Verification
Testing Frequency
Individual percent retained for
No. 8 sieve and larger
Tex-200-F
Or
Tex-236-F
+/- 5.01
1 per sublot The City may
request the
Contractor to
perform additional
verification testing
throughout the
project. No more
than an additional
10 percent of each
test performed will
be requested
The City may
perform
verification testing
utilizing a third
party testing
laboratory.
Individual percent retained for
sieves smaller than No. 8 and
larger than No. 200
+/- 3.01
Percent passing the No. 200
sieve +/- 2.01
Asphalt binder content, percent Tex-236-F 0.5 1 per sublot
VMA, percent, minimum Tex-204-F Note 2 1 per sublot
Laboratory-molded density,
percent Tex-207-F
+/- 1.0 1 per sublot
Laboratory-molded bulk
specific gravity N/A 1 per sublot
Theoretical maximum specific
(Rice) gravity Tex-227-F N/A 1 per sublot
Recycled asphalt shingles
(RAS)
Tex-217-F,
Part 3 N/A
As requested
Moisture content, maximum
percent Tex-212-F 0.2
Boil test4 Tex-530-C –
Hamburg wheel test Tex-242-F See Table
18
1. When within these tolerances, mixture production gradations may fall outside the master grading limits. The
percent passing the No. 200 will be considered out of tolerance when outside the mater grading limits.
2. Test and verify that mix design requirements are met.
3. For all tests that have N/A for tolerances, material must conform to requirements provided within this
specification. No tolerances are allowed.
4. The City may wave the sampling and testing requirements.
B. Non-Conforming Work 3
1. General 4
a. The City may at any time reject a material if it is found to be non-conforming to 5
this specification. 6
b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed 7
Asphalt Pavement if any material it was made with is found to be non-8
conforming. This would be at no cost to the City. 9
2. Aggregates 10
a. Aggregates that fail to meet the requirements of Section 32 05 16 will be 11
rejected by the City. 12
b. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. It is 13
the responsibility of the Contractor to provide materials that comply with the 14
requirements of this specification. 15
3. Asphalt Binder 16
a. Material may be rejected at any time based on the following: 17
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 27 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
1) If the certified letters provided by the manufacturer indicate the supplied 1
asphalt binder is not in conformance with the Products section of this 2
specification. 3
2) For failure to meet requirements of this specification. 4
3) For any defect causing it to be unsuitable for the intended use. 5
b. If during verification testing, the material does not conform to the requirement 6
of this specification, the City may stop work until the Contractor can determine 7
the source of the problem at no cost to the City. The City may require that the 8
area installed using the non-conforming asphalt binder be removed and 9
replaced at no cost to the City. 10
4. HMA Mix Design and Verification 11
a. The City may reject the mix design if it does not conform to the requirements 12
of this specification. Any asphalt installed using a non-conforming mix design 13
will be subject to removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 14
b. If the trial batch does not conform to the requirements specified in this 15
specification, the Contractor will produce trial batches at no cost to the City 16
until the trial batch meets the requirements specified. 17
c. The City may perform verification testing on all trial batches to verify the 18
conformance of the mixture. 19
5. Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving 20
a. If the temporary HMA pavement fails due to materials non-conforming to the 21
requirements of TY B asphalt, the City may require the Contractor to remove 22
and replace the temporary asphalt pavement. 23
PART 3 - EXECUTION 24
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 25
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 26
3.3 PREPARATION 27
A. Hauling 28
1. Equipment for Lay-Down Operations 29
a. Use belly dumps, live bottom, or end dump trucks to haul and transfer mixture. 30
b. Except for miscellaneous areas, end dump trucks are only allowed when used in 31
conjunction with a Material Transfer Device (MTD) with remixing capability 32
unless otherwise allowed. 33
c. When end dump trucks are used, ensure the bed does not contact the paver 34
when raised. 35
2. Operations 36
a. Clean all truck beds before use to ensure the mixture is not contaminated. 37
b. Provide trucks with enclosed sides to prevent asphalt mixture loss. 38
c. Cover each load of mixture with waterproof tarpaulins. 39
d. Coat the inside truck beds, when necessary, with a City approved release agent. 40
e. Petroleum based products, such as diesel fuel will not be allowed. 41
B. Surface Preparation 42
1. Asphalt Placement 43
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 28 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Prepare the surface by removing raised pavement markers and objectionable 1
material such as moisture, dirt, sand leaves, and other loose impediments from 2
the surface before placing. 3
b. Remove vegetation from pavement edges. 4
2. Prime Coat 5
a. Prepare the surface by sweeping or other approved methods. 6
b. When directed lightly sprinkle the surface with water before applying prime 7
coat to control dust and ensure application. 8
3.4 INSTALLATION 9
A. Equipment 10
1. General 11
a. Provide equipment that does not damage underlying pavement. 12
b. Comply with laws and regulations concerning overweight vehicles 13
c. Use other equipment that will consistently produce satisfactorily results when 14
approved. 15
2. Batching Equipment 16
a. Batching equipment shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 41 17
14 00. 18
3. Asphalt Paver 19
a. General 20
1) Furnish a paver that will produce a finished surface that meets longitudinal 21
and transverse profile, typical section, and placement requirements 22
2) Ensure the paver does not support the weight of any portion of hauling 23
equipment other than the connection. 24
3) Provide loading equipment that does not transmit vibrations or other 25
motions to the paver that adversely affect the finished pavement quality. 26
4) Equip the paver with an automatic, dual, longitudinal-grade control system 27
and an automatic, transverse-grade control system. 28
b. Tractor Unit 29
1) The tractor unit will be able to push or propel vehicles dumping directly 30
into the finishing machine to obtain the desired lines and grades to 31
eliminate any hand finishing. 32
2) Equip the unit with a hitch that is able to maintain contact between the 33
hauling equipment’s rear wheels and the finishing machine’s pusher rollers 34
while mixture is loaded. 35
c. Screed 36
1) Provide a heated compacting screed that will produce a finished surface 37
that meets the longitudinal and transverse profile, typical section, and 38
placement requirements. 39
2) Screed extensions must provide the same compacting action and heating as 40
the main unit unless otherwise approved. 41
d. Grade Reference 42
1) Provide a grade reference with enough support that the maximum 43
deflection does not exceed 1/16 inch between supports. 44
2) Ensure that the longitudinal controls operate from any longitudinal grade 45
reference including a string line, ski, mobile reference, or joint matching 46
shoes. 47
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 29 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Material Transfer Devices (MTD) 1
a. Provide the specified type of device if showed on drawings. 2
b. Ensure the devices provide a continuous, uniform mixture flow to the paver. 3
5. Remixing Equipment 4
a. Provide equipment that includes a pug mill, variable pitch augers, or variable 5
diameter augers operating under a storage unit with a minimum capacity of 8 6
tons. 7
6. Motor Grader 8
a. Provide a self-propelled grader with a blade length of at least 12 feet and a 9
wheelbase of at least 16 feet. 10
7. Hand-Held Thermal Camera or Thermal Imaging System 11
a. Provide a hand-held thermal camera or thermal imaging system meeting the 12
requirements of Tex-244-F. 13
b. A thermal imaging system is the preferred method for obtaining temperatures. 14
8. Rollers 15
a. Provide rolling equipment required to achieve adequate compaction based on 16
site conditions. If compaction is not achieved based on Site Quality Testing due 17
to inadequate rollers, provide new rolling equipment. Any rolled utilizing 18
inadequate rollers is subject to removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 19
b. Use a pneumatic-tire roller to seal the surface unless excessive pickup of fines 20
occurs. 21
c. Provide rollers meeting the requirements in Table 16 for each type of roller 22
required for compaction. 23
Table 16 24
Roller Requirements1 25
Roller Type Materials to be
Compacted
Load
(Tons)
Contact
Pressure
Roller Speed
(MPH)
Steel Wheel Asphalt Greater than or
equal to 10
Greater than or
equal to 325
pounds per inch
of wheel width
2 – 3
Vibratory Asphalt
Type A< 6
Type B > 6
Type C as
specified in the
Drawings
Per equipment
specification and
as approved
As approved
Light Pneumatic
Asphalt,
Prime Coat,
Tack Coat,
Fog Seal
4.5 – 90 Greater than or
equal to 45 psi 4 – 12
Medium
Pneumatic Asphalt 12 – 25
Greater than or
equal to 80 psi,
as directed
4 – 12
1. Unless otherwise specified by the City or the drawings.
9. Straightedges and Templates 26
a. Furnish 10 foot straightedges and other templates as required or approved. 27
10. Distributor Vehicles 28
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 30 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Furnish vehicles that can achieve a uniform placement 1
b. The nozzle patterns, spray bar height, and distribution pressure must work 2
together to produce uniform application. 3
c. The vehicle should be set to provide a “double lap” or “triple lap” coverage. 4
d. Nozzle spray patterns should be identical to one another along the distributor 5
spray bar. 6
e. Spray bar height should remain constant. 7
f. Pressure within the distributor must be able to force the tack coat, fog seal, 8
and/or PCE material out of spray nozzles at a constant rate. 9
B. Coring Equipment 10
1. Provide equipment suitable to obtain a pavement specimen meeting the dimensions 11
for testing when coring is required. 12
C. Ride Quality Equipment 13
1. Surface Test Type A 14
a. Provide a 10-foot straightedge 15
b. A high-speed or lightweight inertial profiler certified at the Texas A&M 16
Transportation Institute may be used when approved by the City. 17
2. Surface Test Type B 18
a. Provide a high-speed or lightweight inertial profiler certified at the Texas A&M 19
Transportation Institute. 20
b. Provide equipment certification documentation. 21
c. Display a current decal on the equipment indicating the certification expiration 22
date. 23
d. Use a certified profiler operator from TxDOT’s MPL or as approved by the 24
City. When requested, furnish documentation for the person certified to operate 25
the profiler. 26
3. Diamond Grinding Equipment 27
a. Provide self-propelled powered grinding equipment specifically designed to 28
smooth and texture pavements using circular diamond blades when grinding is 29
required. 30
b. Provide equipment with automatic grade control capable of grinding at least 3 31
feet of width longitudinally in each pass without damaging the pavement. 32
D. Placement Operations 33
1. General 34
a. Collect haul tickets from each load of mixture delivered to the project and 35
provide to the City as directed. 36
b. Measure and record the internal temperature of the asphalt mixture using a 37
hand-held thermal camera or an infrared thermometer when a thermal imaging 38
system is not used. A thermal imaging system is the City’s preferred method for 39
measuring temperatures. 40
c. Measure the temperature as it is discharged from the truck or Material Transfer 41
Device (MTD) to the paver. Do not measure the temperature after the mix has 42
already entered the paver. 43
d. Record an approximate station number or GPS coordinate on each ticket. 44
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 31 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Calculate the daily yield and cumulative yield for the specified lift and provide 1
to the City at the end of paving operations for each day unless otherwise 2
directed. 3
f. The City may suspend production if the Contractor fails to produce and provide 4
haul tickets and yield calculations by the end of paving operations for each day. 5
g. Place the mixture to meet the typical section requirements and produce a 6
smooth finished surface with a uniform appearance and texture. 7
h. Offset longitudinal joints of successive courses of hot-mix asphalt between 3 8
and 5 feet. The City may require any successive course that is not placed with 9
an offset to be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 10
i. Place mixture so that longitudinal joints on the surface course coincide with 11
lane lines or as directed. 12
j. Ensure that all finished surfaces will drain properly. 13
k. Placement can be performed by hand in situations where the paver cannot place 14
it adequately due to space restrictions. 15
l. Receive approval from the City prior to placing any asphalt pavement by hand. 16
m. Hand-placing should be minimized to prevent aggregate segregation and 17
surface texture issues. 18
n. All hand placement will be checked with a straightedge or template before 19
rolling to ensure uniformity. 20
o. Place the mixture at the rate or thickness specified in the Drawings. 21
p. The specified layer thickness is based on the rate of 110 pounds per square yard 22
per inch of pavement unless another rate is specified in the Drawings. 23
q. Install asphalt lifts in accordance with the recommended thicknesses shown on 24
Table 17. 25
Table 17 26
Compacted Lift Thickness and Required Core Height 27
Mixture Type
Compacted Lift Thickness Guidelines Minimum
Untrimmed Core
Height (inch) Eligible
for Testing
Minimum
(inch)
Maximum
(inch)
Recommended
(inch)
B
(Intermediate and
Base Course)
2.50 5.0 3.0 1.75
C
(Surface Course) 2.0 4.0 3.0 1.50
D
(Residential Only
Surface Couse)
1.50 3.0 2.0 1.25
1. Testing 28
a. Perform coring and testing in accordance with Site Quality Control. 29
2. Tack Coat 30
a. Tack coat is required when the current lift is not paved the same day as the 31
previous lift, during overlay procedures, or any time an asphalt layer is added 32
on top of cold asphalt. 33
b. Clean the surface before placing the tack coat. 34
c. Tack coat is subsidiary to the appropriate corresponding asphalt bid item when 35
used. 36
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 32 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Distribute the material smoothly at a rate of 0.10 gallons of residual asphalt per 1
square yard of surface area unless otherwise approved by the City or specified 2
in the Drawings. 3
e. Apply a uniform tack coat at the specified rate unless otherwise directed. 4
f. Apply the tack coat in a uniform manner to avoid streaks and other irregular 5
patterns. 6
g. Apply a thin, uniform tack coat to curbs, gutters, vertical faces of existing 7
pavements, and all structures in actual contact with asphaltic mixes. 8
h. Allow adequate time for emulsion to break completely before placing any 9
material. 10
i. Prevent splattering of tack coat onto adjacent features or structures. 11
j. The City may use Tex-243-F to verify that the tack coat has adequate adhesive 12
properties and may suspend paving operations if the tack coat is considered 13
non-conforming. 14
k. Place the tack coat in advance of paving to allow enough time to break or set 15
before applying hot-mix asphalt layers. 16
l. Roll the tack coat with a pneumatic-tire roller to remove streaks and other 17
irregular patterns when directed. 18
m. Do not allow traffic on tack coat unless covered with blotter material. 19
n. Blotter Material 20
1) Blotter material is subsidiary to tack coat when used. 21
2) Provide blotter material consisting of either base course sweepings obtained 22
from cleaning the base or native sand unless otherwise specified in the 23
Drawings or directed by the City. 24
3) A typical application rate for blotter material is 4 to 8 pounds per square 25
yard. 26
3. Prime Coat 27
a. Prime coat is required to be placed on any subgrade that is not paved 28
immediately. 29
b. Prime coat is subsidiary to the appropriate corresponding asphalt bid item when 30
used. 31
c. Apply material within 15 degrees Fahrenheit of the approved temperature in 32
accordance with Deliver, Storage, and Handling. 33
d. Do not exceed maximum temperatures in accordance with Delivery, Storage, 34
and Handling. 35
e. Distribute the material smoothly at a rate of 0.10 gallons per square yard of 36
surface area unless otherwise approved by the City or specified in the 37
Drawings. 38
f. Roll the freshly applied prime coat with a pneumatic-tire roller to ensure 39
penetration when directed. 40
g. Before allowing traffic to use a primed surface, apply asphalt base course or 41
blotter material. 42
h. Provide blotter material in accordance with Tack Coat. 43
4. Lay-Down Operations 44
a. Thermal Profile 45
1) General 46
a) Use a hand-held thermal camera or thermal imaging system to obtain a 47
continuous thermal profile in accordance with Tex-244-F. 48
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 33 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
b) Use a thermal imaging system where possible. The use of a hand-held 1
thermal camera is only permitted when it is not feasible to use a 2
thermal imaging system. Receive approval from the City before using a 3
hand-held thermal camera. 4
2) Thermal Segregation 5
a) Moderate 6
(1) Any areas that have a temperature differential greater than 25 7
degrees Fahrenheit, but not exceeding 50 degrees Fahrenheit are 8
deemed as having moderate thermal segregation. 9
b) Severe 10
(1) Any areas that have a temperature differential greater than 50 11
degrees Fahrenheit are deemed as having severe thermal 12
segregation. 13
3) Thermal Imaging System 14
a) This is the preferred method by the City to prepare thermal profiles and 15
measure thermal segregation. 16
b) Review the output results when a thermal imaging system is used. 17
c) Provide the automated report described in Tex-244-F to the City daily 18
unless otherwise directed. 19
d) Modify the paving process as necessary to eliminate any recurring 20
(moderate or severe) thermal segregation identified by the thermal 21
imaging system. 22
e) The City may suspend paving operations if the Contractor cannot 23
successfully modify the paving process to eliminate recurring severe 24
thermal segregation. 25
f) Density profiles are not required when using a thermal imaging system. 26
g) Provide the City with electronic copies of all daily data files that can be 27
used with the thermal imaging system software to general temperature 28
profile plots upon completion of the project or as requested. 29
4) Thermal Camera 30
a) Refer to Asphalt Production Acceptance for size of lots and sublots. 31
b) Take immediate corrective action to eliminate recurring moderate 32
thermal segregation when a hand-held thermal camera is used. 33
c) Provide the City with the thermal profile produced in accordance with 34
Tex-244-F of every sublot within one working day of the completion of 35
each lot in accordance with Site Quality Control. 36
d) Suspend operations and take immediate corrective action to eliminate 37
severe thermal segregation unless otherwise directed. 38
e) Resume operations when the City determines that subsequent 39
production will meet the requirements of this specification. 40
f) Evaluate areas with severe thermal segregation by performing density 41
profiles in accordance with Site Quality Control. 42
g) Remove and replace the material in any areas that have both severe 43
thermal segregation and a failing result for Segregation (Density 44
Profile) unless otherwise directed. 45
h) Any asphalt removed and replaced due to non-conformance with the 46
requirements of this specification will be at no cost to the City. 47
b. Screed Heaters 48
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 34 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
1) Turn off screed heaters to prevent overheating of the mat if the paver stops 1
for more than 5 minutes. 2
2) The City may evaluate the suspect area in accordance with Site Quality 3
Control if the screed heater remains on for more than 5 minutes while the 4
paver is stopped. 5
E. Compaction 6
1. General 7
a. Compact the pavement uniformly to contain between 3.8 percent and 8.5 8
percent in-place air voids. 9
b. Take immediate corrective action to bring the operation within 3.8 percent and 10
8.5 percent when the in-place air voids exceed the range of these tolerances. 11
c. The City will allow paving to resume when the proposed corrective action is 12
likely to yield between 3.8 percent and 8.5 percent in-place air voids. 13
2. Rollers 14
a. Provide rollers that meet the Equipment requirements of this specification. 15
b. Use additional rollers as required to remove any roller marks. 16
c. Use only water or an approved release agent on rollers, tamps, and other 17
compaction equipment unless otherwise directed. 18
d. Use the control strip method shown in Tex-207-F, Part 4 on the first day of 19
production to establish the rolling pattern that will produce the desired in-place 20
air voids unless otherwise directed. 21
e. Use the approved rolling pattern for the remainder of the project unless 22
otherwise directed. 23
3. Tamps 24
a. Use tamps to thoroughly compact the edges of the pavement along curbs, 25
headers, and similar structures. 26
b. Use tamps only in locations that will not allow thorough compaction with 27
rollers. 28
c. The City may require rolling with a trench roller on widened areas, in trenches, 29
and in other limited areas. 30
4. Temperature 31
a. Complete all compaction operations before the pavement temperature drops 32
below 160 degrees Fahrenheit unless otherwise allowed. 33
b. The City may allow compaction with a light finish roller operated in static 34
mode for pavement temperatures below 160 degrees Fahrenheit. 35
c. Allow the compacted pavement to cool to 160 degrees Fahrenheit or lower 36
before opening to traffic unless otherwise directed. 37
d. When directed, sprinkle the finished mat with water or limewater to expedite 38
opening the roadway to traffic. 39
3.5 REPAIR 40
A. Repair flexible pavement in accordance with Section 32 01 17. 41
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 42
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 43
A. Placement Acceptance 44
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 35 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
1. General 1
a. Shoulders, Ramps, Etc 2
1) Shoulders, ramps, intersections, acceleration lanes, deceleration lanes, and 3
turn lanes are subject to in-place air void determination unless otherwise 4
specified in the Drawings. 5
2) Intersections may be considered miscellaneous areas when determined by 6
the City. 7
3) Production Lot – Refer to Production Acceptance 8
b. Miscellaneous Areas 9
1) Areas that typically involve significant handwork or discontinuous paving 10
operations. These would include: 11
a) Temporary detours 12
b) Driveways 13
c) Mailbox turnouts 14
d) Crossovers 15
e) Gores 16
f) Spot level-up areas 17
g) Other similar areas 18
2) Miscellaneous areas also include level-ups and thin overlays when the layer 19
thickness specified on the plans is less than the minimum untrimmed core 20
height eligible for testing shown in Table 17. 21
3) Miscellaneous areas are not eligible for random placement sampling 22
locations. 23
4) Compact miscellaneous areas in accordance with Compaction. 24
5) Miscellaneous areas are not subject to in-place air void determination, 25
thermal profiles testing, segregation (density profiles), or longitudinal joint 26
density evaluations. 27
2. Placement Sampling 28
a. General 29
1) Provide the equipment and means to obtain and trim roadway cores on-site. 30
2) Obtain the cores within 1 working day of the time the placement area is 31
completed unless otherwise approved. 32
3) Random coring locations may be requested by the City based on visual 33
irregularities in the pavement. 34
4) Shoulders, ramps, intersections, acceleration lanes, deceleration lanes, and 35
turn lanes are always eligible for selection as a random sample location. 36
b. Coring Location, Sizes, and Identification 37
1) Coring Set: 38
a) Is defined as all of the pavement cores across the full width of the 39
roadway for the station location determined at the beginning of each 40
day. 41
b) Provide one core on the inside an outside edge of each travel lane 42
across the full width of the roadway. 43
c) Provide a 2 foot clearance from a longitudinal joint or edge of 44
pavement. 45
2) Location 46
a) Mark station locations where core sampling is to be taken at the 47
beginning of each day. 48
b) For projects placing more than 1,000 tons of asphalt per day: 49
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 36 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
(1) Perform tests in accordance with Table 19 and Site Quality 1
Control. 2
c) For projects placing less than 1,000 tons of asphalt per day: 3
(1) Provide a Coring Set at only one location per day unless additional 4
cores are requested by the City based on irregularities or suspicion 5
that the pavement is non-conforming. 6
(2) Request approval from the City for the core location prior to 7
coring. 8
d) For projects placing less than 100 tons of asphalt per day: 9
(1) City may exempt the Contractor from collecting pavement cores 10
each day. 11
(2) Coordinate with the City to determine how many pavement core 12
sets will be required for testing. 13
(3) The City may request pavement cores at any time for verification 14
testing. 15
3) Sizes 16
a) For TY D pavement, cores will be 4 inch in diameter 17
b) For TY B and TY C pavement, cores will be 6 inch in diameter. 18
4) Identification: 19
a) Identification number 20
b) Station location 21
c) The untrimmed core height 22
c. Pavement Cores 23
1) The City inspector will witness the coring operation and measurement of 24
the core thickness. 25
2) The inspector should visually inspect each core to verify current paving 26
layer is bonded to the underlying layer. 27
3) Take corrective action if an adequate bond does not exist between the 28
current and underlying layer to ensure an adequate bond will be achieved 29
during subsequent placement operations. 30
4) The untrimmed core height must be in accordance with the requirements in 31
Table 17. 32
5) If the cores are an acceptable height, trim the cores immediately after 33
obtaining the cores in accordance with Tex-207-F. 34
6) Any core that does not meet the requirements in Table 17 will be rejected. 35
7) The City may request additional cores to be taken within the area. If more 36
than 2 cores are non-conforming, the pavement area may be subject to 37
removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 38
8) Trim the cores on-site in the presence of the inspector. The cores may be 39
trimmed by the testing lab if approved by the City. 40
9) Blind Coring Locations 41
a) The City may select “blind” coring locations throughout the project for 42
verification testing. 43
b) Test the blind pavement cores in accordance with asphalt placement 44
testing and provide testing and evaluation reports to the City in 45
accordance with Action Submittals. 46
d. Core Hole repair 47
1) Dry the core holes and tack the sides and bottom immediately after 48
obtaining the cores. 49
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 37 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Fill the hole with the same type of mixture and properly compact the 1
mixture. 2
3) Holes may be repaired with other methods approved by the City. 3
3. Placement Testing 4
a. General 5
1) Perform placement tests in accordance with Table 19 and 20. 6
2) The City may suspend work at any time if any of the test results are non-7
conforming with the requirements of this specification. 8
3) Verification Testing 9
a) The City may request the Contractor to perform additional testing to 10
verify compliance, or the City may perform verification testing 11
utilizing a third-party testing laboratory. 12
b) The City may request verification testing at any time if production is 13
suspected to be non-conforming. 14
b. In-Place Air Voids 15
1) Measure in-place air voids in accordance with Tex-207-F and Tex-227-F. 16
2) Before drying to a constant weight, cores may be pre-dried using a Corelok 17
or similar vacuum device to remove excess moisture. 18
3) Average the values obtained for all cores taken during each production day 19
to determine the theoretical maximum specific gravity. 20
4) Use the average air void content for in-place air voids. 21
5) Use the vacuum method to seal the core if required by Tex-207-F. 22
6) Remove and replace any area with in-place air voids less than 2.8 percent 23
or greater than 9.5 percent. 24
c. Segregation (Density Profile) 25
1) Test for segregation using density profiles in accordance with Tex-207-F, 26
Part 5. Density profiles are not required if a thermal imaging system is 27
used. 28
2) Perform a density profile every time the paver stops for more than 60 29
seconds on areas that are identified by either the Contractor or the City as 30
having thermal segregation. Perform density profiles on any visibly 31
segregated areas unless otherwise approved. 32
3) Perform a minimum of one profile per sublot if the paver does not stop for 33
more than 60 seconds and there are no visibly segregated areas or areas that 34
are identified as having thermal segregation. 35
4) Provide the City with the density profiles of every sublot in the lot within 36
one working day of the completion of each lot. 37
5) The density profile is considered failing if it exceeds the tolerances in Table 38
20. 39
6) The City may require the Contractor to remove and replace the area in 40
question if the area fails the density profile and has surface irregularities as 41
defined in Irregularities. Remove and replace the failing area at no cost to 42
the City. 43
7) Investigate density profile failures and take corrective actions during 44
production and placement to eliminate the segregation. 45
8) Suspend production if 2 consecutive density profiles fail unless otherwise 46
approved. 47
9) Resume production after the City approves changes to production or 48
placement methods. 49
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 38 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Longitudinal Joint Density 1
1) Informational Tests 2
a) Perform joint density evaluations while establishing the rolling pattern 3
and verify that the joint density is no more than 3.0 pounds per cubic 4
foot below the density taken at or near the center of the mat. 5
b) Adjust the rolling pattern, if needed, to achieve the desired joint 6
density. 7
c) Perform additional joint density evaluations as directed by the City. 8
2) Record Tests 9
a) Perform a joint density test 2 to 4 times a day or as directed by the City 10
along all joints that will become a longitudinal joint. 11
b) Joint density evaluations are not applicable in areas described as 12
Miscellaneous Areas. 13
c) Determine the joint density in accordance with Tex-207-F, Part 7. 14
d) Record the joint density information and submit results to the City. 15
e) The evaluation is considered failing if the joint density is more than 3.0 16
pounds per cubic foot below the density taken at the nearest core 17
sample location and the correlated joint density is less than 90 percent. 18
f) Provide the City with the density profile of every test within 1 working 19
day of the completion of each working day. 20
g) Investigate joint density failures and take corrective actions during 21
production and placement to improve joint density. Suspend production 22
if the evaluations on 2 consecutive tests fail unless otherwise approved. 23
h) Resume production after Engineer approves changes to production or 24
placement methods. 25
e. Hamburg Wheel Test 26
1) The City may perform a Hamburg Wheel test at any time during production 27
or placement including when the boil test indicates a change in quality from 28
the materials submitted for the trial batch. 29
2) The City may request additional cores to be taken and the Hamburg Wheel 30
test to be performed where rutting is observed. 31
3) Suspend production until further Hamburg Wheel tests meet the specified 32
values when the production or core samples fail the Hamburg Wheel test 33
criteria in Table 18. 34
4) Obtain core samples from the center of the finished mat or other areas 35
excluding the vehicle when path. 36
5) The City may require up to the entire area of any mixture failing the 37
Hamburg Wheel test to be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s 38
expense. 39
6) If the City determines the material to be removed and replaced, the 40
Contractor may request the City re-test the failing material. 41
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 39 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 18 1
Hamburg Wheel Test Requirements 2
High-Temperature
Binder Grade Test Method
Minimum Number of Passes at 12.5 mm1
Rut Depth, Tested at 50 degrees Celsius
PG 64 Tex-242-F 10,0002
PG 70 15,0003
1. When the rut depth at the required minimum number of passes is less than 3 mm, the City may require the
Contractor to increase the target laboratory-molded density (TGC) by 0.5 percent to no more than 97.5 percent.
2. May be decreased to no less than 5,000 passes when specified in the Drawings.
3. May be decreased to no less than 10,000 passes when specified in the Drawings
f. Recovered Asphalt Dynamic Shear Rheometer (DSR) and Aging Ratio 3
1) The aging ratio is the DSR value of the extracted binder divided by the 4
DSR value of the original unaged binder. 5
2) The City may request an aging ratio test be performed on production 6
samples or cores from suspect areas of the project to determine recovered 7
asphalt properties. 8
3) Asphalt binders with an aging ratio greater than 3.5 do not meet the 9
requirements for recovered asphalt properties and may be deemed 10
defective. 11
4) Obtain DSR values in accordance with AASTO T 315 at the specified high 12
temperature performance grade of the asphalt. 13
5) Recover the asphalt binder for testing from production samples or cores in 14
accordance with Tex-211-F. 15
6) The City may require removal and replacement of the defective material at 16
the Contractor’s expense. 17
g. Irregularities 18
1) Identify and correct irregularities including segregation, rutting, raveling, 19
flushing, fat spots, mat slippage, irregular color, irregular texture, roller 20
marks, tears, gouges, streaks, uncoated aggregate particles, or broken 21
aggregate particles. 22
2) If the City determines that the irregularity will adversely affect pavement 23
performance, the City may require the Contractor remove and replace the 24
non-conforming area at no cost to the City. 25
3) If irregularities are detected, the City may require the Contractor to 26
immediately suspend operations. The City may allow the Contractor to 27
continue operations for more than one day while the Contractor is taking 28
appropriate corrective action. 29
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 40 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 19 1
Placement Testing 2
Description
Test
Method
Allowable
Tolerances
Contractor
Testing
Frequency1
City Verification
Testing
Frequency
In-place air voids,
percent
Tex-207-F
and Tex-
227-F
+/- 1.0 1 per sublot The City may
request the
Contractor to
perform additional
verification testing
throughout the
project. No more
than an additional
10 percent of each
test performed will
be requested
The City may
perform
verification testing
utilizing a third
party testing
laboratory.
Segregation (density
profile)
Tex-207-F,
Part 4 N/A 1 per sublot
Longitudinal joint
density
Tex-207-F,
Part 7 N/A 1 per sublot
Recycled asphalt
shingles (RAS)
Tex-217-F,
Part 3 N/A As requested
Thermal profile2 Tex-244-F N/A 1 per sublot
Asphalt binder
sampling and testing Tex-500-C N/A 1 per sublot
Tack coat sampling and
testing
Tex-500-C,
Part 3 N/A As requested
Aging ratio, maximum
ratio
AASHTO
T315 3.5 As requested
Establish a Rolling
Pattern Tex-207-F See Compaction
Ride quality Tex-1001-S See Ride Quality
1. For projects placing less than 700 tons of asphalt pavement per day, refer to Placement Sampling.
2. If using a thermal imaging system, provide the automated report daily unless otherwise directed. If using a
thermal camera, provide a thermal profile per sublot daily unless otherwise directed.
3. For all tests that have N./A for tolerances, material must conform to requirements provided within this
specification. No tolerances are allowed.
Table 20 3
Segregation (Density Profile) Acceptance Criteria 4
Mixture Type
Maximum Allowable
Density Range
(Highest to Lowest)
Maximum Allowable
Density Average
(Average to Lowest)
Type B 8.0 pounds per cubic foot 5.0 pounds per cubic foot
Type C and Type D 6.0 pounds per cubic foot 3.0 pounds per cubic foot
B. Ride Quality 5
1. General 6
a. Provide pavement to have a finished grade that is smooth and true to the 7
established line, grade, and cross-section. 8
b. Ride quality will be measured parallel (longitudinal) and perpendicular 9
(transverse) to the centerline of the roadway for pavement surfaces. 10
2. Transverse Profile Measurements 11
a. Use a 10-foot straightedge to perform ride quality tests or a high-speed or 12
lightweight inertial profiler that has been certified at the Texas A&M 13
Transportation Institute. 14
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 41 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
1) If using an inertial profiler, provide equipment certification documentation, 1
display a current decal on the equipment indicating the certification 2
expiration date, and use a certified profiler operator from TxDOT’s 3
Material Producer List. 4
2) Use an inertial profiler when requested by the City. 5
3) Provide documentation of profiles when requested by the City. 6
b. Perform tests daily throughout the duration of the project. 7
c. Perform tests on the finished surface of the completed project or at the 8
completion of a major stage of construction as approved. 9
d. Perform testing during off-peak traffic flow. Operate the inertial profiler in a 10
manner that does not disrupt traffic flow as directed. 11
e. When measuring the ride quality on a surface open to traffic, use a moving 12
traffic control plan in accordance with Part 6 of the TMUTCD and the 13
drawings. 14
3. Acceptance Plan 15
a. General 16
1) Evaluate longitudinal and transverse profiles to verify there is not more 17
than 1/8-inch variation between any 2 contacts. Perform corrective action 18
on surface areas that have more than 1/8-inch variation between any 2 19
contacts 20
2) Fog seal the aggregate exposed by diamond grinding or other approved 21
work methods. 22
3) When a fog seal is required, use a fog seal that conforms to the 23
requirements for cationic emulsified asphalt, CSS-1h, within this 24
specification. 25
b. Localized Roughness 26
1) Determine areas of localized roughness using the individual profile from 27
each wheel path. 28
2) Use a 10-foot straightedge to locate areas that have more than 1/8-inch 29
variation between any 2 contacts on the straightedge. 30
3) The City may waive localized roughness requirements for deficiencies 31
resulting from manholes or other similar appurtenances near the wheel 32
paths. 33
c. Corrective Action 34
1) Use diamond grinding to correct variations in the pavement surface or 35
localized roughness. 36
2) After making corrections, reprofile the pavement section to verify that 37
corrections have produced the required improvements. 38
3) If corrective action does not produce the required improvement, the City 39
may require: 40
a) Continued corrective action 41
b) Removal and replacement of area at no cost to the City. The City may 42
negotiate a reduced payment amount for the defective area to remain in 43
place. 44
C. Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving 45
1. Does not require any placement sampling or testing. 46
2. Acceptance Plan 47
a. Acceptable ride quality includes: 48
32 12 16
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 42 of 42
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised July 28, 2020
1) A maximum depth of potholes to be 0.25 inches. 1
2) Maintain temporary hot-mix asphalt in accordance with 32 01 17. 2
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 4
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 5
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 6
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 7
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 8
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 9
END OF SECTION 10
11
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 1 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 13 13 1
CONCRETE PAVING 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Material requirements and construction methods for: 6
a. Concrete pavement classes 7
b. Concrete pavement 8
c. Concrete street header 9
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13
Contract. 14
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 16
4. Section 32 01 29 – Concrete Paving Repair. 17
5. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 18
6. Section 32 13 73 – Concrete Paving Joint Sealants. 19
7. Section 41 14 00 – Batching Equipment. 20
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21
A. Measurement and Payment 22
1. Concrete Pavement 23
a. Measurement 24
1) Measured per square yard from back of curb to back of curb or edge of 25
concrete to edge of concrete for Concrete Pavement installed. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per square yard for Concrete Pavement installed for: 30
a) Various depths. 31
c. The price bid shall include: 32
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Pavement as specified by the Drawings 33
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 34
3) Water 35
4) Loading 36
5) Unloading 37
6) Storing 38
7) Hauling 39
8) Handling of materials 40
9) Traffic control for all testing 41
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 2 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
10) Trial batches (as needed) 1
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 2
12) Concrete 3
13) Aggregate 4
14) Supplementary cementing materials 5
15) Concrete additives 6
16) Mixing 7
17) Placement of concrete 8
18) Finishing of concrete 9
19) Curing and curing compounds 10
20) Sawing 11
21) Joint sealant 12
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 13
23) Disposal of excess material 14
24) Clean-up 15
2. Concrete Pavement (HES) 16
a. Measurement 17
1) Measured per square yard from back of curb to back of curb or edge of 18
concrete to edge of concrete for Concrete Pavement (HES) installed. 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 21
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 22
price bid per square yard for Concrete Pavement (HES) installed for: 23
a) Various depths. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Pavement (HES) as specified by the 26
Drawings 27
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 28
3) Water 29
4) Loading 30
5) Unloading 31
6) Storing 32
7) Hauling 33
8) Handling of materials 34
9) Traffic control for all testing 35
10) Trial batches (as needed) 36
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 37
12) Concrete 38
13) Aggregate 39
14) Supplementary cementing materials 40
15) Concrete additives 41
16) Mixing 42
17) Placement of concrete 43
18) Finishing of concrete 44
19) Curing and curing compounds 45
20) Sawing 46
21) Joint sealant 47
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 48
23) Disposal of excess material 49
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 3 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
24) Clean-up 1
3. Concrete Street Header 2
a. Measurement 3
1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Street Header installed. 4
b. Payment 5
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 6
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 7
price bid per linear foot for Concrete Street Header installed. 8
c. The price bid shall include: 9
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Street Header as specified by the 10
Drawings 11
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 12
3) Water 13
4) Loading 14
5) Unloading 15
6) Storing 16
7) Hauling 17
8) Handling of materials 18
9) Traffic control for all testing 19
10) Trial batches (as needed) 20
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 21
12) Concrete 22
13) Aggregate 23
14) Supplementary cementing materials 24
15) Concrete additives 25
16) Mixing 26
17) Placement of concrete 27
18) Finishing of concrete 28
19) Curing and curing compounds 29
20) Sawing 30
21) Joint sealant 31
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 32
23) Disposal of excess material 33
24) Clean-up 34
1.3 REFERENCES 35
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 36
1. ACI – American Concrete Institute 37
2. AASHTO – American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 38
3. ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials 39
4. HES – High Early Strength 40
5. TxDOT – Texas Department of Transportation 41
6. W/C – Water to cement ratio 42
7. SCM – Supplementary Cementing Materials 43
8. UFFA – Ultra-Fine Fly Ash 44
9. MFFA – Modified Class F Fly Ash 45
10. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 46
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 4 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
11. KSI – Kilopound per Square Inch 1
B. Reference Standards 2
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 3
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 4
unless a date is specifically cited. 5
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 6
a. AASHTO T26, Standard Method of Test for Quality of Water to be Used in 7
Concrete 8
3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 9
a. C31, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the 10
Field 11
b. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 12
Specimens 13
c. C42, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed 14
Beams of Concrete 15
d. C1602, Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of 16
Hydraulic Cement Concrete 17
4. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 18
a. ACI 305.1-14, Standard Specification for Hot Weathering Concreting 19
b. ACI 306.1-90, Standard Specification for Cold Weathering Concreting 20
c. ACI 301-16, Specifications for Structural Concrete 21
d. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 22
5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 23
Specifications (DMS) 24
a. DMS–4515, Multiple-Piece Tie Bars for Concrete Pavement 25
b. DMS–4600, Hydraulic Cement 26
c. DMS–4640, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 27
d. DMS–4650, Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation 28
Retardants 29
e. DMS–6100, Epoxies and Adhesives 30
f. DMS-6310, Joint Sealants and Fillers 31
6. TxDOT Test Procedures: 32
a. Tex-422-A, Measuring Temperature of Freshly Mixed Portland Cement 33
b. Tex-423-A, Determining Concrete Thickness by Direct Measurement 34
c. Tex-424-A, Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores of Concrete 35
d. Tex-470-A, Optimized Aggregate Gradation for Hydraulic Cement Concrete 36
Mix Designs 37
e. Tex-472-A, Uniformity of Concrete 38
f. Tex-612-J, Acid Insoluble Residue for Fine Aggregate 39
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 40
A. Pre-Paving Meeting 41
1. Hold meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under Concrete 42
Paving. 43
2. Invite the City and appropriate representatives. 44
3. Prior to pre-paving meeting, prepare the following: 45
46
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 5 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Paving Plan 1
1) Paving widths 2
2) Jointing plan: 3
a) Locations and labels for all joint types including longitudinal and 4
transverse construction joint locations 5
3) Confirm rebar sizes for pavement reinforcing. 6
4) Confirm hand-pour location and equipment to be used for forming, 7
pouring, compacting, and finishing concrete. 8
5) Texturizing method (broom or tining) and direction (longitudinal or 9
transverse) 10
6) Consolidation methods at joints 11
b. Paving Process 12
1) Process to balance production, delivery, paving, and compaction to achieve 13
continuous placement operations and good ride quality. 14
c. All Action and Information Submittals to be reviewed and approved prior to 15
Pre-Paving Meeting. 16
4. During the Pre-Paving Meeting, determine whether tining or a broom finish is 17
preferred by the City unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 18
B. Night Work and Noise 19
1. Comply with all City Noise Ordinance in accordance with the General Conditions. 20
2. Night work will require prior City approval in accordance with the General 21
Conditions. 22
1.5 SUBMITTALS 23
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 24
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any Concrete 25
Paving activities. 26
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 27
A. Shop Drawings: 28
1. Concrete Mix Design 29
a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 30
b. Statement from the concrete supplier verifying concrete has been tested and 31
handled in accordance with ASTM C94. 32
2. Jointing Layout 33
a. Provide a jointing layout if one is not provided in the Drawings. 34
3. Product Data 35
a. Provide the following from each manufacturer supplying the following in 36
accordance with Section 03 00 00: 37
1) Curing compounds 38
2) Evaporation retardant 39
3) Joint fillers 40
4) Chemical additives 41
5) Epoxy 42
43
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 6 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Informational Submittals: 1
1. Source Locations 2
a. Location of all material sources 3
2. Testing Laboratory 4
a. Submit for review and approval the following information for each testing 5
laboratory used on the project: 6
1) Testing Laboratory Name 7
2) Location 8
3) What tests will be performed at the lab if multiple labs are used. 9
4) ACI Certification – All labs and Contractor personnel performing concrete 10
testing must be ACI certified. 11
3. Equipment Information 12
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 13
1) Equipment name and description 14
2) Size 15
3) Intended use 16
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 17
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 18
1. All test reports generated during testing. 19
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 21
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 22
A. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 23
00. 24
B. Storage and Stockpiling 25
1. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material 26
a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 27
2. Steel Reinforcement 28
a. Store reinforcement above ground surface on skids, platforms, or other support. 29
b. Protect reinforcement from mechanical damage and surface deterioration 30
caused by exposure to conditions that could cause rust. 31
3. Chemical Admixture, Epoxy, Curing Compound, and Other Materials 32
a. Follow manufacturer’s instructions regarding storage and application at 33
temperatures of material. 34
4. Epoxy 35
a. Package components in airtight containers and protect from light and moisture. 36
b. Include detailed instructions for the application of the material and all safety 37
information and warnings regarding contact with the components. 38
c. Store epoxy and adhesive components at temperatures recommended by the 39
manufacturer. 40
41
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 7 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 1
A. Weather Conditions 2
1. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature exceeds 95 degrees 3
Fahrenheit. 4
2. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is below 40 5
degrees Fahrenheit and falling unless approved in writing by the City. 6
3. Concrete may be placed when the ambient temperature in the shade is above 35 7
degrees Fahrenheit and rising or above 40 degrees Fahrenheit. 8
4. Protect the pavement with an approved insulating material capable of protecting the 9
concrete for the specified curing period when temperatures warrant protection 10
against freezing. 11
5. Submit proposed measure to protect the concrete from anticipated freezing weather 12
for the first 72 hours after a concrete pour to the City for review. 13
6. Repair or replace all concrete damaged by freezing at no cost to the City. 14
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16
2.1. CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17
2.2. MATERIALS 18
A. Concrete Production Materials 19
1. Produce Class P1, P2, or HES concrete for concrete paving in accordance with 03 20
00 00. 21
a. Temperature 22
1) Pour concrete that is between 40 degrees and 95 degrees Fahrenheit when 23
measured in accordance with Tex-422-A at the time of discharge. 24
2) Take immediate corrective action or cease concrete placement when the 25
concrete temperature exceeds 95 degrees Fahrenheit. 26
2. Provide Cementitious Material and Water in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 27
3. Aggregate 28
a. General 29
1) Recycled crushed concrete may be used as coarse or fine aggregate in Class 30
A, B, E, and P concrete. 31
2) A maximum of 20 percent of the fine aggregate may consist of recycled 32
crushed concrete. 33
b. Coarse Aggregates 34
1) Provide coarse aggregate in accordance with Tex-470-A and Section 03 00 35
00 for P1, P2, or HES concrete based on the concrete classes specified on 36
the Drawings. 37
c. Fine Aggregates 38
1) Fine aggregate will consist of clean, hard, durable fragments in accordance 39
with Section 32 05 16. 40
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 8 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
≥ 60 percent
2) Use fine aggregate with an acid insoluble residue of at least 60 percent by 1
weight when tested in accordance with Tex-612-J in all concrete subject to 2
direct traffic. 3
3) Use the following equation to determine if aggregate combination meets the 4
acid insoluble residue requirement when blending fine aggregate: 5
6
(A1×P1) + (A2×P2) 7
100 8
Where: 9
A1 = acid insoluble (percent) of fine aggregate 1 10
A2 = acid insoluble (percent) of fine aggregate 2 11
P1 = percent by weight of fine aggregate 1 of the fine aggregate blend 12
P2 = percent by weight of the fine aggregate 2 of the fine aggregate blend 13
14
a) Instead of using the above equation, the following blending may be 15
done. 16
(1) Blend fine aggregate with a micro-deval loss of less than 12 17
percent when tested in accordance with Tex-461-A with at least 40 18
percent of a fine aggregate that has an acid insoluble residue of at 19
least 60 percent. 20
21
4) Provide fine aggregates in accordance with gradation shown in Table 1. 22
Table 1 23
Fine Aggregate Gradation Chart 24
Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight
3/8” 100
#4 95– 100
#8 80– 100
#16 50– 85
#30 25– 65
#50 10– 351
#100 0– 10
#200 0– 32
1. 6 – 35 when sand equivalent value is greater than 85 when tested in accordance with Tex-203-F.
2. 0 – 6 for manufactured sand.
4. Chemical Admixtures 25
a. General 26
1) Provide chemical admixtures in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 27
b. Water Reducing Admixture 28
1) Provide water-reducing admixtures in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 29
c. Air-Entraining Admixture 30
1) Provide air-entraining admixtures in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 31
B. Concrete Placement Materials 32
1. Reinforcing Steel 33
a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 34
2. Tie Bars 35
a. General 36
1) Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 37
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 9 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Use tie bars in longitudinal contraction and longitudinal construction joints. 1
3) Use support baskets to support the tie bars during concrete placement. Do 2
not use chairs or other support devices without prior approval from the 3
City. 4
4) Refer to this Section for installation requirements. 5
b. Multiple Piece Tie Bars 6
1) Use multiple piece tie bars along all longitudinal construction joints unless 7
otherwise approved by the City. 8
2) Do not use multiple piece tie bars for contraction joints or any transverse 9
joints. 10
3) Provide multiple piece tie-bars conforming to DMS-4515. 11
c. Single Piece Tie Bars 12
1) Use single piece tie bars for contraction joints only. 13
2) Single piece tie bars will only be accepted for longitudinal construction 14
joints when the existing concrete is already hardened in widening projects 15
or when performing maintenance work such as panel replacement or 16
concrete repair. 17
3. Dowel Bars 18
a. General 19
1) Provide dowel bars and dowel caps in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 20
2) Use dowel bars in transverse contraction joints and expansion joints. 21
3) Refer to this Section for installation requirements. 22
4. Reinforcement Supporting Devices 23
a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 24
5. Epoxy 25
a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 26
6. Evaporation Retardant 27
a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 28
7. Curing 29
a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 30
8. Joint Fillers (Expansion Joints) 31
a. Provide boards at the size, shape, and type specified in the Drawings. Use 32
redwood if the type of board is not specified in the Drawings. 33
1) Provide redwood timber boards for expansion joints in accordance with 34
DMS-6310. 35
b. Provide wood boards free of deformities and are smooth, flat, straight 36
throughout, and sufficiently rigid to allow for easy installation. 37
9. Joint Sealants 38
a. Provide joint sealants in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 39
2.3. ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 40
2.4. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 41
A. Tests and Inspections 42
1. Material Source Testing and Submittals 43
a. Resubmit Action Submittals affected if any material source locations or 44
concrete supplier is changed. 45
46
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 10 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Cementitious Materials 1
1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with this Section. 2
2) Perform testing in accordance with DMS-4600 3
3) Furnish in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 4
c. Water 5
1) Perform testing to verify the water is in accordance with the requirements 6
of AASHTO T26. 7
2) Mix water in accordance with ASTM C1602. 8
d. Aggregate Quality Requirements 9
1) Provide aggregates in accordance with all requirements in Section 32 05 16 10
and this Section. 11
e. Chemical Admixtures 12
1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with this Section. 13
2) Perform testing in accordance with DMS-4640 14
f. Epoxy, Evaporation Retardants, Curing Compounds, Joint Fillers, and Joint 15
Sealants 16
1) Provide manufacturer testing reports and product data in accordance with 17
this Section. 18
2) Perform testing in accordance with DMS-4650, DMS-6100, and DMS-19
6310. 20
PART 3 - EXECUTION 21
3.1. INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 22
3.2. EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 23
3.3. PREPARATION 24
A. Class P1, P2, and HES Preparation 25
1. Hauling 26
a. Clean delivery equipment as necessary to prevent accumulation of old concrete 27
before loading fresh concrete. 28
b. Deliver concrete to the site in accordance with Section 41 14 00. 29
c. Maintain concrete delivery and placement rates to prevent cold joints and in 30
accordance with Section 03 00 00. 31
d. Any concrete not placed within the time limits specified under Section 03 00 00 32
will be rejected. 33
e. Adding Water or Chemical Admixtures 34
1) Adding chemical admixtures is not permitted at the jobsite. 35
2) Water may be added to the truck until the slump test is conducted. Once the 36
slump test is conducted, the addition of water or admixtures is not 37
permitted unless the slump is too low or otherwise permitted. 38
3) When water or an admixture is added, turn the drum or blades at least 30 39
additional revolutions at mixing speed to ensure thorough and uniform 40
mixing of the concrete. 41
4) When water is added, do not exceed the approved mix design water to 42
cementitious material ratio. 43
5) Do not add water or chemical admixtures after any concrete has been 44
discharged. 45
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 11 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
f. Provide the delivery ticket for the concrete in accordance with Section 41 14 1
00. 2
2. Subgrade 3
a. Hot-Mix Asphalt Base 4
1) Prepare surface by removing, sweeping, or other approved methods. 5
b. Lime, Cement or Flexible Base Subgrade: 6
1) Correct all irregularities in the subgrade of more than 1/2 inch., as shown 7
by straightedge or template. 8
2) Verify subgrade meets all requirements for the applicable subgrade type. 9
3) Spray prepared subgrade with water, if needed, in advance of placing the 10
pavement to ensure it is in a firm and moist condition. 11
4) Take density tests no more than 72-hours prior to placement of concrete. 12
c. If rain or other conditions may have adversely affected the condition of the 13
subgrade or base, additional tests may be required as directed by the City. 14
3.4. INSTALLATION 15
A. Class P1, P2, and HES Equipment 16
1. General 17
a. Furnish and maintain all equipment necessary for the construction of concrete 18
pavement in good working condition. 19
b. The equipment to include spreading devices (augers), internal vibration, 20
tamping, and surface floating necessary to finish the freshly placed concrete 21
shall provide a dense and homogeneous pavement. 22
2. Forming Equipment 23
a. Pavement Forms 24
1) Pavement forms shall only be used when hand-pouring concrete. Use a 25
slip-form paver for all machine-poured concrete unless otherwise approved 26
by the City. 27
2) Provide metal or wood side forms unless otherwise approved by the City. 28
3) Provide side forms of sufficient cross-section, strength, and rigidity to 29
support paving equipment and resist the impact and vibration of the 30
operation without visible springing, settling, or deflection. 31
4) Use forms that extend the full depth of concrete and shall be: 32
a) a minimum of 1.5 inches in thickness when wooden forms are used 33
b) of a gauge that provides equivalent rigidity and strength when metal 34
forms are used. 35
5) Use forms that are clean, oiled, and free from detrimental kinks, bends, or 36
warps that could affect ride quality or alignment. 37
6) Provide flexible or curved forms made of metal or wood for curves that 38
have a radius of 250 feet or less. 39
7) Secure forms on a base or firm subgrade accurately graded and that 40
provides stable support without deflection and movement. 41
8) Pin every form at a minimum in the middle and near each end. Tightly join 42
and key form sections together to prevent displacement. 43
9) Forms to be reset using heavy stakes or other additional supports if 44
subgrade becomes unstable. 45
10) Obtain approval of formwork from the City prior to placement of concrete. 46
11) Forms are to be placed to provide pavement at final grade as specified in 47
the Drawings. 48
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 12 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
12) Check conformity of the grade, alignment, and stability of forms 1
immediately before pouring concrete and make necessary corrections. 2
13) Use a straight edge or other approved method to test the top of forms to 3
ensure ride quality requirements for the completed pavement will be met. 4
14) Submit a request to the City for any alternative pavement form equipment 5
for review. 6
b. Curb Forms 7
1) Provide curb forms for separately placed curbs not slip-formed in 8
accordance with the requirements of Section 31 16 00. 9
c. Settling 10
1) Stop paving operations if forms settle or deflect more than 1/8 inch under 11
finishing operations. 12
2) Reset the forms and refinish concrete surface to correct grade. 13
3. Paving, Consolidating, and Finishing Equipment 14
a. Do not add water to concrete after discharged from delivery equipment unless 15
approved by the City. 16
b. Misting/fogging only allowed during Finishing. Refer to this Section for 17
additional information. 18
c. Machine-Poured Concrete Pavement 19
1) Use a slip-form paver with a stringline that uniformly distributes the 20
concrete with minimal segregation and provides a smooth finish in 21
accordance with the plan line and grade for machine-poured concrete. 22
2) The Contractor is responsible for establishing the location and elevation of 23
the stringline to ensure pavement will be at the correct final grade specified 24
in the Drawings. 25
3) Provide mechanically-operated finishing floats capable of producing a 26
uniformly smooth pavement surface. 27
4) Provide watering equipment capable of providing a fine, light, water fog 28
mist. 29
5) Provide a stake line for the stringline every 25 feet and at every horizontal 30
and vertical geometry point as specified in the Drawings. 31
d. Hand-Poured Concrete Pavement 32
1) Receive approval of all equipment used for hand-pouring concrete during 33
Pre-Paving Meeting. 34
2) Refer to this Section for additional requirements. 35
e. Consolidating 36
1) Provide mechanically-operated vibratory equipment capable of adequately 37
consolidating the concrete. 38
2) Provide immersion vibrators on paving equipment at sufficiently close 39
intervals to provide uniform vibration and consolidation of the concrete 40
over the entire width and depth of the pavement and in accordance with the 41
manufacturer’s recommendations. 42
3) Provide immersion vibrator units that operate at a frequency in air of at 43
least 8,000 cycles per minute on the paving equipment. 44
4) Provide enough hand-operated immersion vibrators for timely and proper 45
consolidation of the concrete along forms, at all joints, and in areas not 46
covered by other vibratory equipment. 47
5) Surface vibrators may be used to supplement equipment-mounted 48
immersion vibrators. 49
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 13 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
6) Provide tachometers to verify the proper operation of all vibrators. 1
f. Finishing 2
1) Floats 3
a) Use a float attached to the slip-form paver or as a separate machine 4
where possible. 5
b) When using a hand float or trowel, take care to not distort the surface. 6
The City may require any concrete that has a non-uniform surface due 7
to the improper use of a float to be removed and replaced at no cost to 8
the City. 9
2) Straightedge 10
a) Use a 10 or 15 foot long square tube straightedge made of magnesium 11
or steel. 12
b) The City may require any concrete that has a non-uniform surface due 13
to the improper use of a straightedge to be removed and replaced at no 14
cost to the City. 15
4. Texturing Equipment 16
a. A baker broom or tining are the approved methods for texturizing concrete. 17
b. Provide a baker broom of sufficient transverse length to span the full width of 18
pavement being placed. 19
c. Request approval to use an evaporation retardant if there is concern the 20
concrete surface will dry too quickly before texturing and curing can occur. 21
d. Tining Equipment 22
1) Provide a self-propelled metal tine device equipped with steel tines to 23
obtain groves that are 1/12-inch-wide and a depth of 1/8 inch to 3/16 inch. 24
2) Tine Spacing: 25
a) Transverse tining spaced at approximately 1-inch center-to-center. 26
b) Longitudinal tining spaced at approximately 3/4-inch center-to-center. 27
3) Manual methods may be used that produce an equivalent texture when it is 28
impractical to use self-propelled equipment. However, manual methods 29
should be minimized. Obtain approval before using manual tining methods. 30
5. Curing Equipment 31
a. Provide a self-propelled machine for applying membrane curing compound 32
using mechanically-pressurized spraying equipment with atomizing nozzles 33
where possible. 34
b. If manually applying a curing compound, use equipment with a nozzle capable 35
of producing the desired coverage based on the requirements of this 36
specification. 37
c. Provide equipment and controls that maintain the required uniform rate of 38
application over the entire paving area. 39
d. When reinforcing is exposed, provide plastic covers to prevent the bars from 40
being coated in curing compound. Remove any curing compound on exposed 41
reinforcing with a steel brush or by sand blasting. 42
6. Sawing Equipment 43
a. Provide power-driven concrete saws to saw joints specified in the Drawings. 44
7. Grinding Equipment 45
a. Provide grinding equipment specifically designed to smooth and texture 46
concrete pavement using circular diamond blades when required. 47
b. Provide equipment with an automatic grade control capable of grinding at least 48
a 3-foot width longitudinally in each pass without damaging the concrete. 49
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 14 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
8. Coring Equipment 1
a. Provide coring equipment capable of extracting cores in accordance with Tex-2
424-A. 3
9. Miscellaneous Equipment 4
a. Provide both a 5-foot and a 10-foot steel or magnesium long-handled, standard 5
straightedge. 6
b. Provide enough work bridges long enough to span the pavement for finishing 7
and inspection operations. 8
10. The City may reject equipment and stop operation if equipment does not meet 9
requirements. 10
B. Class P1, P2, and HES Concrete Placement 11
1. General 12
a. This section outlines the requirements for the placement of Class P1, P2, and 13
HES concrete. Refer to other specifications for the placement requirement of 14
other concrete items. 15
b. Contractor to notify the City at least two working days in advance of 16
installation of concrete pavement. 17
c. Take care when placing concrete to keep all foreign material out. 18
d. Remove any foreign material from concrete pavement without damaging the 19
concrete. 20
e. Concrete may be poured by hand in situations where a slip-form paver cannot 21
be used due to space restrictions. 22
f. Receive approval from the City prior to hand pouring concrete. Hand pouring 23
should be minimized. 24
g. Do not allow pavement edge to deviate from the established paving line by 25
more than 1/2 inches at any point. 26
h. Place the concrete as near as possible to its final location and minimize 27
segregation and re-handling. 28
i. Distribute concrete using shovels where hand spreading is necessary. Do not 29
use rakes or vibrators to distribute concrete. 30
2. Removing Forms 31
a. Cleaning 32
1) Clean forms thoroughly after each use. 33
b. Removal 34
1) Forms to remain in place until the concrete is set and the removal will not 35
cause damage to the concrete. Leave the forms in place for 12 hours after 36
concrete has been poured unless approved by the City. 37
2) If forms are removed before 72 hours after concrete placement, promptly 38
apply membrane curing compound to the edge of the concrete pavement. 39
3) Avoid damage to the edge of the pavement when removing forms. 40
4) Repair damage resulting from form removal and honeycombed areas with a 41
mortar mix within 24 hours after form removal unless otherwise approved. 42
5) Remove and replace any damaged concrete that was not repaired within 24 43
hours at no cost to the City. 44
3. Reinforcing Steel and Joint Assembles 45
a. General 46
1) Place reinforcing steel, dowels, and tie bars in position specified in the 47
Drawings. 48
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 15 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Provide reinforcing in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 1
3) Secure reinforcing bars at alternate intersections with wire ties or locking 2
support chairs. 3
4) Tie all splices with wire. 4
5) Install all bars in their required position as specified in the Drawings. 5
b. Splicing 6
1) Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping and tying ends. 7
2) In accordance with ACI 318 for minimum lap of spliced bars where not 8
specified in the Drawings. 9
c. Installing and Supporting Reinforcing Steel 10
1) Layout reinforcing steel in accordance with Drawings. Support reinforcing 11
steel using approved chairs or baskets. 12
2) Do not allow construction personnel to walk on the reinforcement bars. 13
Replace any chair that is broken prior to concrete placement. 14
3) Steel pins may also be used to hold the reinforcement in place. 15
4) If reinforcing steel is found to be at incorrect depth: 16
a) Prior to concrete being poured, Contractor to adjust steel to correct 17
depth as specified in the Drawings. 18
b) If concrete has been poured, Contractor to remove and replace at no 19
cost to the City. 20
4. Joints 21
a. General 22
1) Place joints shown on the Drawings. If jointing layout is not provided on 23
the Drawings, submit a jointing layout for review and approval to the City. 24
2) Maintain a right angle with the surface of the pavement for all joints. 25
3) Maintain an angle of greater than 75 degrees between all joints if 90 26
degrees is not achievable unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 27
4) If uncontrolled cracking occurs during sawing, the City may require the 28
panel with the crack to be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 29
5) Use dowel baskets to support dowels and tie bars in the location shown on 30
the Drawings. Do not manually or mechanically insert tie bars or dowels 31
into wet or hardened concrete unless otherwise approved by the City. 32
6) Secure the dowel baskets into the subgrade or hot-mix asphalt base so that 33
the baskets to not tip or move during concrete placement. Set up rebar and 34
support baskets at least 12 hours prior to concrete placement for inspection. 35
7) Use the appropriate bar based on the Drawings and the requirements under 36
Materials. 37
8) Clean and seal all joints before opening the pavement to traffic. 38
9) Joint Dimensions and Spacing 39
a) Match width and depth of the joint shown on the Drawings. 40
b) Dimensions of the sealant reservoir to match manufacturer's 41
recommendations. 42
c) Ensure the joint depth after curing is 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch below the 43
pavement surface at the center of the joint. If joint depth exceeds 1/4 44
inch, The City may request corrective action to be taken that may 45
include remove and replace at no cost to the City. 46
d) Maintain a maximum 15 foot longitudinal joint spacing. 47
e) Ensure longitudinal joints follow the proposed lane lines where 48
possible. 49
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 16 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Contraction Joints 1
1) Transverse Contraction Joints 2
a) Only used in plain-jointed concrete pavement. 3
b) Maintain joint spacing as shown on the Drawings. 4
c) Do not install transverse contraction joints in continuously reinforced 5
concrete pavement. 6
d) Use dowel bars that are coated with a thin film of grease or other 7
approved de-bonding material to prevent concrete from bonding to the 8
bar. See Materials. 9
e) Use the appropriate bar size, length, and spacing shown on the 10
Drawings. 11
f) Maintain a sawcut depth of 1/3 of the slab thickness. 12
2) Longitudinal Contraction Joints 13
a) Used in plain-jointed and continuously reinforced concrete. 14
b) Maintain joint spacing as specified in the Drawings. 15
c) Use single piece tie bars. See Materials. 16
d) Use the appropriate bar size, length, and spacing specified in the 17
Drawings. 18
e) Maintain a sawcut depth of 1/3 of the slab thickness. 19
c. Construction Joints 20
1) General 21
a) Use reinforcing support chairs to hold reinforcing bars that extend 22
through the bulkhead in place. 23
b) Splicing is not allowed within 10 feet of a transverse construction joint. 24
c) Use the appropriate bar size, length, and spacing specified in the 25
Drawings. 26
2) Transverse Construction Joints 27
a) A transverse construction joint shall be formed at the close of each 28
day's work or when the placing of concrete has been stopped for 30-29
minutes or longer. 30
b) Provide a bulkhead (header) of sufficient cross-sectional area to prevent 31
deflection and accurately notched to allow longitudinal rebar to 32
continue through the bulkhead. 33
c) Provide bulkheads cut true to the section of the finished pavement and 34
cleaned. 35
d) Plain-Jointed Concrete 36
(1) Select the construction joint location to be either at planned 37
transverse contraction joint or halfway between two planned 38
transverse contraction joints. 39
e) Continuously Reinforced Concrete 40
(1) Additional steel may be required. See Drawings for additional 41
information. 42
(2) Ensure longitudinal steel is supported and protected to prevent 43
damage, vibration, and impact. 44
3) Longitudinal Construction Joints 45
a) Use multiple piece tie bars where possible. See Materials. 46
b) Bent tie bars are not permitted. 47
c) Drill and epoxy single piece tie bars only for widening or maintenance 48
projects where new concrete is being poured adjacent to existing 49
concrete. 50
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 17 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d) Inserting Tie Bars 1
(1) When approved, insert tie bars per this Section. 2
(2) Fresh Concrete Installation: 3
(a) Mechanically insert the tie bars using the paving machine when 4
possible. 5
(b) If the tie bar is inserted manually, check the insertion depth and 6
location to ensure proper placement and evaluate if there has 7
been any surface drop down. 8
(c) If any surface drop down has occurred, repair concrete to the 9
City’s satisfaction. 10
(d) Take care to avoid moving the reinforcing mat or any other 11
reinforcing in the concrete when inserting the tie bar. 12
(3) Hardened Concrete Installation: 13
(a) Mark tie bar location and drill holes into the hardened concrete 14
at least 10-inches deep with a drill bit that is 1/8-inch greater in 15
diameter than the tie bar diameter. 16
(b) Clean the hole with a wire brush and compressed air to remove 17
all the dust and moisture. 18
(c) Follow the epoxy manufacturer’s instruction to apply the 19
epoxy. Fill the entire hole with Type 3, Class C epoxy before 20
inserting the tie bars. 21
(d) When installing tie bars into hardened concrete, perform a 22
pullout test. 23
(4) Pullout Test: 24
(a) Perform pullout tests on tie bars designated by the City. 25
(b) Install the tie bar in accordance with this Section and the 26
Drawings. 27
(c) Perform a pullout test in accordance with ASTM E488 within 28
the epoxy manufacturer’s recommended curing time. 29
(d) Verify the tie bar meets a pullout strength of at least 3/4 of the 30
yield strength of the tie bar. 31
(5) Corrective Measures 32
(a) Perform corrective measures to provide adequate pullout 33
resistance if any of the tests do not meet the required minimum 34
pullout strength. 35
(b) Repair any damage caused by testing at no cost to the City. 36
(c) Acceptable corrective measures include, but are not limited to, 37
installation of additional or longer tie bars. 38
d. Expansion Joints 39
1) Install expansion joints perpendicularly to the surface at the locations 40
shown on the Drawings, or as approved by the City. 41
2) Use dowels for expansion joints with a thin film of grease or other 42
approved de-bonding material with dowel caps on the lubricated end of 43
each dowel bar. 44
3) Use the appropriate bar size, length, and spacing shown on the Drawings. 45
4) When the proposed pavement is adjacent to or around existing structures, 46
install expansion joints along the entire length of an existing structure. 47
5) Joint Filler 48
a) Provide joint fillers that conform to the requirements under Materials 49
and Source Quality Control. 50
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 18 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b) Provide timber boards that are accurately notched to allow rebar to 1
continue through the expansion joint as needed. 2
c) Extend joint filler past or slightly below the bottom of concrete slab. 3
d) Use timber boards that span the length of the pavement width. Take 4
care to ensure the timber board does not break, crack, or shift during 5
concrete placement. 6
e) If the timber boards cracks, breaks, or shifts, remove and replace the 7
adjacent pavement panels and reconstruct the pavement with a 8
compliant timber board at no cost to the City. 9
e. Curb Joints 10
1) Provide joints in the curb of the same type and location as the adjacent 11
pavement. 12
2) Extend expansion joints through the curb. 13
3) Extend sawed joints through the curb. 14
4) Construct curb joints at all transverse pavement joints. 15
5) For non-monolithic curbs, drill and epoxy tie bars as specified in the 16
Drawings. 17
f. Sawing Joints 18
1) Joints to be sawed into concrete as soon as can be accomplished without 19
damage to the pavement within 24 hours of concrete pavement placement 20
as shown on Drawings. 21
2) Saw joints to the depth and spacing shown on the Drawings. 22
3) Use a chalk line, stringline, saw template, or other approved method to 23
provide a true joint alignment. 24
g. Joint Sealing 25
1) See Section 32 13 73. 26
5. Concrete Placement 27
a. General 28
1) Use a slip-form paving machine. Hand paving is only permitted in areas 29
such as intersections or other areas where use of paving machine is not 30
practical. 31
2) If hand-pouring does not produce the required consolidation and finishing 32
results, take immediate action. The City may require corrective action that 33
may include removal and replacement of concrete at no cost to the City. 34
a) Do not use rakes or vibrators to move concrete. Only use shovels or the 35
augers on the spreader and paver to move the concrete. 36
3) Do not allow the pavement edge to deviate from the established paving line 37
by more than 1/2 inch at any point. 38
a) Consistency 39
4) Provide concrete with following consistency qualities: 40
a) Mortar clings to coarse aggregate 41
b) Aggregate does not segregate in concrete when transported to the place 42
of deposit 43
c) Concrete should flatten out at the center of the pile with edges standing 44
and not flowing when dropped directly from the discharge chute of the 45
mixer. 46
d) Concrete and mortar shows no free water when removed from the 47
mixer 48
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 19 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e) Concrete to slide and not flow into place when transported in metal 1
chutes at an angle of 30 degrees with the horizontal 2
f) Surface of the finished concrete to be free from a surface film or 3
laitance 4
b. Honeycombing 5
1) Prevent honeycombing by taking special care placing and spading the 6
concrete against forms and joints. 7
2) The City may reject concrete with excessive voids and honeycombing on 8
the edge of the pavement. The City may request corrective action to be 9
taken that may include removal and replacement at no cost to the City 10
6. Consolidation 11
a. Consolidate all concrete by approved mechanical vibrators in accordance with 12
the requirements of this Section. 13
b. Ensure the vibrators don’t dislodge or disturb the reinforcement. 14
c. Use hand-operated vibrators to consolidate concrete along forms, at all joints, 15
and in areas not accessible to the machine-mounted vibrators. 16
d. Do not operate machine-mounted vibrators while the paving equipment is 17
stationary. 18
7. Curb 19
a. Construct concrete curb in accordance with Section 32 16 13. 20
8. Spreading and Finishing 21
a. General 22
1) Finish concrete using approved finishing equipment per this specification. 23
2) If excessive surface slurry or bleeding occurs: 24
a) Do not finish concrete 25
b) Contact concrete supplier and review on-site conditions to verify too 26
much water is not being added to the concrete mix by the Contractor or 27
at the plant. 28
c) A fine mist of water may be used during dry conditions when approved 29
by the City and only when under City supervision. 30
3) Use minimal amount of water to maintain a moist surface. 31
4) Reduce misting if float or straightedge finishing operations result in an 32
excess amount of surface slurry. 33
5) Do not apply water from a nozzle or a garden-type hose. 34
6) Do not finish the concrete if there is free standing water on the surface of 35
the concrete. Wait until the water evaporates before finishing. 36
7) Hand finishing permitted only in intersections and areas inaccessible to a 37
finishing machine. 38
b. Quality Checks 39
1) Perform sufficient checks with a long-handled 10-foot or 15-foot 40
straightedge on fresh concrete to ensure the final surface is within the 41
tolerances specified in Ride Quality. 42
a) Verify there is not more than 1/16-inch variation between the 43
straightedge and the surface of the pavement. 44
b) Rework and refinish any surface not within the tolerance limits. 45
2) Edging 46
a) Tool all edges of slabs and all joints with an edger of the radius 47
specified in the Drawings. 48
b) All concrete work to be left smooth and true to lines. 49
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 20 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9. Texturing 1
a. Complete final texturing using approved texturing equipment in accordance 2
with this Section. 3
10. Curing 4
a. Surface Moisture 5
1) Prevent surface drying of pavement before application of the curing 6
compound by means that may include water fogging/misting, wind screens, 7
and evaporation retardants. Obtain approval from the City before using any 8
of these methods. 9
2) If an evaporation retardant is approved, reapply as needed to maintain the 10
concrete surface in a moist condition until the curing compound is applied. 11
3) Do not use evaporation retardant as a finishing aid. 12
4) If there is pavement failure due to poor surface moisture, City may require 13
corrective action that could include removal and replacement at no cost to 14
the City. 15
b. A curing day is defined as a 24-hour period when either the temperature taken 16
in the shade away from artificial heat is above 50 degrees Fahrenheit for at least 17
19 hours or the surface temperature of the concrete is maintained above 40 18
degrees Fahrenheit for 24 hours. 19
c. Curing begins when the concrete curing compound or system has been applied. 20
d. Maintain and promptly repair damage to curing materials on exposed surfaces 21
of concrete pavement continuously for at least 3 curing days. 22
e. Ensure curing compound does not disintegrate, peek, or crack. 23
f. The City may reject the curing compound based on visual and odor inspection. 24
g. Application 25
1) Apply the curing compound in accordance with DMS-4650. 26
2) Manage finishing and texturing operations to ensure placement of curing 27
compound on a moist concrete surface relatively free of water. 28
3) Maintain curing compounds in a uniformly agitated condition free of 29
settlement before and during application. 30
4) Do not thin or dilute the curing compound. 31
5) Apply two coats of the curing compound. 32
6) Apply to damp concrete as a fine mist through atomizing nozzles, at a rate 33
of no more than 180 square feet per gallon, that covers entire surfaces 34
thoroughly and completely with a uniform film. 35
7) Coat sides of concrete slab after side forms are removed and earth is 36
banked against them. 37
h. Alternative Curing Methods 38
1) If an alternative curing method is preferred, submit a request to City with 39
all product data needed at least 72 hours prior to a concrete pour. 40
2) If the alternative method for curing does not produce desire results, cease 41
concrete paving activities and implement another method of curing. 42
11. Protection of Pavement and Opening to Traffic 43
a. Protection of Pavement 44
1) Erect and maintain barricades and other standard and approved devices, 45
excluding all vehicles and equipment from the newly placed pavement for 46
the periods specified. 47
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 21 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Maintain an adequate supply of sheeting or other material to cover and 1
protect fresh concrete surface from weather damage. Apply as needed to 2
protect the pavement surface from weather. 3
b. Opening to Traffic 4
1) All traffic to be excluded from new concrete pavement for a minimum of 5
14 days. 6
2) Early Opening to Traffic 7
a) If traffic needs to be open earlier than 14 days post pavement activities, 8
use HES concrete. 9
b) Perform concrete cylinder breaks at 24 hours. If the compressive 10
strength is 3,200 psi or higher, pavement may be opened to traffic after 11
72 hours. 12
3) Emergency Opening to Traffic 13
a) Open the pavement to traffic under emergency conditions when 14
directed in writing by the City and the pavement is at least 72 hours 15
old. 16
b) Remove all obstructing materials, place stable material against the 17
pavement edges, and perform other work involved in providing for the 18
safety of traffic as required for emergency opening. 19
c. Clean and fill all joints prior to opening pavement to traffic. 20
12. Pavement Leaveouts 21
a. Provide pavement leaveouts as necessary for local traffic at locations specified 22
in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 23
b. Provide a suitable crossover connection for traffic movements based on a 24
location that is determined in the field by the City. 25
C. Batching Equipment 26
1. Batching equipment shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 41 14 27
00. 28
3.5. REPAIR 29
A. Repair concrete pavement in accordance with 32 01 29. 30
B. Repair the following items to remain at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due 31
to concrete paving activities: 32
1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement to remain 33
2. Adjacent sidewalk to remain 34
3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter to remain 35
4. Subgrade or base material 36
5. Utility pipe 37
6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 38
7. Landscape beds or planters 39
8. Sod 40
9. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 41
10. Retaining walls 42
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 22 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.6. RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 1
3.7. SITE QUALITY CONTROL 2
A. Verification Testing 3
1. General: 4
a. At the request of the City, the Contractor is to perform additional testing to 5
verify compliance, or the City may perform verification testing utilizing a third-6
party testing laboratory. 7
b. The City may request verification testing at any time if production is suspected 8
to be non-conforming. 9
c. Verification testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM C42. 10
d. Verification testing will be performed by the Contractor at no cost to the City. 11
2. Concrete Mix Design and Verification 12
a. Perform required tests specified under Section 03 00 00 and provide testing and 13
evaluation reports. 14
b. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject to 15
removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 16
3. Concrete Production Acceptance 17
a. During production and placement of concrete, perform testing to verify the 18
concrete is in conformance with the requirements in Section 03 00 00 for the 19
admixtures, mix design, slump, and compressive strength. 20
b. Aggregate Moisture Testing 21
1) In accordance with Section 32 05 16. 22
4. Concrete Placement Acceptance 23
a. Perform required tests specified under Section 03 00 00 and provide testing and 24
evaluation reports. 25
b. If concrete is suspected of having foreign material, City may reject at any time 26
and the concrete may be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 27
c. Acceptance will be based on attaining the strength and the fresh concrete tests 28
in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 29
B. Class P1, P2, and HES Pavement Thickness Test 30
1. Sampling 31
a. Perform strength testing for all projects containing more than 60 cubic yards of 32
concrete. 33
b. Obtain pavement cores in accordance with Tex-424-A. Check the pavement 34
thickness in accordance with Tex-423-A. 35
c. Collect pavement cores every 500 feet at the center of each concrete paving 36
run. If lanes are paved separately, collect a pavement core at the center of each 37
set of paved lanes. 38
d. For hand poured concrete collect pavement cores every 250 feet. 39
e. Fill core holes using an approved concrete mixture and method. 40
2. Acceptance 41
a. The Contractor will not be paid over the contract unit price for any pavement 42
that is thicker than what is specified in the Drawings. 43
b. For pavement thickness deficiencies greater than 0.2 inches but less than 0.5-44
inches less than the thickness designated on the Drawings: 45
1) Obtain additional cores every 150 feet at locations designated by the City. 46
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 23 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Additional cores may be requested by the City if the pavement is suspected 1
to be deficient. 2
3) Obtain cores until the variation between the thickness designated on the 3
Drawings is less than 0.2-inches. 4
4) For deficit concrete limit: 5
a) Remove limits of deficient concrete and replace at no cost to the City, 6
or 7
b) Concrete to remain and City will pay the Contractor 50 percent of the 8
unit price of concrete specified in the bid documents. 9
c. For pavement thickness deficiencies greater than 0.5 inches less than the 10
thickness designated on the Drawings: 11
1) Remove and replace deficient concrete at no cost to the City. 12
C. Class P1, P2, and HES Concrete Ride Quality 13
1. General 14
a. Provide a pavement to have a finished grade smooth and true to the established 15
line, grade, and cross-section. 16
b. Ride quality will be measured parallel (longitudinal) and perpendicular 17
(transverse) to the centerline of the roadway for pavement surfaces. 18
2. Profile Measurements 19
a. Use a 10-foot straightedge to perform ride quality tests or a high-speed or 20
lightweight inertial profiler certified at the Texas A&M Transportation 21
Institute. 22
1) If using an inertial profiler, provide equipment certification documentation, 23
display a current decal on the equipment indicating the certification 24
expiration date, and use a certified profiler operator from TxDOT’s 25
Material Producer List. 26
2) Use an inertial profiler when requested by the City. 27
3) Provide documentation of the profiles when requested by the City. 28
b. Perform tests daily throughout the duration of the project. 29
c. Perform tests on the finished surface of the completed project or at the 30
completion of a major stage of construction as approved. 31
d. Perform testing during off-peak traffic flow. Operate the inertial profiler in a 32
manner that does not disrupt traffic flow as directed. 33
e. When measuring the ride quality on a surface open to traffic, use a moving 34
traffic control plan in accordance with Part 6 of the TMUTCD and the 35
Drawings. 36
3. Acceptance Plan 37
a. General 38
1) Evaluate longitudinal and transverse profiles to verify not more than 1/8-39
inch variation between any 2 contacts. 40
2) Perform corrective action on surface areas that have more than 1/8-inch 41
variation between any 2 contacts. 42
b. Localized Roughness 43
1) Determine areas of localized roughness using the individual profile from 44
each wheel path. 45
2) Use a 10-foot straightedge to locate areas that have more than 1/8-inch 46
variation between any 2 contacts on the straightedge. 47
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 24 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3) The City may waive localized roughness requirements for deficiencies 1
resulting from manholes or other similar appurtenances near the wheel 2
paths. 3
c. Corrective Action 4
1) Use diamond grinding to correct variations in the pavement surface or 5
localized roughness. 6
2) Reprofile the corrected area and provide results indicating the corrective 7
action was successful. 8
3) After making corrections, reprofile the pavement section to verify 9
corrections have produced the required improvements. 10
4) If corrective action does not produce the required improvement, the City 11
may require: 12
a) Continued corrective action, or 13
b) Removal and replacement of area at no cost to the City. The City may 14
negotiate a reduced payment amount for the defective area to remain in 15
place. 16
D. Non-Conforming Work 17
1. General 18
a. The City may at any time reject a material if it is found to be non-conforming to 19
this specification. 20
b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed 21
Concrete Pavement if any material it was made with is found to be non-22
conforming. This would be at no cost to the City. 23
c. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. 24
2. Aggregates 25
a. Aggregates that fail to meet the requirements of Section 32 05 16 will be 26
rejected by the City. 27
3. Concrete Mix Design and Production Materials 28
a. The City may reject the mix design if it does not conform to the requirements 29
of this specification and section 03 00 00. 30
b. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject to 31
removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 32
c. The City may perform verification testing on all materials verify the 33
conformance of the mixture. 34
3.8. SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 35
3.9. ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 36
3.10. CLEANING [NOT USED] 37
3.11. CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 38
3.12. PROTECTION [NOT USED] 39
3.13. MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 40
41
32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 25 of 25
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14. ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
32 13 73
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 13 73 1
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Sealants for Concrete Joints. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Joint sealant materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals will not be measured or paid 14
for directly. All items included with the testing and furnishing of joint sealants are 15
subsidiary to other pertinent items. 16
1.3 REFERENCES 17
A. Reference Standards 18
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 19
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 20
unless a date is specifically cited. 21
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 22
a. ASTM D5249 – Standard Specification for Backer Material for Use with Cold 23
and Hot Applied Joint Sealants in Portland-Cement Concrete and Asphalt 24
Joints. 25
3. TxDOT Standards: 26
a. DMS-6310 – Joint Sealants and Seals. 27
1.4 SUBMITTALS 28
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 29
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 30
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 31
A. Product Data 32
1. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer that is supplying concrete 33
joint sealants to be used on the project. 34
2. Product data sheets will include: 35
a. Manufacturer name 36
b. Date 37
32 13 73
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Material description 1
d. Point of delivery 2
e. Produce data and test results in accordance with this Section 3
f. Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable, required for PCE and all additives 4
g. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 5
h. Application Recommendations, if applicable 6
i. Liquid Antistripping Agent Specific Data: 7
1) Specific gravity of the agent at the manufacturer’s recommended addition 8
temperature 9
2) Manufacturer’s recommended dosage range 10
3) Manufacturer’s Recommended Storage and Handling instructions 11
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 14
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 15
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 16
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 17
66 00. 18
B. Keep the material stored in a clean condition at all times to prevent contamination with 19
foreign matter. 20
C. Follow any manufacturer recommendations for delivery, storage, and handling. 21
1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS 22
A. Ambient Conditions 23
1. In accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 24
1.11 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 25
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 26
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27
2.2 MATERIALS 28
A. Joint Sealant 29
1. Provide joint sealants in accordance with DMS-6310 types 4, 5, 7, or 8 unless 30
otherwise specified in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 31
B. Backer Rod 32
1. Provide heat resistant backer rods conforming to ASTM D5249. The preferred 33
product is CERA-ROD by W.R. Meadows or approved equal. 34
2. The Contractor may request to use an alternative backer rod product in writing. If 35
requesting an alternative material, the alternative backer rod must comply with the 36
following: 37
32 13 73
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. The backer rod must not react with or bond to the sealant and must meet the 1
requirements of the sealant manufacturer. 2
b. Provide a backer rod with a diameter of at least 25 percent larger than the joint 3
reservoir width. 4
c. Backer rod materials must include closed-cell resilient foam; sponge rubber 5
stock of vinyl, butyl, or neoprene; and polyethylene or polyurethane. Backer 6
rods must also be flexible, lightweight, non-staining, heat-resistant, chemical-7
resistant, ultraviolet-stable, non-absorbent, low density, and compressible foam. 8
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10
PART 3 - EXECUTION 11
3.1 EQUIPMENT 12
A. Condition of Equipment 13
1. Provide equipment in good repair and operating condition. 14
2. The condition is subject to the approval of the City. 15
3. If the equipment is found to be insufficient, the Contractor is responsible for 16
replacing the non-conforming equipment with conforming equipment at no cost to 17
the City. 18
4. Any sealant installed using non-conforming equipment is subject to removal and 19
replacement at no cost to the City. 20
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 21
3.3 PREPARATION 22
A. Make a groove along the cracks to be sealed and rout the groove approximately 1/2-23
inch-deep and 5/8-inch-wide, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or directed by 24
the City. 25
B. Remove all foreign material from the joint or groove reservoir. 26
C. Clean the joint by sandblasting or other approved methods. If directed, saw joint sides 27
to remove embedded foreign material in the concrete not removed by sandblasting. 28
D. Do not place sealant in a wet or damp joint or groove. Use approved drying method if 29
joints or grooves are sealed within 24 hours of rain. 30
E. Apply primer when required by the sealant manufacturer. Blow out joint or groove with 31
high pressure air or other approved methods before placing sealant. 32
3.4 INSTALLATION 33
A. After the joint is prepped, install sealant material. See Table 1 for different types of 34
joints and sealants to be used. 35
B. Install joint sealant per manufacturer’s recommendations. If backer rods are required, 36
install backer rods and sealant in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations 37
and this Section. 38
39
32 13 73
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Backer Rods: 1
1. Install backer rod with a single-wheeled or three-wheeled roller, depending on 2
application. 3
2. Avoid stretching or puncturing the material. 4
3. Hold the backer rod in compression. 5
4. Provide a backer rod with a diameter 1/8 inch larger than the width of the joint for 6
joint widths up to 3/4 inch. For joints 3/4 inch and larger, add 1/4 inch to diameter 7
rod selection. 8
5. After backer rods are installed, apply sealants as necessary. 9
D. Remove and replace sealant when placed flush with or above the pavement surface. 10
Table 1 11
Types of Joints Requirements 12
Joint Type Requirement
Transverse Contraction Joints Backer Rods and Sealant
Longitudinal Contraction Joint Sealant
Longitudinal Construction Joints Sealant
Expansion Joints Backer Rods and Sealant
E. Disposal of Materials: 13
1. Dispose of any excess material produced from cleaning of cracks. 14
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 15
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 16
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 17
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 20
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 21
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 22
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 23
24
32 13 73
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 1 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 16 00 1
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Curbs 6
2. Sawtooth Curb 7
3. Gutters 8
4. Sidewalks 9
5. Curb Ramps 10
6. Driveways 11
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 12
1. None. 13
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 14
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 15
Contract. 16
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 17
3. Section 03 00 00 - Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 18
4. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving. 19
5. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 20
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21
A. Measurement and Payment 22
1. Concrete Curb 23
a. Measurement 24
1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Curb installed. 25
b. Payment 26
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28
price bid per linear foot for “Concrete Curb” installed. 29
c. The price bid shall include: 30
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Curb as specified by the Drawings 31
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 32
3) Water 33
4) Loading 34
5) Unloading 35
6) Storing 36
7) Hauling 37
8) Handling of materials 38
9) Traffic control for all testing 39
10) Trial batches (as needed) 40
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 2 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 1
12) Concrete 2
13) Aggregate 3
14) Supplementary cementing materials 4
15) Concrete additives 5
16) Mixing 6
17) Placement of concrete 7
18) Finishing of concrete 8
19) Curing and curing compounds 9
20) Sawing 10
21) Joint sealant 11
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 12
23) Disposal of excess material 13
24) Clean-up 14
2. Concrete Sawtooth Curb and Gutter 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Sawtooth Curb and Gutter 17
installed. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 20
item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 21
at the unit price bid per linear foot for “Concrete Sawtooth Curb and 22
Gutter” installed. 23
c. The price bid shall include: 24
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Sawtooth Curb as specified by the 25
Drawings 26
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 27
3) Water 28
4) Loading 29
5) Unloading 30
6) Storing 31
7) Hauling 32
8) Handling of materials 33
9) Traffic control for all testing 34
10) Trial batches (as needed) 35
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 36
12) Concrete 37
13) Aggregate 38
14) Supplementary cementing materials 39
15) Concrete additives 40
16) Mixing 41
17) Placement of concrete 42
18) Finishing of concrete 43
19) Curing and curing compounds 44
20) Sawing 45
21) Joint sealant 46
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 47
23) Disposal of excess material 48
24) Clean-up 49
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 3 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Concrete Curb and Gutter 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Curb and Gutter installed. 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6
price bid per linear foot for “Concrete Curb and Gutter” installed. 7
c. The price bid shall include: 8
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Curb and Gutter as specified by the 9
Drawings 10
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 11
3) Water 12
4) Loading 13
5) Unloading 14
6) Storing 15
7) Hauling 16
8) Handling of materials 17
9) Traffic control for all testing 18
10) Trial batches (as needed) 19
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 20
12) Concrete 21
13) Aggregate 22
14) Supplementary cementing materials 23
15) Concrete additives 24
16) Mixing 25
17) Placement of concrete 26
18) Finishing of concrete 27
19) Curing and curing compounds 28
20) Sawing 29
21) Joint sealant 30
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 31
23) Disposal of excess material 32
24) Clean-up 33
4. Concrete Valley Gutter 34
a. Measurement 35
1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Valley Gutter installed. 36
b. Payment 37
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 38
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 39
price bid per linear foot for “Concrete Valley Gutter” installed. 40
c. The price bid shall include: 41
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Valley Gutter as specified by the 42
Drawings 43
2) Excavation 44
3) Loading 45
4) Unloading 46
5) Hauling 47
6) Disposal of excess material 48
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 49
8) Clean-up 50
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 4 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5. Concrete Ribbon Curb 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Ribbon Curb installed. 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6
price bid per linear foot for “Concrete Ribbon Curb” installed. 7
c. The price bid shall include: 8
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Ribbon Curb as specified by the 9
Drawings 10
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 11
3) Water 12
4) Loading 13
5) Unloading 14
6) Storing 15
7) Hauling 16
8) Handling of materials 17
9) Traffic control for all testing 18
10) Trial batches (as needed) 19
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 20
12) Concrete 21
13) Aggregate 22
14) Supplementary cementing materials 23
15) Concrete additives 24
16) Mixing 25
17) Placement of concrete 26
18) Finishing of concrete 27
19) Curing and curing compounds 28
20) Sawing 29
21) Joint sealant 30
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 31
23) Disposal of excess material 32
24) Clean-up 33
6. Concrete Sidewalk 34
35
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 5 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a. Measurement 1
1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Sidewalk installed. 2
b. Payment 3
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 4
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 5
price bid per square yard for “Concrete Sidewalk” installed for: 6
a) Various depths. 7
c. The price bid shall include: 8
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Sidewalk as specified by the Drawings 9
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 10
3) Water 11
4) Loading 12
5) Unloading 13
6) Storing 14
7) Hauling 15
8) Handling of materials 16
9) Traffic control for all testing 17
10) Trial batches (as needed) 18
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 19
12) Concrete 20
13) Aggregate 21
14) Supplementary cementing materials 22
15) Concrete additives 23
16) Mixing 24
17) Placement of concrete 25
18) Finishing of concrete 26
19) Curing and curing compounds 27
20) Sawing 28
21) Joint sealant 29
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 30
23) Disposal of excess material 31
24) Clean-up 32
7. Concrete Sidewalk with Curb 33
a. Measurement 34
1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Sidewalk with Curb installed to the 35
back of curb. 36
b. Payment 37
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 38
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 39
price bid per square yard for “Concrete Sidewalk with Curb” installed for: 40
a) Various depths. 41
c. The price bid shall include: 42
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Sidewalk with Curb as specified by the 43
Drawings 44
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 45
3) Water 46
4) Loading 47
5) Unloading 48
6) Storing 49
7) Hauling 50
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 6 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
8) Handling of materials 1
9) Traffic control for all testing 2
10) Trial batches (as needed) 3
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 4
12) Concrete 5
13) Aggregate 6
14) Supplementary cementing materials 7
15) Concrete additives 8
16) Mixing 9
17) Placement of concrete 10
18) Finishing of concrete 11
19) Curing and curing compounds 12
20) Sawing 13
21) Joint sealant 14
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 15
23) Disposal of excess material 16
24) Clean-up 17
8. Concrete Sidewalk with Retaining Wall 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Sidewalk installed to the face of 20
Retaining Wall. 21
2) Retaining Wall portion will be measured and paid for under Section 32 32 22
13. 23
b. Payment 24
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 25
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26
price bid per square yard for “Concrete Sidewalk” installed for: 27
a) Various depths. 28
c. The price bid shall include: 29
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Sidewalk with Retaining Wall as 30
specified by the Drawings 31
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 32
3) Water 33
4) Loading 34
5) Unloading 35
6) Storing 36
7) Hauling 37
8) Handling of materials 38
9) Traffic control for all testing 39
10) Trial batches (as needed) 40
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 41
12) Concrete 42
13) Aggregate 43
14) Supplementary cementing materials 44
15) Concrete additives 45
16) Mixing 46
17) Placement of concrete 47
18) Finishing of concrete 48
19) Curing and curing compounds 49
20) Sawing 50
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 7 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
21) Joint sealant 1
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 2
23) Disposal of excess material 3
24) Clean-up 4
9. Curb Ramp 5
a. Measurement 6
1) Measured by Each of Curb Ramp installed. 7
b. Payment 8
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 9
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 10
price bid per each for “Curb Ramp” installed for: 11
a) Type specified. 12
c. The price bid shall include: 13
1) Furnishing and installing Curb Ramp as specified by the Drawings 14
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 15
3) Water 16
4) Loading 17
5) Unloading 18
6) Storing 19
7) Hauling 20
8) Handling of materials 21
9) Traffic control for all testing 22
10) Trial batches (as needed) 23
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 24
12) Concrete 25
13) Aggregate 26
14) Supplementary cementing materials 27
15) Concrete additives 28
16) Mixing 29
17) Placement of concrete 30
18) Finishing of concrete 31
19) Curing and curing compounds 32
20) Sawing 33
21) Joint sealant 34
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 35
23) Disposal of excess material 36
24) Clean-up 37
25) Landing and detectable warning surface as shown on the Drawings 38
26) Adjacent flares or side curb 39
10. Driveway Approach 40
a. Measurement 41
1) Measured per square yard of Driveway Approach installed. 42
b. Payment 43
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 44
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 45
price bid per square yard for “Driveway Approach” installed for: 46
a) Various types. 47
b) Various depths. 48
49
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 8 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Furnishing and installing Driveway Approach as specified by the Drawings 2
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 3
3) Water 4
4) Loading 5
5) Unloading 6
6) Storing 7
7) Hauling 8
8) Handling of materials 9
9) Traffic control for all testing 10
10) Trial batches (as needed) 11
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 12
12) Concrete 13
13) Aggregate 14
14) Supplementary cementing materials 15
15) Concrete additives 16
16) Mixing 17
17) Placement of concrete 18
18) Finishing of concrete 19
19) Curing and curing compounds 20
20) Sawing 21
21) Joint sealant 22
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 23
23) Disposal of excess material 24
24) Clean-up 25
11. Driveway 26
a. Measurement 27
1) Measured per square yard of Driveway installed. 28
b. Payment 29
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31
price bid per square yard for “Driveway” installed for: 32
a) Various types. 33
b) Various depths. 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Furnishing and installing Driveway as specified by the Drawings 36
2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 37
3) Water 38
4) Loading 39
5) Unloading 40
6) Storing 41
7) Hauling 42
8) Handling of materials 43
9) Traffic control for all testing 44
10) Trial batches (as needed) 45
11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 46
12) Concrete 47
13) Aggregate 48
14) Supplementary cementing materials 49
15) Concrete additives 50
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 9 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
16) Mixing 1
17) Placement of concrete 2
18) Finishing of concrete 3
19) Curing and curing compounds 4
20) Sawing 5
21) Joint sealant 6
22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 7
23) Disposal of excess material 8
24) Clean-up 9
1.3 REFERENCES 10
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 11
1. TAS – Texas Accessibility Standards 12
2. TDLR – Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation 13
B. Definitions 14
1. Curb: concrete edging or barrier measuring 18” or less in maximum height. 15
C. Reference Standards 16
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 17
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 18
unless a date is specifically cited. 19
2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 20
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 21
A. Pre-Paving Meeting 22
a. Hold a pre-paving meeting in accordance with Sections 32 12 16 and 32 13 13. 23
B. Sequencing 24
1. Sidewalk Construction 25
a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Curb, Gutter, Sidewalk, and 26
Driveway activities: 27
1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 28
a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 29
route to City for review. 30
2) The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 31
Control items included with the project. 32
b. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 33
State, and local guidelines. 34
c. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 35
1.5 SUBMITTALS 36
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 37
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 38
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 39
A. Concrete Mix Design in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 40
B. Asphalt Mix Design in accordance with Section 32 12 16. 41
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 10 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Product Data 1
1. Provide the following from each manufacturer supplying the following in 2
accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 12 16: 3
a. Curing compounds 4
b. Evaporation retardant 5
c. Joint fillers 6
d. Chemical additives 7
e. Epoxy 8
f. Fiber reinforcing 9
D. Equipment Submittals 10
1. Submit an equipment list of all major equipment in accordance with Sections 32 12 11
16 and 32 13 13. 12
E. Test and Evaluation Reports 13
1. Provide testing and evaluation reports in accordance with Sections 01 45 23, 03 00 14
00, 32 12 16, and 32 13 13. 15
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 16
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 17
1. All test reports generated during testing. 18
B. TDLR Inspection 19
1. Submit TDLR Proof of Inspection. Remove and replace any portions found to be 20
failing in accordance with Article 3.7. 21
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 23
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 24
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 25
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 26
66 00. 27
B. Follow all delivery, storage, and handling requirements for asphalt and concrete in 28
Sections 03 00 00, 32 12 16, and 32 13 13. 29
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 30
A. Follow all field condition requirements for asphalt and concrete in accordance with 31
Sections 03 00 00, 32 12 16, and 32 13 13. 32
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 33
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 34
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 35
36
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 11 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.2 MATERIALS 1
A. Refer to City standard details and Section 33 05 05 for requirements for excavation and 2
backfill. 3
B. Concrete 4
1. Provide Class A in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 5
2. Production Materials 6
a. Provide cementitious materials, admixtures, water, forms, joint filler, joint 7
sealant, and reinforcing chairs in accordance with Section 32 13 13. 8
3. Aggregate: 9
a. Provide aggregate in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 05 16. 10
b. Use coarse aggregate that is no larger than 1-1/2 inch. 11
4. Reinforcement: 12
a. Curb 13
1) When constructing Concrete Curb, Concrete Curb and Gutter, Concrete 14
Valley Gutter, or Concrete Ribbon Curb use fiber reinforcing in accordance 15
with Section 03 00 00. 16
2) When constructing Concrete Curb (Monolithic) use reinforcing steel in 17
accordance with Section 03 00 00. 18
b. Sidewalk and Curb Ramps 19
1) When constructing sidewalk less than 6” in thickness use fiber 20
reinforcement in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 21
2) When constructing sidewalk 6” in thickness or greater use steel 22
reinforcement in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 23
c. Driveway and Driveway Approaches 24
1) Provide reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 25
C. Asphalt 26
1. Refer to Section 32 12 16 for material requirements. 27
2. Use Type D for Asphalt Driveway surface courses. 28
3. Use Type B for Asphalt Driveway intermediate and/or base courses. 29
D. Curb Ramps 30
1. Provide detectable warning surface in accordance with TAS. 31
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 32
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 33
A. Follow all source quality control requirements for asphalt and concrete in Sections 03 34
00 00, 32 12 16, and 32 13 13. 35
PART 3 - EXECUTION 36
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 37
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 38
39
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 12 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION 1
A. Surface Preparation 2
1. Excavate and remove materials as required for the construction of curbs, sidewalks, 3
and driveways in accordance with Sections 02 41 15, 31 10 00, and 31 23 16. 4
2. Shape and compact subgrade or foundation surface to the line, grade, and cross-5
section specified in the Drawings. 6
3. If required, treat subgrade in accordance with Sections 32 11 29 and 32 11 33. 7
4. Lightly sprinkle subgrade or foundation surface immediately before final concrete 8
or asphalt placement. 9
3.4 INSTALLATION 10
A. General 11
1. Provide finished work with a well-compacted mass and a surface free from voids 12
meeting the required shape, line, and grade as specified in the Drawings. 13
2. Place concrete and asphalt in accordance with Sections 32 12 16 and 32 13 13. 14
3. All pedestrian facilities shall comply with provisions of TAS including location, 15
slope, width, shapes, texture and coloring. Pedestrian facilities installed by the 16
Contractor and not meeting TAS must be removed and replaced to meet TAS at no 17
cost to the City. 18
B. Equipment 19
1. Use equipment in accordance with Section 32 12 16 and 32 13 13. 20
2. Smart level: 21
a. Use approved Smart Level to verify all sidewalk, curb ramp, and driveway 22
grades. 23
b. Calibrate Smart Level with City inspector prior to performing tests. 24
C. Curbs 25
1. Integral 26
a. Place integral curb while the pavement is still plastic. 27
b. Spade and consolidate concrete material with pavement in order to obtain a 28
thorough bond. 29
2. Formed 30
a. Extend forms to full depth of concrete. 31
b. Pour concrete into forms and strike off with a template 1/4 to 3/8 in. less than 32
the dimensions of the finished curb. 33
c. When removing forms, take caution to prevent marring or spalling or concrete. 34
d. After initial set, plaster surface with mortar consisting of 1 part hydraulic 35
cement and 2 parts fine aggregate. 36
e. Brush exposed surfaces to a uniform texture. 37
3. Slip-formed 38
a. Hand-tamp and sprinkle subgrade material before concrete placement. 39
b. Provide clean surfaces for concrete placement. 40
c. Place the concrete with approved self-propelled equipment. 41
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 13 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1) The forming tube of the extrusion machine or the form of the slip form 1
machine must easily be adjustable vertically during the forward motion of 2
the machine to provide variable heights required to maintain established 3
grade line. 4
d. Attach a pointer or gauge to the machine so a continual comparison can be 5
made between the extruded or slip form work and grade guideline. 6
e. Brush finish surfaces immediately after extrusion or slip forming. 7
4. Joints 8
a. Place expansion joints in the curb and gutter at 200-foot intervals and at 9
intersection returns and other rigid structures. 10
b. Place tooled joints at 15-foot intervals or matching abutting sidewalk joints and 11
pavement joints to a depth of 1-1/2 inches. 12
c. Place expansion joints at all intersections with concrete driveways, curbs, 13
buildings, and other curb and gutters. 14
d. Make expansion joints no less than 1/2 inch in thickness, extending the full 15
depth of the concrete. 16
e. Make expansion joints perpendicular and at right angles to the face of the curb. 17
f. Neatly trim any expansion material extending above the finished work down to 18
finished grade. 19
g. Make expansion joints in the curb and gutter coincide with concrete expansion 20
joints. 21
h. Longitudinal dowels across the expansion joints in the curb and gutter are 22
required. 23
i. Install 3 No. 4 round, smooth bars, 24 inches in length, for dowels at each 24
expansion joint. 25
j. Coat 1/2 of the dowel with a bond breaker and terminate with dowel cap. 26
1) Dowel cap required to provide a minimum of 1 inch free expansion. 27
k. Support dowels by an approved method. 28
D. Sidewalk 29
1. Sidewalks constructed in driveway approach sections shall have a minimum 30
thickness equal to that of driveway approach or as specified in the Drawings. 31
2. Terminate workday production at an expansion joint. 32
3. Formed 33
a. Provide pre-molded or board expansion joints of the thickness specified in the 34
Drawings for sidewalk section lengths greater than 8 feet but less than 40 feet. 35
4. Slip-formed 36
a. Provide any additional surface finishing immediately after extrusion of slip-37
forming. 38
b. Construct joints at locations as specified in the Drawings. 39
5. Joints 40
a. Place expansion joints at 40 foot intervals. 41
b. Place expansion joints at sidewalks with concrete driveways, intersections with 42
other sidewalks, and at other adjacent old concrete work. 43
c. All expansion joints shall be 1/2 inch in thickness. 44
d. Edges of all construction and expansion joints and outer edges of all sidewalks 45
shall be finished to approximately a 1/2 inch radius with a suitable finishing 46
tool. 47
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 14 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Sidewalks shall be marked at intervals equal to the width of the walk with a 1
marking tool. 2
f. When sidewalk is against the curb, expansion joints shall match those in the 3
curb. 4
E. Curb Ramps 5
1. Install detectable warning surface according to manufacturer’s instructions. 6
F. Driveways 7
1. Provide concrete driveways and driveway approaches unless specified otherwise. 8
2. Provide uninterrupted access to adjacent property unless otherwise directed. 9
3. When curb is required, construct monolithically with the driveway pavement. 10
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 11
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 13
A. Concrete Placement Acceptance 14
1. Follow all acceptance requirements in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 15
13. 16
B. Asphalt Placement Acceptance 17
1. Follow all acceptance requirements in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 12 18
16. 19
C. Non-conforming work 20
1. Any work found to be non-conforming to the Contract Documents will be removed 21
and replaced at Contractor’s expense. 22
2. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to 23
determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 24
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 25
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 26
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 27
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 28
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 29
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 30
31
32 16 00
CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS
Page 15 of 15
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 1 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 17 23 1
PAVEMENT MARKINGS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Pavement Markings: 6
a. Thermoplastic, hot-applied, spray (HAS) pavement markings 7
b. Thermoplastic, hot-applied, extruded (HAE) pavement markings 8
c. Preformed retroreflective polymer pavement markings tape 9
d. Reflectorized multipolymer, spray pavement markings 10
e. Preformed heat-activated thermoplastic tape 11
f. Pavement markings, paint 12
2. Pavement Marking Legends. 13
3. Raised Pavement Markers. 14
4. Work Zone Markings. 15
5. Removal of Pavement Markings and Markers. 16
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 17
1. None. 18
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 19
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 20
Contract. 21
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
A. Measurement and Payment 24
1. Pavement Markings 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured per linear foot of pavement markings installed. 27
b. Payment 28
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30
price bid per linear foot of pavement markings installed for: 31
a) Various Widths. 32
b) Various Types. 33
c) Various Materials. 34
d) Various Colors. 35
c. The price bid shall include: 36
1) Furnishing and installing pavement markings as specified by the Drawings 37
2) Glass beads, if required 38
3) Surface preparation 39
4) Clean-up 40
5) Testing, if required 41
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 2 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Pavement Marking Legends 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per each pavement marking legend installed. 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6
price bid per each pavement marking legend installed for: 7
a) Various Types. 8
b) Various Materials. 9
c) Various Applications. 10
c. The price bid shall include: 11
1) Furnishing and installing pavement marking legend as specified by the 12
Drawings 13
2) Glass beads, if required 14
3) Surface preparation 15
4) Clean-up 16
5) Testing, if required) 17
3. Raised Pavement Markers 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measured per each raised pavement marker installed. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per each raised pavement marker installed for: 24
a) Various Types. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Furnishing and installing raised pavement markers as specified by the 27
Drawings 28
2) Surface preparation 29
3) Clean-up 30
4) Testing, if required 31
4. Work Zone Tab Markers 32
a. Measurement 33
1) Measured per each tab marker installed. 34
b. Payment 35
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 36
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 37
price bid per each tab marker installed. 38
c. The price bid shall include: 39
1) Furnishing and installing tab markers as specified by the Drawings 40
2) Surface preparation 41
3) Clean-up 42
5. Pavement Marking Removal 43
a. Measurement 44
1) Measured per linear foot of pavement markings removed. 45
b. Payment 46
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 47
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 48
price bid per linear foot of pavement markings removed for: 49
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 3 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a) Various Widths. 1
b) Various Types. 2
c) Various Materials. 3
d) Various Colors. 4
c. The price bid shall include: 5
1) Removing pavement markings as specified by the Drawings 6
2) Hauling 7
3) Disposal of excess materials 8
4) Clean-up 9
6. Pavement Marking Legend Removal 10
a. Measurement 11
1) Measured per each pavement marking legend removed. 12
b. Payment 13
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 14
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 15
price bid per each pavement marking legend removed for: 16
a) Various Types. 17
c. The price bid shall include: 18
1) Removing pavement marking legend as specified by the Drawings 19
2) Hauling 20
3) Disposal of excess materials 21
4) Clean-up 22
7. Raised Pavement Markers Removal 23
a. Measurement 24
1) Measured per each raised pavement marker removed. 25
b. Payment 26
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28
price bid per each raised pavement markers removed for: 29
a) Various Widths. 30
b) Various Types. 31
c) Various Materials. 32
d) Various Colors. 33
c. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Removing and disposing raised pavement markers as specified by the 35
Drawings 36
2) Hauling 37
3) Disposal of excess materials 38
4) Clean-up 39
8. Pavement Marking, Legend, and Raised Pavement Markers Removal for Utility 40
Trenching 41
a. Measurement 42
1) This item is considered subsidiary to the installation of water, wastewater, 43
or stormwater piping. 44
b. Payment 45
1) The work performed and materials in accordance with this item are 46
subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water, wastewater, or 47
stormwater piping installed. 48
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 4 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9. Pavement Marking, Legend, and Raised Pavement Markers Replacement for Utility 1
Trenching 2
a. Measurement 3
1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 4
b. Payment 5
1) The work performed and materials in accordance with this item shall be 6
paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Pavement Marking, Legend, and 7
Raised Pavement Markers Replacement for Utility Trenching”. 8
c. The price bid shall include: 9
1) Furnishing and installing pavement markings, legends, and raised pavement 10
markers to match pre-construction conditions 11
2) Hauling 12
3) Disposal of excess materials 13
4) Clean-up 14
15
1.3 REFERENCES 16
A. Reference Standards 17
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 18
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 19
unless a date is specifically cited. 20
2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD), 2011 Edition: 21
a. Part 3, Markings. 22
3. Federal Highway Administration (FHWA): 23
a. 23 CFR Part 655, FHWA Docket No. FHWA-2009-0139. 24
4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 25
Specifications (DMS): 26
a. 4200, Pavement Markers (Reflectorized). 27
b. 4300, Traffic Buttons. 28
c. 8200, Traffic Paint. 29
d. 8220, Hot Applied Thermoplastic. 30
e. 8240, Permanent Prefabricated Pavement Markings. 31
f. 8241, Removable Prefabricated Pavement Markings. 32
g. 8242, Temporary Flexible-Reflective Road Marker Tabs. 33
h. 8290, Glass Traffic Beads. 34
5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Pavement Marking Handbook: 35
a. Special Specification 1513 – Reflectorized Multipolymer Pavement Markings- 36
Houston District. 37
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 38
1.5 SUBMITTALS 39
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 40
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and /or fabrication for 41
special. 42
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 43
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 44
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 5 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 2
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 3
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 4
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 5
66 00. 6
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 9
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10
2.2 MATERIALS 11
A. Manufacturers 12
1. Pavement Markings 13
a. Preformed Retroreflective Polymer Pavement Markings Tape 14
1) SWARCO Director 60 15
2) 3M Stamark High Performance Tape Series 3801 ES 16
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 17
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 18
B. Materials 19
1. Pavement Markings 20
a. Thermoplastic, hot applied, spray 21
1) Width of longitudinal lines as specified in Drawings. 22
2) Supply products especially compounded for traffic markings. 23
3) When placed on driving surfaces, markings shall not be slippery when wet, 24
lift from pavement under normal weather conditions, nor exhibit a tacky 25
exposed surface. 26
4) Cold ductility of the material shall permit normal road surface expansion 27
and contraction without chipping or cracking. 28
5) Retain original color, dimensions, and placement under normal traffic 29
conditions at road surface temperatures of 158 degrees Fahrenheit and 30
below. 31
6) Uniform cross-section, clean edges, square ends, and no evidence of 32
tracking. 33
7) Density, quality, and thickness of the material shall be uniform throughout 34
the length and width of the markings. 35
8) 95 percent free of holes and voids, and free of blisters for a minimum of 60 36
days after application. 37
9) Material shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium 38
chloride or other chemicals used to prevent roadway ice, because of the oil 39
content of pavement markings, from oil droppings, or other effects of 40
traffic. 41
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 6 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
10) Material shall not prohibit adhesion of other thermoplastic markings if, at 1
some future time, new markings are placed over existing material. 2
a) New material shall bond itself to the old marking in such a manner that 3
no splitting or separation takes place. 4
11) Markings placed on driving surfaces shall be completely retroreflective 5
both internally and externally with traffic beads and shall exhibit uniform 6
retro-directive reflectance. 7
b. Thermoplastic, hot applied, extruded 8
1) Supply products especially compounded for traffic markings 9
2) When placed on driving surfaces, markings shall not be slippery when wet, 10
lift from pavement under normal weather conditions nor exhibit a tacky 11
exposed surface. 12
3) Cold ductility of the material shall permit normal road surface expansion 13
and contraction without chipping or cracking. 14
4) Markings shall retain their original color, dimensions, and placement under 15
normal traffic conditions at road surface temperatures of 158 degrees 16
Fahrenheit and below. 17
5) Markings shall have uniform cross-section, clean edges, square ends, and 18
no evidence of tracking. 19
6) Density, quality, and thickness of the material shall be uniform throughout 20
the length and width of the markings. 21
7) 95 percent free of holes and voids, and free of blisters for a minimum of 60 22
days after application 23
8) Minimum thickness of the marking, as measured above the plane formed 24
by the pavement surface, shall not be less than 1/8 inch in the center of the 25
marking and 3/32 inch at a distance of 1/2 inch from the edge. 26
9) Maximum thickness shall be 3/16 inch. 27
10) Material shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium 28
chloride, or other chemicals used to prevent roadway ice or because of the 29
oil content of pavement markings or from oil droppings or other effects of 30
traffic. 31
11) Material shall not prohibit adhesion of other thermoplastic markings if, at 32
some future time, new markings are placed over existing material. 33
a) New material shall bond itself to the old marking in such a manner that 34
no splitting or separation takes place. 35
12) Markings placed on the roadway shall be completely retroreflective both 36
internally and externally with traffic beads and shall exhibit uniform retro-37
directive reflectance. 38
c. Glass traffic beads 39
1) Manufactured from glass 40
2) Spherical in shape 41
3) Essentially free of sharp angular particles 42
4) Essentially free of particles showing cloudiness, surface scoring or surface 43
scratching 44
5) Water white in color 45
6) Applied at a uniform rate 46
7) In accordance with requirements of DMS-8290 47
d. Reflectorized Multipolymer, spray Pavement Markings Tape 48
1) Material in accordance with TxDOT Special Specification 1513. 49
50
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 7 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Preformed Heat-Activated Thermoplastic Tape 1
1) HotTape preformed thermoplastic 2
a) 0.125 mil thickness 3
f. Pavement Markings, Paint 4
1) In accordance with DMS-8200. 5
2. Raised Pavement Markers 6
a. In accordance with the requirements of the TMUTCD. 7
b. Non-reflective markers: 8
1) Round Ceramic Marker Types 9
a) Type Y (yellow body) 10
b) Type W (white body) 11
2) In accordance with DMS-4300 12
c. Reflective markers: 13
1) Manufactured of plastic 14
2) In accordance with DMS-4200 15
3) Marker Types: 16
a) Type I-C, white body, 1 face reflects white 17
b) Type II-A-A, yellow body, 2 faces reflect amber 18
c) Type II-C-R, white body, 1 face reflects white, the other red 19
3. Work Zone Markings 20
a. Temporary Flexible-Reflective Roadway Marker Tabs 21
1) In accordance with DMS-8242 22
2) Do not use to simulate edge lines. 23
3) No segment of roadway open to traffic shall remain without permanent 24
pavement markings for a period greater than 14 calendar days. 25
b. Raised Pavement Markers 26
1) In accordance with DMS-4200 27
c. Striping 28
1) In accordance with DMS-8200 29
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 30
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 31
A. Performance 32
1. Maintain minimum retroreflectivity level for longitudinal markings as detailed 33
below for a minimum of 30 calendar days. 34
35
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 8 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1
2
Posted Speed (mph)
≤ 30 35 – 50 ≥ 55
2-lane roads with centerline
markings only (1) n/a 100 250
All other roads (2) n/a 50 100
(1) Measured at standard 30-m geometry in units of mcd/m2/lux. 3
(2) Exceptions: 4
A. When raised reflective pavement markings (RRPMs) supplement or substitute for a 5
longitudinal line, minimum pavement marking retroreflectivity levels are not applicable as 6
long as the RRPMs are maintained so that at least 3 are visible from any position along that 7
line during nighttime conditions. 8
B. When continuous roadway lighting assures that the markings are visible, minimum 9
pavement marking retroreflectivity levels are not applicable. 10
PART 3 - EXECUTION 11
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 13
3.3 PREPARATION 14
A. Surface Preparation 15
1. Remove dirt, grease, loose and/or flaking existing markings, and other forms of 16
contamination from existing roadway surface. 17
2. Remove curing membrane from new concrete surfaces. 18
3. Apply material after pavement surface is completely dry. 19
a. The pavement is considered dry if there is no condensation after 15 minutes of 20
observation on the underside of 1 square foot piece of clear plastic placed on 21
pavement surface and weighted on the edges on a sunny day. 22
4. Equipment and methods used for surface preparation shall not damage existing 23
pavement or create a hazard to motorists or pedestrians. 24
3.4 INSTALLATION 25
A. General 26
1. Apply materials in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 27
2. Apply markings and markers on clean, dry pavement with a surface temperature 28
above 50 degrees Fahrenheit and/or within temperature limits recommended by the 29
material manufacturer. 30
3. Ensure proper safety precautions and traffic control when markings are applied on 31
roadways open to traffic. Provide traffic control in accordance with TMUTCD. 32
4. Protect freshly applied markings from traffic damage and disfigurement. 33
5. Temperature of the material must be equal to the temperature of the road surface 34
prior to restoring traffic. 35
36
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 9 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Pavement Markings 1
1. Thermoplastic, hot applied, spray 2
a. For installation and replacement of long lines – centerlines, lane lines, edge 3
lines, turn lanes, and dots. 4
b. Application Thickness: 5
1) 100 mils 6
a) For applications over existing markings, install 90 mils. 7
c. Use sealer on concrete or asphalt pavement older than three (3) years. 8
d. Provide a typical setting time between 4 minutes and 10 minutes depending 9
upon the roadway surface temperature and the humidity factor. 10
e. Supplement roadway centerlines, lane lines, and turn lanes with retroreflective 11
raised pavement markers. Place markers as specified in the Drawings. 12
2. Thermoplastic, hot applied, extruded 13
a. For installation and replacement of crosswalks and stop-lines. 14
b. Apply markings at a 125 mil thickness. 15
3. Preformed Polymer Tape 16
a. For installation and replacement of crosswalks, stop-lines, and legends. 17
b. Apply markings to adhere to the pavement surface with no slippage or lifting 18
and have square ends, straight lines, and clean edges. 19
4. Preformed Heat-Activated Thermoplastic Tape 20
a. For installation and replacement of crosswalks, stop-lines, and legends. 21
b. Apply marking to adhere to the pavement surface with no slippage or lifting 22
and have square ends, straight lines, and clean edges. 23
C. Raised Pavement Markers 24
1. Install on concrete roadways with epoxy adhesive. 25
a. Bituminous adhesive is not permitted. 26
2. Install on new asphalt roadways with epoxy or bituminous adhesive. 27
3. Ensure proper alignment of individual marker using a chalk line, chain, or 28
equivalent. Place markers uniformly along the line to achieve a smooth continuous 29
appearance. 30
D. Work Zone Markings 31
1. Minimize disruption to traffic. 32
2. Install longitudinal markings on pavement surfaces before opening to traffic. 33
3. Maintain lane alignment traffic control devices and operations until markings are 34
installed. 35
4. Install markings in proper alignment in accordance with the TMUTCD and as 36
specified in the Drawings. 37
5. Place standard longitudinal lines no sooner than 3 calendar days after the placement 38
of a surface treatment, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 39
6. Place in proper alignment with the location of the final pavement markings. 40
7. Do not use raised pavement markers for words, symbols, shapes, or diagonal or 41
transverse lines. 42
8. Marking visibility is required for at least a distance of 300 feet in daylight 43
conditions and 160 feet in nighttime conditions on a low-beam automobile 44
headlight illumination. 45
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 10 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9. The daytime and nighttime reflected color of the markings must be distinctly white 1
or yellow. 2
10. The markings must exhibit uniform retroreflective characteristics. 3
11. Epoxy adhesives are not permitted for work zone markings 4
E. Removals 5
1. Pavement Marking and Pavement Marker Removal 6
a. Use best practices to remove existing pavement markings and markers. 7
b. If the roadway is damaged during marker removal, coordinate with the City 8
prior to continuing removal operations. 9
c. Minimize color and texture contrast of the pavement surface as a result of 10
removals. 11
d. Repair damages greater than ¼ inch in depth resulting from the removal of 12
pavement markings and markers from asphaltic surfaces. 13
1) Driveway patch asphalt emulsion may be broom applied to reseal damage 14
to asphaltic surfaces. 15
e. Dispose of markers in accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations. 16
f. Use any of the following methods unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 17
1) Surface Treatment Method 18
a) Apply surface treatment at rates specified in the Drawings. 19
b) Place a surface treatment a minimum of 2 feet wide to cover the 20
existing marking. 21
c) Place a surface treatment, thin overlay, or microsurfacing a minimum 22
of 1 lane in width in areas where directional changes of traffic are 23
involved or in other areas as directed by the City. 24
2) Burn Method 25
a) Use burning method approved by City. 26
b) For thermoplastic pavement markings or prefabricated pavement 27
markings, heat may be applied to remove the bulk of the marking 28
material prior to blast cleaning. 29
c) When using heat, avoid spalling pavement surfaces. 30
d) Sweeping or light blast cleaning may be used to remove minor residue. 31
3) Blasting Method 32
a) Use a blasting method such as water blasting, abrasive blasting, water 33
abrasive blasting, shot blasting, slurry blasting, water-injected abrasive 34
blasting, or brush blasting as approved by City. 35
b) Remove pavement markings on concrete surfaces by blasting method 36
only. 37
4) Mechanical Method 38
a) Use any mechanical method except grinding. 39
b) Flail milling is acceptable in the removal of markings on asphalt and 40
concrete surfaces. 41
2. No additional compensation will be allowed for removing markings and markers at 42
the location to be paved over or where pavement is to be removed. 43
44
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 45
46
32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 11 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 1
A. Remove and replace markings placed by faulty application methods or in the wrong 2
position or alignment by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. 3
B. Replace or remedy faulty markings on the same day of notification if markings create 4
motorist confusion or hazard, as determined by City. Replace and remedy all other 5
faulty markings within 5 days of notification. 6
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 7
A. Maintain uniform cross-section with clean edge and square ends for all markings. 8
B. Maintain uniform density and quality of markings throughout its thickness. 9
C. More than 5 percent, by area, of holes or voids on the applied markings is not 10
acceptable. Applied markings shall be free of blisters. 11
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 12
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 13
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 14
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 18
END OF SECTION 19
20
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
21
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 1 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 32 84 00 1
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Product and installation requirements for: 6
a. Irrigation System Installation 7
b. Irrigation System Restoration 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12
Contract. 13
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14
3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 15
4. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers – Locators. 16
5. Section 33 14 11 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe. 17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18
A. Measurement and Payment 19
1. Irrigation System Installation 20
a. Measurement 21
1) Measured per lump sum of Irrigation System Installation. 22
b. Payment 23
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 25
price bid per lump sum for Irrigation System Installation installed. 26
c. The price bid shall include: 27
1) Furnishing and installing Irrigation System Installation as specified by the 28
Drawings 29
2) Trench excavation and backfill 30
3) All products required to install irrigation system 31
4) Product and installation testing 32
5) Licensed irrigator 33
6) Equipment 34
7) Tools 35
8) Equipment 36
9) Labor and incidentals needed to execute work 37
2. Irrigation System Restoration 38
a. Measurement 39
1) Measured per lump sum of Irrigation System Restoration. 40
41
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 2 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3
price bid per lump sum for Irrigation System Restoration. 4
c. The price bid shall include: 5
1) Furnishing and installing Irrigation System Restoration as specified by the 6
Drawings 7
2) Trench excavation and backfill 8
3) All products required to install irrigation system 9
4) Product and installation testing 10
5) Licensed irrigator 11
6) Equipment 12
7) Tools 13
8) Equipment 14
9) Labor and incidentals needed to execute work 15
1.3 REFERENCES 16
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 17
1. CWP – Cold Working Pressure 18
2. GPM – Gallons per Minute 19
3. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 20
4. PVC – Polyvinyl Chloride 21
B. Reference Standards 22
1. ASTM International (ASTM): 23
a. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) 24
Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 25
b. D2241, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated 26
Pipe (SDR Series). 27
2. NSF International (NSF): 28
a. 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. 29
3. Uniform Plumbing Code 30
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 31
A. Preinstallation Meetings 32
1. Coordinate with the current owners of any existing irrigation system 1 week prior to 33
holding the preinstallation meeting. 34
2. Hold a preinstallation meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under 35
Irrigation Installation and Repair. Invite the City and the current owner (if other 36
than the City) of any existing irrigation system along with any appropriate 37
representatives. Prior to the preinstallation meeting, the following needs to be 38
prepared or conducted: 39
a. Irrigation Plan: 40
1) Provide an irrigation plan prepared, signed, and sealed by a licensed 41
irrigator. 42
2) Test the existing system prior to meeting in accordance with Quality 43
Assurance. 44
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 3 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.5 SUBMITTALS 1
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 3
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4
A. Shop Drawings 5
1. Product Data 6
a. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer supplying irrigation 7
products to be used on the project. 8
b. Product data sheets will include: 9
1) Manufacturer name 10
2) Date 11
3) Product description 12
4) Verification that the product meets the required standards stated in this 13
specification. 14
5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification 15
6) Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable 16
7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 17
8) Usage and Installation Recommendations 18
B. Information Submittals 19
1. Trench Safety Plan 20
a. Provide a trench safety plan if required in accordance with Occupational Safety 21
and Health Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety regulations, Subpart P-22
Excavations. If required provide shop drawings in accordance with Section 33 23
05 05. 24
2. Backflow Prevention Testing 25
a. Provide backflow prevention test results performed by a Certified Backflow 26
Tester. 27
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 28
A. Operation and Maintenance Data 29
1. Provide any manufacturer recommended operation and maintenance information to 30
the City and irrigation system owner (if other than the City) once the irrigation 31
system is installed. 32
B. Warranty Documentation 33
1. Provide any manufacturer warranty information to the City and irrigation system 34
owner (if other than the City) once the irrigation system is installed. 35
2. Transfer any manufacturer irrigation warranties to the City or irrigation owner 36
following irrigation installation if applicable. 37
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 38
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 39
A. Qualifications 40
41
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 4 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Licensed Professionals 1
a. Provide an irrigator licensed in the State of Texas to oversee the construction of 2
all Irrigation Installation and Restoration work performed. 3
B. Preconstruction Testing 4
1. Coordinate with the owners of any existing irrigation systems to schedule a 5
preconstruction test. Invite the irrigation system owners and the City along with 6
their appropriate representatives to witness the preconstruction test. 7
2. Perform a preconstruction test of any existing irrigation systems and provide 8
documentation of the working condition of any existing irrigation system. Include 9
the following documentation: 10
a. Photos, videos, and site notes that adequately document the existing condition 11
of each zone, controller equipment, sprinkler heads, and drip lines. 12
b. Provide any additional documentation that is available such as record drawings. 13
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 14
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 15
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 16
66 00. 17
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS 18
A. Ambient Conditions 19
1. In accordance with applicable specifications and manufacturer recommendations 20
for all water products. Applicable specifications include, but are not limited to 21
Section 33 14 11. 22
B. Existing Conditions 23
1. Prior to performing work: 24
a. Locate all existing utility lines in accordance with State and local requirements 25
b. Verify power source for existing and proposed irrigation systems 26
c. Document existing irrigation system in accordance with Administrative 27
Requirements, if applicable 28
d. Locate all existing irrigation structures which may include, but are not limited 29
to water lines, controllers, sprinkler heads, and drip lines 30
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 31
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 32
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 33
2.2 PRODUCTS 34
A. General 35
1. Provide products specified in the Drawings or approved equal. 36
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models shall be processed in accordance 37
with Section 01 25 00. 38
B. Manufacturers 39
40
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 5 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1. Control Valves 1
a. Drip Zones 2
1) Rain Bird, XCZ-100-PRB-COM 3
b. Master Valve, 1” 4
1) Rain Bird, 100-PEB 5
c. Master Valve, 1.5” 6
1) Rain Bird, 150-PEB 7
d. Master Valve, 2” 8
1) Rain Bird, 200-PEB 9
e. Flow Meter, 1” 10
1) Netafilm, 1" Water Meter Cast Iron 11
f. Flow Meter, 2” 12
1) Netafilm, 2" Water Meter Cast Iron 13
g. Isolation Valve 14
1) Spears HD, CWV 15
h. Quick Coupler 16
1) Rain Bird, 33-DRC 17
2. Drip Tubing and Fitting 18
a. Standard Drip 19
1) Rain Bird, XFS-09-12 20
b. Check Valve Drip 21
1) Rain Bird, XFCV-09-12 22
c. Drip Tube Fittings 23
1) Rain Bird, XF™ Series 17mm Insert Fittings 24
d. Tree Bubbler 25
1) Hunter, PCN-50 26
e. Tree Bubbler Head, 4” 27
1) Hunter, 1804-SAM-PRS 28
f. Operation Indicator 29
1) Rain Bird, XFS OPERIND X17500 30
3. Controllers 31
a. Motorola, IRRInet AC/DC 32
b. Rain Bird, WR2-RFC Rain/Freeze Combo 33
c. Others as specified by the City 34
4. Backflows 35
a. Wilkins, RPZ 375XL 115 Lead Free 36
b. Wilkins, RPZ 375XL 020 Lead Free 37
5. Backflow Enclosures 38
a. Dekorra, 302-BG-C3 39
b. Dekorra, 603GN 40
6. Valve Boxes 41
a. Large Rectangle Box (21”x15”x13”) 42
1) NDS, 117BC 43
b. Standard Rectangle Box (17”x12”x12”) 44
1) NDS, 113BC 45
c. 6” Round Box 46
1) NDS, 107BC 47
d. 10” Round Box 48
1) NDS, 111BC 49
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 6 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
7. Flow Sensor 1
a. Arad, AC Flow Meter 2
b. Others as specified by the City 3
C. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4
1. Provide PVC pipe in accordance with: 5
a. ASTM D1784 6
b. ASTM D2241 7
c. NSF 61 8
d. Uniform Plumbing Code 9
2. Provide PVC Class 200 SDR 21 for irrigation mainline. 10
3. Provide PVC Class 200 SDR 21 for irrigation lateral line. 11
4. Provide PVC Schedule 40 for pipe sleeves. 12
5. Provide Detectable Warning Tape in accordance with Section 33 05 97. 13
D. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings 14
1. Provide PVC fittings in accordance with: 15
a. ASTM D1784 16
b. ASTM D2241 17
c. NSF 61 18
d. Uniform Plumbing Code 19
2. Provide fittings that are solvent weld type, schedule 40, and of the type 20
recommended by the pipe manufacturer for the size and intended use. 21
3. If connecting to a metal pipe or metal accessory, use a PVC adapter with female 22
thread. Any PVC pipe that is connected by any other means may be considered 23
non-conforming. Obtain written approval from the City if another connection 24
method has been approved. 25
E. Irrigation Heads or Bubblers 26
1. Refer to the Drawings for the nozzle sets, circle angles, and product series. 27
2. Provide irrigation heads or bubblers that conform to the requirements of the 28
manufacturer designated on the Drawings or approved equal. 29
F. Wire and Wire Connectors 30
1. Provide copper wiring UL approved, Type UF, PVC insulated, 14 gage, suitable for 31
direct burial, and in accordance with the requirements for a NEC Class 2 circuit (30 32
volts AC or less). 33
2. Provide direct burial wire connectors that have a one-piece PVC housing that when 34
filled with silicone forms a reusable, one-piece, moisture-proof wire splice 35
connector. 36
3. Provide wire connectors that are U.L. listed, rated 60C, 500 volts, for PVC 37
insulated wire. 38
4. Do not use epoxy type wire connectors. 39
G. Gate Valves 40
1. Provide a gate valve rated for a minimum 150 PSI working pressure. 41
2. Provide a gate valve in accordance with the size specified in the Drawings. 42
3. For any gate valve 2 inches in size or smaller, use Ohio bras or approved equal. 43
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 7 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Install the gate valve per City Standard Details or Drawings. 1
H. Valve Boxes 2
1. For any electric valves, provide a plastic valve box rated for use with electric 3
control valves. 4
I. Electric Section Control Valves 5
1. Provide the size specified in the Drawings. 6
2. Only one electric section should operate at one time on any one controller. 7
3. Electric sectional control valves 8
a. Globe-type diaphragm valves of normally open design 9
b. 24 VAC electric solenoid control operated, 10
c. Equipped with flow adjustment stems, 11
d. Cold working pressure (CWP) of 150 PSI 12
e. Plastic bodies and covers. 13
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 14
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 15
PART 3 - EXECUTION 16
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 17
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 18
3.3 PREPARATION 19
A. Demolition / Removal 20
1. Prior to removal or shut-off of any existing irrigation systems, notify the owner 21
within 48 hours. 22
3.4 INSTALLATION 23
A. Trench Excavation and Backfill 24
1. Trenching and backfilling are considered subsidiary to the irrigation installation bid 25
items. 26
2. Perform trench excavation and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05 unless 27
otherwise specified in the Drawings or this Section. 28
3. Trench Excavation 29
a. Maintain a minimum distance of 6 inches between parallel lines. 30
b. Excavate to a depth that provides the following cover from finished grade: 31
1) 30 inches minimum under vehicle traffic area 32
2) Non-vehicle traffic areas: 33
a) 18 inches minimum for lateral lines 34
b) 24 inches minimum for main lines 35
4. Backfill 36
a. Backfill the trench after the irrigation system is operational and required testing 37
and inspection has been performed by the City and a licensed irrigator. 38
b. Embedment material is not required unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 39
40
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 8 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Backfill Material: 1
1) Initial Backfill 2
a) Remove any rocks or stones larger than 1 inch from the backfill 3
material for 6 inches above the top of pipe. 4
b) Place marker tape on top of the initial trench backfill in accordance 5
with Section 33 05 97. 6
2) Final Backfill 7
a) Remove any rocks or stones larger than 3 inches in diameter. 8
3) All in-situ materials are considered acceptable unless otherwise specified in 9
the Drawings. 10
d. Compact in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 11
e. For trenches that will have plantings installed at finished grade, flood the 12
backfill prior to installing plantings using a jetting process. 13
B. Pipe Laying 14
1. Lay pipe at a minimum 1 foot from the back of curb, sidewalks, buildings, walls, 15
and other objects, or as directed by the City. 16
2. Install all PVC pipe connections and fittings in accordance with the manufacturer’s 17
recommendations and Section 33 14 11. 18
C. Pipe Joints 19
1. Install joints in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and Section 20
33 14 11. 21
2. Allow adequate time for joint solvent to form a chemical bond before disturbing the 22
joint. Refer to manufacturer’s recommendations. If no recommendation is given, do 23
not disturb the joint for 15 minutes after joint is installed on pipe. 24
D. Closing and Flushing of PVC Pipe 25
1. Cap or plug pipes after installation to prevent entry of foreign materials that would 26
obstruct the flow of water. 27
2. Leave caps or plugs in place until it is time for final completion. 28
3. At final completion, remove the caps, thoroughly flush all water lines, and perform 29
any final testing necessary for final completion. 30
E. Sprinkler Heads and Drip Tubing 31
1. Install sprinkler heads and drip tubing in accordance with the manufacturer’s 32
recommendations at locations specified in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 33
F. Wiring 34
1. Install wire in trenches below the pipe or in a minimum 1-inch PVC pipe with at 35
least 12 inches of cover of its entire run. 36
2. Install wire in continuous lengths. 37
3. Splice wire, if required, in valve boxes using waterproof materials. 38
G. Valve and Valve Box Placement 39
1. Install valves and valve boxes at a minimum 2 foot from the back of curb, 40
sidewalks, buildings, walls, and other objects, or as directed by the City. 41
2. Place valves and valve boxes in accordance with City Standard Details, applicable 42
specifications, and the Drawings. 43
44
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 9 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Valves 1
a. Install all gate, check, and control valves with a valve box to the same depth as 2
the irrigation pipe. 3
b. Provide a minimum of 12 inches of clearance from the top of the valve to the 4
surface of the valve box. 5
c. After valves are installed, fully open and fully close valves to ensure that all 6
parts are in working condition. 7
4. Valve Boxes 8
a. Set valve boxes plumb vertically and concentric with the valve stem. 9
b. If a valve box is relocated due to incorrect installation location, relocate at no 10
cost to the City. 11
c. Coil any excess wires inside the valve box. 12
d. When valve is located in pavement, install concrete collar around valve box in 13
accordance with City Standard Details. 14
e. Adjust valve box height to be flush with finished grade. 15
H. Controller 16
1. Install controllers in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations at locations 17
shown on the Drawings. 18
I. Backflow Prevention 19
1. Install backflow prevention in accordance with the manufacturer’s 20
recommendations at locations shown on the Drawings or as directed. 21
2. Install the double check valve in a concrete meter box per City Standard Details or 22
the Drawings. 23
J. Sleeves & Encasement 24
1. Coordinate with the paving contractor to install sleeves as shown on the Drawings. 25
2. Install wiring and irrigation piping in separate encasements when under pavement. 26
3. For encasement pipes, provide a minimum of 12 inches of cover over the pipe. 27
a. For areas with surface improvements, cover is measured from the top of the 28
pipe to the bottom of subgrade or to the bottom of the sidewalk slab. 29
K. Boring 30
1. Boring is only allowed when specified in the Drawings. Coordinate with the City 31
for approval of boring locations and requirements. 32
3.5 REPAIR AND RESTORATION 33
A. Restore all existing surfaces and repair any existing structures or pipes that have been 34
damaged due to irrigation installation at no cost to the City. 35
B. If any existing irrigation systems have been damaged as a result of any construction 36
activities, repair and restore the existing irrigation system to the original condition. 37
1. Obtain approval from the irrigation system owner and provide approval to the City. 38
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 39
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 40
A. General 41
1. Provide a licensed irrigator to perform all required Site Quality Control testing. 42
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 10 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Perform inspections throughout the duration of installation. 1
B. Sprinkler/Dripline Layout and Spacing Inspection 2
1. Verify the irrigation design is accurately installed in the field. 3
2. If spacing is not within 5 percent of the design spacing, adjust the layout at no cost 4
to the City. 5
3. If design cannot be met due to site constraints, obtain written approval from the 6
City and the licensed irrigator before modifying the layout. 7
C. Pipe Installation Depth Inspection 8
1. Verify the irrigation pipes were installed to the minimum depths in accordance with 9
this Section. 10
2. Verify all joints were installed correctly and there are no loose or non-compliant 11
joints. 12
D. Hydrostatic Tests 13
1. Provide a licensed irrigator during hydrostatic testing and notify the City in writing 14
48 hours in advance of testing. 15
2. Center load piping with initial backfill to prevent arching or slipping under 16
pressure. 17
3. After all welded joints have cured for at least 24 hours, test the mainlines from the 18
meter to the valves, with all valves closed, for at least 2 consecutive hours by 19
applying a continuous and static minimum 80 PSI water pressure. Repair leaks if 20
necessary and retest. 21
4. Maintain all mainline and lateral lines under static pressure for 24 hours without 22
leaks before final approval. 23
5. If the Hydrostatic Test indicates any leaks, repair at no cost to the City. 24
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 25
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 26
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 27
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 28
A. Demonstration 29
1. After installation is complete, hold a demonstration meeting and invite the licensed 30
irrigator who prepared the irrigation plans, the City, and the current owner (if other 31
than the City) of any existing irrigation systems along with any appropriate 32
representatives. At this meeting, perform the following tasks: 33
a. If there is an existing system: 34
1) Test the irrigation system and compare the functionality with the 35
documented conditions of any existing irrigation system. 36
b. If there is not an existing system: 37
1) Test the irrigation system to verify all zones, controllers, sprinkler heads, 38
and drip lines function as designed. 39
c. Obtain in writing the City and the irrigation owner (if other than the City) have 40
agreed the irrigation system functions as designed after the demonstration 41
meeting is held. 42
d. The meeting is required to be performed prior to final acceptance. 43
32 84 00
IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION
Page 11 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Record of Installation 1
1. Provide a Record of Installation set of Drawings to any existing irrigation system 2
owners with any warranties and product information at the completion of irrigation 3
system installation. 4
2. If the City is the owner of the irrigation system, provide the record drawings to the 5
prime contractor to be included with the overall record drawing set at the end of the 6
project. 7
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10
END OF SECTION 11
12
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
13
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 1 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
SECTION 32 93 00 1
PLANTINGS 2
3
PART 1 - GENERAL 4
1.1 SUMMARY 5
A. Section Includes: 6
1. Material, installation, and maintenance requirements for: 7
a. Plantings (Tree, Shrub, Ground Cover, and Miscellaneous Plantings) 8
b. Topsoil, Seeding, and Sodding (Grass and Wildflowers) 9
c. Landscape Edging 10
d. Landscape Restoration 11
e. General Site Landscaping 12
f. Subsidiary Planting Items (Fertilizer, Mulch, Plant Supports, Mulch Tacking, 13
and Water) 14
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 15
1. None. 16
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 17
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 18
Contract. 19
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 20
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcement. 21
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 22
5. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sediment Control. 23
6. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 24
7. Section 32 13 16 – Decorative Concrete Paving. 25
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 26
A. Measurement and Payment 27
1. Tree 28
a. Measurement 29
1) Measured per each Tree planted. 30
b. Payment 31
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 32
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 33
price bid per each for Tree planted for: 34
2) Various caliper inches. 35
c. The price bid shall include: 36
1) Furnishing and installing Tree as specified by the Drawings 37
2) Preparing excavation pit 38
3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 39
4) Plant supports 40
5) Loading 41
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 2 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
6) Unloading 1
7) Storing 2
8) Hauling 3
9) Handling all materials 4
10) Placing 5
11) All maintenance activities 6
2. Shrub 7
a. Measurement 8
1) Measured per each Shrub planted. 9
b. Payment 10
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 11
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 12
price bid per each of Shrub planted for: 13
a) Various sizes. 14
c. The price bid shall include: 15
1) Furnishing and installing Shrub as specified by the Drawings 16
2) Preparing excavation pit 17
3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 18
4) Plant supports 19
5) Loading 20
6) Unloading 21
7) Storing 22
8) Hauling 23
9) Handling all materials 24
10) Placing 25
11) All maintenance activities 26
3. Ground Cover 27
a. Measurement 28
1) Measured per square foot of Ground Cover planted. 29
b. Payment 30
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32
price bid per square foot for Ground Cover planted. 33
c. The price bid shall include: 34
1) Furnishing and installing Ground Cover as specified by the Drawings 35
2) Preparing excavation pit 36
3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 37
4) Plant supports 38
5) Loading 39
6) Unloading 40
7) Storing 41
8) Hauling 42
9) Handling all materials 43
10) Placing 44
11) All maintenance activities 45
4. Miscellaneous Planting 46
a. Measurement 47
1) Measured per each of Miscellaneous Planting planted. 48
b. Payment 49
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 3 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2
price bid per each for Miscellaneous Planting installed. 3
c. The price bid shall include: 4
1) Furnishing and installing Miscellaneous Planting as specified by the 5
Drawings 6
2) Preparing excavation pit 7
3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 8
4) Plant supports 9
5) Loading 10
6) Unloading 11
7) Storing 12
8) Hauling 13
9) Handling all materials 14
10) Placing 15
11) Tools 16
12) Equipment 17
13) All maintenance activities 18
5. Landscape Edging 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measured per linear foot of Landscape Edging installed. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24
price bid per linear foot for Landscape Edging installed for: 25
a) Concrete Landscape Edging, various widths and depths 26
(1) 6” wide, 12” depth, 6”x12” 27
(2) 12” wide, 12” depth, 12”x12” 28
(3) 12” wide, 24” depth, 12”x24” 29
b) Decorative Concrete Landscape Edging, 12”x12” 30
c) Plastic Landscape Edging 31
d) Metal Landscape Edging 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Furnishing and installing Landscape Edging as specified by the Drawings 34
2) Loading 35
3) Unloading 36
4) Storing 37
5) Hauling 38
6) Handling all materials 39
7) Placing 40
8) All maintenance activities 41
6. Topsoil 42
a. Measurement 43
1) Measured per cubic yards of Topsoil installed. 44
b. Payment 45
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 46
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 47
price bid per cubic yard for Topsoil installed. 48
49
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 4 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Furnishing and installing Topsoil as specified by the Drawings 2
2) Salvaging existing topsoil 3
3) Loading 4
4) Unloading 5
5) Storing 6
6) Hauling 7
7) Handling all materials 8
8) Placing 9
9) All maintenance activities 10
7. Seeding 11
a. Measurement 12
1) Measured per square yard of Seed installed. 13
b. Payment 14
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 15
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 16
price bid per square yard of Seeding installed for: 17
a) Grass Seeding. 18
b) Wildflower Seeding. 19
c. The price bid shall include: 20
1) Furnishing and installing Seeding as specified by the Drawings 21
2) Rolling and tamping 22
3) Loading 23
4) Unloading 24
5) Storing 25
6) Hauling 26
7) Handling all materials 27
8) Placing 28
9) Mulching and tacking, if required 29
10) Fertilizer, if required 30
11) Watering, until established 31
12) All maintenance activities 32
8. Sodding 33
a. Measurement 34
1) Measured per square yard of Sodding installed. 35
b. Payment 36
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 37
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 38
price bid per square yard of Sodding installed. 39
c. The price bid shall include: 40
1) Furnishing and installing Sodding as specified by the Drawings 41
2) Rolling and tamping 42
3) Loading 43
4) Unloading 44
5) Storing 45
6) Hauling 46
7) Handling all materials 47
8) Placing 48
9) Mulching and tacking, if required 49
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 5 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
10) Fertilizer, if required 1
11) Watering, until established 2
12) All maintenance activities 3
9. Landscape Restoration 4
a. Measurement 5
1) Measured lump sum of Landscape Restoration installed 6
b. Payment 7
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 8
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 9
price bid per lump sum for Landscape Restoration. 10
c. The price bid shall include: 11
1) Furnishing and installing Landscape Restoration as specified by the 12
Drawings 13
2) Preparing excavation pit 14
3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 15
4) Plant supports 16
5) Loading 17
6) Unloading 18
7) Storing 19
8) Hauling 20
9) Handling all materials 21
10) Placing 22
11) All maintenance activities 23
10. General Site Landscaping 24
a. Measurement 25
1) Measured lump sum of General Site Landscaping installed 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per lump sum for General Site Landscaping installed. 30
c. The price bid shall include: 31
1) Furnishing and installing General Site Landscaping as specified by the 32
Drawings 33
2) Preparing excavation pit 34
3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 35
4) Plant supports 36
5) Loading 37
6) Unloading 38
7) Storing 39
8) Hauling 40
9) Handling all materials 41
10) Placing 42
11) All maintenance activities 43
1.3 REFERENCES 44
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 45
1. PSF – Pounds per Square Foot 46
2. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 47
3. B&B – Balled and Burlapped 48
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 6 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
B. Definitions 1
Figure 1 2
Limits of excavation, embankment, salvaged topsoil and replaced topsoil 3
4
5
C. Reference Standards 6
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 7
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 8
unless a date is specifically cited. 9
2. American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature 10
a. Standardized Plant Names 11
3. American National Standard Institute ANSI: 12
a. ANSI Z60.1 – American Standard for Nursery Stock 13
14
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 7 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
4. Texas Department of Agriculture Standards: 1
a. Texas Seed Law 2
b. Texas Fertilizer Law 3
5. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 4
Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 5
a. Item 7, Article 7, “Preservation of Cultural and Natural Resources and the 6
Environment” 7
6. TxDOT Test Procedures: 8
a. Tex-128-E, Determining Soil pH. 9
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 10
A. Coordination 11
1. Coordinate with irrigation installation to ensure plantings receive required amount 12
of water. The Contractor is responsible for all watering required in accordance with 13
this Section. 14
B. Pre-Planting Meetings 15
1. Coordinate with the current owners of any existing landscape areas 1 week prior to 16
holding the pre-planting meeting. 17
2. Hold a pre-planting meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under 18
Plantings. A second pre-planting meeting may be required if seeding/sodding 19
activities are performed more than 3 weeks apart from planting activities. Invite the 20
City and the current owner (if other than the City) of any existing landscape areas 21
along with any appropriate representatives. Prior to the pre-planting meeting, the 22
following needs to be prepared or conducted: 23
a. Landscape Plan: 24
1) Provide a landscape plan prepared, signed, and sealed by a licensed 25
landscape architect. 26
2) Document existing landscape areas during the growing and blooming 27
season. Documentation to include at a minimum quantity, location, and 28
condition of all existing landscape areas. 29
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 31
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 32
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 33
C. Shop Drawings 34
1. Product Data 35
a. Provide product data for the following products to be used during Planting 36
activities. 37
1) Tacking Agents 38
2) Fertilizer 39
3) Tree Trunk Protection 40
4) Landscape Edging 41
5) Insect, Disease, and Animal Treatment 42
a. Product data sheets will include: 43
1) Manufacturer name or source location 44
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 8 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
2) Date 1
3) Product description 2
4) Verification that the product meets the required standards stated in this 3
specification. 4
5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification 5
6) Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable 6
7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 7
8) Usage and Installation Recommendations 8
9) Maintenance recommendations, if applicable 9
2. Plantings 10
a. Provide the following information for any plantings: 11
1) Nursery Name and Location 12
2) Date 13
3) Plant description 14
4) Certification that the plants meet the specification requirements 15
5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification 16
6) Planting recommendations 17
7) Maintenance recommendations 18
3. Plastic and Metal Landscape Edging 19
a. Provide a shop drawing of the product data for the plastic and/or metal 20
landscape edging material being used. . 21
4. Topsoil 22
a. Provide any offsite source location for topsoil and soil testing results. 23
5. Sod 24
a. Provide source location and proposed grass type for all sod used on project site. 25
6. Seed 26
a. Provide source location for seeding and seed type for all grass and wildflower 27
seeding. 28
7. Mulch 29
a. Provide no float cypress mulch or approved equal for use in landscape areas. 30
b. For all other types of mulch, provide source location, type of mulch, and 31
composition for all mulch used on site. 32
8. Concrete 33
a. Provide concrete mix design, integral color, stamp pattern, and sealant for all 34
concrete and decorative concrete landscape edging in accordance with Sections 35
03 00 00, 32 13 13, and 32 13 16. 36
D. Informational Submittals 37
1. Licensed Landscaper 38
a. Provide information and applicable certifications for the licensed landscape 39
architect or a landscaper of sufficient experience in project specific plantings. 40
2. Equipment Submittals: 41
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 42
1) Equipment name and description 43
2) Size 44
3) Intended use 45
46
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 9 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1
A. Maintenance Recommendations 2
1. Provide any nursery or supplier recommendations for care and maintenance of 3
plants and plant materials to the City. 4
B. Warranty Documentation 5
1. Provide any nursery or supplier warranty information to the City. 6
2. Transfer any nursery or supplier warranties to the City if applicable. 7
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS 8
A. Maintain all plantings for 1 year. No separate pay will be provided for maintenance 9
period. 10
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 11
A. Qualifications 12
1. Licensed Professionals 13
a. Provide a landscape architect or qualified landscaper during planting. 14
2. Planting Substitutions 15
a. No substitutions will be allowed without written approval by the City. The 16
following is required when requesting a plant substitution: 17
1) Submit proof of non-availability together with proposal for use of 18
equivalent material. 19
2) Substitutions of larger size or better grade than specified will be allowed 20
upon approval by the City. No additional payment or increase in unit price 21
will be given. 22
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 23
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 24
1. Plants 25
a. General: 26
1) Notify City at least 48 hours prior to delivering plants to the site. 27
2) Coordinate with the City for inspection and approval of materials upon 28
delivery. 29
3) Remove rejected plants from the workplace and replace as directed. 30
b. When planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery 31
1) Set plants in the shade 32
2) Protect from weather and mechanical damage 33
3) Keep roots moist by covering with mulch, burlap, or other acceptable 34
means of retaining moisture. Water as needed. 35
2. Trees 36
a. Ship trees with Certificates of Inspection as required by governing authorities. 37
b. Label each tree and shrub with securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible 38
designation of botanical and common name. 39
c. Use protective covering during delivery. 40
d. Deliver packaged materials in fully labeled original containers showing weight, 41
analysis, and name of nursery. 42
43
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 10 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 1
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 2
66 00. 3
2. Trees 4
a. Protect trees from deterioration during delivery and while being stored on-site. 5
b. Do not prune prior to planting. 6
c. Do not bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in a way that will damage the bark, 7
break branches, or alter the natural shape. 8
C. Stockpiling 9
1. Topsoil 10
a. Stockpile topsoil, when necessary, in a windrow in approved locations within 11
the right of way or easements. 12
b. Keep source and stockpile areas drained. 13
c. Once topsoil has been removed from stockpiled location, restore stockpile site 14
to existing conditions or better. 15
2. Seed 16
a. If using native grass or wildflower seed, provide seed harvested within 100 17
miles of the site. 18
b. Provide each seed species in separate containers labeled with seed variety. 19
3. Sod 20
a. Protect sod from exposure to wind, sun, and freezing. 21
b. Keep stacked sod moist. 22
4. Fertilizer 23
a. Provide fertilizer in acceptable distribution condition and in containers labeled 24
with the analysis. 25
1.11 SITE CONDITIONS 26
A. Ambient Conditions 27
1. Follow all nursery and/or supplier recommendations for optimal weather conditions 28
for installation. 29
2. Comply with all requirements of this specification for planting, seeding, and 30
sodding timeframes. 31
B. Existing Conditions 32
1. Prior to performing work: 33
a. Locate all existing utility lines in accordance with Federal, State, and local 34
requirements. 35
b. Verify power source for existing and proposed irrigation systems. 36
c. Document existing irrigation system in accordance with Administrative 37
Requirements, if applicable. 38
d. Locate all existing irrigation structures which may include, but are not limited 39
to water lines, controllers, sprinkler heads, and drip lines. 40
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 41
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 42
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 43
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 11 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
2.2 MATERIALS 1
A. Plants 2
1. General: 3
a. Planting bid items are generic based on plant types. Refer to Drawings for 4
planting schedule and locations. 5
b. Provide nursery-grown plants unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 6
c. Provide plants with the following characteristics: 7
1) vigorous, healthy, well-rooted plants 8
2) with well-formed crowns 9
3) true to sizes and of typical shape and characteristic of the species 10
d. Refer to Source Quality Control for non-conforming plants. 11
2. Plant Supports: 12
a. Provide a minimum 8-foot long steel T-stakes and 1-inch wide plastic tree 13
chains with protecting chain cover to interface with tree trunk or ArborTie or 14
similar product. 15
b. Deadman Anchoring System: 16
1) Where applicable for anchoring trees, obtain written approval for products 17
and installation method prior to planting trees. 18
c. Provide an ArborGard tree truck protector or similar product. 19
3. Trees 20
a. Tree characteristics: 21
1) True to species and variety specified 22
2) Straight and symmetrical 23
3) Grown under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of the 24
project for at least 2 years 25
4) Freshly dug during the most recent favorable harvest season 26
5) Grown and harvested in accordance with the American Standard for 27
Nursery Stock 28
6) From a nursery within 200 miles of the project unless otherwise approved 29
7) Compatible with the cold hardiness zone of the project location 30
b. Mark the tree’s north orientation in the nursery for all deciduous trees grown in 31
the field with a 1-inch diameter spot of white paint on the tree trunk within the 32
bottom twelve inches of the trunk. 33
c. Provide a tree with a crown in good overall proportion to entire height of the 34
tree with branching configuration as recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for the tree 35
specified. 36
d. Balled and Burlapped Trees 37
1) Provide trees balled and burlapped or in the container that the tree was 38
grown in. 39
2) Dig a size and shape conforming to the American Standard for Nursery 40
Stock. 41
3) Ensure the balls contain soil with as many fibrous roots as possible. 42
4) Wrap balls firmly with non-synthetic, rottable burlap and secure the burlap 43
using nails and heavy non-synthetic rottable twine. 44
5) Ensure the root collar is apparent (first lateral root visible) at the surface of 45
the ball after wrapping. 46
6) Trees with loose, broken, processed, or manufactured root balls will not be 47
accepted. 48
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 12 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
e. Caliper Measuring: 1
1) For trunks up to 4 inches or less in diameter: Measure the caliper 6 inches 2
above the top of root ball. 3
2) For trunks that are more than 4 inches in diameter: Measure the caliper 12 4
inches above the top of root ball. 5
3) Caliper Measurements: 6
a) By diameter tape measure 7
b) Indicated calipers on Drawings are minimum 8
c) Averaging of plant caliper is not permitted. 9
4. Backfill and Plant Soil Mix: 10
a. Use soil excavated from the plant pits or beds or provide a loose, friable soil 11
mix as specified in the Drawings. 12
b. Provide a mix free of: 13
1) reproductive parts of weeds and grasses 14
2) harmful substances and detrimental amounts of foreign matter 15
c. Use fertilizer when specified in the Drawings. 16
B. Landscape Edging 17
1. Concrete 18
a. Concrete Class: Class A 19
2. Decorative Concrete 20
a. Concrete Class: Class A 21
b. Provide the amount of color to be added to the concrete during production with 22
the concrete mix design. 23
c. Provide color in accordance with the requirements of the Drawings and Section 24
32 13 16. 25
3. Plastic and Metal 26
a. Plastic and metal landscape edging are not permitted unless otherwise specified 27
in the Drawings or approved in writing by the City. 28
b. Plastic and metal landscape edging will be permitted only in locations where 29
the proposed landscape edging is matching existing. 30
c. Provide the City with a shop drawing to review prior to purchasing the 31
landscape edging. 32
C. Topsoil 33
1. Approved Topsoil Sources: 34
a. Within the Right of Way: 35
1) Obtain topsoil from the right of way at sites of proposed excavation or 36
embankment when specified in the Drawings, or as directed by the City. 37
b. Outside the Right of Way: 38
1) Obtain topsoil from approved sources in accordance with Article 7.7 39
“Preservation of Cultural and Natural Resources and the Environment”. 40
2. Topsoil characteristics: 41
a. Easily cultivated and fertile 42
b. Free of objectionable material including subsoil, weeds, clay lumps, non-soil 43
materials, roots, stumps, or stones larger than 1 inch in diameter 44
c. Resists erosion 45
d. Able to support plant growth 46
e. When tested: 47
1) pH: 5.5 to 8.5 per Tex-128-E 48
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 13 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
2) Liquid Limit: 50 or less 1
3) Plasticity Index: 20 or less 2
4) Gradation: Maximum of 10 percent passing the No. 200 sieve 3
D. Seeding 4
1. General 5
a. Provide seed from the previous season’s crop in accordance with Texas Seed 6
Law including the testing and labeling for pure live seed (PLS=Purity x 7
Germination). 8
b. Furnish Seed of the designated species in unopened and labeled bags or 9
containers. 10
c. Use within 12 months from the date of the analysis. 11
d. When Buffalograss is specified, use seed treated with potassium nitrate 12
(KNO3). 13
2. Availability of Seed 14
a. The City may permit the use of an alternative seed variety if the specified seed 15
is not available. 16
b. Receive approval in writing before using an alternative seed variety. 17
3. Unacceptable Seed Varieties 18
a. Johnson Grass 19
b. Nut Grass 20
c. Use a seed product that does not contain more than 10 percent by weight of the 21
total of pure live seed of weed seed. 22
4. Approved Seed Varieties 23
a. Do not plant wildflower seed mixes: 24
1) within 10 feet of a road or parking lot 25
2) within 3 feet of a sidewalk, trail, or other walkway 26
b. Ditch, Channel, and Rural Area Seeding: 27
1) Plant between February 1 and May 15 28
29
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 14 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
Table 1 1
Ditch, Channel, and Rural Area Seed Mix 2
Clay Soils
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Sandy Soils
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Green Sprangletop (Van Horn)
Sideoats Grama (Haskell)
Texas Grama (Atascosa)
Hairy Grama (Chaparral)
Shortspike Windmillgrass (Welder)
Little Bluestem (OK Select)
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.4
0.2
0.8
Green Sprangletop (Van Horn)
Hooded Windmillgrass (Mariah)
Shortspike Windmillgrass (Welder)
Hairy Grama (Chaparral)
Slender Grama (Dilley)
Sand Lovegrass (Mason)
Sand Dropseed (Borden County)
Little Bluestem (OK Select)
1.0
0.2
0.2
0.4
1.0
0.2
0.2
0.8
Wildflower Seed Mixes
Purple Prairie Clover (Cuero)
Englemann Daisy (Eldorado)
Illinois Bundleflower
Awnless Bushsunflower (Plateau)
0.6
0.75
1.3
0.2
Partridge Pea (Comanche)
Englemann Daisy (Eldorado)
Purple Prairie Clover
0.6
0.75
0.3
c. Urban Area Seeding 3
1) Plant between February 1 and May 15 4
Table 2 5
Urban Area Seed Mix 6
Clay Soils
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Sandy Soils
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Green Sprangletop
Sideoats Grama (El Reno)
Buffalograss (Texoka)
Bermudagrass
0.3
3.6
1.6
2.4
Green Sprangletop (Van Horn)
Buffalograss (Texoka)
Bermudagrass
Sand Dropseed (Borden County)
0.3
1.6
3.6
0.4
d. Cool Weather Seeding 7
1) Plant between September 1 and November 30 8
Table 3 9
Cool Weather Seed Mix 10
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Tall Fescue
Western Wheatgrass
Wheat (Red, Winter)
4.5
5.6
34
e. Warm Weather Seeding 11
1) Plant between May 1 and August 31 12
Table 4 13
Warm Weather Seed Mix 14
Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre)
Foxtail Millet 34
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 15 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
E. Sodding 1
1. Do not use sod from areas where the grass is thinned out. 2
2. Approved Sod Varieties 3
a. St. Augustine grass 4
b. Common Bermudagrass 5
c. Buffalograss 6
d. Approved varieties of Bermudagrass and Zoysia Grass 7
e. Match existing grass varieties where possible. 8
3. Acceptable Growing Bed Properties: 9
a. St. Augustine: 10
1) Clay or Clay Loam topsoil 11
b. Bermudagrass and Zoysia Grass: 12
1) Sandy or Sandy Loam soils 13
4. Sod characteristics: 14
a. Block, rolled, or solid 15
b. Free from insects, noxious weeds, Johnson grass, other grasses, stones, or any 16
matter deleterious to the growth and subsistence of the sod 17
c. Alive and growing grass and is of the type specified in the Drawings 18
d. Contains stolons, leaf blades, rhizomes, and dense matted roots throughout the 19
soil of the sod for a minimum of 1 inch 20
5. Acceptable Sod Dimensions 21
a. Machine cut to uniform soil thickness. 22
b. Has a uniform width and can be easily lifted, handled, and rolled without 23
breaking. 24
c. Minimum Sod Thickness: 3/4 inch 25
d. Maximum Grass Height: 2 inches 26
6. Keep sod material moist from the time it is dug until it is planted. Grass sod with 27
dried roots will be considered non-conforming. Any grass installed with dried roots 28
will be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 29
7. Mulch sod is not approved for use. 30
8. Any broken or torn sod or sod with uneven ends will be considered non-conforming 31
and will be rejected. Remove any non-conforming sod at no cost to the City. 32
F. Landscape Restoration 33
1. Inventory all existing plantings prior to any construction activity. 34
2. Contractor to replace any existing plantings that have been damaged due to 35
construction activities and restore the landscape site to the existing condition or 36
better. 37
G. Water 38
1. Provide clean water free of industrial wastes and other substances harmful to the 39
growth of vegetation. 40
H. Fertilizer 41
1. Provide fertilizer in accordance with the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law 42
and passes testing by the Texas A&M Feed and Fertilizer Control Service. 43
2. Acceptable Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Potassium Composition 44
a. 16 percent Nitrogen, 20 percent Phosphorus, and 0 percent Potassium 45
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 16 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
b. 16 percent Nitrogen, 8 percent Phosphorus, and 8 percent Potassium 1
c. Ensure that 50 percent of the nitrogen component is a slow-release sulfur-2
coated urea. 3
I. Mulch 4
1. For Use on Seeding: 5
a. Straw Mulch: 6
1) Oat, wheat, or rice straw 7
b. Hay Mulch: 8
1) Hay mulch of either Bermudagrass or prairie grasses. 9
c. Characteristics: 10
1) Free of Johnson grass and other noxious and foreign materials. 11
2) Dry and free from molded or rotted material. 12
2. For Use on Landscape Areas: 13
a. Provide no float cypress mulch or approved equal. 14
b. Mulch characteristics: 15
1) is free from growth or germination inhibiting qualities; and 16
2) contains no more than 10 percent moisture. 17
J. Tacking Materials 18
1. Use a tacking agent applied in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations or 19
a crimping method on all straw or hay mulch operations. 20
2. Use tacking agents as approved or as specified in the Drawings. 21
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 22
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 23
A. Tests and Inspections 24
B. Non-Conforming Work 25
1. Rejection of Plants 26
a. Plants with any of the following characteristics are subject to rejection: 27
1) Disease or insect infestation, including eggs and larvae 28
2) Dried or damaged root system or crown 29
3) Excessive abrasion of the bark 30
4) Prematurely opened or damaged buds 31
5) Disfiguring knots 32
6) Evidence of heat, freeze, windburn, mold, sub scale, or similar conditions 33
7) Damaged, pruned, crooked, or multiple leaders, unless multiple leaders are 34
specified or are normal for the species 35
8) Cut limbs over 3/4 inch in diameter that have not completely callused 36
9) Dry, soggy, loose, cracked, broken, misshapen, or undersized root balls 37
10) Processed balled roots (bench balled) 38
11) Root balls encased in impervious material 39
12) Overgrown or root-bound plants 40
13) Undersized or unsound containers 41
14) Containers with less than ¾ planting medium depth 42
15) An abnormal balance between height and spread for the species 43
16) Missing or broken serialized locking tags, when specified 44
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 17 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
17) Any condition not in accordance with the Drawings or nursery stock 1
standards 2
18) Conditions that would prevent thriving growth or cause an unacceptable 3
appearance 4
C. Manufacturer Services 5
D. Coordination of Other Tests and Inspections 6
PART 3 - EXECUTION 7
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 8
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 9
3.3 PREPARATION 10
A. Surface Preparation 11
1. Plants 12
a. Mark Plant Locations and Bed Outlines 13
1) Provide and install markings such as wooden stakes to mark the locations, 14
types of plants, and the outline of planting beds. 15
2) Obtain approval from the City and any applicable landscape bed owners of 16
the plant and bed locations before any planting activities begin. 17
2. Plant Bed Preparation 18
a. Prepare the bed and install the planting soil mix, vegetation barrier, and other 19
materials as specified in the Drawings. 20
3. Plant Soil Preparation 21
a. Clean topsoil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay lumps, and other foreign 22
materials. 23
b. Mix fertilizer in with topsoil within 48 hours of planting. 24
4. Erosion Control Blanket 25
a. Prepare the site in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and 26
Section 31 25 14. 27
3.4 INSTALLATION 28
A. Finishing of Parkways 29
1. Finishing of parkways is considered subsidiary to pertinent items and will not be 30
paid for separately. 31
2. Smoothly shape parkways, shoulders, slopes, and ditches. 32
3. Grade parkways to finished slopes and elevations prior to the placement of any 33
Plantings within the site. 34
4. Standard Parkway Slopes 35
a. Minimum: 1 percent 36
b. Maximum: 4:1 37
c. Use standard parkway slopes unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or 38
directed by the City. 39
40
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 18 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
d. Where sidewalk is present, maintain the minimum parkway slope in accordance 1
with the following criteria before transitioning to a steeper slope: 2
1) from the back of curb to the face of sidewalk edge 3
2) 2 feet from the back of sidewalk 4
e. If no sidewalk is present, maintain minimum parkway slope 2 feet from the 5
back of curb before transitioning to a steeper slope. 6
B. Plants 7
1. Plant Pit Excavation 8
a. Excavate the receiving pits for mechanically transplanted plants with the same 9
type and size equipment used to dig the plants. 10
b. Depth: 11
1) Excavate pits for container and balled and burlapped stock to the depth 12
specified in the Drawings or at least the depth of the root ball. 13
2) Excavate pits for bare root plants to the depth of the root system. 14
3) Excavate pits on slopes using measurements specified in the Drawings or at 15
least the depth of the root ball based on the uphill side of the pit. 16
c. Horizontal Dimensions: 17
1) Provide a minimum horizontal dimension of 12 inches between the root 18
ball and pit walls for the following, unless otherwise specified in the 19
Drawings: 20
a) 15 gallon or larger pots 21
b) 14 inch or larger boxes 22
c) Larger than 14-inch root balls of balled and burlapped plants 23
2) Provide a minimum horizontal dimension of 2 times the root ball diameter 24
across the pit for the following, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings: 25
a) Less than 15-gallon pots 26
b) 14 inch or smaller root balls of balled and burlapped plants. 27
3) Provide a minimum pit diameter for bare root plants in accordance with the 28
supplier’s recommendations and allows the roots to spread without 29
crowding or curving around the walls of the pit. 30
2. Plant Installation 31
a. General Plant Installation: 32
1) Install plants within 24 hours of excavating plant pits. Cover or barricade 33
any planting pit to remain open overnight. 34
2) Scarify the walls of pits as plant installation begins. 35
3) Lift plants only from the bottom of the root balls or with belts or lifting 36
harnesses that are wide enough to not damage the root balls. 37
4) Center all plants in a pit, except those mechanically collected, and back fill 38
in lifts using topsoil, fertilized topsoil, or planting mix as directed. 39
5) Backfill in lifts where each lift is 1/3 of the depth of the root ball. 40
6) Fill the pit with water after each lift to remove air pockets. 41
b. Containerized Plants: 42
1) Remove plastic, paper, or fibrous pots from the containerized plant material 43
before planting. 44
2) Pull roots out of the root mat and cut circling roots with a knife. 45
3) Loosen the potting soil and shake away from the root mat. 46
4) Install the plant immediately after removing the container, install the plant. 47
48
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 19 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
c. Balled and Burlapped (B&B) Plants 1
1) Cut and remove ropes or strings from the top of root balls and trees after 2
plant has been set. 3
2) Remove burlap or cloth wrapping and any wire baskets. 4
a) If site conditions do not allow complete removal, remove a minimum 5
of the top two-thirds of balls. 6
3) Do not turn under and bury portions of burlap at top of ball. 7
d. For mechanically collected plants: 8
1) Prune protruding roots from the root ball to a point even with the cutting 9
blades. 10
2) Place the plant in the pit and work sand between the pit walls and the root 11
ball with water until the sand fills all the cavities. 12
e. Apply fertilizer where specified in the Drawings. 13
f. Ensure top of the root ball remains at the grade specified in the Drawings after 14
settlement. 15
3. Pruning: 16
a. Perform in accordance with Section 31 10 00. Provide all required submittals 17
and testing required in accordance with Section 31 10 00. 18
b. Limit pruning to removal of dead and broken branches and as needed to 19
improve the appearance and health of the plants. 20
c. Remove and dispose of pruning debris. 21
4. Plant Supports: 22
a. Install plant supports such as staking, guying, anchoring, and bracing as 23
specified in the Drawings. 24
b. Support and keep plants in a vertical position or as directed. 25
5. Trunk Protection: 26
a. Perform in accordance with Section 31 10 00. Provide all required submittals 27
and testing required in accordance with Section 31 10 00. 28
6. Landscape Edging Installation 29
a. Concrete Landscape Edging (Concrete Mow Strips) 30
1) Concrete Class: Class A, 12 inches wide, 6 inches thick 31
2) Finish: Trowel 32
3) Sawing: 1.5” deep sawcut spaced at 6’ on center 33
4) Jointing: If mow strip is adjacent to the back of curb or other pavement 34
structure, provide a doweled expansion joint between mow strip and 35
pavement. 36
b. Plastic or Metal Edging 37
1) Install landscape edging in accordance with the Drawings and 38
manufacturer’s recommendations. 39
7. Mulching 40
a. Mulch plant beds to a depth of 2 inches unless otherwise specified in the 41
Drawings. 42
C. Landscape Edging 43
1. Concrete and Decorative Concrete 44
a. Install in accordance with Sections 03 30 00, 32 13 13, and 32 13 16. 45
2. Plastic and Metal 46
a. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 47
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 20 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
D. Topsoil 1
1. Remove and dispose of objectionable material from the topsoil source before 2
starting work. 3
2. Cultivate the area to a depth of 4 inches before placing topsoil unless sodding is 4
installed. Refer to this Section for topsoil depth requirements. 5
3. Spread 4 inches of topsoil to a uniform loose cover unless another depth is specified 6
in the Drawings. 7
4. Place and shape the topsoil as directed. 8
5. Water and roll the topsoil with a light roller or other suitable equipment. 9
E. Seeding 10
1. General: 11
a. In Areas Without Existing Grass: 12
1) Cultivate the area to a depth of 4 inches before placing the seed. 13
2) Smoothly distribute topsoil to a depth of 4 inches. 14
b. In Areas with Existing Grass: 15
1) Mow the area before placement of the permanent seed. 16
2. Broadcast Seeding: 17
a. Broadcast seed in 2 directions at right angles to each other. 18
b. After placing seeds, perform the following: 19
1) In large seeding areas along ditches, channels, or rural areas: 20
a) Roll the planted area with a light roller or other suitable equipment. 21
2) In urban seeding areas: 22
a) Harrow or lightly rake the area to cover the seed. 23
3) Avoid covering the seed with more soil than twice the seed’s diameter. 24
c. Wildflower Seeding: 25
1) Scalp any existing grass to 1 inch and remove all grass clippings before 26
spreading wildflower seeds. 27
3. Mechanically Seeding (Drilling): 28
a. Uniformly distribute seed over the areas specified in the Drawings. 29
b. All varieties of seed and fertilizer may be distributed at the same time provided 30
that each component is uniformly applied at the specified rate. 31
c. Drill seed at a depth of 1/4 inch to 1/3 inch utilizing a pasture or rangeland type 32
drill. 33
d. Plant seeds along the contour of slopes. 34
e. After planting: 35
1) Roll with a roller that is integral to the seed drill, or use a corrugated roller 36
referred to as a “Cultipacker.” 37
2) Roll sloped areas on the contour. 38
4. Hydromulching is not allowed. 39
5. Fertilize uniformly at the required rate over seeded area. 40
6. Watering and Finishing 41
a. Water soil to a minimum depth of 4 inches within 48 hours of seeding. 42
b. Water twice daily for 14 days after seeding. Take care to prevent washing of the 43
slopes or dislodgement of the seed. 44
1) If seed is washed away due to watering or rainfall, re-seed bare areas until 45
grass meets the required length for final acceptance at no cost to the City. 46
c. Continue watering until after final acceptance. 47
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 21 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
7. Final Turf Requirements 1
a. Continue seeding activities until seeded areas are free of bare areas. 2
b. Established Turf: 3
1) 100 percent growth to a height of 3 inches. 4
2) A minimum of 1 mow cycle has been completed. 5
c. Final acceptance won’t be given until turf has been established. 6
F. Sodding 7
1. General: 8
a. Plant the sod specified and mulch, if required, after the area has been completed 9
to lines and grades as specified in the Drawings. 10
b. Use grass sod of the same grass type as the adjacent grass or existing lawn 11
unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 12
c. Plant between the average date of the last freeze in the Spring and 6 weeks 13
before the average date for the first freeze in the Fall according to the Texas 14
Almanac for the project area. 15
d. Use care to retain native soil on the roots of the sod during the process of 16
excavating, hauling, and planting. 17
e. Keep sod material moist from the time it is dug until planted. 18
2. Installation: 19
a. Cultivate the area to a depth of 6 inches before placing the sod. 20
b. Place 4 inches of topsoil in accordance with the type of sod grass being 21
installed. 22
c. Apply fertilizer uniformly over the entire area and water, if required in 23
accordance with the Drawings. 24
d. Place sod so the entire area designated for sodding is covered. 25
e. Fill voids left in the sodding with additional sod and tamp. 26
f. Roll and tamp sod so sod is in complete contact with topsoil at a uniform slope. 27
g. Peg sod with either wooden pegs or wire staples driven through the sod block to 28
the firm earth in areas that may slide. 29
h. Remove portions of dead sod as necessary to provide a uniform established turf 30
before final acceptance. Removal and replacement of dead sod will be done at 31
no cost to the City. 32
i. Ensure top of sod is 1-inch below the top of curb, sidewalk, concrete edging, or 33
any other adjacent structure. 34
3. Watering and Finishing 35
a. Coordinate irrigation installation with planting to ensure plants and grass are 36
receiving adequate water. Contractor is responsible for watering all plantings 37
during construction until final acceptance. 38
b. Thoroughly water sod immediately after planting. 39
c. Continue watering until after final acceptance. 40
d. Established Turf: 41
1) 100 percent growth to a height of 3 inches. 42
2) A minimum of 1 mow cycle has been completed. 43
3) Roots have started to peg down 44
4) There are no dead blocks of sod. 45
e. Final acceptance won’t be given until turf has been established. 46
47
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 22 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
G. Erosion Control Blanket 1
1. Install erosion control blanket in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations 2
and Section 31 25 14. 3
2. Install the erosion control blanket within 24 hours after seeding or sodding has 4
occurred unless otherwise directed. 5
H. Mulching 6
a. Ensure top of sod is 1-inch below the top of curb, sidewalk, concrete edging, or 7
any other adjacent structure. 8
2. For Use on Grass Sod: 9
a. Apply straw or hay mulch uniformly in areas as specified in the Drawings. 10
b. Use an approved tacking method over the mulched area. 11
c. Application Rate: 12
1) Straw Mulch: 13
a) Apply at 2 to 2.5 tons per acre 14
2) Hay Mulch: 15
a) Apply at 1.5 to 2 tons per acre 16
I. Fertilizer 17
1. Apply uniformly at the specified rate over required areas. 18
2. Apply fertilizer as a dry material and do not mix with water to form a slurry. 19
3. Fertilizer Rate: 20
a. Seeding: 21
1) Incorporate during seedbed preparation. 22
2) Not required for wildflower seeding. 23
3) Grass Seeding: 24
a) Newly Established – 100 pounds of nitrogen per acre 25
b) Established Seeding Areas – 150 pounds of nitrogen per acre 26
b. Sod: 27
1) Only required when directed by the City or specified in the Drawings. 28
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 29
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 30
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 31
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 32
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 33
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 34
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 35
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 36
3.13 MAINTENANCE 37
A. Maintenance 38
1. Perform maintenance on all plantings until final acceptance of the project. 39
32 93 00
PLANTINGS
Page 23 of 23
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised February 15, 2020
2. Maintenance is considered subsidiary to applicable planting items and will not be 1
paid for separately. 2
3. Mowing, Trimming, and Edging 3
a. Mow, trim, and edge all planting areas within the project limits. 4
b. Mow, trim, and edge at a minimum every 15 days during the growing season 5
unless otherwise directed. 6
c. Mow to a height of 3 to 4 inches in height. 7
d. Keep cord trimmers at least 1 foot from plants to prevent damage. 8
e. Remove and replace all plants damaged during maintenance work. 9
4. Plant Bed and Site Maintenance 10
a. Chemically control weeds and unwanted grasses in plant beds, along structures, 11
and around existing plants within the project side every 15 days unless 12
otherwise directed. 13
b. Reshape plant beds every 30 days as necessary. 14
c. Maintain mulch in plant beds as needed. 15
d. Ensure that herbicides and pesticides do not damage any proposed or existing 16
desirable plants. 17
e. Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations for herbicides and pesticides. 18
5. Plant Supports 19
a. Replace, repair, and adjust supports as needed to meet the requirements of the 20
Drawings. 21
b. Adjust staking and guying to prevent girdling of plant trunks. 22
c. Remove or dispose of support material as directed. 23
6. Insect, Disease, and Animal Treatment 24
a. Inspect plants and planting areas every 15 days. 25
b. Notify the City of concerns, problems, and recommended corrective measures 26
in writing for approval. 27
c. Treat the plants and planting areas in accordance with TDA or TSPCB laws and 28
regulations. 29
d. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for handling and applying pesticides. 30
7. Plant Replacement 31
a. Remove and dispose of dead and damaged plants from the site as directed. 32
b. Replace plants as originally specified within 10 days of notification. 33
c. Plant replacement must be completed and approved prior to final acceptance. 34
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 35
END OF SECTION 36
37
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
38
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 1 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
SECTION 33 01 50 1
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO 2
GRADE 3
4
PART 1 - GENERAL 5
1.1 SUMMARY 6
A. Section Includes: 7
1. Vertical adjustments to manholes, inlets, valve boxes, cathodic protection test 8
stations, and other miscellaneous structures to a new grade. 9
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10
1. None. 11
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13
Contract. 14
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing 16
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 17
5. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 18
6. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 19
7. Section 32 01 17 – Flexible Paving Repair. 20
8. Section 32 01 29 – Rigid Paving Repair. 21
9. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover and Grade Rings. 22
10. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 23
11. Section 33 14 20 – Resilient Seated Gate Valve. 24
12. Section 33 14 40 – Fire Hydrants. 25
13. Section 33 05 61 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes. 26
14. Section 33 05 62 – Precast Concrete Manholes. 27
15. Section 33 05 76 – Fiberglass Manholes. 28
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 29
A. Measurement and Payment 30
1. Manhole – Minor Adjustment 31
a. Measurement 32
1) Measured per each manhole to be adjusted less than 6 inches to the grade 33
specified in the Drawings. 34
b. Payment 35
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 36
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 37
price bid per each “Manhole Adjustment, Minor” completed. 38
39
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 2 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Pavement removal 2
2) Excavation 3
3) Hauling 4
4) Disposal of excess material 5
5) Grade rings 6
6) Reuse of the existing manhole frame and cover 7
7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 8
8) Concrete base material 9
9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 10
10) Clean-up 11
2. Manhole – Major Adjustment 12
a. Measurement 13
1) Measured per each manhole to be adjusted greater than 6 inches and 14
requiring structural modification to the grade specified in the Drawings. 15
b. Payment 16
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 17
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 18
price bid per each “Manhole Adjustment, Major” completed. 19
c. The price bid shall include: 20
1) Pavement removal 21
2) Excavation 22
3) Hauling 23
4) Disposal of excess material 24
5) Structural modifications and grade rings 25
6) Reuse of the existing manhole frame and cover 26
7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 27
8) Concrete base material 28
9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 29
10) Clean-up 30
3. Manhole – Major Adjustment with Frame and Cover 31
a. Measurement 32
1) Measured per each manhole to be adjusted greater than 6 inches, requiring 33
structural modification, and a new frame and cover to the grade specified in 34
the Drawings. 35
b. Payment 36
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 37
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 38
price bid per each “Manhole Adjustment, Major with Frame and Cover” 39
completed. 40
c. The price bid shall include: 41
1) Pavement removal 42
2) Excavation 43
3) Hauling 44
4) Disposal of excess material 45
5) Structural modifications and grade rings 46
6) Frame and cover 47
7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 48
8) Concrete base material 49
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 3 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 1
10) Clean-up 2
4. Inlet Adjustment 3
a. Measurement 4
1) Measured per each adjustment of an inlet requiring structural modifications 5
to the grade specified in the Drawings. 6
b. Payment 7
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 8
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 9
price bid per each “Inlet Adjustment” completed. 10
c. The price bid shall include: 11
1) Pavement removal 12
2) Excavation 13
3) Hauling 14
4) Disposal of excess material 15
5) Structural modifications 16
6) Reuse of frame and covers (if applicable) 17
7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 18
8) Concrete base material, as required 19
9) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as 20
required 21
10) Clean-up 22
5. Valve Box Adjustment 23
a. Measurement 24
1) Measured per each valve box adjustment to the grade specified in the 25
Drawings. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per each “Valve Box Adjustment” completed. 30
c. The price bid shall include: 31
1) Pavement removal 32
2) Excavation 33
3) Hauling 34
4) Disposal of excess material 35
5) Adjustment device 36
6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 37
7) Concrete base material, as required 38
8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as 39
required 40
9) Clean-up 41
6. Cathodic Protection Test Station Adjustment 42
a. Measurement 43
1) Measured per each adjustment of a cathodic protection test station to the 44
grade specified in the Drawings. 45
46
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 4 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
b. Payment 1
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3
price bid per each “Cathodic Protection Test Station Adjustment” 4
completed. 5
c. The price bid shall include: 6
1) Pavement removal 7
2) Excavation 8
3) Hauling 9
4) Disposal of excess material 10
5) Adjustment device 11
6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 12
7) Concrete base material, as required 13
8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as 14
required 15
9) Clean-up 16
7. Fire Hydrant Adjustment 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per each fire hydrant adjustment, requiring stem extensions, to 19
the grade specified in the Drawings. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per each “Fire Hydrant Stem Extension” completed. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Pavement removal 26
2) Excavation 27
3) Hauling 28
4) Disposal of excess material 29
5) Adjustment materials 30
6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 31
7) Concrete base material, as required 32
8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as 33
required 34
9) Clean-up 35
8. Miscellaneous Structure Adjustment 36
a. Measurement 37
1) Measured per each structure adjustment requiring structural modifications 38
to the grade specified in the Drawings. 39
b. Payment 40
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 41
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 42
price bid per each “Miscellaneous Structure Adjustment” completed. 43
c. The price bid shall include: 44
1) Pavement removal 45
2) Excavation 46
3) Hauling 47
4) Disposal of excess material 48
5) Structural Modifications 49
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 5 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 1
7) Concrete base material 2
8) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 3
9) Clean-up 4
1.3 REFERENCES 5
A. Abbreviations 6
1. CLSM – Controlled Low Strength Material 7
B. Definitions 8
1. Minor Adjustment 9
a. Refers to a small elevation change, less than 6 inches, performed on an existing 10
manhole which does not require structural modifications. 11
2. Major Adjustment 12
a. Refers to a significant elevation change, greater than 6 inches, performed on an 13
existing manhole which requires structural modification. 14
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 15
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 20
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 21
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 22
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 23
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 24
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 25
2.2 MATERIALS 26
A. Cast-in-Place Concrete 27
1. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 03 30 00 28
B. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 29
1. In accordance with Section 03 34 13 30
C. Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 31
1. In accordance with Section 03 80 00 32
33
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 6 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
D. Grade Rings 1
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 81 2
E. Frame and Cover 3
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 81 4
F. Backfill material 5
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 05 6
G. Water valve box extension 7
1. In accordance with Section 33 14 20 8
H. Fire Hydrant Adjustment 9
1. In accordance with Section 33 14 40 10
I. Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 11
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 61 12
J. Precast Concrete Manholes 13
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 62 14
K. Fiberglass Manholes 15
1. In accordance with Section 33 05 76 16
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 17
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18
PART 3 - EXECUTION 19
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 20
3.2 EXAMINATION 21
A. Verification of Conditions 22
1. Examine existing structure to be adjusted for damage or defects that may affect 23
grade adjustment. 24
a. Report issue to City for consideration before beginning adjustment. 25
3.3 PREPARATION 26
A. Grade Verification 27
1. For major adjustments, confirm the grade change noted on Drawings is consistent 28
with field measurements. 29
a. If not consistent, coordinate with City to verify final grade before beginning 30
adjustment. 31
3.4 ADJUSTMENT 32
A. Manholes, Inlets, and Miscellaneous Structures 33
1. For sanitary sewer adjustments, replace all 24-inch frame and cover assemblies 34
with 30-inch frame and cover assemblies. 35
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 7 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
2. Protect the bottom of structures using wood forms shaped to fit the structure to 1
prevent debris falling into the invert, inlet, or outlet piping during adjustments. 2
a. Do not use any more than a 2-piece bottom. 3
3. Use the least number of grade rings necessary to meet required grade. 4
a. The maximum height of proposed and existing grade rings shall be no more 5
than 12-inches for any combination of grade rings. 6
b. Use least amount of grade rings necessary. 7
1) For example, use 3, 4-inch rings in lieu of 6, 2-inch rings. 8
c. Adjustments which result in 12-inches or more of grade rings will be 9
considered major adjustments and will require structural modifications to 10
existing structure to accommodate this requirement. 11
B. Valve Boxes 12
1. Utilize standard 3-piece adjustable valve box for adjusting to final grade as shown 13
on the Drawings. 14
C. Fire Hydrants 15
1. Limit vertical adjustments to an increase of 2 vertical feet. 16
2. Decreasing grade for fire hydrants is not permitted and requires a complete 17
replacement of fire hydrant assembly in accordance with Section 33 14 40. 18
D. Backfill and Grading 19
1. Backfill area of excavation surrounding each adjustment in accordance with Section 20
33 05 05. 21
E. Pavement Repair 22
1. If required, perform pavement repair in accordance with Section 32 01 17 or 23
Section 32 01 29. 24
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 25
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 26
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 27
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 28
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 29
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 30
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 31
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 32
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 33
34
33 01 50
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE
Page 8 of 8
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
3
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 1 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 05 05 1
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill for: 6
a. Pressure Applications 7
1) Water Distribution Mains 8
2) Sanitary Sewer Force Mains 9
3) Reclaimed Water Mains 10
b. Gravity Applications 11
1) Sanitary Sewer Gravity Mains 12
2) Storm Sewer Pipe and Culverts 13
3) Storm Sewer Precast Box and Culverts 14
2. Including: 15
a. Excavation of all material encountered, including rock and unsuitable materials 16
b. Disposal of excess unsuitable material 17
c. Site specific trench safety 18
d. Pumping and dewatering 19
e. Clay Dams 20
f. Embedment 21
g. Concrete encasement for utility lines 22
h. Backfill 23
i. Compaction 24
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 25
1. None. 26
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 27
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 28
Contract. 29
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 30
3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition. 31
4. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 32
5. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 33
6. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 34
7. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 35
8. Section 31 10 00 – Site Clearing. 36
9. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sediment Control. 37
10. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers/Locators. 38
11. Division 34 - Transportation. 39
40
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 2 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1
A. Measurement and Payment 2
1. Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill associated with the installation of an 3
underground utility 4
a. Measurement 5
1) This item is considered subsidiary to utility pipe installed. 6
b. Payment 7
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 8
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of utility pipe installed. 9
2. Imported Embedment or Backfill 10
a. Measurement 11
1) Measured by cubic yard per plan quantity. 12
b. Payment 13
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 14
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 15
price bid per cubic yard of “Imported Embedment/Backfill” per plan 16
quantity for: 17
a) Various embedment/backfill materials. 18
c. The price bid shall include 19
1) Furnishing of backfill or embedment in accordance with this Section 20
2) Hauling to the Site 21
3) Placement and compaction of backfill or embedment 22
3. Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines 23
a. Measurement 24
1) Measured by cubic yard per plan quantity. 25
b. Payment 26
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28
price bid per cubic yard of “Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines” per 29
plan quantity. 30
c. The price bid shall include 31
1) Furnishing, hauling, placing, and finishing concrete in accordance with 32
Section 03 30 00 33
2) Clean-up 34
4. Groundwater Control 35
a. Measurement 36
1) Measurement shall be lump sum when a groundwater control plan is 37
specifically required by the Contract Documents. Otherwise this item is 38
considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 39
b. Payment 40
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 41
item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Groundwater Control”. 42
43
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 3 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
a) Submittals 2
b) Additional Testing 3
c) Groundwater control system installation 4
d) Groundwater control system operations and maintenance 5
e) Disposal of water 6
f) Removal of groundwater control system 7
5. Clay Dams 8
a. Measurement 9
1) This item is considered subsidiary to utility pipe installed where indicated 10
in the Drawings. 11
b. Payment 12
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13
are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of utility pipe installed. 14
6. Trench Safety 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per linear foot of excavation for all trenches that require trench 17
safety in accordance with OSHA excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part 18
1926 Subpart P Safety and Health Regulations for Construction). 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 21
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 22
price bid per linear foot of excavation to comply with OSHA excavation 23
safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P Safety and Health 24
Regulations for Construction). 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Submittals 27
2) Conformance with trench safety plan 28
1.3 REFERENCES 29
A. Abbreviations 30
1. CSS – Cement Stabilized Sand 31
2. CLSM – Controlled Low Strength Material 32
B. Definitions 33
1. General – Definitions used in this section are in accordance with Terminologies 34
ASTM F412 and ASTM D8 and Terminology ASTM D653, unless otherwise 35
noted. 36
37
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 4 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Definitions for trench width, backfill, embedment, initial backfill, pipe zone, 1
haunching bedding, springline, pipe zone, and foundation are defined as shown in 2
the following schematic: 3
4
3. Deleterious materials – Harmful materials such as clay lumps, silts, and organic 5
material 6
4. Excavated Trench Depth – Distance from the surface to the bottom of the bedding 7
or the trench foundation 8
5. Final Backfill Depth 9
a. Unpaved Areas – The depth of the final backfill measured from the top of the 10
initial backfill to the surface 11
b. Paved Areas – The depth of the final backfill measured from the top of the 12
initial backfill to bottom of permanent or temporary pavement repair 13
C. Reference Standards 14
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 15
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 16
unless a date is specifically cited. 17
2. ASTM Standards: 18
a. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 19
b. C40, Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for 20
Concrete. 21
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 5 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. C88, Standard Test Method for Soundness of Aggregate by Use of Sodium 1
Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate. 2
d. C94, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 3
e. C123, Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in Aggregate. 4
f. C131, Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size 5
Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. 6
g. C136, Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate. 7
h. C142, Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in 8
Aggregates. 9
i. D448, Standard Classification for Sizes of Aggregate for Road and Bridge 10
Construction. 11
j. C535, Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Large-Size 12
Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. 13
k. D698, Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using 14
Stand and Effort (12,400 ft-lb/ft3 600 Kn-m/M3)). 15
l. D1632, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Soil-Cement Compression 16
and Flexure Test Specimens in the Laboratory. 17
m. D1633, Standard Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Molded Soil-18
Cement Cylinders. 19
n. D1556, Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soils in Place by 20
Sand Cone Method. 21
o. D2487, Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes 22
(Unified Soil Classification System). 23
p. D6938, Standard Test Methods for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil 24
and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 25
q. D4318, Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity 26
Index of Soils. 27
3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 28
a. 29 CFR, Part 1926-Safety Regulations for Construction, Subpart P: 29
Excavations. 30
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 31
A. Coordination 32
1. Utility Company Notification 33
a. Notify area utility companies at least 48 hours in advance, excluding weekends 34
and holidays, before starting excavation. 35
b. Request the location of buried lines and cables in the vicinity of the proposed 36
work. 37
B. Sequencing 38
1. Sequence work for each section of the pipe installed to complete the embedment 39
and backfill placement on the day the pipe foundation is complete. 40
2. Sequence work such that Proctors are complete in accordance with ASTM D698 41
prior to commencement of construction activities. 42
C. Excavation Protection 43
1. Excavation protection shall be in strict compliance with OSHA excavation safety 44
standards (29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P Safety and Health regulations for 45
Construction). 46
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 6 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Submit three (3) copies of a site-specific trench safety plan prepared by a licensed 1
Professional Engineer in the State of Texas to the City prior to construction in 2
accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3
a. The City will not review the submittal. Receipt of submittal is confirmation 4
that the Contractor has prepared a trench safety plan as required by state and 5
federal law. 6
b. The City assumes no responsibility for trench safety and shall be held harmless 7
under the indemnification clause of the General Conditions. 8
3. Any changes in the trench excavation plan after initiation of construction will not 9
be cause for an extension of time and will require a new submittal to the City. 10
4. The Contractor accepts sole responsibility for compliance with all applicable safety 11
requirements. 12
1.5 SUBMITTALS 13
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 14
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 15
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 16
A. Submittals 17
1. Designated storage area affidavit for storage on private property, if applicable. 18
B. Shop Drawings 19
1. Provide detailed drawings and explanation for groundwater and surface water 20
control, if required. 21
2. Trench Safety Plan in accordance with Article 1.4. 22
3. Stockpiled excavation and/or backfill material 23
a. Provide a description of the storage of the excavated material only if the 24
Contract Documents do not allow storage of materials in the right-of-way or the 25
easement. 26
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 27
A. Test and Evaluation Reports 28
1. All test reports generated during testing. 29
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 31
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 32
A. Storage Requirements 33
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 34
66 00. 35
2. Within Existing Rights-of-way (ROW) 36
a. Spoils and imported embedment and backfill materials may be stored within 37
existing ROW, easements, or temporary construction easements, unless 38
specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents or the City’s Right-of-Way 39
Ordinance. 40
b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets, or driveways. 41
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 7 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 1
d. Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. 2
e. In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 3
landscaped areas. 4
3. Designated Storage Areas 5
a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of spoils, embedment or 6
backfill materials within the ROW, easement, or temporary construction 7
easements, secure and maintain an adequate storage location. 8
b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on 9
private property. 10
c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 11
d. Do not block drainage ways, inlets, or driveways. 12
e. Only materials used for 1 working day will be allowed to be stored in the work 13
zone. 14
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 15
A. Existing Conditions 16
1. Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not 17
intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It 18
is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible 19
for interpretations or conclusions drawn by the Contractor, in accordance with 20
Section 00 72 00. 21
a. Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor. 22
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 23
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 24
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 25
2.2 MATERIALS 26
A. Materials 27
1. Utility Sand 28
a. Granular and free flowing 29
b. Generally, meets or exceeds the limits on deleterious substances per Table 2 of 30
ASTM C33 for fine aggregate 31
c. Reasonably free of organic material 32
d. Gradation tested in accordance with ASTM C136: 33
Sieve Size Percent Retained
1 inch 0
3/8 inch 0-10
#30 40-75
#100 95
2. Crushed Rock 34
a. Durable crushed rock or recycled concrete 35
b. In accordance with the gradation of ASTM D448 size numbers 56, 57 or 67 36
c. May be unwashed 37
d. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials 38
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 8 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent in accordance with ASTM C131 1
or C535 2
f. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjective to 5 cycles of 3
sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C88 4
3. Pea Gravel 5
a. Durable particles composed of small, smooth, rounded stones or pebbles 6
b. In accordance with the gradation of ASTM D448 size number 8 7
4. Fine Crushed Rock (Chat) 8
a. Durable crushed rock 9
b. In accordance with the gradation of ASTM D448 size numbers 8 or 89 10
c. May be unwashed 11
d. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials. 12
e. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent in accordance with ASTM C131 13
or C535 14
f. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjective to 5 cycles of 15
sodium sulfate soundness in accordance with ASTM C88 16
5. Ballast Stone 17
a. Stone ranging from 3 inches to 6 inches in greatest dimension. 18
b. May be unwashed 19
c. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials 20
d. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM C131 or C535 21
e. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjected to 5 cycles of 22
sodium sulfate soundness in accordance with ASTM C88 23
6. Native Backfill Material 24
a. In-situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC, or GC in accordance with 25
ASTM D2487 26
b. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, and organics 27
c. Free from voids 28
d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 29
7. Blended Backfill Material 30
a. In-situ soils classified as SP, SM, GP, or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487 31
b. Blended with in-situ or imported backfill material in accordance with the 32
requirements of Native Backfill Material 33
c. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 34
d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 35
8. Unacceptable Backfill Material 36
a. In-situ soils classified as ML, MH, PT, OL, or OH in accordance with ASTM 37
D2487 38
9. Select Fill 39
a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 40
b. Liquid limit less than 35 41
c. Plasticity index between 8 and 20 42
10. Cement Stabilized Sand (CSS) 43
a. Sand 44
1) Clean and durable, in accordance with grading requirements for fine 45
aggregates of ASTM C33 and the following requirements: 46
a) Classified as SW, SP, or SM by the United Soil Classification System 47
of ASTM D2487 48
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 9 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b) Deleterious materials 1
(1) Clay lumps, ASTM C142, less than 0.5 percent 2
(2) Lightweight pieces, ASTM C123, less than 5.0 percent 3
(3) Organic impurities, ASTM C40, color no darker than standard 4
color 5
(4) Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM 6
D4318. 7
b. Minimum of 4 percent cement content of Type I/II portland cement 8
c. Water 9
1) Potable water, free of soils, acids, alkalis, organic matter or other 10
deleterious substances, in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94 11
d. Mix in a stationary pug mill, weigh-batch, or continuous mixing plant. 12
e. Strength 13
1) 50 to 150 psi compressive strength at 2 days in accordance with ASTM 14
D1633, Method A 15
2) 200 to 250 psi compressive strength at 28 days in accordance with ASTM 16
D1633, Method A 17
3) The maximum compressive strength in 7 days shall be 400 psi. 18
a) Backfill that exceeds the maximum compressive strength shall be 19
removed by the Contractor for no additional compensation. 20
f. Random samples of delivered product will be taken in the field at point of 21
delivery for each day of placement in the work area. Specimens will be 22
prepared in accordance with ASTM D1632. 23
11. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 24
a. Conform to Section 03 34 13 25
12. Trench Geotextile Fabric 26
a. Soils other than ML or OH in accordance with ASTM D2487 27
1) Needle punch, nonwoven geotextile composed of polypropylene fibers 28
2) Fibers shall retain their relative position 29
3) Inert to biological degradation 30
4) Resist naturally occurring chemicals 31
5) UV Resistant 32
6) Mirafi 140N by Tencate, or approved equal 33
b. Soils Classified as ML or OH in accordance with ASTM D2487 34
1) High-tenacity monofilament polypropylene woven yarn 35
2) 8 to10 percent open area 36
3) Fibers shall retain their relative position 37
4) Inert to biological degradation 38
5) Resist naturally occurring chemicals 39
6) UV Resistant 40
7) Mirafi FW402 by Tencate, or approved equal 41
13. Concrete Encasement 42
a. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 03 30 00. 43
14. Clay Dam 44
a. Provide clay (SC, CL, or CH) with a plasticity index of no less than 18. 45
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 10 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION 5
A. Verification of Conditions 6
1. Review all known, identified, or marked utilities, whether public or private, prior to 7
excavation. 8
2. Locate and protect all known, identified, or marked utilities or underground 9
facilities as excavation progresses. 10
3. Notify all utility owners within the project limits 48 hours prior to beginning 11
excavation. 12
4. The information and data shown in the Drawings with respect to utilities is 13
approximate and based on record information or on physical appurtenances 14
observed within the project limits. 15
5. Coordinate with the owner(s) of underground facilities. 16
6. Immediately notify any utility owner of damages to underground facilities resulting 17
from construction activities. 18
7. Repair any damages resulting from the construction activities. 19
B. Differing Site Conditions 20
1. Notify the City immediately of any differing site condition in accordance with 21
Section 00 72 00. 22
3.3 PREPARATION 23
A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 24
1. Pavement 25
a. Conduct activities in such a way that does not damage existing pavement 26
designated to remain. 27
1) Where desired to move equipment not licensed for operation on public 28
roads or across pavement, provide means to protect the pavement from all 29
damage. 30
b. Repair or replace any pavement damaged due to the negligence of the 31
Contractor outside the limits designated for pavement removal at no additional 32
cost to the City. 33
2. Drainage 34
a. Maintain positive drainage during construction and re-establish drainage for all 35
swales and culverts affected by construction. 36
3. Trees 37
a. When operating outside of existing right-of-way (ROW), stake permanent and 38
temporary construction easements. 39
b. Restrict all construction activities to the designated easements and ROW. 40
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 11 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Flag and protect all trees designated to remain in accordance with Section 31 10 1
00. 2
d. Conduct excavation, embedment, and backfill in a manner such that there is no 3
damage to the tree canopy. 4
e. Prune or trim tree limbs as specifically allowed by the Drawings or as 5
specifically allowed by the City. 6
1) Pruning or trimming may only be accomplished with equipment 7
specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming. 8
f. Remove trees specifically designated to be removed in the Drawings in 9
accordance with Section 31 10 00. 10
4. Above ground Structures 11
a. Protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction. 12
b. Remove above ground structures designated for removal in the Drawings in 13
accordance with Sections 02 41 13, 02 41 15, and 31 10 00. 14
5. Traffic 15
a. Maintain existing traffic in accordance with Division 34, except as modified by 16
the traffic control plan. 17
b. Do not block access to driveways or alleys for extended periods of time unless: 18
1) Alternative access has been provided; 19
2) Proper notification has been provided to the property owner or resident; 20
3) It is specifically allowed in the traffic control plan. 21
c. Use traffic rated plates to maintain access until access is restored. 22
6. Traffic Signal – Poles, Mast Arms, Pull boxes, Detector loops 23
a. Notify the City a minimum of 48 hours prior to any excavation that could 24
impact the operations of an existing traffic signal. 25
b. Protect all traffic signal poles, mast arms, pull boxes, traffic cabinets, conduit, 26
and detector loops. 27
c. Notify the City immediately of damage to any component of the traffic signal 28
due to the construction activities. 29
d. Repair any damage to the traffic signal poles, mast arms, pull boxes, traffic 30
cabinets, conduit, and detector loops as a result of the construction activities in 31
accordance with Division 34. 32
7. Fences 33
a. Protect all fences designated to remain. 34
b. Leave fence in the equal or better condition as prior to construction. 35
3.4 INSTALLATION 36
A. Excavation 37
1. Excavate to the depth indicated on the Drawings. 38
2. Trench excavations are defined as unclassified. No additional payment shall be 39
granted for rock or other in-situ materials encountered in the trench. 40
3. Excavate to a width sufficient for laying the pipe in accordance with the Drawings 41
and bracing in accordance with the Trench Safety Plan. 42
4. The bottom of the excavation shall be firm and free from standing water. 43
a. Notify the City immediately if the water and/or the in-situ soils do not provide 44
for a firm trench bottom. 45
b. The City will determine if any changes are required in the pipe foundation or 46
bedding. 47
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 12 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5. Unless otherwise permitted by the Drawings or City, the limits of the excavation 1
shall not advance beyond the pipe placement so the trench may be backfilled in the 2
same day. 3
B. Over Excavation 4
1. Fill over excavated areas with bedding material specified for pipe installation. 5
2. No additional payment will be made for over excavation or additional bedding 6
material. 7
C. Unacceptable Backfill Materials 8
1. Separate in-situ soils classified as unacceptable backfill material from acceptable 9
backfill materials. 10
2. If the unacceptable backfill material is to be blended in accordance with this 11
Section, store material in a suitable location until the material is blended. 12
3. Remove all unacceptable material from the project site that is not intended to be 13
blended or modified. 14
D. Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing 15
1. Furnish, install, and maintain a trench safety system in accordance with the Trench 16
Safety Plan and as required by Federal, State, or local safety requirements. 17
2. If soil or water conditions are encountered that are not addressed by the current 18
Trench Safety Plan, engage a Professional Engineer Licensed in the State of Texas 19
to modify the Trench Safety Plan and provide a revised submittal to the City. 20
3. Do not allow soil, or water containing soil, to migrate through the Trench Safety 21
System in quantities of sufficient amount to adversely affect the suitability of the 22
Trench Protection System. 23
4. Movable bracing, shoring plates, or trench boxes used to support the sides of the 24
trench excavation shall not: 25
a. Disturb the embedment located in the pipe zone or lower, 26
b. Alter the pipe’s line and grade after the Trench Protection System is removed, 27
or 28
c. Compromise the compaction of the embedment located below the spring line of 29
the pipe and in the haunching. 30
E. Water Control 31
1. Surface Water 32
a. Furnish all materials and equipment and perform all incidental work required to 33
direct surface water away from the excavation. 34
2. Groundwater 35
a. Furnish all materials and equipment to dewater groundwater by a method which 36
preserves the undisturbed state of the subgrade soils. 37
b. Do not allow submergence of pipe within 24 hours after placement. 38
c. Do not allow water to flow over concrete until it has sufficiently cured. 39
d. Engage a Professional Engineer Licensed in the State of Texas to prepare a 40
Groundwater Control Plan if any of the following conditions are encountered: 41
1) A Groundwater Control Plan is specifically required by the Contract 42
Documents 43
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 13 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) If in the sole judgment of the City, groundwater is so severe that an 1
Engineered Groundwater Control Plan is required to protect the trench or 2
the installation of the pipe. Such situations may include, but are not limited 3
to: 4
a) Groundwater levels in the trench are unable to be maintained below the 5
top of the bedding. 6
b) A firm trench bottom cannot be maintained due to groundwater. 7
c) Groundwater entering the excavation undermines the stability of the 8
excavation. 9
d) Groundwater entering the excavation is transporting unacceptable 10
quantities of soils through the Trench Safety System. 11
e. In the event that there is no bid item for a Groundwater Control Plan and the 12
City requires an Engineered Groundwater Control Plan due to conditions 13
discovered at the site, the Contractor will be eligible to submit a Contract 14
Claim. 15
f. Control of groundwater shall be considered subsidiary to the excavation when: 16
1) No Groundwater Control Plan is specifically identified and required in the 17
Contract Documents. 18
g. Groundwater Control Plan installation, operation, and maintenance 19
1) Furnish all materials and equipment necessary to implement, operate, and 20
maintain the Groundwater Control Plan. 21
2) Once the excavation is complete, remove all groundwater control 22
equipment not called to be incorporated into the work. 23
h. Water Disposal 24
1) Dispose of groundwater in accordance with City policy or Ordinance. 25
2) Do not discharge groundwater onto or across private property without 26
written permission. 27
3) Permission from City is required prior to disposal into the sanitary sewer 28
system. 29
4) Disposal shall not violate any Federal, State, or local regulations. 30
F. Embedment and Pipe Placement 31
1. Water Lines less than or equal to 12 inches in diameter (non-HDPE): 32
a. Embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 33
b. Utility sand shall be generally used for embedment. 34
c. If groundwater is in sufficient quantity to cause sand to pump, use crushed 35
rock, fine crushed rock, or pea gravel as embedment. 36
d. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 37
e. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe. 38
f. Place pipe on the bedding in accordance with the alignment of the Drawings. 39
g. Place embedment, including initial backfill, to 12 inches above the pipe. 40
h. Where gate valves are present, extend initial backfill to 6 inches above the 41
elevation of the valve nut. 42
i. Form all blocking against undisturbed trench wall to the dimensions in the 43
Drawings. 44
j. Compact embedment and initial backfill. 45
k. Place marker tape on top of the initial trench backfill in accordance with 46
Section 33 05 97. 47
2. Water Lines 16-inches through 24-inches in diameter (non-HDPE): 48
a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 49
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 14 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Use crushed rock or fine crushed rock for embedment. 1
c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 2
d. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe. 3
1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 4
e. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown on the Drawings. 5
f. The pipe line shall be within: 6
1) ±3 inches of the elevation on the Drawings 7
g. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in 8
accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 9
h. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to 12 inches above the 10
pipe. 11
i. Where valves are present and not placed within a vault or manhole, extend 12
initial backfill up to the valve nut. 13
j. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of 14
Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698. 15
k. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. 16
l. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with 17
Section 33 05 97. 18
3. Water Lines 30-inches and greater in diameter (non-HDPE): 19
a. Embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 20
b. Use crushed rock for embedment. 21
c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 22
d. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe. 23
1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 24
e. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown on the Drawings. 25
f. The pipe line shall be within: 26
1) ±1 inch of the elevation on the Drawings 27
g. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in 28
accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 29
h. For steel pipe, the initial embedment lift shall not exceed the spring line prior to 30
compaction. 31
i. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to 12 inches above the 32
pipe. 33
j. Where valves are present and not placed within a vault or manhole, extend 34
initial backfill up to the valve nut. 35
k. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of 36
Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698. 37
l. Wrap trench geotextile fabric around entirety of pipe embedment. 38
m. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with 39
Section 33 05 97. 40
4. HDPE Pipe (All Uses), Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe (All Materials), and Force 41
Mains (All Materials) by Open Cut: 42
a. Embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 43
b. Use crushed rock for embedment. 44
c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 45
d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no 46
sags in the sanitary sewer pipe line. 47
e. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe. 48
1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 49
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 15 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown in the Drawings. 1
g. The pipe line shall be within: 2
1) ±3 inches of the elevation on the Drawings for 24-inch and smaller water 3
lines and force mains 4
2) ±1 inch of the elevation on the Drawings for 30-inch and larger water lines 5
and force mains 6
3) ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and consistent with the grade shown on the 7
Drawings for gravity sanitary sewer. 8
h. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in 9
accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 10
i. For lines 30 inches and greater in diameter, the embedment lift shall not exceed 11
the spring line prior to compaction. 12
j. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to 12 inches above the 13
pipe. 14
k. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of 15
Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698. 16
l. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. 17
m. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with 18
Section 33 05 97. 19
5. Storm Sewer (RCP) 20
a. The bedding and the pipe zone up to the spring line shall be of uniform 21
material. 22
b. Use crushed rock for embedment up to the spring line. 23
c. The specified backfill material may be used above the spring line. 24
d. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 25
e. Spread bedding so lines and grades are maintained and there are no sags in the 26
storm sewer pipe line. 27
f. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe. 28
1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 29
g. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 30
h. The pipe line shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation and consistent with 31
the grade shown on the Drawings. 32
i. Place embedment material up to the spring line. 33
1) Place embedment to ensure adequate support is obtained in the haunch. 34
j. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of 35
Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698. 36
k. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of pipe and crushed rock. 37
6. Storm Sewer Reinforced Concrete Box 38
a. Crushed rock shall be used for bedding. 39
b. The pipe zone and the initial backfill shall be: 40
1) Crushed rock, or 41
2) Native backfill material compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of Standard 42
Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698 43
c. Place evenly spread compacted bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 44
d. Spread bedding so lines and grades are maintained and there are no sags in the 45
storm sewer pipe line. 46
e. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the box. 47
1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 48
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 16 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
f. Fill the annular space between multiple boxes with crushed rock or CLSM in 1
accordance with 03 34 13. 2
g. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 3
h. The pipe shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation and consistent with the 4
grade shown on the Drawings. 5
i. Compact the embedment initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of 6
Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698. 7
7. Water Services (2 inches and smaller in Diameter) 8
a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 9
b. Utility sand shall be generally used for embedment. 10
c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 11
d. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 1 inch below the service line. 12
e. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 13
f. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to 1-inch minimum 14
above the service line. 15
g. Compact the initial backfill. 16
8. Sanitary Sewer Services 17
a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 18
b. Crushed rock or fine crushed rock shall be used for embedment. 19
c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 20
d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no 21
sags in the sanitary sewer pipe line. 22
e. Provide firm, uniform bedding, a minimum of 2 inches below the service line. 23
1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 24
f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 25
g. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to 2 inches above the 26
service line. 27
h. Compact the initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of Standard Proctor 28
density in accordance with ASTM D698. 29
G. Trench Backfill 30
1. At a minimum, place backfill in such a manner that the required in-place density 31
and moisture content is obtained, and so that there will be no damage to the surface, 32
pavement or structures due to any trench settlement or trench movement. 33
a. Meeting the requirements of this Section does not relieve the responsibility to 34
damages associated with the Work. 35
2. Backfill Material 36
a. Final backfill depth less than 15 feet 37
1) Backfill with: 38
a) Native backfill material, 39
b) Blended backfill material, or 40
c) Select backfill material, CSS, or CLSM when specifically required. 41
b. Final backfill depth 15 feet or greater: (under pavement or future pavement) 42
1) Backfill depth from 0 to15 feet deep 43
a) Backfill with: 44
(1) Native backfill material, 45
(2) Blended backfill material, or 46
(3) Select backfill material, CSS, or CLSM when specifically required. 47
48
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 17 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Backfill depth from 15 feet and greater 1
a) Backfill with: 2
(1) Select Fill, 3
(2) CSS, or 4
(3) CLSM when specifically required. 5
c. Final backfill depth 15 feet or greater: (not under pavement or future pavement) 6
1) Backfill with: 7
a) Native backfill material, or 8
b) Blended backfill material. 9
d. Backfill for water and sewer service lines: 10
1) Match backfill requirement of the main being tapped. 11
3. Required Compaction and Density 12
a. Final backfill (depths less than 15 feet) 13
1) Compact native backfill material, blended backfill material or select 14
backfill to a minimum of 98 percent of Standard Proctor density in 15
accordance with ASTM D698 at moisture content within -2 to +4 16
percentage points of the optimum moisture. 17
2) CSS or CLSM requires no compaction. 18
b. Final backfill (depths 15 feet and greater/under existing or future pavement) 19
1) Compact select backfill to a minimum of 98 percent Standard Proctor in 20
accordance with ASTM D698 at moisture content within -2 to +4 21
percentage points of optimum moisture. 22
2) CSS or CLSM requires no compaction. 23
c. Final backfill (depths 15 feet and greater/not under existing or future pavement) 24
1) Compact native backfill material, blended backfill material, or select 25
backfill to a minimum of 98 percent Standard Proctor in accordance with 26
ASTM D698 at moisture content within -2 to +4 percentage points of 27
optimum moisture. 28
4. Saturated Soils 29
a. If in-situ soils consistently demonstrate that they are greater than 4 percentage 30
points over optimum moisture content, the soils are considered saturated. 31
b. Flooding the trench or water jetting is strictly prohibited. 32
c. If saturated soils are identified in the Drawings or Geotechnical Report in the 33
Appendix, Contractor shall proceed with Work following all backfill 34
procedures outlined in the Drawings for areas of soil saturation greater than 4 35
percentage points above optimum moisture content.. 36
d. If saturated soils are encountered during Work but not identified in Drawings or 37
Geotechnical Report in the Appendix: 38
1) The Contractor shall: 39
a) Immediately notify the City. 40
b) Submit a Contract Claim for Extra Work associated with direction from 41
City. 42
2) The City shall: 43
a) Investigate soils and determine if Work can proceed in the identified 44
location. 45
b) Direct the Contractor of changed backfill procedures associated with 46
saturated soils that may include: 47
(1) Imported backfill 48
(2) A site specific backfill design 49
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 18 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5. Placement of Backfill 1
a. Use only compaction equipment specifically designed for compaction of a 2
particular soil type and within the space and depth limitation experienced in the 3
trench. 4
b. Flooding the trench or water setting is strictly prohibited. 5
c. Place in loose lifts not to exceed 8 inches. 6
d. Compact to specified densities. 7
e. Compact only on top of initial backfill, undisturbed trench, or previously 8
compacted backfill. 9
f. Remove any loose materials due to the movement of any trench box, shoring, 10
or sloughing of the trench wall. 11
g. Install appropriate markers for water and sanitary sewer trenches in accordance 12
with Section 33 05 97. 13
6. Backfill Means and Methods Demonstration 14
a. Demonstration will be required to be performed at the City’s discretion. 15
b. Notify the City in writing with sufficient time for the City to obtain samples 16
and perform Standard Proctor test in accordance with ASTM D698. 17
c. The results of the Standard Proctor 18
d. Test must be received prior to beginning excavation. 19
e. Upon commencing of backfill placement for the project, demonstrate means 20
and methods to obtain the required densities. 21
f. Demonstrate Means and Methods for compaction including: 22
1) Depth of lifts for backfill which shall not exceed 8 inches 23
2) Method of moisture control for excessively dry or wet backfill 24
3) Placement and moving trench box, if used 25
4) Compaction techniques in an open trench 26
5) Compaction techniques around structure 27
g. Provide a testing trench box to provide access to the recently backfilled 28
material. 29
h. The Contractor will provide a qualified testing lab full time during backfill 30
operations to randomly test density and moisture continent. 31
1) The testing lab will provide results as available on the job site. 32
7. Varying Ground Conditions 33
a. Notify the City of varying ground conditions and the need for additional 34
Proctors. 35
b. Request additional Proctors when soil conditions change. 36
c. Significant changes in soil conditions will require an additional Means and 37
Methods demonstration. 38
H. Clay Dam 39
1. Install for a minimum of 8 linear feet along the pipe center line at the top of the clay 40
dam and 4 linear feet minimum along the bottom of the trench. 41
2. Install Clay Dam a minimum of 4 feet above top of pipe to bottom of pavement 42
base to topsoil. 43
3. Compact clay to 90 percent of Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM 44
D698. 45
4. Clay shall have a plasticity index of no less than 18. 46
5. Key Clay Dam minimum 12 inches into the bottom of trench. 47
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 19 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 1
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3
A. Field Tests and Inspections 4
1. Proctors 5
a. Perform Proctors in accordance with ASTM D698. 6
b. Make test results available within 4 calendar days and distributed to: 7
1) City Project Manager 8
2) City Inspector 9
3) Engineer 10
c. Notify the City if the characteristic of the soil changes. 11
d. Perform new Proctors for varying soils: 12
1) When indicated in the geotechnical investigation in the Appendix 13
2) If notified by the City 14
e. Trenches where different soil types are present at different depths: 15
1) Base Proctors on the mixture of the soils. 16
2. Density Testing of Backfill 17
a. In accordance with ASTM D6938. 18
b. Provide testing trench protection for trench depths in excess of 5 feet. 19
c. Place, move and remove testing trench protection as necessary to facilitate any 20
City performed tests. 21
d. For final backfill depths less than 15 feet and trenches of any depth not under 22
existing or future pavement: 23
1) Perform density testing twice per working day when backfilling operations 24
are being conducted. 25
2) The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests of the current lift in 26
the available trench. 27
e. For final backfill depths 15 feet and greater deep and under existing or future 28
pavement: 29
1) Perform density testing twice per working day when backfilling operations 30
are being conducted. 31
2) The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests of the current lift in 32
the available trench. 33
3) The testing lab will remain onsite sufficient time to test 2 additional lifts. 34
f. Make the excavation available for City performed tests. 35
g. Provide results to the City’s Inspector upon completion of the testing. 36
h. Provide a formal report to the City within 48 hours including: 37
1) Location of test by station number 38
2) Time and date of test 39
3) Depth of testing 40
4) Field moisture 41
5) Dry density 42
6) Proctor identifier 43
7) Percent Standard Proctor density 44
45
33 05 05
UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL
Page 20 of 20
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Density of Embedment 1
a. Storm sewer boxes that are embedded with native backfill material, blended 2
backfill material, cement modified backfill material or select material will 3
follow the same testing procedure as backfill. 4
b. Test fine crushed rock or crushed rock embedment in accordance with ASTM 5
D6938 or ASTM D1556. 6
B. Non-Conforming Work 7
1. Remove and replace all non-conforming work. 8
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 9
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 10
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 11
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 12
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 13
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 14
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 15
END OF SECTION 16
17
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
18
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 1 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 33 42 11 1
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Manufacturer, material, and installation requirements for: 6
a. Reinforced concrete pipe (circular, arch, and elliptical) 7
1) RCP sizes under 18 inches are only permitted when written approval has 8
been provided by the City prior to construction activities starting. 9
b. Reinforced concrete box 10
1) RCB extended curb is only permitted when written approval has been 11
provided by the City prior to construction activities starting. 12
c. Corrugated Metal Pipe 13
1) Corrugated metal pipe is only permitted when written approval has been 14
provided by the City prior to construction activities starting. 15
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 16
1. None. 17
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 18
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 19
Contract. 20
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 21
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 22
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 23
5. Section 33 01 30 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection. 24
6. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench, Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 25
7. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings. 26
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 27
A. Measurement and Payment 28
1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe 29
a. Measurement 30
1) Measured per linear foot of Reinforced Concrete Pipe installed. 31
b. Payment 32
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 33
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 34
price bid per linear foot for Reinforced Concrete Pipe installed for: 35
a) Various sizes. 36
b) Various classes (Class III through V). 37
38
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 2 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Furnishing and installing Reinforced Concrete Pipe as specified by the 2
Drawings 3
2) Hauling 4
3) Fittings 5
4) Joints 6
5) Gaskets 7
6) Dewatering 8
7) Excavation 9
8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 10
9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 11
10) Disposal of excess material 12
11) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 13
12) Plugs 14
13) Repair or replacing of materials 15
14) Clean-up 16
2. Reinforced Concrete Arch Pipe 17
a. Measurement 18
1) Measured per linear foot of Reinforced Concrete Pipe installed. 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 21
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 22
price bid per linear foot for Reinforced Concrete Pipe installed for: 23
a) Various sizes. 24
b) Various classes (Class III through V). 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Furnishing and installing Reinforced Concrete Arch Pipe as specified by 27
the Drawings 28
2) Hauling 29
3) Fittings 30
4) Joints 31
5) Gaskets 32
6) Dewatering 33
7) Excavation 34
8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 35
9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 36
10) Disposal of excess material 37
11) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 38
12) Plugs 39
13) Repair or replacing of materials 40
14) Clean-up 41
3. Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Pipe 42
a. Measurement 43
1) Measured per linear foot of Reinforced Concrete Pipe installed. 44
b. Payment 45
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 46
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 47
price bid per linear foot for Reinforced Concrete Pipe installed for: 48
49
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 3 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
a) Various sizes. 1
b) Various classes (Class III through V). 2
c. The price bid shall include: 3
1) Furnishing and installing Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Pipe as specified 4
by the Drawings 5
2) Hauling 6
3) Fittings 7
4) Joints 8
5) Gaskets 9
6) Dewatering 10
7) Excavation 11
8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 12
9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 13
10) Disposal of excess material 14
11) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 15
12) Plugs 16
13) Repair or replacing of materials 17
14) Clean-up 18
4. Reinforced Concrete Box 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measured per linear foot of Reinforced Concrete Box installed. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24
price bid per linear foot for Reinforced Concrete Box installed for: 25
a) Various sizes. 26
b) Various classes (Class III through V). 27
c. The price bid shall include: 28
1) Furnishing and installing Reinforced Concrete Box as specified by the 29
Drawings 30
2) Curb less than 12 inches 31
3) Water 32
4) Loading 33
5) Unloading 34
6) Storing 35
7) Hauling 36
8) Handling of materials 37
9) Traffic control for all testing 38
10) Dewatering 39
11) Forms 40
12) Trial batches (as needed) 41
13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 42
14) Concrete 43
15) Aggregate 44
16) Supplementary cementing materials 45
17) Concrete additives 46
18) Mixing 47
19) Placement of concrete 48
20) Finishing of concrete 49
21) Curing and curing compounds 50
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 4 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
22) Sawing 1
23) Joint sealant 2
24) Excavation 3
25) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 4
26) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 5
27) Disposal of excess material 6
28) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 7
29) Clean-up 8
5. RCB Extended Curb 9
a. Measurement 10
1) Measured per linear foot of RCB Extended Curb installed. 11
b. Payment 12
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 14
price bid per linear foot for RCB Extended Curb installed for: 15
a) Various heights (1 through 5 FT). 16
b) Linear foot is measured along the span length of the single or multiple 17
box culvert length that the extended curb is needed. 18
c. The price bid shall include: 19
1) Furnishing and installing RCB Extended Curb as specified by the Drawings 20
2) Water 21
3) Loading 22
4) Unloading 23
5) Storing 24
6) Hauling 25
7) Handling of materials 26
8) Traffic control for all testing 27
9) Dewatering 28
10) Forms 29
11) Trial batches (as needed) 30
12) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 31
13) Concrete 32
14) Aggregate 33
15) Supplementary cementing materials 34
16) Concrete additives 35
17) Mixing 36
18) Placement of concrete 37
19) Finishing of concrete 38
20) Curing and curing compounds 39
21) Sawing 40
22) Connections 41
23) Fittings 42
24) Joints 43
25) Joint sealant 44
26) Excavation 45
27) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 46
28) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 47
29) Disposal of excess material 48
30) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 49
31) Clean-up 50
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 5 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
6. Corrugated Metal Pipe 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per linear foot of Corrugated Metal Pipe installed. 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6
price bid per linear foot for Corrugated Metal Pipe installed for: 7
a) Various sizes. 8
c. The price bid shall include: 9
1) Furnishing and installing Corrugated Metal Pipe as specified by the 10
Drawings 11
2) Hauling 12
3) Fittings 13
4) Joints 14
5) Dewatering 15
6) Excavation 16
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 17
8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 18
9) Disposal of excess material 19
10) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 20
11) Plugs 21
12) Repair or replacing of materials 22
13) Clean-up 23
1.3 REFERENCES 24
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 25
1. CMP – Corrugated Metal Pipe 26
2. LRFD – Load Resistance Factor Design 27
3. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 28
4. RCP – Reinforced Concrete Pipe 29
5. RCB – Reinforced Concrete Box 30
B. Definitions 31
1. Aluminized Steel Pipe= 32
a. If aluminized steel pipe is referenced in the Drawings or specifications, 33
aluminized steel pipe shall follow all requirements within this section for 34
Corrugated Metal Pipe. 35
2. RCB Curb and Extended Curb 36
a. Any curb shorter than 12 inches from the top of the box to the top of the curb 37
will be considered subsidiary to the RCB. Any curb taller than 12 inches will be 38
included under RCB Extended Curb. 39
C. Reference Standards 40
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 41
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 42
unless a date is specifically cited. 43
44
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 6 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 1
a. AASHTO LRFD – AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications. 2
b. M36, Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic-Coated, for 3
Sewers and Drains. 4
c. M170, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, 5
and Sewer Pipe. 6
d. M206, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Arch Culvert, Storm 7
Drain, and Sewer Pipe. 8
e. M207, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm 9
Drain, and Sewer Pipe. 10
f. M259, Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, 11
and Sewers. 12
g. M273, Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, 13
and Sewers with Less Than Two Feet of Cover Subjected to Highway 14
Loadings. 15
h. M274, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Aluminum-Coated (Type 2), for 16
Corrugated Steel Pipe. 17
3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 18
a. ASTM A760, Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic-19
Coated for Sewers and Drains. 20
b. ASTM A929, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the 21
Hot-Dip Process for Corrugated Steel Pipe. 22
c. ASTM C76, Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. 23
d. ASTM C270, Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. 24
e. ASTM C443, Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe Using 25
Rubber Gaskets. 26
f. ASTM C506, Arch Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. 27
g. ASTM C507, Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer 28
Pipe. 29
h. ASTM C655, Reinforced Concrete D-Load Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer 30
Pipe. 31
i. ASTM C990, Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, 32
and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants. 33
j. ASTM C1433, Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm 34
Drains and Sewers. 35
k. ASTM C1577, Precast Reinforced Concrete Monolithic Box Sections for 36
Culverts, Storm Drains, and Sewers Designated According to AASHTO LRFD. 37
l. ASTM C1619, Standard Specifications for Elastomeric Seals for Joining 38
Concrete Structures. 39
m. ASTM C1677, Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Box, Using 40
Rubber Gaskets. 41
4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 42
Specifications (DMS): 43
a. DMS-7310, Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Machine-Made Precast Concrete 44
Box Culvert Fabrication and Plant Qualification. 45
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 46
47
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 7 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.5 SUBMITTALS 1
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to purchasing of materials. 3
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4
A. Shop Drawings: 5
1. Product Data 6
a. Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Reinforced Concrete Box 7
1) Provide the following information on the product data submittal: 8
a) Product Type 9
b) Class of Concrete 10
c) Average length of pipe or box section 11
d) Type of jointing material used 12
e) Manufacturer recommendations for storage, handling, and installation 13
of pipe, boxes, and joints. 14
b. Corrugated Metal Pipe 15
1) Provide the following information on the product data submittal: 16
a) Manufacturer product sheet for pipe and jointing material used. 17
b) Manufacturer recommendations for storage, handling, and installation 18
of pipe and joints. 19
B. Information Submittals: 20
1. Certificates: 21
a. Provide the manufacturer’s certificate of compliance providing their product 22
meets the physical testing requirements of this specification and DMS 7310 for 23
the materials referenced which may include, but are not limited to: 24
1) Concrete mix design and reinforcing 25
2) Reinforced concrete pipe 26
3) Reinforced concrete arch pipe 27
4) Reinforced concrete elliptical pipe 28
5) Reinforced concrete box 29
6) Jointing materials 30
7) Corrugated Metal pip 31
2. Equipment Information 32
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 33
1) Equipment name and description 34
2) Size 35
3) Intended use 36
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 38
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 39
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 40
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 41
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 42
66 00. 43
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 8 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. General 1
a. Keep all pipes and boxes clean and drained during storage. 2
b. Transport, handle, and store pipe, boxes, and fittings as recommended by the 3
supplier or manufacturer. 4
c. Replace any pipe or box that is damaged during transport prior to installation at 5
no cost to the City. 6
3. Corrugated Metal Pipe 7
a. Handle the pipe in accordance with the recommendations of the National 8
Corrugated Steel Pipe Association. 9
4. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) 10
a. Markings 11
1) Mark each section of reinforced concrete pipe with the following 12
information: 13
a) Class of pipe 14
b) ASTM designation 15
c) Date of manufacture 16
d) Pipe size 17
e) Name or trademark of fabricator and plant location 18
f) Designated fabricator’s approval stamp 19
g) Pipe to be used for jacking and boring (when applicable) 20
h) Designation “SR” for pipe meeting sulfate-resistant concrete plan 21
requirements (when applicable) 22
2) Clearly mark 1 end of each section during manufacturing or immediately 23
after for elliptical pipes. 24
3) For Non-Circular Pipes: Mark the pipe on the inside and outside of 25
opposite walls to show the location of the top or bottom of the pipe as it 26
should be installed. 27
5. Reinforced Concrete Box 28
a. Store and ship machine-made precast boxes in accordance with DMS-7310. 29
b. Markings: 30
1) Mark precast boxes with the following information: 31
a) Name or trademark of manufacturer 32
b) ASTM designation 33
c) Date of manufacture 34
d) Box size 35
e) Minimum and maximum fill heights 36
f) Designated fabricator’s approval stamp 37
g) Boxes to be used for jacking and boring (when applicable) 38
h) Designation “SR” for boxes meeting sulfate-resistant concrete plan 39
requirements (when applicable) 40
2) Mark 1 end of each box section without lifting holes on the inside and 41
outside walls to indicate the top or bottom as it will be installed. 42
3) Indent markings into the box section or paint them on each box with 43
waterproof paint. 44
6. Pre-Formed Flexible Joint Sealants 45
a. Store pre-formed flexible joint sealants in an area warmed naturally or 46
artificially to above 70 degrees Fahrenheit in an approved manner when the 47
atmospheric temperature is below 60 degrees Fahrenheit. 48
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 9 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4
2.2 MANUFACURERS 5
A. Manufacturers 6
1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe RCP 7
a. Johnson County Pipe or approved equal. 8
2. Corrugated Metal Pipe (also known as Aluminized Steel Pipe) 9
a. Contech Engineered Solutions, ULTRA FLO or approved equal. 10
1) Aluminized Steel Type 2 Spiral Rib, Corrugated Metal 11
3. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 12
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 13
B. Concrete (RCP and RCB): 14
1. Class C: 15
a. Provide Class C concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00 with greater than 16
2 feet of cover. 17
2. Class S: 18
a. Provide Class S concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00 with 0 to 2 feet 19
of cover. 20
3. Machine-Made Precast: 21
a. Provide the class of concrete required based on available cover. Provide 22
machine-made precast reinforced concrete box when possible in accordance 23
with DMS-7310. 24
4. Cast-in-Place: 25
a. Provide the class of concrete required based on available cover. Conform to 26
requirements in Section 03 30 00 and DMS-7310. 27
5. Formed Precast: 28
a. Not permitted for use. 29
C. Reinforcement (Cast-in-Place RCB): 30
1. Provide grade 60 steel reinforcing in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 31
2. Provide a minimum of 2 inches of cover on all reinforcing unless otherwise noted. 32
D. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP): 33
1. Circular Pipe 34
a. In accordance with ASTM C76, ASTM C655, and AASHTO M170. 35
b. Provide circular pipe based on the classes specified in the Drawings and Table 36
1. Provide the required class of pipe based on the pipe cover from: 37
1) Top of ground to top of pipe 38
2) Top of pavement to top of pipe 39
c. If the Drawings do not show the correct pipe class based on cover, obtain 40
written direction from the City prior to installing the pipe. 41
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 10 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 1 1
Circular Pipe Class and D-Load 2
Pipe Class D-Load Minimum Pipe Cover
(FT)
3 (III) 1,350 2
4 (IV) 2,000 1 to 2
5 (V) 3,000 Direct Traffic Loading
(0 to 1)
2. Arch Pipe 3
a. In accordance with ASTM C506 and AASHTO M206. 4
b. Maintain a minimum 1-foot cover from top of ground or pavement to top of 5
pipe. 6
c. Provide arch pipe design sizes in accordance with Table 2. 7
Table 2 8
Arch Pipe 9
Design Size Equivalent
Diameter (in.)
Rise
(in.)
Span
(in.)
1 18 13.5 22
2 21 15.5 26
3 24 18 28.5
4 30 22.5 36.25
5 36 26 – 5/8 43.75
6 42 31 – 5/16 51 – 1/8
7 48 36 58.5
8 54 40 65
9 60 45 73
10 72 54 88
3. Elliptical Pipe 10
a. In accordance with ASTM C507 and AASHTO M207 11
b. Maintain a minimum 1-foot cover from top of ground or pavement to top of 12
pipe. 13
c. Provide elliptical pipe design sizes in accordance with Table 3. 14
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 11 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 3 1
Elliptical Pipe 2
Design Size Equivalent
Diameter (in.)
Rise
(in.)
Span
(in.)
1 18 14 23
2 24 19 30
3 27 22 34
4 30 24 38
5 33 27 42
6 36 29 45
7 39 32 49
8 42 34 53
9 48 38 60
10 54 43 68
E. Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 3
1. In accordance with ASTM C1433, AASTHO M259, and AASTHO M273. 4
2. Lifting Holes: 5
a. Provide no more than 4 lifting holes in each section for precast boxes. 6
b. Lifting holes may be cast-in-place or drilled by manufacturer. Ensure no 7
reinforcing has been cut. 8
c. Provide lifting holes large enough for adequate lifting devices based on the size 9
and weight of the box section. 10
d. Use lifting holes no larger than 3 inches in diameter. 11
e. Repair any spalled areas around lifting holes. 12
f. Fill lifting holes with mortar or concrete and cure. Precast concrete or mortar 13
plugs may be used. 14
F. Corrugated Metal Pipe (CMP) 15
1. When approved, provide corrugated metal pipe in accordance with Table 4. 16
2. Provide pipe in a circular shape in sizes ranging from 18 inch to 24 inch. 17
a. Provide reinforced concrete pipe for any pipe sizes larger than 24 inch. 18
3. Only circular steel pipe will be allowed. For arch or elliptical pipe, use reinforced 19
concrete pipe. 20
4. Corrugated metal pipe is only permitted: 21
a. In locations where the existing driveway culvert is a steel pipe. 22
b. Within a developed site. 23
5. Steel pipe will not be approved for use: 24
a. Within the City’s right-of-way 25
b. As a connection to City storm sewer infrastructure from an off-site system 26
1) A minimum of 50 feet of reinforced concrete pipe is required to connect to 27
a City storm system. 28
6. Provide any protective coating as required by the manufacturer. 29
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 12 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
Table 4 1
Specification for Corrugated Metal Pipe 2
Pipe Type ASTM/AASHTO Specification
Aluminized Steel Type 2 ASTM A760/AASTO M36
& ASTM 929/AASHTO M274
Circular, Spiral Rib Type IR
G. Jointing Materials 3
1. Corrugated Metal Pipe 4
a. Provide bands and joints in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations 5
for ULTRA-FLO Pipe. 6
2. Concrete Pipe and Box Joints and Fittings 7
a. Use any of the following materials to make joints unless otherwise specified on 8
the Drawings. Provide a manufacturer’s certificate of compliance for all 9
jointing materials except mortar. 10
1) Rubber Gaskets: 11
a) Type: ASTM C1619 Class A or C 12
b) Provide gaskets in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C443 13
for design of the pipe joints and permissible variations in dimensions. 14
2) Pre-Formed Flexible Joint Sealants: 15
a) Used for sealing tongue-and-groove concrete pipe 16
b) Joint Characteristics: 17
(1) In accordance with the requirements of ASTM C990, and 18
(2) do not depend on oxidizing, evaporating, or chemical action for its 19
adhesive or cohesive strengths, 20
(3) are in extruded rope form, and 21
(4) are in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for 22
size and are large enough to properly seal the joint. 23
c) Protect joint sealant with a suitable wrapper that maintains the integrity 24
of the jointing material when the wrapper is removed. 25
H. Cast Iron Frame and Cover 26
1. Provide a frame and cover marked “Storm Sewer” in accordance with Section 33 05 27
81. 28
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 29
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 30
A. Tests and Inspections 31
1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) 32
a. Provide manufacturer certification the RCP has been tested in accordance with 33
DMS-7310. 34
2. Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts (RCB) 35
a. Machine-Made Precast: 36
1) Provide manufacturer certification the RCB has been tested in accordance 37
with DMS-7310. 38
b. Cast-In-Place: 39
1) Test cast-in-place RCB in accordance with Section 03 30 00 and Section 03 40
00 00. 41
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 13 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Non-Conforming Materials 1
1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) 2
a. Any individual section of pipe may be rejected if the pipe does not conform to 3
the conditions stated in the Annex of DMS-7310, Reinforced Concrete Pipe and 4
Machine-Made Precast Concrete Box Culvert Fabrication and Plant 5
Qualification. 6
b. Any individual section of pipe may be rejected if the City determines pipe has 7
excessive cracks, fractures, gouges, or any other surface deformations. 8
2. Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 9
a. Any individual section of box may be rejected if the City determines the box 10
has excessive cracks, fractures, gouges, or any other surface deformations. 11
b. Any individual section of box may be rejected if the following tolerance 12
requirements are not met. 13
1) General requirements: 14
a) In accordance with permissible variations listed in ASTM C1577 15
b) Sides do not vary from perpendicular to the top and bottom by more 16
than 0.5 inch when measure diagonally between opposite interior 17
corners. 18
2) Wall and Slab Thicknesses: 19
a) Verify all box wall and slab thicknesses match the thicknesses specified 20
in the Drawings. 21
b) Occasional deficiencies are allowed when the deficiencies are not 22
greater than 3/16 inch or 5% of the thickness, whichever is greater. 23
c) Wall and slab thicknesses greater than specified in the Drawings are 24
acceptable if the jointing is not affected. 25
3) Deviations from the above tolerances is not acceptable. Any box found to 26
be non-compliant will be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 27
PART 3 - EXECUTION 28
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 29
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 30
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 31
3.4 INSTALLATION 32
A. Excavation, Shaping, Bedding, and Backfill 33
1. Perform excavation, shaping, bedding, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 34
05 05. 35
2. Take care when placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement of 36
storm water pipe and boxes or damage to the joints. 37
3. Do not use heavy earth-moving equipment to haul over the pipes or boxes until a 38
minimum of 4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed over 39
the structure unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or permitted in writing. 40
41
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 14 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Corrugated Metal Pipe 1
a. The City and Contractor to visually inspect the inside periphery of the pipes for 2
local or unequal deformation caused by improper construction methods before 3
adding each new layer of loose backfill material. 4
b. Continue inspections until a minimum of 24 inches of cover is obtained. 5
c. Remove and replace any pipe the City considers deformed or non-conforming 6
at no cost to the City. 7
B. Jacking, Boring, or Tunneling 8
1. Jacking, boring, or tunneling is not recommended for installing storm sewer pipe or 9
boxes. Prior approval is required before any jacking, boring, or tunneling operation 10
begins. 11
2. If jacking, boring, or tunneling is required, provide a design based on the specific 12
installation conditions such as the soil conditions, installation methods, anticipated 13
deflection angles, and jacking stresses. 14
3. Provide design notes and Drawings signed and sealed by a Texas licensed 15
professional Engineer. 16
4. Additional Reinforced Concrete Box Requirements 17
a. In accordance with TxDOT Item 476. 18
b. The box ends must be square and no point should deviate more than 3/8 inch 19
from a plane placed on the end of the box that is perpendicular to the sides. 20
c. Wall and Slab Thickness: 21
1) Minimum thickness as specified in the Drawings 22
2) No greater than 0.5 inches than the thickness specified on the Drawings 23
C. Pipe Laying 24
1. General: 25
a. Where possible, install the pipe so that the top of pipe is below any pavement 26
subgrade, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 27
b. Maintain a minimum 0.5 percent slope unless otherwise shown on the 28
Drawings. 29
c. Start the laying of pipe on the bedding at the outlet end with the spigot or 30
tongue end pointing downstream. 31
d. Proceed towards the inlet end with the abutting sections properly matched true 32
to the established lines and grades specified in the Drawings. 33
e. Fit, match, and lay the pipe to form a smooth and uniform conduit. 34
f. Lower sections of pipe into the trench without damaging the pipe or disturbing 35
the bedding and the sides of the trench. 36
g. Carefully clean the ends of the pipe before the pipe is placed. 37
h. Prevent the earth or bedding material from entering the pipe as it is laid. 38
2. Reinforced Concrete Pipe 39
a. General: 40
1) Cut cross trenches in the foundation to allow the barrel of the pipe to rest 41
firmly on the bedding where bell-an-spigot pipe is used. 42
2) Cut cross trenches no more than 2 inches larger than the bell ends of the 43
pipe. 44
3) Lay multiple lines of reinforced concrete pipe with the centerlines of the 45
individual barrels parallel. 46
4) Use the clear distances between outer surfaces of adjacent pipes shown in 47
Table 6 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 48
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 15 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
5) Use the equivalent diameter from Table 2 or 3 for arch or horizontal 1
elliptical pipe to determine the clear distance requirement in Table 5. 2
b. Elliptical Pipe: 3
1) Lay the pipe so the markings for the top or bottom are not more than 5 4
degrees from the vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the pipe. 5
2) Remove and re-lay any pipe that is not in alignment or shows excessive 6
settlement after laying at no cost to the City. 7
Table 5 8
Minimum Clear Distance Between RCP 9
Equivalent Diameter
(Inches) Minimum Clear Distance
18 9 inches
24 11 inches
30 1 foot, 1 inch
36 1 foot, 3 inches
42 1 foot, 5 inches
48 1 foot, 7 inches
54 1 foot, 11 inches
60 to 84 inches 2 feet
D. Corrugated Metal Pipe (CMP) 10
1. Coat any metal in joints that are not protected by galvanizing or aluminizing with 11
an approved asphalt paint. 12
2. Use the clear distances between outer surfaces of adjacent pipes shown in Table 6 13
unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 14
Table 6 15
Minimum Clear Distance Between CMP 16
Equivalent Diameter
(Inches)
Minimum Clear Distance
(Inches)
18 1 foot, 2 inches
21 1 foot, 3 inches
24 1 foot, 5 inches
E. Placement of Boxes 17
1. Where possible, place the box so the top of box is below any pavement subgrade, 18
unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 19
2. Maintain a minimum 0.5 percent slope unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 20
3. Place the box sections in accordance with the Drawings. 21
4. Place material to be used between barrels as specified in the Drawings or as 22
directed by the City. 23
5. Start laying the boxes on the bedding at the outlet end. 24
6. Proceed toward the inlet end with the abutting sections properly matched true to the 25
established lines and grades specified in the Drawings. 26
7. Fit, match, and lay the boxes to form a smooth and uniform conduit. 27
8. Lower the box sections into the trench, for trench installations, without damaging 28
the box or disturbing the bedding and the sides of the trench. 29
9. Carefully clean the ends of the box before it is placed. 30
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 16 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
10. Prevent the earth or bedding material from entering the box as it is laid. 1
11. Remove and re-lay any box section that is not in alignment or shows excessive 2
settlement after laying at no cost to the City. 3
F. Jointing 4
1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) and Concrete Box (RCB) 5
a. Provide an appropriate rolling device for conveyance through small-size pipe 6
structures. 7
b. Joints Sealed with Rubber Gaskets: 8
1) Make the joint assembly according to the recommendations of the gasket 9
manufacturer. 10
2) Make joints watertight when using rubber gaskets. 11
3) Backfill after the joint has been inspected and approved. 12
4) Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 13
a) Box joints for rubber gasketed material may be substituted for tongue 14
and groove joints. 15
b) Provide rubber gasket joints for RCB in accordance with the 16
requirements of ASTM C1677. 17
c. Joints Using Pre-Formed Flexible Joint Sealants: 18
1) Install pre-formed flexible joint sealants in accordance with the 19
manufacturer’s recommendations. 20
2) Place the joint sealer so no dirt or other deleterious materials encounter the 21
joint sealing material. 22
3) Pull or push home the pipe with enough force to properly seal the joint. 23
4) Remove any joint material pushed out into the interior of the pipe that 24
would obstruct the flow. 25
5) Apply flexible joint sealants to the pipe joints immediately before placing 26
pipe in trench and connecting pipe to previously laid pipe. 27
6) Backfill after the joint as been inspected and approved. 28
2. Corrugated Metal Pipe (CMP) 29
a. General: 30
1) Provide field joints that maintain pipe alignment during construction and 31
prevent infiltration of side material during the life of the installation. 32
2) Install bands and joints in accordance with manufacturer’s 33
recommendations. 34
G. Connections and Stub Ends 35
1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) 36
a. Make connections of concrete pipe to existing pipes, pipe storm drains, or 37
storm drain appurtenances as specified in the Drawings. 38
b. Mortar or concrete the bottom of existing structures if necessary to eliminate 39
any drainage pockets created by the connections with a Type S mortar in 40
accordance with the requirements of ASTM C270. 41
c. Repair any damage to the existing structure resulting from making the 42
connections. 43
d. Make connections between concrete pipe and corrugated metal pipe with a 44
suitable concrete collar and a minimum thickness of 4 inches. 45
1) Corrugated metal pipe is not permitted for use within the City’s right-of-46
way unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or herein. 47
48
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 17 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2) Prior to connecting to an existing CMP storm system: 1
a) Remove any existing corrugated metal pipe to the City’s right-of-way. 2
b) Replace with an equivalent sized RCP. 3
e. Finish stub ends for connections to future work not shown on the Drawings by 4
installing watertight plugs into the free end of the pipe. Plugs are considered 5
subsidiary to the RCP unless a separate bid item is provided. 6
f. Fill lift holes with concrete, mortar, or precast concrete plugs after the pipe is in 7
place. 8
2. Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 9
a. Make connections of boxes to existing boxes, pipes, drains, or drain 10
appurtenances as specified in the Drawings. 11
b. Mortar or concrete the bottom of existing structures if necessary to eliminate 12
any drainage pockets created by the connections with a Type S mortar in 13
accordance with the requirements of ASTM C270. 14
c. Connect boxes to any required headwalls, wingwalls, safety end treatments, 15
riprap, or other structures as specified in the Drawings or as directed by the 16
City. Connections will be considered subsidiary to the RCB. 17
d. Repair any damage to the existing structure resulting from making the 18
connections. 19
e. Finish stub ends for connections to future work by installing watertight plugs 20
into the free end of the box. Plugs are considered subsidiary to the RCB unless 21
a separate bid item is provided. 22
f. Fill lifting holes with mortar or concrete and cure. Precast concrete or mortar 23
plugs may be used. 24
3. Corrugated Metal Pipe (CMP) 25
a. Make connections of pipe to existing pipe or appurtenances as specified in the 26
Drawings or as directed by the City. 27
b. Mortar or concrete the bottom of existing structures if necessary to eliminate 28
any drainage pockets created by the connections with a Type S mortar in 29
accordance with the requirements of ASTM C270. 30
c. Insulate portions of aluminum pipe in contact with metal other than aluminum 31
by a coating of material recommended by the manufacturer. Extend coating a 32
minimum of 1 foot beyond the area of contact. 33
d. Repair any damage to the existing structure resulting from making the 34
connections. 35
H. Extending Existing Box Culverts 36
1. Any curb less than 12 inches will be considered subsidiary to the RCB. Any curb 37
taller than 12 inches will be included under the RCB Extended Curb bid item. 38
2. Break back and extend existing box culverts in accordance with TxDOT Item 420 39
and 422. 40
a. If extending the existing box culvert is required, provide design notes and 41
Drawings signed and sealed by a Texas licensed professional Engineer. 42
3.5 REPAIR 43
A. Make repairs if necessary for reinforced concrete pipe and machine-made precast boxes 44
in accordance with DMS-7310. 45
46
33 42 11
STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES
Page 18 of 18
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 1
1. Cracks: 2
a. Fine cracks on the surface of the section that do not extend to the plan of the 3
nearest reinforcement are acceptable unless the cracks are numerous and 4
extensive. The City will determine if the cracks are considered non-conforming. 5
b. Remove and replace any concrete box considered non-conforming at no cost to 6
the City. 7
2. Excessive damage, honeycomb, or cracking will be subject to structural review by 8
the City. 9
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 10
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 11
A. Site Tests and Inspections 12
1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Box 13
a. Provide access for inspection of the finished pipe at the project site before and 14
during installation. 15
2. Stormwater Mains and Laterals 16
a. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 17
1) Provide a Post-CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 18
B. Non-Conforming Work 19
1. Remove and replace any pipe or box damaged by the Contractor during installation 20
at no cost to the City. 21
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 22
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 23
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 24
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 25
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 26
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 27
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 28
END OF SECTION 29
30
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
31
33 42 33
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 1 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised March 4, 2020
SECTION 33 42 33 1
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Material and installation requirements for curb and drop inlets. 6
2. Precast inlets are only permitted when written approval has been provided by the 7
City prior to construction activities starting. 8
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9
1. None. 10
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12
Contract. 13
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 15
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 16
5. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench, Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 17
6. Section 33 01 35 – Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures 18
to Grade. 19
7. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings. 20
8. Section 33 42 11 – Stormwater Pipe and Boxes. 21
9. Section 33 42 30 – Stormwater Junction Boxes. 22
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23
A. Measurement and Payment 24
1. Standard Curb Inlet 25
a. Measurement 26
1) Measured per each Standard Curb Inlet installed. 27
b. Payment 28
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30
price bid per each for Standard Curb Inlet installed for: 31
a) Various sizes. (5 to 30 feet) 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Furnishing and installing Standard Curb Inlet as specified by the Drawings 34
2) Staged construction 35
3) Water 36
4) Loading 37
5) Unloading 38
6) Storing 39
7) Hauling 40
33 42 33
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 2 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised March 4, 2020
8) Handling of materials 1
9) Traffic control for all testing 2
10) Dewatering 3
11) Forms 4
12) Trial batches (as needed) 5
13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 6
14) Concrete 7
15) Aggregate 8
16) Supplementary cementing materials 9
17) Concrete additives 10
18) Mixing 11
19) Placement of concrete 12
20) Finishing of concrete 13
21) Curing and curing compounds 14
22) Sawing 15
23) Connections 16
24) Fittings 17
25) Joints 18
26) Joint sealant 19
27) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 20
28) Plugs 21
29) Excavation 22
30) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 23
31) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 24
32) Disposal of excess material 25
33) Clean-up 26
2. Recessed Curb Inlet 27
a. Measurement 28
1) Measured per each Recessed Curb Inlet installed. 29
b. Payment 30
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32
price bid per each for Recessed Curb Inlet installed for: 33
a) Various sizes. (5 to 30 feet) 34
c. The price bid shall include: 35
1) Furnishing and installing Recessed Curb Inlet as specified by the Drawings 36
2) Staged construction 37
3) Water 38
4) Loading 39
5) Unloading 40
6) Storing 41
7) Hauling 42
8) Handling of materials 43
9) Traffic control for all testing 44
10) Dewatering 45
11) Forms 46
12) Trial batches (as needed) 47
13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 48
14) Concrete 49
15) Aggregate 50
33 42 33
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 3 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised March 4, 2020
16) Supplementary cementing materials 1
17) Concrete additives 2
18) Mixing 3
19) Placement of concrete 4
20) Finishing of concrete 5
21) Curing and curing compounds 6
22) Sawing 7
23) Connections 8
24) Fittings 9
25) Joints 10
26) Joint sealant 11
27) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 12
28) Plugs 13
29) Excavation 14
30) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 15
31) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 16
32) Disposal of excess material 17
33) Clean-up 18
3. Type 2 Curb Inlet 19
a. Measurement 20
1) Measured per each Type 2 Curb Inlet installed. 21
b. Payment 22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24
price bid per each for Type 2 Curb Inlet installed for: 25
a) Various sizes. (5 to 30 feet) 26
c. The price bid shall include: 27
1) Furnishing and installing Type 2 Curb Inlet as specified by the Drawings 28
2) Staged construction 29
3) Hauling 30
4) Water 31
5) Loading 32
6) Unloading 33
7) Storing 34
8) Hauling 35
9) Handling of materials 36
10) Traffic control for all testing 37
11) Dewatering 38
12) Forms 39
13) Trial batches (as needed) 40
14) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 41
15) Concrete 42
16) Aggregate 43
17) Supplementary cementing materials 44
18) Concrete additives 45
19) Mixing 46
20) Placement of concrete 47
21) Finishing of concrete 48
22) Curing and curing compounds 49
23) Sawing 50
33 42 33
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 4 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised March 4, 2020
24) Connections 1
25) Fittings 2
26) Joints 3
27) Joint sealant 4
28) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 5
29) Plugs 6
30) Excavation 7
31) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 8
32) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 9
33) Disposal of excess material 10
34) Clean-up 11
4. Drop Inlet 12
a. Measurement 13
1) Measured per each Drop Inlet installed. 14
b. Payment 15
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 16
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 17
price bid per each for Drop Inlet installed for: 18
a) Various sizes. (3 2 to 5 feet) 19
c. The price bid shall include: 20
1) Furnishing and installing Drop Inlet as specified by the Drawings 21
2) Staged construction 22
3) Water 23
4) Loading 24
5) Unloading 25
6) Storing 26
7) Hauling 27
8) Handling of materials 28
9) Traffic control for all testing 29
10) Dewatering 30
11) Forms 31
12) Trial batches (as needed) 32
13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 33
14) Concrete 34
15) Aggregate 35
16) Supplementary cementing materials 36
17) Concrete additives 37
18) Mixing 38
19) Placement of concrete 39
20) Finishing of concrete 40
21) Curing and curing compounds 41
22) Sawing 42
23) Connections 43
24) Fittings 44
25) Joints 45
26) Joint sealant 46
27) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 47
28) Plugs 48
29) Excavation 49
30) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 50
33 42 33
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 5 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised March 4, 2020
31) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 1
32) Disposal of excess material 2
33) Clean-up 3
1.3 REFERENCES 4
A. Abbreviations 5
1. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 6
B. Reference Standards 7
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 8
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 9
unless a date is specifically cited. 10
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 11
a. ASTM C478 – Standard Specification for Circular Precast Reinforced Concrete 12
Manhole Sections 13
b. ASTM D4101 – Standard Classification System and Basis for Specification for 14
Polypropylene Injection and Extrusion Materials 15
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 16
Specifications (DMS): 17
a. 4675, Cementitious Grouts and Mortars for Miscellaneous Applications 18
b. 6100, Epoxies and Adhesives 19
c. 7310, Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Machine-Made Precast Concrete Box 20
Culvert Fabrication and Plant Qualification 21
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 22
1.5 SUBMITTALS 23
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 24
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 25
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 26
A. Shop Drawings: 27
1. Stormwater Curb and Drop Inlets 28
a. Provide the following information on the shop drawing submittal: 29
1) Product type and size 30
2) Class of concrete 31
3) Concrete mix design, for cast-in-place components only 32
4) Connection/jointing material used 33
5) Manufacturer recommendations for storage, handling, and installation 34
2. Product Data 35
a. Provide a material data sheet for review and approval for: 36
1) Mortar 37
2) Epoxy 38
3) Jointing Material 39
4) Any bonding material 40
B. Information Submittals: 41
1. Certificates: 42
33 42 33
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 6 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised March 4, 2020
a. Provide manufacturer’s certificate of compliance stating their product is in 1
accordance with the physical testing requirements of this Section, DMS 6100, 2
DMS 7310, and DMS 4675 (if applicable) for the applicable materials used. 3
2. Equipment Information 4
a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 5
1) Equipment name and description 6
2) Size 7
3) Intended use 8
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 11
12
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 13
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 14
1. Do not place any loads on precast items before design strength has been reached. 15
2. Do not ship items until design strength requirements have been met. 16
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 17
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 18
66 00. 19
2. Store precast items on a level surface. 20
C. Markings: 21
1. Mark precast inlets and other items with the following information: 22
a. Name or trademark of manufacturer 23
b. Product designation 24
c. ASTM designation 25
d. Date of manufacture 26
e. Designated fabricator’s approval stamp 27
f. Designation “SR” for boxes meeting sulfate-resistant concrete plan 28
requirements, if applicable 29
2. Indent markings or paint them on with waterproof paint. 30
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 31
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 32
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 33
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 34
2.2 MATERIALS 35
A. Manufacturers 36
1. Inlet Frame & Cover Manufacturer List 37
a. Bass & Hays Foundry, Inc or approved equal. 38
33 42 33
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 7 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised March 4, 2020
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 1
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 2
B. Concrete 3
1. Cast-In-Place: 4
a. Non-Traffic Loaded Inlets: 5
1) Class A in accordance with Section 03 00 00 6
b. Traffic Loaded Inlets: 7
1) Class C in accordance with Section 03 00 00 8
2. Precast: 9
a. Class H with a minimum compressive strength of 5,000 PSI in accordance with 10
Section 03 00 00 11
1) Provide machine-made precast inlets in accordance with DMS-7310. 12
C. Reinforcement 13
1. Provide grade 60 steel reinforcing in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 14
2. Provide a minimum of 2 inches of cover on all reinforcing unless otherwise noted. 15
D. Cast Iron Frame and Cover 16
1. Provide a frame and cover marked “Storm Sewer” in accordance with Section 33 05 17
81. 18
2. Provide Pick Slots 19
3. Provide a 32-inch diameter frame and cover that provides minimum 30-inch 20
diameter opening 21
E. Steps: 22
1. Provide polypropylene supports and steps that are at least 12 inches wide that meet 23
the requirements of ASTM D4101 and ASTM C478, Section 16, “Steps and 24
Ladders”. 25
F. Mortar: 26
1. Provide mortar in accordance with DMS-4675. 27
G. Jointing Materials 28
1. Provide jointing materials in accordance with Section 33 42 11. 29
H. Epoxy: 30
1. Provide Type V epoxy per DMS-6100 for bonding fresh concrete to hardened 31
concrete. 32
2. Place the bonding epoxy on a clean, dry surface, and place the fresh concrete while 33
the epoxy is still tacky. 34
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 35
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 36
PART 3 - EXECUTION 37
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 38
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 39
33 42 33
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 8 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised March 4, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 1
3.4 INSTALLATION 2
A. Construct inlets in 1 or 2 stages. Use the following steps if constructing in 2 stages: 3
1. No separate pay will be given for staging construction of junction boxes and 4
manhole risers. 5
2. Stage 1: 6
a. Construct the storm drain pipe or box and attach the pipe to the base of the 7
inlet. 8
b. Provide a temporary plug for either end of the storm pipe if needed. 9
c. Backfill as necessary and in accordance with the Drawings around the Stage 1 10
construction. 11
d. Follow all safety requirements for Federal, State, and local requirements when 12
leaving an inlet base exposed. 13
3. Stage 2: 14
a. Excavate to expose the top of the stage 1 construction (if needed) and complete 15
the inlet in accordance with the Drawings and this Section. 16
b. Coordinate construction of the inlet top with paving operations. 17
c. After completion of the subgrade, asphalt base/surface course, concrete 18
pavement, or surrounding ground, construct the inlet top and/or aprons in 19
accordance with the Drawings. 20
d. Remove any temporary plugs prior to the completion of the inlet. 21
e. Furnish and install any frames, grates, rings, and covers. 22
f. Clean all debris from the walls and bottom of inlet base. 23
B. Cast-In-Place Inlets: 24
1. Where possible, use precast inlet bases with cast-in-place inlet tops. 25
2. Construct cast-in-place inlet bases and tops in accordance with Section 03 00 00, 03 26
30 00, and this Section. 27
3. Forms for all cast-in-place inlet components will be required unless otherwise 28
approved. 29
C. Precast Inlets 30
1. Formed precast inlet bases and tops will not be permitted. 31
2. Provide machine-made precast inlet bases and tops. 32
3. Construct machine-made items in accordance with ASTM C478 and this Section. 33
4. Provide certification letters stating the machine-made items were made in 34
accordance with DMS-7310 and ASTM C478 and conform to the product 35
permissible variations and rejection criteria stated in ASTM C478. 36
D. Steps 37
1. Cast-In-Place: 38
a. Cast steps into inlet walls. 39
2. Precast: 40
a. Drill and epoxy or grout steps in place in accordance with manufacturer’s 41
recommendations. 42
E. Lifting Holes 43
33 42 33
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 9 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised March 4, 2020
1. Provide no more than 4 lifting holes in each section for precast boxes. 1
2. Lifting holes may be cast-in-place or drilled by manufacturer. Ensure no reinforcing 2
has been cut. 3
3. Provide lifting holes large enough for adequate lifting devices based on the size and 4
weight of the box section. 5
4. Use lifting holes no larger than 3 inches in diameter. 6
5. Repair any spalled areas around lifting holes. 7
6. Fill lifting holes with mortar or concrete and cure. Precast concrete or mortar plugs 8
may be used. 9
F. Excavation, Shaping, Bedding, and Backfill 10
1. Perform excavation, shaping, bedding, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 11
05 05. 12
2. Backfill around inlets, pipes, and boxes in accordance with Section 33 05 05 and 33 13
42 11. 14
3. Take care when placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement or 15
damage to inlet bases, storm water pipe, boxes, or their joints. 16
4. Do not use heavy earth-moving equipment to haul over the pipes or boxes until a 17
minimum of 4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed over 18
the structure unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or permitted in writing. 19
G. Connections to Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) 20
1. Construct inlet bases before completion of stormwater pipes into or through the 21
inlet. 22
2. Neatly cut all stormwater pipes at the inside face of the junction box walls. 23
H. Connections to Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 24
1. Construct inlet bases before completion of stormwater pipes into or through the 25
inlet. 26
2. Neatly cut all stormwater pipes at the inside face of the junction box walls. 27
I. Connections to Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 28
1. For inlets that connect directly to the top slab of an RCB, install the inlet base in 29
conjunction with the placement of the RCB. 30
2. Backfill the junction box or manhole riser and RCB at the same time. 31
J. Inverts 32
1. Shape and route floor inverts passing out or through the inlet as specified in the 33
Drawings. 34
2. Shape by adding and shaping mortar or concrete after the base is placed or by 35
placing the required additional material with the base. 36
K. Inlet Top Construction and Finishing 37
1. Complete the inlet base and top in accordance with the Drawings in either 1 or 2 38
stages. 39
2. Form openings for the inlets and recesses in curb and gutter as specified in the 40
Drawings. 41
3. Construct the inlet top concurrent with paving operations when possible. 42
33 42 33
STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS
Page 10 of 10
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised March 4, 2020
4. Backfill and grade the surrounding area to the elevations specified in the Drawings 1
L. Frame, Grates, and Covers 2
1. Provide a 32-inch frame and cover in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 3
2. A grated cover will not be permitted unless otherwise approved or specified in the 4
Drawings. 5
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 6
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 7
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 8
A. When a structure is left open without supervision, provide fencing or a cover that is 9
structurally adequate. 10
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 11
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 12
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 13
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 14
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 15
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 16
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 17
END OF SECTION 18
19
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
20
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 1 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 41 24 1
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Drilled Shaft Foundations. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Furnish and Install Drilled Shaft Foundations 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measurement per linear feet of drilled shaft foundation installed for: 17
a) Various types 18
b) Various sizes 19
b. Payment 20
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 21
measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit 22
price bid per linear feet for “Drilled Shaft Foundation” installed for: 23
a) Various types. 24
b) Various sizes. 25
c. The price bid shall include: 26
1) Coordination and notification 27
2) Exploratory excavation, as needed 28
3) Excavation 29
4) Hauling 30
5) Furnishing, placing, and removing casing 31
6) Furnishing, processing, and recovering slurry 32
7) Furnishing and placing reinforcing steel 33
8) Pumping 34
9) Furnishing and placing concrete, including additional concrete required to 35
fill an oversize casing or oversize excavation 36
10) Conducting slump loss tests 37
11) Furnishing and compacting backfill 38
12) Grounding rods 39
13) Disposing of cuttings and slurry 40
14) Protection of the excavation 41
42
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 2 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
d. Additional considerations 1
1) When the bottom of a drilled shaft is placed at an elevation below plan 2
grade, no direct payment will be made for extra reinforcement required to 3
support the cage. The extra reinforcement will be considered subsidiary to 4
the unit price bid. No extra payment will be made for casings left in place. 5
2) No payment will be made for “Drilled Shaft Foundations” until the 6
concrete has been placed. 7
2. Remove Drilled Shaft Foundations 8
a. Measurement 9
1) Measured per each Drilled Shaft Foundation removed. 10
b. Payment 11
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 12
measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit 13
price bid for “Drilled Shaft Foundation Removal.” 14
c. The price bid shall include: 15
1) Removal and disposal of foundations 2’ below grade 16
2) Disposal of unsalvageable material 17
3) Furnishing and compaction of backfill 18
4) Surface restoration 19
5) Hauling 20
1.3 REFERENCES 21
A. Reference Standards 22
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 23
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 24
unless a date is specifically cited. 25
2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 26
Specifications (DMS): 27
a. 4640, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 28
3. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 29
Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 30
a. Item 405, Foundation Load Test. 31
b. Item 416, Drilled Shaft Foundations. 32
c. Item 420, Concrete Substructures. 33
d. Item 421, Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 34
e. Item 423, Retaining Walls. 35
f. Item 440, Reinforcement for Concrete. 36
g. Item 448, Structural Field Welding. 37
4. TxDOT Test Procedures: 38
a. Tex-128-E, Determining Soil pH. 39
b. Tex-130-E, Slurry Testing. 40
c. Tex-415-A, Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 41
d. Tex-430-A, Slump Loss of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 42
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 43
1.5 SUBMITTALS 44
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 45
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 3 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 2
A. Submit Drilled Shaft installation plan for review no later than one month before drilled 3
shaft construction. Include the following: 4
1. Name and experience record of the drilled shaft superintendent who will be in 5
charge of drilled shaft operations. 6
2. List of proposed equipment to be used. 7
3. Details of overall construction operation sequence and the sequence of shaft 8
construction in bents or groups. 9
4. Details of shaft excavation methods. 10
5. When the use of slurry is anticipated: 11
a. Details of the slurry mix design 12
b. Suitability of mix design for the subsurface conditions at the construction site 13
c. Mixing and storage methods 14
d. Maintenance methods 15
e. Disposal procedures 16
6. Details of methods to clean the shaft excavation. 17
7. Details of reinforcement placement, including support and centralization methods. 18
8. Details of concrete placement, including proposed operational procedures for free 19
fall, tremie, or pumping methods. 20
9. Details of casing installation and removal methods. 21
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 24
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 26
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 27
66 00. 28
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 29
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 30
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 31
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 32
2.2 MATERIALS 33
A. Performance / Design Criteria 34
1. Provide concrete in accordance with TxDOT Item 421. 35
2. Provide concrete reinforcement in accordance with TxDOT Item 440. 36
a. Field weld in accordance with TxDOT Item 448. 37
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 4 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1
3. Concrete for drilled shafts shall be in accordance with the following requirements 2
unless otherwise specified in the Drawings: 3
4
Drilled Shaft Type Concrete
Non-reinforced Class A
Reinforced Class C
Slurry and underwater concrete placement Class SS
5
4. Use coarse aggregate Grade 4, 5, or 6 for drilled shaft concrete in reinforced drilled 6
shafts. Grade 2 or 3 may be used if the shaft is dry and reinforcing steel has a 5 7
inch minimum clear spacing. 8
a. Aggregate grades shall be in accordance with TxDOT Item 421. 9
5. Use a water-reducing, retarding admixture in accordance with TxDOT DMS-4640 10
in all concrete when casing is to be pulled or when placing shafts underwater or 11
under slurry. 12
6. Use concrete meeting slump requirements indicated below and in accordance with 13
Tex-415-A: 14
15
Placement
Type
Minimum
Acceptable
Placement Slump,
inch
Recommended
Design and
Placement Slump,
inch
Maximum
Acceptable
Placement Slump,
inch
Dry 5-1/2 6-1/2 7-1/2
Underwater and
under slurry 7 8 9
7. Perform a slump loss test in accordance with Tex-430-A before beginning work 16
when casing is to be pulled or concrete is to be placed underwater or under slurry. 17
a. Provide concrete that will maintain a slump of at least 4 inches throughout the 18
entire anticipated time of concrete placement. 19
b. Time of concrete placement is to be in accordance with TxDOT Item 416.3.6 20
and 416.3.7. 21
c. Note the temperature of the concrete mix at the beginning of the slump loss 22
test. 23
1) Place the concrete if the temperature of the concrete at the time of 24
placement into the drilled shaft is no more than 10°F higher than the slump 25
loss test temperature. 26
2) Use ice or other concrete cooling ingredients to lower concrete temperature 27
or run additional slump loss tests at higher temperatures. 28
8. Slump loss testing will be waived if anticipated time of concrete placement is less 29
than 90 minutes. 30
31
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 5 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9. Use mineral drilling slurry in accordance with the table below and Tex-130-E. 1
Determine pH of slurry in accordance with Tex-128-E, or with pH paper strips. 2
3
Mineral Slurry Requirements
Before Introduction
Into the Excavation
Sampled from the Bottom of the
Excavation before Concreting
Specific
Gravity
Sand
Content
pH Specific
Gravity
Viscosity
(sec.)
Sand
Content
≤ 1.10 ≤ 1% 8-11 ≤ 1.15 ≤ 45 ≤ 4%
4
10. Use mineral slurry consisting of processed bentonite or attapulgite clays mixed with 5
clean fresh water. Do not use partially hydrolyzed polyacrylamide (PHPA) 6
polymeric slurry or any blended mineral-polymer slurry. 7
11. If approved, water may be used as the drilling fluid. 8
a. In this case, provisions of the mineral slurry requirements indicated above must 9
be met excluding the maximum specific gravity. 10
b. Maximum specific gravity is not to exceed 1.12. 11
12. Sample slurry from the bottom of the hole before placing concrete and test in 12
accordance with Tex-130-E. 13
a. Use a pump or air lift to remove slurry not in accordance with the table above, 14
while adding fresh clean slurry to the top of the hole to maintain the slurry 15
level. 16
b. Continue this operation until slurry sampled from the bottom of the hole is in 17
accordance with the table requirements above. 18
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 19
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20
PART 3 - EXECUTION 21
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 22
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 23
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 24
3.4 CONSTRUCTION 25
A. Place the shaft within the following tolerances: 26
1. Vertical plumbness—1 inch per 10 feet of depth. 27
2. Center of shaft located under column—1 inch of horizontal plan position. 28
3. Center of shaft located under footing—3 inch of horizontal plan position. 29
B. Complete embankment at bridge ends before installing drilled shafts that pass through 30
the fill. Refer to TxDOT Item 423 for requirements for drilled shafts passing through 31
the structural volume of retaining walls. 32
33
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 6 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Excavation 1
1. Excavate as required for the shafts through all materials encountered to the 2
dimensions and elevations specified in the Drawings or required by the site 3
conditions. 4
a. Adjust the bottom of the shaft or alter the foundation if satisfactory founding 5
material is not encountered at plan elevation, upon receiving approval from 6
City. 7
2. Blasting will not be permitted for excavations. 8
3. Stop drilling if caving conditions are encountered. Adjust construction method to 9
ensure stabilization of the shaft walls. 10
4. Do not excavate a shaft within 2 shaft diameters of an open shaft excavation or a 11
shaft in which concrete has been placed in the preceding 24 hours. 12
5. Dispose of material excavated from shafts and not incorporated into the finished 13
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and with Federal, State, and local 14
regulations. 15
6. Provide suitable access, lighting, and equipment to allow checking the dimensions 16
and alignment of shafts excavation by the City. 17
7. If man-made obstructions not indicated in the Contract Documents are required to 18
be removed in order to complete the Work, Contractor will be eligible to submit a 19
Contract Claim in accordance with the General Conditions. 20
D. Core Holes 21
1. Take cores to determine the character of the supporting materials as required by 22
City. 23
a. Use a method that will result in recovery of an intact sample adequate for 24
judging the character of the founding material. 25
b. Extract cores no less than 5 feet deeper than the proposed founding grade, or a 26
depth equal to the diameter of the shaft, whichever is greater. 27
c. Take cores when the excavation is complete. 28
E. Casing 29
1. Use casing: 30
a. to prevent caving of the material, 31
b. to exclude ground water, 32
c. when slurry is used for hole stabilization, or 33
d. when required as part of the Contractor’s safety plan. 34
2. Provide casing with an outside diameter not less than the specified diameter of the 35
shaft. 36
a. The portion of shaft below the casing may be no greater than 2 inches less than 37
the specified shaft diameter. 38
3. No additional compensation will be made for concrete required to fill an oversized 39
casing or oversized excavation. 40
4. Casing Requirements: 41
a. strong enough to withstand handling stresses and pressures of concrete and of 42
the surrounding earth or water, 43
b. watertight, 44
c. smooth, 45
d. clean, and 46
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 7 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
e. free of accumulations of hardened concrete. 1
5. Use construction methods that result in a minimal amount of disturbed soil being 2
trapped outside the casing. 3
a. This does not apply to temporary undersized casings used to protect workers 4
inside shafts or drilled shafts designed for point bearing only. 5
6. Extract casing only after placing the concrete to an appropriate level. Maintain 6
sufficient amount of concrete in casing at all times to counteract soil and water 7
pressure. 8
7. Rotate or move the casing up or down a few inches if necessary before and during 9
concrete placement to facilitate extraction of the casing. 10
a. Leave casing in place only if authorized by City or specified in the Drawings. 11
F. Requirements for Slurry Displacement Method 12
1. When soil conditions warrant, use slurry displacement method to construct drilled 13
shafts unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. Use this method to support the 14
sides of the excavation with processed mineral slurry then displaced by concrete to 15
form a continuous concrete shaft. 16
2. Install surface casing to no less than 10 feet below existing ground surface before 17
introducing slurry. 18
a. Do not use casing other than surface casing. 19
b. Do not use surface casing longer than 20 feet without approval from City. 20
c. Do not extract the surface casing until after placing the concrete. 21
3. Pre-mix slurry in a reservoir with enough capacity to fill the excavation and for 22
recovery of the slurry during concrete placement. 23
a. Do not mix slurry in the shaft excavation or other hole. 24
b. Allow adequate time for hydration of the slurry before introduction into the 25
excavation. 26
4. Maintain a head of slurry in the shaft excavation to counteract ground water 27
pressure during and after drilling. 28
5. After the completion of drilling, use an air lift or proper size cleanout bucket before 29
placing reinforcing steel to remove any material that may have accumulated. 30
6. Re-process the hole with the auger if concrete placement is not started within 4 31
hours of the completion of the shaft excavation. 32
7. Clean the bottom with an air lift or cleanout bucket and check the slurry at the 33
bottom of the hole for compliance with the slurry requirements TxDOT Item 416. 34
8. Agitate congealed slurry to liquefaction if the slurry forms a gel before concrete 35
placement, and as directed by the City. 36
9. Recover and dispose of all slurry as approved by City, and in accordance with all 37
Federal, State, and local requirements. Do not discharge slurry near streams or 38
other bodies of water. 39
G. Reinforcing Steel 40
1. Completely assemble the cage of reinforcing steel and place as a unit immediately 41
before concrete placement. 42
a. The cage consists of longitudinal bars and lateral reinforcement (spiral 43
reinforcement, lateral ties, or horizontal bands). 44
b. Connect individual segments with couplers or by lapping steel as approved by 45
City if overhead obstacles prevent placement of the cage as a single unit. 46
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 8 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Extend the reinforcing steel cage as follows if the shaft is lengthened beyond the 1
length specified in the Drawings, unless otherwise directed by City: 2
a. Extend cage to the bottom for shafts supporting structures other than bridges. 3
b. Extend cage to 25 feet or to the bottom, whichever is shorter, for bridge shafts 4
with plan lengths less than 25 feet. 5
c. Do not extend the cage for bridge shafts with plan lengths greater than 25 feet 6
that are lengthened less than 33% of plan length. 7
d. Extend the cage as directed for bridge shafts with plan lengths greater than 25 8
feet that are lengthened more than 33% of plan length. 9
3. If the cage does not reach the bottom of the shaft, it may be suspended, or a portion 10
of the longitudinal steel may be extended to support the cage on the bottom of the 11
shaft. 12
a. Bars used to extend or support the cage may be lap spliced or welded by a 13
qualified welder. 14
b. Place the extension at the bottom of the shaft. 15
4. Tie spiral reinforcement to the longitudinal bars at a spacing no more than 24 16
inches, or as required for a stable cage. 17
5. Ensure lateral reinforcement is not welded to longitudinal bars unless otherwise 18
specified in the Drawings. 19
6. Center the reinforcing steel cage in the excavation using approved “roller” type 20
centering devices unless otherwise approved. 21
a. Use concrete or plastic chairs to keep the reinforcing cage off the bottom of the 22
hole. 23
b. Use centering devices starting at 1.5 feet off from the bottom of the cage and 24
spaced vertically at intervals not exceeding 10 feet. 25
c. Use a minimum of 3 centering devices per level at a spacing not to exceed 30 26
inches. 27
d. Flat or crescent-shaped centralizers (“sleds”) are not allowed. 28
7. Support or hold down the cage to control vertical displacement during concrete 29
placement or extraction of the casing. 30
a. Use support concentric with the cage to prevent racking and distortion of the 31
steel. 32
8. Check the elevation of the top of the steel cage before and after concrete placement 33
or after casing extraction when casing is used. 34
a. Downward movement of the steel up to 6 inches per 20 feet of shaft length and 35
upward movement of the steel up to 6 inches total are acceptable. 36
9. Maintain the minimum length of steel required for lap with column steel. Use 37
dowel bars if the proper lap length is provided both into the shaft and into the 38
column. Locate and tie all dowel bars into the cage before placing concrete or 39
insert dowel bars into fresh, workable concrete. 40
10. Locate and tie anchor bolts when required before placement of concrete. Use 41
templates or other devices to assure accurate placement of anchor bolts. 42
H. Concrete 43
1. Perform all concrete work in accordance with TxDOT Item 420. 44
a. Provide thermal analysis to show and temperature recording devices to verify 45
maximum core temperature requirements are in accordance with the 46
requirements of TxDOT Item 420. 47
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 9 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Provide concrete with maximum placement temperatures as specified in the table 1
below. 2
Maximum Concrete Placing Temperature 3
Shaft Size Mix Design
Options 1-5
Mix Design
Option 6-8
Diameter < 5 feet 95° F 95° F
5 feet ≤ Diameter ≤ 7 feet 95° F 85° F
7 feet < Diameter 85° F 75° F
4
3. Form portions of drilled shaft that project above natural ground. 5
4. Remove loose material and accumulated seep water from the bottom of the 6
excavation before placing concrete. Place concrete using underwater placement 7
methods if water cannot be removed. 8
5. Place concrete as soon as possible after all excavation is complete and reinforcing 9
steel is placed. Provide workable concrete that does not require vibrating or 10
rodding. Vibrate formed portions of drilled shafts. 11
6. Placement: 12
a. Place concrete continuously for the entire length of the shaft. 13
b. Limit free fall of concrete to 25 feet for dry shafts of 24 inch or smaller 14
diameter. 15
c. Use a suitable tube or tremie to prevent segregation of materials and in sections 16
to provide proper discharge and permit raising as the placement progresses. 17
d. For dry shafts over 24 inch diameter, concrete can be allowed to free fall an 18
unlimited distance if it does not strike the reinforcing cage or sides of the hole 19
during placement. 20
1) Provide a hopper with a minimum 3 foot long drop-tube at the top of the 21
shaft to direct concrete vertically down the center of the shaft when free fall 22
is used. 23
e. Do not use a shovel or other means to simply deflect the concrete discharge 24
from the truck. 25
7. Casing Excavation: 26
a. Maintain a sufficient head of concrete for cased shafts at all times above the 27
bottom of the casing to overcome hydrostatic pressure. 28
b. Extract casing at a slow, uniform rate with the pull in line with the axis of the 29
shaft. 30
c. Monitor the concrete level in the casing during extraction. 31
d. Stop the extraction and add concrete to the casing as required to ensure a 32
completely full hole upon casing removal. 33
e. The elapsed time from the mixing of the first concrete placed into the cased 34
portion of the shaft until the completion of extraction of the casing must not 35
exceed the time for which the concrete maintains a slump of over 4 inch in 36
accordance with TxDOT Item 416. 37
f. Modify the concrete mix, construction procedures, or both for subsequent shafts 38
if the elapsed time is exceeded. 39
8. Cure the top surface and treat any construction joint area in accordance with 40
TxDOT Item 420. 41
42
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 10 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
I. Additional Requirements for Slurry Displacement or Underwater Concrete Placement 1
Methods 2
1. Placement: 3
a. Place concrete on the same day the shaft is excavated and as soon as possible 4
after all excavation is complete and reinforcing steel is placed. 5
b. Use an air lift or cleanout bucket of the proper size to clean the bottom of the 6
excavation before placing the reinforcing steel cage and concrete. 7
c. Place concrete through a closed tremie or pump it to the bottom of the 8
excavation. 9
d. The minimum tremie diameter will be at least 6 times the maximum size of 10
aggregate used in the concrete mix but not less than 10 inches. 11
e. Initially seal the tremie or pump line to positively separate the concrete from 12
the slurry or water. 13
f. Place concrete continuously from the beginning of placement until the shaft is 14
completed. 15
g. If tremie is to be used: 16
1) Keep the tremie full of concrete and well submerged in the previously 17
placed concrete at all times. 18
2) Raise the tremie as necessary to maintain the free flow of concrete and the 19
stability of any casing used. 20
h. If pump is to be used: 21
1) Keep the discharge tube submerged in the previously placed concrete at all 22
times. 23
i. Place additional concrete to ensure the removal of any contaminated concrete at 24
the top of the shaft. 25
j. Allow the top portion of concrete to flush completely from the hole at the 26
completion of the pour until there is no evidence of slurry or water 27
contamination. 28
k. Do not attempt to remove this concrete with shovels, pumps, or other means. 29
l. Level the top of shaft with hand tools as necessary. 30
2. Fluid disposal: 31
a. Use a sump or other approved method to channel displaced fluid and concrete 32
away from the shaft excavation. 33
b. Recover slurry and dispose of it as approved. 34
c. Do not discharge displaced fluids into or near streams or other bodies of water. 35
d. Provide a collar or other means of capturing slurry and the top portion of 36
concrete flushed from the shaft for pours over water. 37
3. If concrete placement is interrupted due to withdrawal of the submerged end of the 38
tremie or pump discharge tube before completion: 39
a. Remove the tube, reseal the tube at the bottom, penetrate with the tube into the 40
concrete already placed by at least 5 feet, and recharge it before continuing. 41
b. Notify the City and note the elevation and circumstances related to the loss of 42
seal on the drilled shaft log. 43
4. The elapsed time from the mixing of the first concrete placed into the cased portion 44
of the shaft until the completion of extraction of the casing must not exceed the 45
time for which the concrete maintains a slump of over 4 inch in accordance with 46
TxDOT Item 416. 47
5. Modify the concrete mix, construction procedures, or both for subsequent shafts if 48
the elapsed time is exceeded. 49
34 41 24
DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS
Page 11 of 11
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
J. Test Load 1
1. Load test shafts, if required by City, in accordance with TxDOT Item 405. 2
K. Trial Shaft 3
1. Construct trial shafts to the depth and diameter specified in the Drawings. Trial 4
shafts include: drilling the hole, placement of the rebar cage (unless otherwise 5
stated), and placement of the concrete. 6
a. When trial shafts are required, delay start of production shafts until successful 7
completion of trial shafts. 8
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 9
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 10
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 11
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 12
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 13
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 14
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 18
END OF SECTION 19
20
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
21
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 1 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 41 50 1
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section includes: 5
1. Aluminum signs installed on mast arms, signal poles, or steel posts. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Furnishing and Installing Mast Arm or Signal Pole Mounted Aluminum Signs 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per each sign furnished and installed. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20
price bid per each for “Furnish/Install Alum Sign Mast Arm Mount” 21
installed for: 22
a) Various types. 23
c. The price bid shall include: 24
1) Fabricating the aluminum sign 25
2) Treatment of sign panels required before application of background 26
materials 27
3) Application of the background materials and messages to the sign panels 28
4) Furnishing and fabricating frames, wind beams, stiffeners, or required joint 29
backing strips 30
5) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign 31
support connections 32
6) Assembling and erecting the signs 33
7) Preparing and cleaning the signs 34
2. Installing Mast Arm or Signal/ Street Light Pole Mounted Aluminum Signs 35
a. Measurement 36
1) Measured per each sign installed. 37
b. Payment 38
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 39
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 40
price bid per each for “Install Alum Sign Mast Arm Mount” installed. 41
42
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Installing each aluminum Sign 2
2) Furnishing and fabricating frames, wind beams, stiffeners, or required joint 3
backing strips 4
3) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign 5
support connections 6
4) Assembling and erecting the signs 7
5) Preparing and cleaning the signs 8
3. Furnishing and Installing Ground Mounted Aluminum Sign and Post Assemblies 9
a. Measurement 10
1) Measured per each sign and post assembly furnished and installed. 11
b. Payment 12
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 14
price bid per each for “Furnish/Install Alum Sign Ground Mount” installed 15
for: 16
a) Various types. 17
c. The price bid shall include: 18
1) Fabrication of signs and posts 19
2) Treatment of sign panels required before application of background 20
materials 21
3) Application of the background materials and messages to the sign panels 22
4) Scheduling utility line locates 23
5) Furnishing and fabricating frames, wind beams, stiffeners, or required joint 24
backing strips 25
6) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign 26
support connections 27
7) Assembling and erecting the signs 28
8) Preparing and cleaning the signs 29
4. Installing Ground Mounted Aluminum Sign and Post Assemblies 30
a. Measurement 31
1) Measured per each sign and post assembly installed. 32
b. Payment 33
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 34
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 35
price bid per each for “Install Alum Sign Ground Mount” installed. 36
a) Various types. 37
c. The price bid shall include: 38
1) Scheduling utility line locates. 39
2) Assembling and erecting the signs and posts. 40
3) Preparing and cleaning the signs. 41
5. Furnishing and Installing Aluminum Signs Mounted on Existing Poles 42
a. Measurement 43
1) Measured per each sign furnished and installed. 44
b. Payment 45
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 46
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 47
price bid per each for “Furnish/Install Alum Sign Ex. Pole Mount” 48
installed. 49
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 3 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. The price bid shall include: 1
1) Furnishing and Installing the aluminum sign 2
2) Furnishing and fabricating frames, wind beams, stiffeners, or required joint 3
backing strips 4
3) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign 5
support connections 6
4) Assembling and erecting the signs 7
5) Preparing and cleaning the signs 8
6. Installing Aluminum Sign Mounted on Existing Poles 9
a. Measurement 10
1) Measured per each sign installed. 11
b. Payment 12
1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 14
price bid per each for “Install Alum Sign Ex. Pole Mount” installed. 15
c. The price bid shall include: 16
1) Furnishing and fabricating frames, wind beams, stiffeners, or required joint 17
backing strips. 18
2) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign 19
support connections. 20
3) Assembling and erecting the signs. 21
4) Preparing and cleaning the signs. 22
7. Removal of Signs 23
a. Measurement 24
1) Measured per each sign panel removed or each sign panel and post 25
removed. 26
b. Payment 27
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29
price bid per each “Remove Sign” or “Remove Sign and Post” for: 30
a) Various types. 31
b) Various configurations. 32
c. The price bid shall include: 33
1) Removal of sign panel 34
2) Removal of sign post, if required 35
3) Excavation, if required 36
4) Hauling, if required 37
5) Disposal of excess materials 38
6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill, if required 39
7) Returning materials to the City as specified in the Drawings 40
8) Cleaning sign panel if sign is to be reinstalled 41
9) Clean-up 42
1.3 REFERENCES 43
A. Reference Standards 44
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 45
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 46
unless a date is specifically cited. 47
48
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 4 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. American Standard Testing Materials (ASTM): 1
a. A1011 / A1011M-18a, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-2
Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-3
Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength. 4
b. B117-18, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 5
c. B209-14, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet 6
and Plate. 7
d. B209-02a, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet 8
and Plate. 9
e. D4956-17, Standard Specification for Retroreflective Sheeting for Traffic 10
Control. 11
3. American Association of State Highways and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 12
a. M120-08, Standard Specification for Zinc. 13
4. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 14
5. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 15
Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 16
a. Item 644, Small Roadside Sign Assemblies. 17
6. United States Military Standard (MIL): 18
a. C5541, Chemical Conversion Coatings on Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys. 19
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 20
1.5 SUBMITTALS 21
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 22
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 23
special signs. 24
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 25
A. Shop Drawings 26
1. Submit sign shop drawings to City for review prior to fabrication. 27
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 30
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 31
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 32
1. Properly protect signs and parts so that no damage or deterioration occurs during 33
the time of shipment until installation. 34
B. Storage and Handling Requirements 35
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 36
66 00. 37
2. Ship, handle, and store completed sign blanks and completed signs so that corners, 38
edges, and faces are not damaged. 39
3. Replace unacceptable signs as directed by City. 40
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 5 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
4. Store all finished signs off the ground and in a vertical position until erected. 1
5. Store finished signs 60 inches x 60 inches or smaller in a weatherproof building. 2
a. Larger signs may be stored outside. 3
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 4
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 5
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 6
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS 7
A. Items eligible for purchase from the City include: 8
1. Aluminum Signs. 9
2.2 MATERIALS 10
A. Manufacturers 11
1. Sign Sheeting 12
a. Acrylic Overlay Film 13
1) 3M Scotchlite ElectroCut Film Series 1170 14
b. Non-Reflective Vinyl Film 15
1) 3M Scotchlite ElectroCut Film Series 7725 16
c. High Intensity Prismatic Retroreflective Sheeting with Adhesive Backing 17
1) 3M Series 3930 18
d. Super-High Efficiency Full Cube Retroreflective Sheeting with Pressure 19
Sensitive Adhesive 20
1) 3M Series 4000 21
2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 22
processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 23
B. Sign Blanks 24
1. New, unweathered, milled, rolled, and finished aluminum alloy meeting 25
requirements for 5052H38 in accordance with ASTM B209-14. 26
2. Free of buckle, crevice, warp, dent, cockles, burrs, corrosion, dirt, grease, oil, white 27
rust, fingerprints, and/or other irregularities. 28
3. Degreased and etched according to industry standards with an Alodine finish applied 29
in accordance with MIL-C5541, Class 1A. 30
4. Uniform thickness throughout. 31
C. Sign Sheeting 32
1. Acrylic Overlay Film 33
a. Applied to Type I, Type II, Type IV, Type IX, and other retroreflective sheeting 34
for permanent signing. 35
b. Durable 36
c. Transparent 37
d. Acrylic 38
e. Electronic-cuttable 39
f. Coated with a transparent, pressure sensitive adhesive 40
g. Have a removable synthetic liner – paper liner is not acceptable 41
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 6 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
h. Fill colors may be yellow, green, blue, brown, red, and orange. 1
2. Non-Reflective Vinyl Film 2
a. Applied to Type IV, Type XI (DG3) retroreflective sheeting for permanent 3
signing. 4
b. Durable 5
c. 2 mil opaque cast vinyl 6
d. Coated with a transparent, pressure-sensitive adhesive 7
e. Have a removable synthetic liner – paper liner is not acceptable 8
f. Film colors may include yellow, green, blue, brown, red, and orange. 9
3. High Intensity Prismatic Retroreflective Sheeting with Adhesive Backing 10
a. Combine with other components for permanent signing. 11
b. Unmetallized microplastic lens retroreflective element material 12
c. Smooth outer surface with the property of the retroreflector over its entire 13
surface. 14
1) The adhesive backing shall be pressure-sensitive, require no heat, solvent, 15
or other preparation for the adhesion to smooth, clean surfaces. 16
d. Film colors may include white, yellow, green, red, blue, and brown. 17
4. Super-High Efficiency Full Cube Retroreflective Sheeting with Pressure Sensitive 18
Adhesive 19
a. Combine with other components for permanent signing. 20
b. Have the highest retroreflectivity characteristics at medium and short road 21
distances. 22
c. Microprismatic retroreflective element material 23
d. Smooth outer surface with the property of retroreflector over its entire surface. 24
1) The adhesive backing shall be pressure-sensitive, require no heat, solvent, 25
or other preparation for adhesion to smooth, clean surfaces. 26
e. Film colors may include white, yellow, green, red, blue, brown, fluorescent 27
yellow, fluorescent yellow green, and fluorescent orange. 28
D. Telescopic Steel Sign Posts and Anchors 29
1. Provide posts and anchors in accordance with ASTM A1011 / A1011M-18a. 30
a. Minimum 60,000 psi yield strength. 31
b. Manufactured from raw steel. 32
c. Formed and welded on the corner prior to receiving a triple coat protection of 33
inline hot-dipped, galvanized zinc in accordance with AASHTO M-120-08 (0.8 34
ounces per square foot). 35
d. Provide chromate conversion coating and a cross-linked polyurethane acrylic 36
exterior coating. 37
e. Install double coat of zinc based organic coating on interior of posts. 38
1) Test coating in accordance with ASTM B-117-18. 39
E. Hardware 40
1. Provide galvanized steel, stainless steel, or dichromate-sealed aluminum for bolts, 41
nuts, washers, lock washers, screws, and other sign assembly hardware. 42
2. Use plastic or nylon washers to avoid tearing the reflective sheeting. 43
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 44
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 45
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 7 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
PART 3 - EXECUTION 1
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 4
3.4 FABRICATION 5
A. Sign Blanks 6
1. Provide sign blanks to the sizes and shapes specified in the Drawings, free of 7
buckles, warps, burrs, dents, cockles, or other defects. 8
2. Do not splice individual extruded aluminum panels. 9
3. Complete the fabrication of sign blanks, including the cutting and drilling or 10
punching of holes, before cleaning and degreasing. 11
4. After cleaning and degreasing, ensure the substrate does not come into contact with 12
grease, oils, or other contaminants before the application of the reflective sheeting. 13
B. Sign Sheeting 14
1. Use reflective sheeting from the same manufacturer for the entire face of a sign. 15
2. Apply sheeting to sign blanks in accordance with the recommended procedures of 16
the sheeting manufacturer. 17
3. Clean and prepare the outside surface of extruded aluminum flanges in the same 18
manner as the sign panel face. 19
4. Minimize the number of splices in the sheeting. 20
5. Overlap the lap-splices by at least 1/4 inch. 21
6. Provide a 1-foot minimum dimension for any piece of sheeting. 22
7. Do not splice sheeting for signs fabricated with transparent screen inks or colored 23
transparent films. 24
C. Sign messages 25
1. Fabricate sign messages to the sizes, types, and colors specified in the Drawings. 26
2. Use sign message material from the same manufacturer for the entire message of a 27
sign. 28
3. Ensure the screened messages have clean, sharp edges and exhibit uniform color 29
and reflectivity. 30
4. Prevent runs, sags, and voids. 31
D. Telescopic steel sign posts 32
1. Permissible variation in straightness is 1/16 inch in 3 feet. 33
34
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 8 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
2. Allowable tolerances are based on outside dimensions in accordance with the table 1
below. 2
a. Measurements for outside dimensions shall be made at least 2 inches from end 3
of tube. 4
5
Nominal Outside
Dimensions
(inches)
Outside Tolerance
at all Side Corners
(inches)
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 ±0.006
1-3/4 x 1-3/4 ±0.008
2 x 2 ±0.008
2-1/4 x 2-1/4 ±0.010
2-1/2 x 2-1/2 ±0.010
6
3. Permissible variation in wall thickness is plus 0.011 inches, minus 0.008 inches. 7
4. Measured in the center of the flat side tolerance is ± 0.01 inch applied to the 8
specific size determined at the corner. 9
5. Allowable tolerance for squareness of sides and permissible twist are based on 10
outside dimensions in accordance with the table below. 11
12
Nominal
Outside
Dimensions
(inches)
Squareness
Tolerance
(inches)
Twist Permissible
in 3 inches Lengths
(inches)
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 ±0.009 0.050
1-3/4 x 1-3/4 ±0.010 0.062
2 x 2 ±0.012 0.062
2-1/4 x 2-1/4 ±0.014 0.062
2-1/2 x 2-1/2 ±0.015 0.075
13
6. All top posts must be capable of fracturing at the point of connection with a single 14
anchor when impacted. Posts must fracture in a manner to allow the piece inside of 15
the anchor to be removed and a new top post be installed. 16
7. The shape of all posts and anchors shall be square and straight with smooth tubing 17
welded in one corner with a tolerance that permits telescoping of the next larger or 18
small size, in 1/4-inch increments. 19
8. All anchors shall be 12 gauge with holes that are fully perforated 7/16-inch 20
diameter on 1-inch centers for at least the top 4 inches of the anchor while being 21
truly aligned in the center of the section. 22
34 41 50
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 9 of 9
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
9. All top posts shall be 14 gauge with holes that are die embossed knockouts on 1-1
inch centers for the entire length of the post and truly aligned in the center of 2
section. 3
4
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 5
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 6
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 7
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 8
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 9
3.10 CLEANING 10
A. Wash completed signs with a biodegradable cleaning solution acceptable to the 11
manufactures of the sheeting, colored transparent film, and screen ink to remove grease, 12
oil, dirt, smears, streaks, finger marks, and other foreign material. 13
B. Wash again before final inspection after erection. 14
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 18
END OF SECTION 19
20
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
21
34 71 13
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 34 71 13 1
TRAFFIC CONTROL 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section includes: 5
1. Installation of traffic control devices and preparation of traffic control plans 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Installation of Traffic Control Devices 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured per month of traffic control installed. 17
a) A month is defined as 30 calendar days. 18
b. Payment 19
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 20
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 21
price bid per month for “Installation of Traffic Control Devices” installed. 22
c. The price bid shall include: 23
1) Traffic control implementation 24
2) Maintenance 25
3) Adjustments 26
4) Replacements 27
5) Removal 28
6) Police assistance during peak hours, when required by City 29
2. Portable Message Signs 30
a. Measurement 31
1) Measured per week for the duration of use. 32
b. Payment 33
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 34
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 35
price bid per week for “Portable Message Sign” rental. 36
c. The price bid shall include: 37
1) Delivery of portable message sign to Site 38
2) Message updating 39
3) Sign movement throughout construction 40
4) Return of the Portable Message Sign post-construction 41
42
34 71 13
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Preparation of Traffic Control Plan Details 1
a. Measurement 2
1) Measured per each Traffic Control Detail prepared. 3
b. Payment 4
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6
price bid per each “Traffic Control Detail” prepared. 7
c. The price bid shall include: 8
1) Preparing the Traffic Control Plan Details for closures of 24 hours or 9
longer. 10
2) Adherence to City and TMUTCD. 11
3) Obtaining the signature and seal of a licensed Texas Professional Engineer. 12
4) Incorporation of City comments. 13
14
1.3 REFERENCES 15
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 16
1. TMUTCD – Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices 17
B. Reference Standards 18
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 19
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 20
unless a date is specifically cited. 21
2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 22
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 23
Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges: 24
a. Item 502, Barricades, Signs, and Traffic Handling of the Texas Department of 25
Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of 26
Highways, Streets, and Bridges. 27
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 28
A. Coordination 29
1. Contact City Traffic Control Operations (940-349-8462) a minimum of 48 hours 30
prior to implementing Traffic Control within 500 feet of a traffic signal. 31
B. Sequencing 32
1. Any deviations to the Traffic Control Plan specified in the Drawings must first be 33
approved by the City and design Engineer before implementation. 34
1.5 SUBMITTALS 35
A. Provide the City with a current list of qualified flaggers before beginning flagging 36
activities. Use only flaggers on the qualified list. 37
B. Obtain a Street Use Permit from the Streets Division, 901 Texas St., Denton, TX 76209. 38
1. The Traffic Control Plan (TCP) for the Project shall be as detailed on the Traffic 39
Control Plan Detail sheets of the Drawing set. 40
2. A copy of this Traffic Control Plan shall be submitted with the Street Use Permit. 41
34 71 13
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
C. Traffic Control Plans shall be signed and sealed by a licensed Texas Professional 1
Engineer. 2
D. Contractor shall prepare Traffic Control Plans if required by the Contract Documents. 3
1. The Contractor will be responsible for having a licensed Texas Professional 4
Engineer sign and seal the Traffic Control Plan sheets. 5
E. Lane closures 24 hours or longer shall require a site-specific traffic control plan. 6
F. Contractor is responsible for having a licensed Texas Professional Engineer sign and 7
seal changes to the Traffic Control Plan(s) developed by the Design Engineer. 8
G. Design Engineer will furnish standard details for Traffic Control. 9
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 13
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 14
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 15
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 16
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 17
2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 18
2.2 MATERIALS 19
A. Description 20
1. Regulatory Requirements 21
a. Provide Traffic Control Devices in accordance with the details specified in the 22
Drawings, TMUTCD, and TxDOT’s Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control 23
Device List (CWZTCDL). 24
2. Materials 25
a. Traffic Control Devices in accordance with all reflectivity requirements 26
included in the TMUTCD and TxDOT Item 502 at all times during 27
construction. 28
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 29
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 30
PART 3 - EXECUTION 31
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 32
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 33
34 71 13
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.3 PREPARATION 1
A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 2
1. Protect existing traffic signal equipment. 3
3.4 INSTALLATION 4
A. Follow the Traffic Control Plan and install Traffic Control Devices as specified in the 5
Drawings and as directed by the City. 6
B. Install Traffic Control Devices straight and plumb. 7
C. Do not make changes to the location of any device or implement any other changes to 8
the Traffic Control Plan without the approval of the Engineer. 9
1. Minor adjustments to meet field constructability and visibility are allowed. 10
D. Maintain Traffic Control Devices by taking corrective action as soon as possible. 11
1. Corrective action includes but is not limited to cleaning, replacing, straightening, 12
covering, or removing devices. 13
2. Maintain the devices such that they are properly positioned, spaced, and legible, 14
and that retroreflective characteristics are in accordance with TMUTCD 15
requirements after dark and during rain events. 16
E. If the City discovers the Contractor has failed to comply with applicable Federal, State, 17
and local requirements, the City may order additional precautionary measures be taken 18
to protect persons and property. 19
F. Subject to the approval of the City, portions of this Project not affected by or in conflict 20
with the proposed method of handling traffic or utility adjustments can be constructed 21
during any phase. 22
G. Barricades and signs shall be placed in such a manner as to not interfere with the sight 23
distance of drivers entering the highway from driveways or side streets. 24
H. To facilitate shifting, barricades and signs used in lane closures or traffic staging may 25
be erected and mounted on portable supports. 26
1. The support design is subject to the approval of the Engineer. 27
I. Lane closures shall be in accordance with the approved Traffic Control Plans. 28
J. If at any time the existing traffic signals become inoperable as a result of construction 29
operations, provide portable stop signs with 2 orange flags, as approved by the 30
Engineer, to be used for Traffic Control. 31
K. Contractor shall make arrangements for police assistance to direct traffic if traffic signal 32
turn-ons, street light pole installation, or other construction will be done during peak 33
traffic times. 34
1. AM peak traffic time: 7 AM – 9 AM 35
2. PM peak traffic time: 4 PM - 6 PM 36
37
34 71 13
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
L. Flaggers 1
1. Provide a Contractor representative who has been certified as a flagging instructor 2
through courses offered by the Texas Engineering Extension Service, the American 3
Traffic Safety Services Association, the National Safety Council, or other approved 4
organizations. 5
a. Provide the certificate indicating course completion when requested. 6
b. The certified representative is responsible for verifying all flaggers are qualified 7
to perform flagging duties. 8
2. A qualified flagger must be independently certified by one of the organizations 9
listed above or trained by the Contractor’s certified flagging instructor. 10
3. Flaggers must be courteous and able to effectively communicate with the public. 11
4. When directing traffic, flaggers must use standard attire, flags, signs, signals, and 12
flagging procedures in accordance with the TMUTCD. 13
5. Provide and maintain flaggers at such points and for such periods of time to provide 14
for the safety and convenience of public travel and Contractor’s personnel, and as 15
specified in the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. 16
a. These flaggers shall be located at each end of the lane closure. 17
M. Removal 18
1. Upon completion of Work, remove from the Site all barricades, signs, cones, lights, 19
and other Traffic Control Devices used for work-zone traffic handling in a timely 20
manner, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 21
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 22
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 23
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 24
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 25
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 26
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 27
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 28
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 29
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 30
31
34 71 13
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
41 14 00
BATCHING EQUIPMENT
Page 1 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
SECTION 41 14 00 1
BATCHING EQUIPMENT 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes 5
1. Batching equipment and plant requirements. 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 13
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 14
5. Section 31 37 00 – Rip Rap. 15
6. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 16
7. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving. 17
8. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 18
9. Section 32 13 16 – Decorative Concrete Paving. 19
10. Section 32 32 00 – Retaining Walls. 20
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21
A. Measurement and Payment 22
1. Batching equipment and/or plants, tools, testing, and incidentals are subsidiary to 23
the various items bid. 24
2. Batch plants are not permitted for use in the production of concrete or asphalt 25
without approval by the City. 26
1.3 REFERENCES 27
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 28
1. NRMCA – National Ready Mixed Concrete Association 29
B. Reference Standards 30
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 31
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 32
unless a date is specifically cited. 33
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 34
a. ASTM C94/C94M – Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 35
b. ASTM C685 – Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric 36
Batching and Continuous Mixing. 37
41 14 00
BATCHING EQUIPMENT
Page 2 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedures: 1
a. Tex-920-K, Verifying the Accuracy of Drum Mix Plant Belt Scales 2
b. Tex-921-K, Verifying the Accuracy of Hot Mix Asphalt Meters 3
4. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 4
Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 5
a. Item 320, Equipment for Asphalt Concrete Pavement. 6
b. Item 520, Weighing and Measuring Equipment. 7
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 8
A. Batching Meeting 9
1. On-Site Batch Plant 10
a. Considered on-site if the plant is within 500 feet of the site and was erected 11
specifically for the project. 12
b. Conduct a walkthrough with the City prior to producing concrete or asphalt. 13
2. Off-Site Batch Plant 14
a. No walkthrough is required for an off-site batch plant. 15
b. The City may request a walkthrough at any time. 16
1.5 SUBMITTALS 17
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 18
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 19
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 20
A. Shop Drawings 21
1. Batch Plants 22
a. Provide mix designs produced and tested using the proposed batch-plant. 23
b. If a batch-plant is erected after the start of construction, provide revised mix 24
designs. 25
c. Provide test results verifying the batch plant can produce concrete in accordance 26
with the mix design requirements of the concrete class specified in the 27
Drawings. 28
2. Volumetric Mixers 29
a. Provide test results verifying the concrete produced is in accordance with ASTM 30
C685. 31
3. Agitators and Truck and Stationary Mixers 32
a. Provide test results verifying the concrete produced is in accordance with ASTM 33
C94. 34
B. Samples 35
1. Produce all concrete or asphalt samples using the batch plant. 36
C. Certificates 37
1. Batch Plant and Truck Mixer Certifications 38
a. Obtain recertification every year, when the plant is relocated, and when the plant 39
is erected. 40
b. Provide certifications dated within a year of construction notice to proceed or 41
when the plant was erected, whichever is the most recent. 42
43
41 14 00
BATCHING EQUIPMENT
Page 3 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Volumetric Mixed Concrete 1
1) Provide information verifying the capacity and performance are in 2
accordance with the Volumetric Mixer Manufacturers Bureau or 3
equivalent. 4
2) Provide information verifying the mixer and the concrete produced are in 5
accordance with ASTM C685. 6
d. Ready Mixed Concrete 7
1) Provide a current Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production 8
Facilities from the NRMCA, or equivalent. 9
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12
A. Concrete Plants and Mixing Equipment 13
1. General 14
a. Produce concrete in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94/C94M, 15
NRMCA, Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 00, 31 37 00, 32 05 16, 32 13 13, 32 13 16, 16
32 32 00, and this Section. 17
b. Utilize a commercial concrete plant to produce all structural concrete unless 18
otherwise approved by the City. 19
c. Comply with all TCEQ permit requirements for portable facilities. 20
2. Commercial Concrete Plants 21
a. Ensure the concrete being transported from a commercial concrete plant is in 22
accordance with the requirements of Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 00, 31 37 00, 32 23
05 16, 32 13 13, 32 13 16, 32 32 00, and this Section. 24
3. Batch Plant 25
a. Provide a batch plant in accordance with the requirements of the NRMCA and is 26
certified through NRMCA or an equivalent organization. 27
b. Provide a batch plant that accurately measures volume and weight of water and 28
admixtures. 29
c. Scales 30
1) Check all scales before beginning operations, after each move, and a 31
minimum of once every 6 months. 32
2) Immediately correct deficiencies and recalibrate. 33
3) Provide a record of calibration showing scales in compliance with ASTM 34
C94 requirements. 35
4) Check batching accuracy of volumetric water batching devices a minimum 36
of every 90 days. 37
5) Check batching accuracy of chemical admixture dispensing devices a 38
minimum of every 6 months. 39
6) Perform daily checks as necessary to ensure measuring accuracy. 40
7) Verify the accuracy of drum mix plant belt scales in accordance with Tex-41
920-K. 42
4. Volumetric Mixers 43
a. Provide volumetric mixers with rating plates defining the capacity and the 44
performance of the mixer in accordance with the Volumetric Mixer 45
Manufacturers Bureau or equivalent. 46
41 14 00
BATCHING EQUIPMENT
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
b. Provide volumetric mixers in accordance with ASTM C685. 1
5. Agitators, Truck Mixers, and Stationary Mixers (Ready Mixed Concrete) 2
a. Provide stationary and truck mixers capable of combining the ingredients of the 3
concrete into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass in accordance with ASTM 4
C94. 5
b. Provide a measuring gauge capable of determining how much water or air 6
entraining admixture is added to the mixer. 7
1) Provide documentation to the City specifying the weight or volume of 8
water or admixture added. 9
c. Provide mixing trucks with back-up alarms. 10
d. Sample concrete per ASTM C94 Alternate Procedure 2. 11
e. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for adding water, air entraining 12
admixtures, rotation speed, and number of drum revolutions before discharge. 13
f. Admixtures: 14
1) Air Entraining 15
a) Follow manufacturer’s recommendations for adding admixture. 16
2) All of Admixtures 17
a) All other admixtures must be added either at a batch plant or a 18
commercial plant. No other admixtures can be added directly to the 19
mixer. 20
g. Inspect and maintain mixers and agitators. Keep them free of concrete buildup, 21
and repair or replace worn or damaged blades or fins. 22
h. Provide trucks that are equipped with actuated counters that measure the number 23
of drum revolutions. Start counting revolutions at the time of mixing starting at 24
mixing speeds. 25
6. Hauling Equipment 26
a. Provide equipment capable of maintaining the mixed concrete in a thoroughly 27
mixed and uniform mass, and discharging the concrete uniformly. 28
b. Provide equipment with smooth, mortar-tight metal containers equipped with 29
gates that prevent accidental discharge of the concrete when using non-agitating 30
equipment for transporting concrete. 31
c. Provide equipment with back-up alarms. 32
d. Perform uniformity testing in accordance with Tex-472-A at the request of the 33
City. 34
e. Deliver concrete in accordance with supplier recommendations. 35
f. Provide clean equipment, free of built-up concrete. 36
7. Delivery Tickets: 37
a. Tickets from the haul truck and the batch or commercial plant are required for 38
all concrete being delivered. 39
1) The City will verify that the haul ticket and the plant ticket match and that 40
no additional water or admixtures have been added to the haul truck. 41
b. Provide delivery ticket from the batch or commercial plant containing the 42
following information: 43
1) Water added by receiver of concrete 44
2) Water withheld 45
3) Weight of cementitious material 46
4) Type and amount of admixtures 47
5) Maximum size of aggregate 48
6) Weight of aggregate 49
41 14 00
BATCHING EQUIPMENT
Page 5 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
c. Provide delivery ticket for the batch of concrete containing the following 1
information: 2
1) Name of concrete supplier 3
2) Serial number of ticket 4
3) Date 5
4) Truck number 6
5) Name of purchaser 7
6) Specific designation of job (name and location) 8
7) Specific class, design identification, and designation of the concrete 9
8) Amount of concrete in cubic yards 10
9) Time loaded or of first mixing of cement and aggregates 11
10) Water added by receiver of concrete 12
11) Water withheld 13
12) Weight of cementitious material 14
13) Type and amount of admixtures 15
14) Maximum size of aggregate 16
15) Weight of aggregate 17
8. Testing Equipment 18
a. Furnish and maintain equipment capable of performing all testing required in 19
accordance with ASTM C94/C94M, NRMCA, Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 00, 31 20
37 00, 32 05 16, 32 13 13, 32 13 16, 32 32 00, and this Section. 21
B. Asphalt Production Equipment 22
1. Provide asphalt production equipment in accordance with the requirements of 23
TxDOT Item 320 and TxDOT Item 520. 24
2. Equipment Requirements: 25
a. Drum-mix type, weigh-batch, or modified weigh-batch mixing plants that ensure 26
a uniform, continuous production 27
b. Automatic proportioning and measuring devices with interlock cut-off circuits 28
that stop operations if the control system malfunctions 29
c. Visible readouts indicating the weight or volume of asphalt and aggregate 30
proportions 31
d. Safe and accurate means to take required samples by inspection forces 32
e. Permanent means to check the output of metering devices and to perform 33
calibration and weight checks 34
f. Additive-feed systems to ensure a uniform, continuous material flow in the 35
desired proportion 36
3. Verify the accuracy of hot mix asphalt meters in accordance with Tex-921-K. 37
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 38
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 39
1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 40
66 00. 41
B. In accordance with the requirements of Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 00, 32 05 16, 31 37 00, 42
32 12 16, 32 13 13, 32 13 16, and 32 32 00. 43
41 14 00
BATCHING EQUIPMENT
Page 6 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 1
A. In accordance with the requirements of Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 00, 32 05 16, 31 37 00, 2
32 12 16, 32 13 13, 32 13 16, and 32 32 00. 3
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 6
2.2 EQUIPMENT [NOT USED] 7
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 8
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 11
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 12
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 13
3.4 INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 14
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 15
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 16
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 17
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 20
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 21
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 22
23
41 14 00
BATCHING EQUIPMENT
Page 7 of 7
CITY OF DENTON [Insert Bid Number]
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Engineering Project Number]
Revised July 28, 2020
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 1
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 2
END OF SECTION 3
4
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
5
NS 1
SIDEWALK CONCRETE PAVERS
Page 1 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
SECTION NS 1 1
SIDEWALK CONCRETE PAVERS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Material requirements and construction methods for Sidewalk Concrete Pavers 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 13
4. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 14
5. Section 32 16 00 – Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways. 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Sidewalk Concrete Pavers 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measured per square yard of Sidewalk Concrete Pavers installed. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per square yard for Sidewalk Concrete Pavers installed. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing and installing Sidewalk Concrete Pavers as specified by the 26
Drawings 27
1) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 28
2) Sand setting bed 29
3) Concrete sub base 30
4) Loading 31
5) Unloading 32
6) Storing 33
7) Hauling 34
8) Disposal of excess materials 35
9) Testing and trial batches 36
10) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 37
11) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 38
informational submittals. 39
12) Concrete, aggregate, supplementary cementing materials, and additives 40
13) Mixing, placing, and finishing 41
NS 1
SIDEWALK CONCRETE PAVERS
Page 2 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
14) Curing and curing compounds 1
15) Reinforcing steel and chairs 2
16) All reinforcing and materials required for joints 3
17) Joint sealant 4
18) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 5
19) Tools, equipment, and labor and incidentals needed to execute work 6
1.3 REFERENCES 7
A. Reference Standards 8
1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 9
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 10
unless a date is specifically cited. 11
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 12
a. C 33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 13
b. C 136, Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse 14
Aggregates. 15
c. C 140, Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry 16
Units and Related Units. 17
d. C 936, Standard Specification for Solid Concrete Interlocking Paving Units. 18
e. C 979, Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete. 19
f. D 698, Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 20
Soil Using Standard Effort (12,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)). 21
g. D 1557, Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using 22
Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3). 23
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 24
A. Pre-Hardscape and Landscape Meeting 25
1. Prior to installing Sidewalk Concrete Pavers (hardscape) and landscape, conduct a 26
meeting. Invite the City and their appropriate representatives. Prior to the meeting, 27
the following need to be prepared or approved: 28
a. Product Data 29
b. Mock sample in accordance with this Section 30
c. Paving Plan 31
1) Jointing locations 32
2) Paving Schedule 33
d. All irrigation and planting requirements in accordance with Sections 32 84 00 34
and 32 93 00. 35
1.5 SUBMITTALS 36
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 37
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 38
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 39
A. In accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Submittal Procedures 40
Section. 41
B. Concrete pavers: 42
NS 1
SIDEWALK CONCRETE PAVERS
Page 3 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
1. Two representative full-size samples of each paver type, thickness, color, finish that 1
indicates the range of color variation and texture expected in the finished 2
installation. Colors selected by Landscape Architect from manufacturer’s available 3
colors. 4
2. Accepted samples become the standard of acceptance for the work. 5
3. Test results from an independent testing laboratory for compliance of concrete 6
pavers with ASTM C 936. 7
4. Manufacturer’s catalog product data, installation instructions, and material safety 8
data sheets for the safe handling of the specified materials and products. 9
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 12
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 13
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 14
1. General: Comply with Division 1 Product Requirement Section. 15
2. Comply with manufacturer’s ordering instructions and lead-time requirements to 16
avoid construction delays. 17
3. Delivery: Deliver materials in manufacturer’s original, unopened, undamaged 18
containers packaging with identification labels intact. 19
a. Coordinate delivery and paving schedule to minimize interference with normal 20
use of buildings adjacent to paving. 21
b. Deliver concrete pavers to the site in steel banded, plastic banded or plastic 22
wrapped packaging capable of transfer by forklift or clamp lift. 23
c. Unload pavers at job site in such a manner that no damage occurs to the 24
product. 25
4. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected such that they are kept free from 26
mud, dirt, and other foreign materials. Store concrete paver cleaners and sealers per 27
manufacturer’s instructions. 28
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 29
A. Refer to Section 32 13 13 for field condition requirements. 30
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 31
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 32
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 33
2.2 MATERIALS 34
A. Sidewalk Concrete Pavers 35
1. Paver Type: Per drawing legend. 36
a. Material Standard: Comply with material standards set forth in ASTM C 936. 37
b. Color and finish: Closely match existing pavers in the area. 38
NS 1
SIDEWALK CONCRETE PAVERS
Page 4 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
c. Average Compressive Strength (C140): 8000 psi (55 MPa) with no individual 1
unit under 7200 psi (50 MPa) per ASTM C 140 2
d. Average Water Absorption (ASTM C 140): 5% with no unit greater than 7%. 3
e. Freeze/Thaw Resistance (ASTM C 1645): 28 freeze-thaw cycles with no 4
greater loss than 225 g/m2 of paver surface area or no greater loss than 500 g/m2 5
of paver surface area after 49 freeze-thaw cycles. Freeze-thaw testing 6
requirements shall be waived for applications not exposed to freezing 7
conditions. 8
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10
PART 3 - EXECUTION 11
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12
3.2 EXAMINATION 13
A. Acceptance of Site Verification of Conditions: 14
1. General Contractor shall inspect, accept and certify in writing to the paver 15
installation subcontractor that site conditions meet specifications for the following 16
items prior to installation of interlocking concrete pavers. 17
a. Verify that subgrade preparation, compacted density and elevations conform to 18
specified requirements. 19
b. Verify that geotextiles, if applicable, have been placed according to drawings 20
and specifications. 21
c. Verify that concrete base material conforms to specified requirements in 22
relation to elevation and level tolerances. 23
d. Verify location, type, and elevations of edge restraints, utility structures, and 24
drainage inlets. 25
3.3 PREPARATION 26
1. Verify concrete base is cured and dry, certified by General Contractor as meeting 27
material, installation and grade specifications. Sidewalk Concrete Pavers 28
3.4 SIDEWALK CONCRETE PAVERS PLACEMENT 29
A. Install pavers on pedestals per manufacturer’s recommendations. 30
B. Lay pavers in pattern(s) shown on drawings. Place units hand tight without using 31
hammers. 32
C. Provide joints between pavers per the drawings. Mortar in place those pavers installed 33
over a concrete sub-base. 34
D. Joint (bond) lines shall not deviate more than ±1/2 in. over 50 ft. from string lines. 35
E. Fill gaps at the edges of the paved area with cut pavers or edge units. 36
F. Cut pavers to be placed along the edge with a double blade paver splitter or masonry 37
saw. 38
NS 1
SIDEWALK CONCRETE PAVERS
Page 5 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3.5 REPAIR 1
A. In accordance with Section 32 01 29. 2
B. Repair the following items to remain at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due 3
to decorative concrete paving activities: 4
1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement 5
2. Adjacent sidewalk 6
3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter 7
4. Subgrade or base material 8
5. Utility pipe 9
6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 10
7. Landscape beds or planters 11
8. Sod 12
9. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 13
10. Retaining walls 14
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 15
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 16
A. The final surface tolerance from grade elevations shall not deviate more than ± 3/8 in. 17
under a 10 ft. straightedge. 18
B. Check final surface elevations for conformance to drawings. 19
C. The surface elevation of pavers shall be 1/8 in. to 1/4 in. above adjacent drainage inlets, 20
concrete collars or channels. 21
D. Lippage: No greater than 1/8 in. difference in height between adjacent pavers. 22
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 23
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 24
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 25
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 26
3.12 PROTECTION 27
A. After work in this section is complete, the General Contractor shall be responsible for 28
protecting work from damage due to subsequent construction activity on the site. 29
3.13 MAINTENANCE 30
A. Extra Materials: Provide 10 square feet additional material for use by owner for maintenance and repair. 31
B. Pavers shall be from the same production run as installed materials. 32
33
NS 1
SIDEWALK CONCRETE PAVERS
Page 6 of 6
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
NS 2
CONCRETE WHEEL STOP
Page 1 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
SECTION NS 2 1
CONCRETE WHEEL STOP 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Material requirements and construction methods for Concrete Wheel Stop 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 13
4. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 14
5. Section 32 16 00 – Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways. 15
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16
A. Measurement and Payment 17
1. Concrete Wheel Stop 18
a. Measurement 19
1) Measured per each “Concrete Wheel Stop” installed. 20
b. Payment 21
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23
price bid per each “Concrete Wheel Stop” installed. 24
c. The price bid shall include: 25
1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Wheel Stop as specified by the 26
Drawings. 27
2) Concrete Wheel Stop anchor or method of anchoring 28
3) Loading 29
4) Unloading 30
5) Storing 31
6) Hauling 32
7) Disposal of excess materials 33
8) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 34
9) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 35
informational submittals. 36
10) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 37
11) Tools, equipment, and labor and incidentals needed to execute work 38
NS 2
CONCRETE WHEEL STOP
Page 2 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 2
1.5 SUBMITTALS 3
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 4
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 5
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 9
A. Precast wheel stops shall be manufactured for the intended purpose by a company or 10
firm specializing in the manufacture of precast concrete parking appurtenances. 11
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 12
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 13
1. General: Comply with Division 1 Product Requirement Section. 14
2. Comply with manufacturer’s ordering instructions and lead-time requirements to 15
avoid construction delays. 16
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 17
A. Refer to Section 32 13 13 for field condition requirements. 18
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 19
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 20
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 21
2.2 MATERIALS 22
A. Concrete Wheel Stop 23
1. Provide wheel stops cast with a concrete that has a minimum strength equal to that 24
of Class A concrete. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, each wheel stop must 25
be 6 ft. in length. 26
2. Minimum reinforcement for each wheel stop shall be 2 No. 4 bars placed 27
longitudinally. 28
3. Anchoring dowels shall be Grade 60 reinforcing bars, conforming to ASTM 29
designation A615. Minimum bar size shall be #4 x 1.0 foot long. The dowel hole 30
diameter shall not exceed the dowel diameter by more than ¼ inch. 31
NS 2
CONCRETE WHEEL STOP
Page 3 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION 3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 6
3.4 CONCRETE WHEEL STOP PLACEMENT 7
A. The precast wheel stop shall be set in place on top of the pavement with both ends 8
bearing evenly. Steel dowels shall be driven into the underlying pavement through the 9
holes at each end of the wheel stop. The dowels shall be driven so that they are flush 10
with the top surface of the wheel stop. If necessary, holes shall be pre-drilled in the 11
pavement. 12
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 13
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 14
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 16
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 17
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 18
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 19
3.12 PROTECTION 20
A. After work in this section is complete, the General Contractor shall be responsible for 21
protecting work from damage due to subsequent construction activity on the site. 22
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 23
NS 2
CONCRETE WHEEL STOP
Page 4 of 4
CITY OF DENTON IFB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
NS 3
LANDSCAPE BOULDERS
Page 1 of 5
CITY OF DENTON FIB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
SECTION NS 3 1
LANDSCAPE BOULDERS 2
PART 1 - GENERAL 3
1.1 SUMMARY 4
A. Section Includes: 5
1. Material requirements and construction methods for Landscape Boulders 6
B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7
1. None. 8
C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10
Contract. 11
2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13
A. Measurement and Payment 14
1. Landscape Boulder 15
a. Measurement 16
1) Measured lump sum of Landscape Boulders installed. 17
b. Payment 18
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19
and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20
price bid per lump sum for “Landscape Boulders” installed. 21
c. The price bid shall include: 22
1) Furnishing and installing Landscape Boulders as specified by the 23
Drawings. 24
2) Loading 25
3) Unloading 26
4) Storing 27
5) Hauling 28
6) Disposal of excess materials 29
7) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 30
8) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 31
informational submittals. 32
9) Tools, equipment, and labor and incidentals needed to execute work 33
1.3 REFERENCES 34
A. See attached image for form and fashion of installed weathered limestone landscape 35
boulders. 36
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 37
1.5 SUBMITTALS 38
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 39
NS 3
LANDSCAPE BOULDERS
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF DENTON FIB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
B. Provide 5 references and photographs of like work within the past five years. 1
C. Submit specifications data Cut Sheets with photos and quarry information for products 2
provided under this section. 3
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 7
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 8
A. Storage and Handling Requirements 9
1. General: Comply with Division 1 Product Requirement Section. 10
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 11
A. Refer to Section 32 13 13 for field condition requirements. 12
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 13
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 14
2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 15
2.2 MATERIALS 16
A. Landscape Boulders 17
1. Boulders shall be of an approved size and shape. Boulder dimensions shall be no 18
less than twenty-four (24) inches in height nor greater than forty-eight (48) inches 19
in height, not less than three (3) feet in width, and not less than four (4) feet in 20
length. Boulders shall be finished as necessary to ensure consistent fit and smooth 21
and rounded shape with no sharp corners or angular projections. See reference 22
images below: 23
24
NS 3
LANDSCAPE BOULDERS
Page 3 of 5
CITY OF DENTON FIB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
2. The Landscape Architect shall be notified two weeks prior to delivery of the 1
boulders to the construction site. The delivered boulders shall receive the approval 2
of the Landscape Architect prior to placement. The boulders shall be selected by the 3
Landscape Architect from the Contractor’s chosen supplier. The Contractor shall 4
stockpile the material, at a location approved by the Landscape Architect. 5
a. Boulders shall be cleaned free from marks or scars caused by construction 6
equipment. The contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect when site 7
preparation is complete 8
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10
PART 3 - EXECUTION 11
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 13
3.3 PREPARATION 14
A. Verify that gradients and elevations of subgrade are correct. Contact Owner’s 15
Authorized Representative for approval prior to placing boulders. 16
B. Verify that weed barrier or geo-textile fabric will extend behind boulders. 17
C. Remove loose material from compacted sub-base surface immediately before placing 18
boulders. 19
D. Wet surface prior to placing boulders. 20
3.4 LANDSCAPING BOULDER PLACEMENT 21
A. Remove and replace decomposed or mulch area that is damaged, defective, or does not 22
met requirements of this Section. 23
B. Protect crushed limestone area from damage until Final Payment. 24
C. The Landscape Architect will direct the placement of boulders in the field. Spacing and 25
location of the boulders shall be as shown on the plans in a fashion similar to the 26
attached image or as directed by the Landscape Architect. 27
1. Preliminary placement of boulders shall be “dry” in a level fashion. The Contractor 28
shall make adjustments in the boulder placement as directed by the Landscape 29
Architect. 30
D. After the arrangement of boulders is approved by the Landscape Architect, the 31
contractor shall permanently set the boulders in place as necessary in a stable position 32
and to prevent future movement, removal or displacement of the boulders. 33
3.5 REPAIR 34
A. Remove and replace boulders that are damaged, defective, or do not meet requirements 35
of this Section. 36
B. Protect boulders from damage until Final Payment. 37
NS 3
LANDSCAPE BOULDERS
Page 4 of 5
CITY OF DENTON FIB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 1
3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 4
3.10 CLEANING 5
A. Upon completion of Work under this Section, remove rubbish, waste and debris 6
resulting from Contractor’s operations. Leave work area in a neat and clean condition. 7
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 8
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 9
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 10
NS 3
LANDSCAPE BOULDERS
Page 5 of 5
CITY OF DENTON FIB No. 7452
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Project # 200004
Revised February 15, 2020
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1
END OF SECTION 2
3
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
4
GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions